summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--Makefile58
-rw-r--r--tests/pb/test_decoder.cc4
-rw-r--r--tests/pb/test_varint.c49
-rw-r--r--tests/test_def.c204
-rw-r--r--tests/test_handlers.c6
-rw-r--r--tests/test_util.h24
-rw-r--r--tools/dump_cinit.lua78
-rwxr-xr-xtravis.sh42
-rw-r--r--upb/bindings/googlepb/proto2.cc5
-rw-r--r--upb/bindings/lua/upb.c523
-rw-r--r--upb/bindings/lua/upb.h82
-rw-r--r--upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c44
-rw-r--r--upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c62
-rw-r--r--upb/def.c486
-rw-r--r--upb/def.h973
-rwxr-xr-xupb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.c1041
-rwxr-xr-xupb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h218
-rw-r--r--upb/descriptor/reader.c212
-rw-r--r--upb/descriptor/reader.h56
-rw-r--r--upb/env.c67
-rw-r--r--upb/env.h153
-rw-r--r--upb/handlers-inl.h391
-rw-r--r--upb/handlers.c251
-rw-r--r--upb/handlers.h687
-rw-r--r--upb/json/parser.c562
-rw-r--r--upb/json/parser.h25
-rw-r--r--upb/json/parser.rl490
-rw-r--r--upb/json/printer.c226
-rw-r--r--upb/json/printer.h22
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/compile_decoder.c320
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.c336
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc180
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h1850
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/decoder.c339
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/decoder.h266
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/decoder.int.h308
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/encoder.c199
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/encoder.h26
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/glue.c39
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/glue.h26
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/textprinter.c64
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/textprinter.h20
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/varint.c81
-rw-r--r--upb/pb/varint.int.h86
-rw-r--r--upb/refcounted.c399
-rw-r--r--upb/refcounted.h206
-rw-r--r--upb/shim/shim.c8
-rw-r--r--upb/shim/shim.h24
-rw-r--r--upb/sink.h362
-rw-r--r--upb/structdefs.int.h176
-rw-r--r--upb/symtab.c214
-rw-r--r--upb/symtab.h213
-rw-r--r--upb/table.c305
-rw-r--r--upb/table.int.h391
-rw-r--r--upb/upb.c10
-rw-r--r--upb/upb.h320
56 files changed, 7174 insertions, 6635 deletions
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
index b3f3d55..d67beb0 100644
--- a/Makefile
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -43,19 +43,23 @@ WITH_JIT=no
UPB_FAIL_WARNINGS?=no
# Basic compiler/flag setup.
+# We are C89/C++98, with the one exception that we need stdint and "long long."
CC?=cc
CXX?=c++
-CFLAGS=-std=c99
-CXXFLAGS=-Wno-unused-private-field
+CFLAGS=
+CXXFLAGS=
INCLUDE=-I.
+CSTD=-std=c89 -pedantic -Wno-long-long
+CXXSTD=-std=c++98 -pedantic -Wno-long-long
WARNFLAGS=-Wall -Wextra -Wpointer-arith
-WARNFLAGS_CXX=-Wall -Wextra -Wpointer-arith
+WARNFLAGS_CXX=$(WARNFLAGS) -Wno-unused-private-field
CPPFLAGS=$(INCLUDE) -DNDEBUG $(USER_CPPFLAGS)
LUA=lua # 5.1 and 5.2 should both be supported
ifneq ($(WITH_JIT), no)
USE_JIT=true
CPPFLAGS += -DUPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ EXTRA_LIBS += -ldl
endif
ifeq ($(CC), clang)
@@ -168,11 +172,16 @@ upb_pb_SRCS = \
# If Lua is present we can use DynASM to regenerate the .h file.
ifdef USE_JIT
upb_pb_SRCS += upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.c
-obj/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.o obj/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.lo: upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h
+
+# The JIT can't compile with -Wpedantic, since it does some inherently
+# platform-specific things like casting between data pointers and function
+# pointers. Also DynASM emits some GNU extensions.
+obj/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.o : CSTD = -std=gnu89
+obj/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.lo : CSTD = -std=gnu89
upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h: upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc
$(E) DYNASM $<
- $(Q) $(LUA) dynasm/dynasm.lua upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc > upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h || (rm upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h ; false)
+ $(Q) $(LUA) dynasm/dynasm.lua -c upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc > upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h || (rm upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h ; false)
endif
upb_json_SRCS = \
@@ -221,19 +230,19 @@ $(UPB_LIBS): lib/lib%.a: $(call make_objs,o)
obj/upb/%.o: upb/%.c | $$(@D)/.
$(E) CC $<
- $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+ $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(CSTD) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
obj/upb/%.o: upb/%.cc | $$(@D)/.
$(E) CXX $<
- $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+ $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(CXXSTD) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
obj/upb/%.lo: upb/%.c | $$(@D)/.
$(E) 'CC -fPIC' $<
- $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $< -fPIC
+ $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(CSTD) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $< -fPIC
obj/upb/%.lo: upb/%.cc | $$(@D)/.
$(E) CXX -fPIC $<
- $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o $@ $< -fPIC
+ $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(CXXSTD) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o $@ $< -fPIC
# Note: mkdir -p is technically susceptible to races when used with make -j.
%/.:
@@ -246,7 +255,7 @@ upb/descriptor/descriptor.pb: upb/descriptor/descriptor.proto
genfiles: upb/descriptor/descriptor.pb tools/upbc
./tools/upbc upb/descriptor/descriptor.pb upb/descriptor/descriptor google_protobuf_descriptor
- lua dynasm/dynasm.lua upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc > upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h || (rm upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h ; false)
+ $(LUA) dynasm/dynasm.lua -c upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc > upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h || (rm upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h ; false)
# upbc depends on these Lua extensions.
UPBC_LUA_EXTS = \
@@ -288,28 +297,28 @@ tests: $(TESTS)
tests/testmain.o: tests/testmain.cc
$(E) CXX $<
- $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
+ $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(CXXSTD) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
$(C_TESTS): % : %.c tests/testmain.o $$(LIBS)
$(E) CC $<
- $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/testmain.o $< $(LIBS)
+ $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(CSTD) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ tests/testmain.o $< $(LIBS)
$(CC_TESTS): % : %.cc tests/testmain.o $$(LIBS)
$(E) CXX $<
- $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -Wno-deprecated -o $@ tests/testmain.o $< $(LIBS)
+ $(Q) $(CXX) $(OPT) $(CXXSTD) $(WARNFLAGS_CXX) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -Wno-deprecated -o $@ tests/testmain.o $< $(LIBS)
# Several of these tests don't actually test these libs, but use them
# incidentally to load a descriptor
LOAD_DESCRIPTOR_LIBS = lib/libupb.pb.a lib/libupb.descriptor.a
# Specify which libs each test depends on.
-tests/pb/test_varint: LIBS = lib/libupb.pb.a lib/libupb.a
-tests/test_def: LIBS = $(LOAD_DESCRIPTOR_LIBS) lib/libupb.a
-tests/test_handlers: LIBS = lib/libupb.descriptor.a lib/libupb.a
-tests/pb/test_decoder: LIBS = lib/libupb.pb.a lib/libupb.a
-tests/test_cpp: LIBS = $(LOAD_DESCRIPTOR_LIBS) lib/libupb.a
-tests/test_table: LIBS = lib/libupb.a
-tests/json/test_json: LIBS = lib/libupb.a lib/libupb.json.a
+tests/pb/test_varint: LIBS = lib/libupb.pb.a lib/libupb.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
+tests/test_def: LIBS = $(LOAD_DESCRIPTOR_LIBS) lib/libupb.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
+tests/test_handlers: LIBS = lib/libupb.descriptor.a lib/libupb.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
+tests/pb/test_decoder: LIBS = lib/libupb.pb.a lib/libupb.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
+tests/test_cpp: LIBS = $(LOAD_DESCRIPTOR_LIBS) lib/libupb.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
+tests/test_table: LIBS = lib/libupb.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
+tests/json/test_json: LIBS = lib/libupb.a lib/libupb.json.a $(EXTRA_LIBS)
tests/test_def: tests/test.proto.pb
@@ -382,7 +391,8 @@ GOOGLEPB_TEST_LIBS = \
lib/libupb.bindings.googlepb.a \
lib/libupb.pb.a \
lib/libupb.descriptor.a \
- lib/libupb.a
+ lib/libupb.a \
+ $(EXTRA_LIBS)
GOOGLEPB_TEST_DEPS = \
tests/bindings/googlepb/test_vs_proto2.cc \
@@ -456,15 +466,15 @@ LUA_LIB_DEPS = \
upb/bindings/lua/upb_c.so: upb/bindings/lua/upb.c $(LUA_LIB_DEPS)
$(E) CC upb/bindings/lua/upb.c
- $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -fpic -shared -o $@ $< $(LUA_LDFLAGS) $(LUA_LIB_DEPS)
+ $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(CSTD) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -fpic -shared -o $@ $< $(LUA_LDFLAGS) $(LUA_LIB_DEPS)
upb/bindings/lua/upb/table_c.so: upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c lib/libupb_pic.a
$(E) CC upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c
- $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -fpic -shared -o $@ $< $(LUA_LDFLAGS)
+ $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(CSTD) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -fpic -shared -o $@ $< $(LUA_LDFLAGS)
upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb_c.so: upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c $(LUA_LIB_DEPS)
$(E) CC upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c
- $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -fpic -shared -o $@ $< $(LUA_LDFLAGS)
+ $(Q) $(CC) $(OPT) $(CSTD) $(WARNFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -fpic -shared -o $@ $< $(LUA_LDFLAGS)
# Python extension #############################################################
diff --git a/tests/pb/test_decoder.cc b/tests/pb/test_decoder.cc
index 98926a6..c615a3c 100644
--- a/tests/pb/test_decoder.cc
+++ b/tests/pb/test_decoder.cc
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ using std::string;
void vappendf(string* str, const char *format, va_list args) {
va_list copy;
- va_copy(copy, args);
+ __va_copy(copy, args);
int count = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, args);
if (count >= 0)
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ void run_decoder(const string& proto, const string* expected_output) {
fprintf(stderr, "RUNNING TEST CASE, hash=%x\n", testhash);
fprintf(stderr, "JIT on: %s\n",
global_method->is_native() ? "true" : "false");
- fprintf(stderr, "Input (len=%zu): ", proto.size());
+ fprintf(stderr, "Input (len=%u): ", (unsigned)proto.size());
PrintBinary(proto);
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
if (expected_output) {
diff --git a/tests/pb/test_varint.c b/tests/pb/test_varint.c
index 84ff831..c80f127 100644
--- a/tests/pb/test_varint.c
+++ b/tests/pb/test_varint.c
@@ -8,25 +8,30 @@
#include "upb/pb/varint.int.h"
#include "tests/upb_test.h"
-// Test that we can round-trip from int->varint->int.
+/* Test that we can round-trip from int->varint->int. */
static void test_varint_for_num(upb_decoderet (*decoder)(const char*),
uint64_t num) {
char buf[16];
+ size_t bytes;
+ upb_decoderet r;
+
memset(buf, 0xff, sizeof(buf));
- size_t bytes = upb_vencode64(num, buf);
+ bytes = upb_vencode64(num, buf);
if (num <= UINT32_MAX) {
+ uint64_t encoded = upb_vencode32(num);
char buf2[16];
+ upb_decoderet r;
+
memset(buf2, 0, sizeof(buf2));
- uint64_t encoded = upb_vencode32(num);
memcpy(&buf2, &encoded, 8);
- upb_decoderet r = decoder(buf2);
+ r = decoder(buf2);
ASSERT(r.val == num);
ASSERT(r.p == buf2 + upb_value_size(encoded));
ASSERT(upb_zzenc_32(upb_zzdec_32(num)) == num);
}
- upb_decoderet r = decoder(buf);
+ r = decoder(buf);
ASSERT(r.val == num);
ASSERT(r.p == buf + bytes);
ASSERT(upb_zzenc_64(upb_zzdec_64(num)) == num);
@@ -36,13 +41,23 @@ static void test_varint_decoder(upb_decoderet (*decoder)(const char*)) {
#define TEST(bytes, expected_val) {\
size_t n = sizeof(bytes) - 1; /* for NULL */ \
char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN]; \
+ upb_decoderet r; \
memset(buf, 0xff, sizeof(buf)); \
memcpy(buf, bytes, n); \
- upb_decoderet r = decoder(buf); \
+ r = decoder(buf); \
ASSERT(r.val == expected_val); \
ASSERT(r.p == buf + n); \
}
+ uint64_t num;
+
+ char twelvebyte[16] = {-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 1, 1};
+ const char *twelvebyte_buf = twelvebyte;
+ /* A varint that terminates before hitting the end of the provided buffer,
+ * but in too many bytes (11 instead of 10). */
+ upb_decoderet r = decoder(twelvebyte_buf);
+ ASSERT(r.p == NULL);
+
TEST("\x00", 0ULL);
TEST("\x01", 1ULL);
TEST("\x81\x14", 0xa01ULL);
@@ -57,16 +72,7 @@ static void test_varint_decoder(upb_decoderet (*decoder)(const char*)) {
TEST("\x81\x83\x87\x8f\x9f\xbf\xff\x81\x83\x07", 0x8303fdf9f1e1c181ULL);
#undef TEST
- char twelvebyte[16] = {0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80,
- 0x80, 0x01, 0x01};
- const char *twelvebyte_buf = twelvebyte;
- // A varint that terminates before hitting the end of the provided buffer,
- // but in too many bytes (11 instead of 10).
- upb_decoderet r = decoder(twelvebyte_buf);
- ASSERT(r.p == NULL);
-
-
- for (uint64_t num = 5; num * 1.5 < UINT64_MAX; num *= 1.5) {
+ for (num = 5; num * 1.5 < UINT64_MAX; num *= 1.5) {
test_varint_for_num(decoder, num);
}
test_varint_for_num(decoder, 0);
@@ -80,16 +86,13 @@ static void test_varint_decoder(upb_decoderet (*decoder)(const char*)) {
return upb_vdecode_ ## decoder(p); \
} \
void test_ ## decoder() { \
- printf("Testing varint decoder: " #decoder "..."); \
- fflush(stdout); \
test_varint_decoder(&_upb_vdecode_ ## decoder); \
- printf("ok.\n"); \
} \
-TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_branch32);
-TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_branch64);
-TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_wright);
-TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_massimino);
+TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_branch32)
+TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_branch64)
+TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_wright)
+TEST_VARINT_DECODER(check2_massimino)
int run_tests(int argc, char *argv[]) {
UPB_UNUSED(argc);
diff --git a/tests/test_def.c b/tests/test_def.c
index fed2b74..4f9fcff 100644
--- a/tests/test_def.c
+++ b/tests/test_def.c
@@ -20,23 +20,23 @@ static void test_empty_symtab() {
upb_symtab_iter i;
for (upb_symtab_begin(&i, s, UPB_DEF_ANY); !upb_symtab_done(&i);
upb_symtab_next(&i)) {
- ASSERT(false); // Should not get here.
+ ASSERT(false); /* Should not get here. */
}
upb_symtab_unref(s, &s);
}
static void test_noreftracking() {
- // Reftracking is not required; clients can pass UPB_UNTRACKED_REF for owner.
+ /* Reftracking is not required; clients can pass UPB_UNTRACKED_REF for owner. */
upb_msgdef *md = upb_msgdef_new(UPB_UNTRACKED_REF);
upb_msgdef_ref(md, UPB_UNTRACKED_REF);
- // Clients can mix tracked and untracked refs.
+ /* Clients can mix tracked and untracked refs. */
upb_msgdef_ref(md, &md);
upb_msgdef_unref(md, UPB_UNTRACKED_REF);
upb_msgdef_unref(md, UPB_UNTRACKED_REF);
- // Call some random function on the messagedef to test that it is alive.
+ /* Call some random function on the messagedef to test that it is alive. */
ASSERT(!upb_msgdef_isfrozen(md));
upb_msgdef_unref(md, &md);
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ static void test_noreftracking() {
static upb_symtab *load_test_proto(void *owner) {
upb_symtab *s = upb_symtab_new(owner);
- ASSERT(s);
upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ ASSERT(s);
if (!upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(s, descriptor_file, &status)) {
fprintf(stderr, "Error loading descriptor file: %s\n",
upb_status_errmsg(&status));
@@ -58,60 +58,73 @@ static upb_symtab *load_test_proto(void *owner) {
}
static void test_cycles() {
+ bool ok;
upb_symtab *s = load_test_proto(&s);
-
- // Test cycle detection by making a cyclic def's main refcount go to zero
- // and then be incremented to one again.
- const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_lookup(s, "A");
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+ const upb_fielddef *f;
+ const upb_def *def;
+ const upb_def *def2;
+
+ /* Test cycle detection by making a cyclic def's main refcount go to zero
+ * and then be incremented to one again. */
+ def = upb_symtab_lookup(s, "A");
upb_def_ref(def, &def);
ASSERT(def);
ASSERT(upb_def_isfrozen(def));
upb_symtab_unref(s, &s);
- // Message A has only one subfield: "optional B b = 1".
- const upb_msgdef *m = upb_downcast_msgdef(def);
- const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1);
+ /* Message A has only one subfield: "optional B b = 1". */
+ m = upb_downcast_msgdef(def);
+ f = upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1);
ASSERT(f);
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f));
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_ntofz(m, "b") == f);
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_ntof(m, "b", 1) == f);
- const upb_def *def2 = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ def2 = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
ASSERT(upb_downcast_msgdef(def2));
- ASSERT(strcmp(upb_def_fullname(def2), "B") == 0);
+ ok = strcmp(upb_def_fullname(def2), "B") == 0;
+ ASSERT(ok);
upb_def_ref(def2, &def2);
upb_def_unref(def, &def);
- // We know "def" is still alive because it's reachable from def2.
- ASSERT(strcmp(upb_def_fullname(def), "A") == 0);
+ /* We know "def" is still alive because it's reachable from def2. */
+ ok = strcmp(upb_def_fullname(def), "A") == 0;
+ ASSERT(ok);
upb_def_unref(def2, &def2);
}
static void test_symbol_resolution() {
upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_def *defs[2];
+ upb_msgdef *m1;
+ upb_msgdef *m2;
+ upb_msgdef *m3;
+ upb_fielddef *m3_field1;
+ upb_fielddef *m3_field2;
upb_symtab *symtab = upb_symtab_new(&symtab);
ASSERT(symtab);
- // m1 has name "A.B.C" and no fields. We'll add it to the symtab now.
- upb_msgdef *m1 = upb_msgdef_new(&m1);
+ /* m1 has name "A.B.C" and no fields. We'll add it to the symtab now. */
+ m1 = upb_msgdef_new(&m1);
ASSERT(m1);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_msgdef_setfullname(m1, "A.B.C", &s), &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_symtab_add(symtab, (upb_def**)&m1, 1,
NULL, &s), &s);
- // m2 has name "D.E" and no fields. We'll add it in the same batch as m3
- // below.
- upb_msgdef *m2 = upb_msgdef_new(&m2);
+ /* m2 has name "D.E" and no fields. We'll add it in the same batch as m3
+ * below. */
+ m2 = upb_msgdef_new(&m2);
ASSERT(m2);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_msgdef_setfullname(m2, "D.E", &s), &s);
- // m3 has name "F.G" and two fields, of type A.B.C and D.E respectively. We'll
- // add it in the same batch as m2 above.
- upb_msgdef *m3 = upb_msgdef_new(&m3);
+ /* m3 has name "F.G" and two fields, of type A.B.C and D.E respectively. We'll
+ * add it in the same batch as m2 above. */
+ m3 = upb_msgdef_new(&m3);
ASSERT(m3);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_msgdef_setfullname(m3, "F.G", &s), &s);
- upb_fielddef *m3_field1 = upb_fielddef_new(&m3_field1);
+ m3_field1 = upb_fielddef_new(&m3_field1);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_fielddef_setname(m3_field1, "field1", &s), &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_fielddef_setnumber(m3_field1, 1, &s), &s);
upb_fielddef_setlabel(m3_field1, UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL);
@@ -119,7 +132,7 @@ static void test_symbol_resolution() {
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(m3_field1, ".A.B.C", &s), &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_msgdef_addfield(m3, m3_field1, NULL, &s), &s);
- upb_fielddef *m3_field2 = upb_fielddef_new(&m3_field2);
+ m3_field2 = upb_fielddef_new(&m3_field2);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_fielddef_setname(m3_field2, "field2", &s), &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_fielddef_setnumber(m3_field2, 2, &s), &s);
upb_fielddef_setlabel(m3_field2, UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL);
@@ -127,7 +140,8 @@ static void test_symbol_resolution() {
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(m3_field2, ".D.E", &s), &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_msgdef_addfield(m3, m3_field2, NULL, &s), &s);
- upb_def *defs[2] = { (upb_def*)m2, (upb_def*)m3 };
+ defs[0] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m2);
+ defs[1] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m3);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_symtab_add(symtab, defs, 2, NULL, &s), &s);
upb_fielddef_unref(m3_field2, &m3_field2);
@@ -139,22 +153,24 @@ static void test_symbol_resolution() {
}
static void test_fielddef_unref() {
+ bool ok;
upb_symtab *s = load_test_proto(&s);
const upb_msgdef *md = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "A");
const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msgdef_itof(md, 1);
upb_fielddef_ref(f, &f);
- // Unref symtab; now fielddef is the only thing keeping the msgdef alive.
+ /* Unref symtab; now fielddef is the only thing keeping the msgdef alive. */
upb_symtab_unref(s, &s);
- // Check that md is still alive.
- ASSERT(strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(md), "A") == 0);
+ /* Check that md is still alive. */
+ ok = strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(md), "A") == 0;
+ ASSERT(ok);
- // Check that unref of fielddef frees the whole remaining graph.
+ /* Check that unref of fielddef frees the whole remaining graph. */
upb_fielddef_unref(f, &f);
}
static void test_fielddef() {
- // Test that we don't leak an unresolved subdef name.
+ /* Test that we don't leak an unresolved subdef name. */
upb_fielddef *f1 = upb_fielddef_new(&f1);
upb_fielddef_settype(f1, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(f1, "YO", NULL));
@@ -189,51 +205,61 @@ static upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_newnamed(const char *name, void *owner) {
static void test_replacement() {
upb_symtab *s = upb_symtab_new(&s);
+ upb_enumdef *e2;
+ upb_msgdef *m2;
+ upb_enumdef *e;
+ upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_def *newdefs[3];
+ upb_def *newdefs2[1];
+ const upb_msgdef *m3;
upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_newnamed("MyMessage", &s);
upb_msgdef_addfield(m, newfield("field1", 1, UPB_TYPE_ENUM,
UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, ".MyEnum", &s),
&s, NULL);
- upb_msgdef *m2 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("MyMessage2", &s);
- upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_newnamed("MyEnum", &s);
- upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ m2 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("MyMessage2", &s);
+ e = upb_enumdef_newnamed("MyEnum", &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_enumdef_addval(e, "VAL1", 1, &status), &status);
- upb_def *newdefs[] = {UPB_UPCAST(m), UPB_UPCAST(m2), UPB_UPCAST(e)};
+ newdefs[0] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m);
+ newdefs[1] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m2);
+ newdefs[2] = upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_symtab_add(s, newdefs, 3, &s, &status), &status);
- // Try adding a new definition of MyEnum, MyMessage should get replaced with
- // a new version.
- upb_enumdef *e2 = upb_enumdef_newnamed("MyEnum", &s);
+ /* Try adding a new definition of MyEnum, MyMessage should get replaced with
+ * a new version. */
+ e2 = upb_enumdef_newnamed("MyEnum", &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_enumdef_addval(e2, "VAL1", 1, &status), &status);
- upb_def *newdefs2[] = {UPB_UPCAST(e2)};
+ newdefs2[0] = upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e2);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_symtab_add(s, newdefs2, 1, &s, &status), &status);
- const upb_msgdef *m3 = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "MyMessage");
+ m3 = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "MyMessage");
ASSERT(m3);
- // Must be different because it points to MyEnum which was replaced.
+ /* Must be different because it points to MyEnum which was replaced. */
ASSERT(m3 != m);
m3 = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "MyMessage2");
- // Should be the same because it was not replaced, nor were any defs that
- // are reachable from it.
+ /* Should be the same because it was not replaced, nor were any defs that
+ * are reachable from it. */
ASSERT(m3 == m2);
upb_symtab_unref(s, &s);
}
static void test_freeze_free() {
- // Test that freeze frees defs that were only being kept alive by virtue of
- // sharing a group with other defs that are being frozen.
+ bool ok;
+
+ /* Test that freeze frees defs that were only being kept alive by virtue of
+ * sharing a group with other defs that are being frozen. */
upb_msgdef *m1 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M1", &m1);
upb_msgdef *m2 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M2", &m2);
upb_msgdef *m3 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M3", &m3);
upb_msgdef *m4 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M4", &m4);
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
- // Freeze M4 and make M1 point to it.
+ /* Freeze M4 and make M1 point to it. */
upb_def_freeze((upb_def*const*)&m4, 1, NULL);
- upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setnumber(f, 1, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setname(f, "foo", NULL));
@@ -241,10 +267,10 @@ static void test_freeze_free() {
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_addfield(m1, f, &f, NULL));
- // After this unref, M1 is the only thing keeping M4 alive.
+ /* After this unref, M1 is the only thing keeping M4 alive. */
upb_msgdef_unref(m4, &m4);
- // Force M1/M2/M3 into a single mutable refcounting group.
+ /* Force M1/M2/M3 into a single mutable refcounting group. */
f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setnumber(f, 1, NULL));
@@ -254,40 +280,45 @@ static void test_freeze_free() {
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(f, m2, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(f, m3, NULL));
- // Make M3 cyclic with itself.
+ /* Make M3 cyclic with itself. */
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_addfield(m3, f, &f, NULL));
- // These will be kept alive since they are in the same refcounting group as
- // M3, which still has a ref. Note: this behavior is not guaranteed by the
- // API, but true in practice with its current implementation.
+ /* These will be kept alive since they are in the same refcounting group as
+ * M3, which still has a ref. Note: this behavior is not guaranteed by the
+ * API, but true in practice with its current implementation. */
upb_msgdef_unref(m1, &m1);
upb_msgdef_unref(m2, &m2);
- // Test that they are still alive (NOT allowed by the API).
- ASSERT(strcmp("M1", upb_msgdef_fullname(m1)) == 0);
- ASSERT(strcmp("M2", upb_msgdef_fullname(m2)) == 0);
+ /* Test that they are still alive (NOT allowed by the API). */
+ ok = strcmp("M1", upb_msgdef_fullname(m1)) == 0;
+ ASSERT(ok);
+ ok = strcmp("M2", upb_msgdef_fullname(m2)) == 0;
+ ASSERT(ok);
- // Freeze M3. If the test leaked no memory, then freeing m1 and m2 was
- // successful.
+ /* Freeze M3. If the test leaked no memory, then freeing m1 and m2 was
+ * successful. */
ASSERT(upb_def_freeze((upb_def*const*)&m3, 1, NULL));
upb_msgdef_unref(m3, &m3);
}
static void test_partial_freeze() {
- // Test that freeze of only part of the graph correctly adjusts objects that
- // point to the newly-frozen objects.
+ /* Test that freeze of only part of the graph correctly adjusts objects that
+ * point to the newly-frozen objects. */
upb_msgdef *m1 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M1", &m1);
upb_msgdef *m2 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M2", &m2);
upb_msgdef *m3 = upb_msgdef_newnamed("M3", &m3);
-
upb_fielddef *f1 = upb_fielddef_new(&f1);
+ upb_fielddef *f2 = upb_fielddef_new(&f2);
+ upb_def *defs[2];
+ defs[0] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m1);
+ defs[1] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m2);
+
upb_fielddef_settype(f1, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setnumber(f1, 1, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setname(f1, "f1", NULL));
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(f1, m1, NULL));
- upb_fielddef *f2 = upb_fielddef_new(&f2);
upb_fielddef_settype(f2, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setnumber(f2, 2, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_fielddef_setname(f2, "f2", NULL));
@@ -296,9 +327,8 @@ static void test_partial_freeze() {
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_addfield(m3, f1, &f1, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_addfield(m3, f2, &f2, NULL));
- // Freeze M1 and M2, which should cause the group to be split
- // and m3 (left mutable) to take references on m1 and m2.
- upb_def *defs[] = {UPB_UPCAST(m1), UPB_UPCAST(m2)};
+ /* Freeze M1 and M2, which should cause the group to be split
+ * and m3 (left mutable) to take references on m1 and m2. */
ASSERT(upb_def_freeze(defs, 2, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_isfrozen(m1));
@@ -312,13 +342,15 @@ static void test_partial_freeze() {
static void test_descriptor_flags() {
upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
- ASSERT(upb_msgdef_mapentry(m) == false);
+ upb_msgdef *m2;
upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+
+ ASSERT(upb_msgdef_mapentry(m) == false);
upb_msgdef_setfullname(m, "TestMessage", &s);
ASSERT(upb_ok(&s));
upb_msgdef_setmapentry(m, true);
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_mapentry(m) == true);
- upb_msgdef *m2 = upb_msgdef_dup(m, &m2);
+ m2 = upb_msgdef_dup(m, &m2);
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_mapentry(m2) == true);
upb_msgdef_unref(m, &m);
upb_msgdef_unref(m2, &m2);
@@ -326,10 +358,13 @@ static void test_descriptor_flags() {
static void test_mapentry_check() {
upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
-
upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
- upb_msgdef_setfullname(m, "TestMessage", &s);
upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
+ upb_symtab *symtab = upb_symtab_new(&symtab);
+ upb_msgdef *subm = upb_msgdef_new(&subm);
+ upb_def *defs[2];
+
+ upb_msgdef_setfullname(m, "TestMessage", &s);
upb_fielddef_setname(f, "field1", &s);
upb_fielddef_setnumber(f, 1, &s);
upb_fielddef_setlabel(f, UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL);
@@ -338,14 +373,13 @@ static void test_mapentry_check() {
upb_msgdef_addfield(m, f, &f, &s);
ASSERT(upb_ok(&s));
- upb_msgdef *subm = upb_msgdef_new(&subm);
upb_msgdef_setfullname(subm, "MapEntry", &s);
upb_msgdef_setmapentry(subm, true);
- upb_symtab *symtab = upb_symtab_new(&symtab);
- upb_def *defs[] = {UPB_UPCAST(m), UPB_UPCAST(subm)};
+ defs[0] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m);
+ defs[1] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(subm);
upb_symtab_add(symtab, defs, 2, NULL, &s);
- // Should not have succeeded: non-repeated field pointing to a MapEntry.
+ /* Should not have succeeded: non-repeated field pointing to a MapEntry. */
ASSERT(!upb_ok(&s));
upb_fielddef_setlabel(f, UPB_LABEL_REPEATED);
@@ -360,22 +394,26 @@ static void test_mapentry_check() {
static void test_oneofs() {
upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
bool ok = true;
-
+ upb_def *subm_defs[1];
upb_symtab *symtab = upb_symtab_new(&symtab);
+ upb_msgdef *subm = upb_msgdef_newnamed("SubMessage", &symtab);
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_newnamed("TestMessage", &symtab);
+ upb_oneofdef *o = upb_oneofdef_new(&o);
+ const upb_oneofdef *lookup_o;
+ const upb_fielddef *lookup_field;
+ upb_def *defs[1];
+
ASSERT(symtab != NULL);
- // Create a test message for fields to refer to.
- upb_msgdef *subm = upb_msgdef_newnamed("SubMessage", &symtab);
+ /* Create a test message for fields to refer to. */
upb_msgdef_addfield(subm, newfield("field1", 1, UPB_TYPE_INT32,
UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, NULL, &symtab),
&symtab, NULL);
- upb_def *subm_defs[] = {UPB_UPCAST(subm)};
+ subm_defs[0] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(subm);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_symtab_add(symtab, subm_defs, 1, &symtab, &s), &s);
- upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_newnamed("TestMessage", &symtab);
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_numoneofs(m) == 0);
- upb_oneofdef *o = upb_oneofdef_new(&o);
ASSERT(upb_oneofdef_numfields(o) == 0);
ASSERT(upb_oneofdef_name(o) == NULL);
@@ -395,14 +433,14 @@ static void test_oneofs() {
ok = upb_msgdef_addoneof(m, o, NULL, &s);
ASSERT_STATUS(ok, &s);
- upb_def *defs[] = {UPB_UPCAST(m)};
+ defs[0] = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m);
ASSERT_STATUS(upb_symtab_add(symtab, defs, 1, &symtab, &s), &s);
ASSERT(upb_msgdef_numoneofs(m) == 1);
- const upb_oneofdef *lookup_o = upb_msgdef_ntooz(m, "test_oneof");
+ lookup_o = upb_msgdef_ntooz(m, "test_oneof");
ASSERT(lookup_o == o);
- const upb_fielddef *lookup_field = upb_oneofdef_ntofz(o, "field1");
+ lookup_field = upb_oneofdef_ntofz(o, "field1");
ASSERT(lookup_field != NULL && upb_fielddef_number(lookup_field) == 1);
upb_symtab_unref(symtab, &symtab);
diff --git a/tests/test_handlers.c b/tests/test_handlers.c
index 951f2c5..be95c0a 100644
--- a/tests/test_handlers.c
+++ b/tests/test_handlers.c
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ static bool startmsg(void *c, const void *hd) {
}
static void test_error() {
- // Test creating handlers of a static msgdef.
+ /* Test creating handlers of a static msgdef. */
const upb_symtab *s = upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(&s);
upb_handlers *h =
upb_handlers_new(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(s), &h);
upb_symtab_unref(s, &s);
- // Attempt to set the same handler twice causes error.
+ /* Attempt to set the same handler twice causes error. */
ASSERT(upb_ok(upb_handlers_status(h)));
upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, &startmsg, NULL);
ASSERT(upb_ok(upb_handlers_status(h)));
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ static void test_error() {
ASSERT(!upb_ok(upb_handlers_status(h)));
ASSERT(!upb_handlers_freeze(&h, 1, NULL));
- // Clearing the error will let us proceed.
+ /* Clearing the error will let us proceed. */
upb_handlers_clearerr(h);
ASSERT(upb_handlers_freeze(&h, 1, NULL));
ASSERT(upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
diff --git a/tests/test_util.h b/tests/test_util.h
index 27c2bb3..73a5c19 100644
--- a/tests/test_util.h
+++ b/tests/test_util.h
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ bool parse_buffer(upb::BytesSink* sink, void* subc, const char* buf,
memcpy(buf2, buf + start, len);
if (verbose) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Calling parse(%zu) for bytes %zu-%zu of the input\n",
- len, start, end);
+ fprintf(stderr, "Calling parse(%u) for bytes %u-%u of the input\n",
+ (unsigned)len, (unsigned)start, (unsigned)end);
}
size_t parsed = sink->PutBuffer(subc, buf2, len, &global_handle);
@@ -48,18 +48,18 @@ bool parse_buffer(upb::BytesSink* sink, void* subc, const char* buf,
if (verbose) {
if (parsed == len) {
fprintf(stderr,
- "parse(%zu) = %zu, complete byte count indicates success\n",
- len, len);
+ "parse(%u) = %u, complete byte count indicates success\n",
+ (unsigned)len, (unsigned)len);
} else if (parsed > len) {
fprintf(stderr,
- "parse(%zu) = %zu, long byte count indicates success and skip"
- "of the next %zu bytes\n",
- len, parsed, parsed - len);
+ "parse(%u) = %u, long byte count indicates success and skip"
+ "of the next %u bytes\n",
+ (unsigned)len, (unsigned)parsed, (unsigned)(parsed - len));
} else {
fprintf(stderr,
- "parse(%zu) = %zu, short byte count indicates failure; "
- "last %zu bytes were not consumed\n",
- len, parsed, len - parsed);
+ "parse(%u) = %u, short byte count indicates failure; "
+ "last %u bytes were not consumed\n",
+ (unsigned)len, (unsigned)parsed, (unsigned)(len - parsed));
}
}
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ bool parse_buffer(upb::BytesSink* sink, void* subc, const char* buf,
"Error: decode function returned complete byte count but set "
"error status\n");
}
- fprintf(stderr, "Status: %s, parsed=%zu, len=%zu\n",
- status->error_message(), parsed, len);
+ fprintf(stderr, "Status: %s, parsed=%u, len=%u\n",
+ status->error_message(), (unsigned)parsed, (unsigned)len);
ASSERT(false);
}
diff --git a/tools/dump_cinit.lua b/tools/dump_cinit.lua
index 3742abd..048cb3a 100644
--- a/tools/dump_cinit.lua
+++ b/tools/dump_cinit.lua
@@ -205,25 +205,25 @@ function Dumper:new(linktab)
return obj
end
--- Dumps a _upb_value, eg:
--- UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(5)
+-- Dumps a upb_tabval, eg:
+-- UPB_TABVALUE_INIT(5)
function Dumper:_value(val, upbtype)
if type(val) == "nil" then
- return "UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE"
+ return "UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT"
elseif type(val) == "number" then
-- Use upbtype to disambiguate what kind of number it is.
if upbtype == upbtable.CTYPE_INT32 then
- return string.format("UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(%d)", val)
+ return string.format("UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(%d)", val)
else
-- TODO(haberman): add support for these so we can properly support
-- default values.
error("Unsupported number type " .. upbtype)
end
elseif type(val) == "string" then
- return string.format('UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("%s")', val)
+ return string.format('UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("%s")', val)
else
-- We take this as an object reference that has an entry in the link table.
- return string.format("UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(%s)", self.linktab:addr(val))
+ return string.format("UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(%s)", self.linktab:addr(val))
end
end
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ function Dumper:arrayval(val)
if val.val then
return string.format(" %s,\n", self:_value(val.val, val.valtype))
else
- return " UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,\n"
+ return " UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,\n"
end
end
@@ -296,9 +296,9 @@ local function gettables(def)
end
local function emit_file_warning(append)
- append('// This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).\n')
- append('// Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is\n')
- append('// regenerated.\n\n')
+ append('/* This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).\n')
+ append(' * Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is\n')
+ append(' * regenerated. */\n\n')
end
local function join(...)
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ end
local function end_namespace(package, append)
local package_components = split(package)
for i=#package_components,1,-1 do
- append("} // namespace %s\n", package_components[i])
+ append("} /* namespace %s */\n", package_components[i])
end
end
@@ -426,6 +426,7 @@ local function dump_defs_c(symtab, basename, namespace, append)
-- Emit forward declarations.
emit_file_warning(append)
append('#include "upb/def.h"\n')
+ append('#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"\n')
append('#include "upb/symtab.h"\n\n')
append("static const upb_msgdef %s;\n", linktab:cdecl(upb.DEF_MSG))
append("static const upb_fielddef %s;\n", linktab:cdecl(upb.DEF_FIELD))
@@ -436,7 +437,7 @@ local function dump_defs_c(symtab, basename, namespace, append)
if not linktab:empty("intentries") then
append("static const upb_tabent %s;\n", linktab:cdecl("intentries"))
end
- append("static const _upb_value %s;\n", linktab:cdecl("arrays"))
+ append("static const upb_tabval %s;\n", linktab:cdecl("arrays"))
append("\n")
append("#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS\n")
append("static upb_inttable reftables[%d];\n", reftable_count)
@@ -456,8 +457,8 @@ local function dump_defs_c(symtab, basename, namespace, append)
append(' UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("%s", %d, %d, %s, %s,' ..
'&reftables[%d], &reftables[%d]),\n',
m:full_name(),
- m:_selector_count(),
- m:_submsg_field_count(),
+ upbtable.msgdef_selector_count(m),
+ upbtable.msgdef_submsg_field_count(m),
dumper:inttable(tables.int),
dumper:strtable(tables.str),
reftable, reftable + 1)
@@ -469,7 +470,7 @@ local function dump_defs_c(symtab, basename, namespace, append)
for f in linktab:objs(upb.DEF_FIELD) do
local subdef = "NULL"
if f:has_subdef() then
- subdef = string.format("UPB_UPCAST(%s)", linktab:addr(f:subdef()))
+ subdef = string.format("(const upb_def*)(%s)", linktab:addr(f:subdef()))
end
local intfmt
if f:type() == upb.TYPE_UINT32 or
@@ -490,7 +491,7 @@ local function dump_defs_c(symtab, basename, namespace, append)
boolstr(f:istagdelim()), boolstr(f:is_extension()),
boolstr(f:lazy()), boolstr(f:packed()), f:name(), f:number(),
linktab:addr(f:containing_type()), subdef,
- f:_selector_base(), f:index(),
+ upbtable.fielddef_selector_base(f), f:index(),
reftable, reftable + 1
)
reftable = reftable + 2
@@ -529,7 +530,7 @@ local function dump_defs_c(symtab, basename, namespace, append)
append("};\n\n");
end
- append("static const _upb_value %s = {\n", linktab:cdecl("arrays"))
+ append("static const upb_tabval %s = {\n", linktab:cdecl("arrays"))
for ent in linktab:objs("arrays") do
append(dumper:arrayval(ent))
end
@@ -602,9 +603,14 @@ local function dump_enum_vals(enumdef, append)
--
-- (notice the duplicated "TYPE").
local cident = to_cident(getpackage(enumdef:full_name()))
- for _, pair in ipairs(enum_vals) do
+ for i, pair in ipairs(enum_vals) do
k, v = pair[1], pair[2]
- append(' %s = %d,\n', to_preproc(cident, k), v)
+ append(' %s = %d', to_preproc(cident, k), v)
+ if i == #enum_vals then
+ append('\n')
+ else
+ append(',\n')
+ end
end
end
@@ -644,7 +650,7 @@ local function dump_selectors(msgdef, append, base)
--
-- // So instead we make the latter the very beautiful:
-- SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_INT32
- append("// %s\n", msgdef:full_name())
+ append("/* %s */\n", msgdef:full_name())
local cident = to_cident(msgdef:full_name())
for _, pair in ipairs(selectors) do
k, v = pair[1], pair[2]
@@ -655,19 +661,19 @@ end
local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
local basename_preproc = to_preproc(basename)
- append("// This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs.\n")
- append("// Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define\n")
- append("// generated classes or any other kind of data structure for\n")
- append("// actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which\n")
- append("// let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*.\n")
- append("//\n")
+ append("/* This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs.\n")
+ append(" * Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define\n")
+ append(" * generated classes or any other kind of data structure for\n")
+ append(" * actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which\n")
+ append(" * let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*.\n")
+ append(" */\n")
emit_file_warning(append)
append('#ifndef %s_UPB_H_\n', basename_preproc)
append('#define %s_UPB_H_\n\n', basename_preproc)
append('#include "upb/def.h"\n')
append('#include "upb/symtab.h"\n\n')
append('#ifdef __cplusplus\n')
- append('extern "C" {\n')
+ append('UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C\n')
append('#endif\n\n')
local packages = {}
@@ -681,7 +687,7 @@ local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
-- Dump C enums for proto enums.
- append("// Enums\n\n")
+ append("/* Enums */\n\n")
for _, def in ipairs(sorted_defs(symtab:defs(upb.DEF_ENUM))) do
local cident = to_cident(def:full_name())
append('typedef enum {\n')
@@ -690,7 +696,7 @@ local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
end
-- selectors
- append("// Selectors\n\n")
+ append("/* Selectors */\n\n")
for _, def in ipairs(sorted_defs(symtab:defs(upb.DEF_MSG))) do
dump_selectors(def, append, upb)
end
@@ -698,7 +704,7 @@ local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
append("const upb_symtab *%s_%s(const void *owner);" ..
"\n\n", namespace, to_cident(basename))
- append("// MessageDefs\n")
+ append("/* MessageDefs */\n")
dump_defs_for_type(
"UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *%s_%s(const upb_symtab *s) {\n" ..
" const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, \"%s\");\n" ..
@@ -710,7 +716,7 @@ local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
append("\n")
- append("// EnumDefs\n")
+ append("/* EnumDefs */\n")
dump_defs_for_type(
"UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *%s_%s(const upb_symtab *s) {\n" ..
" const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, \"%s\");\n" ..
@@ -739,9 +745,7 @@ local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
end
append("\n")
- append('#ifdef __cplusplus\n')
- append('}; // extern "C"\n')
- append('#endif\n\n')
+ append('UPB_END_EXTERN_C\n\n')
append("#ifdef __cplusplus\n\n")
append("namespace %s {\n", namespace)
@@ -794,12 +798,12 @@ local function dump_defs_h(symtab, basename, namespace, append, linktab)
append("\n")
end
- append("} // namespace %s\n\n\n", namespace)
+ append("} /* namespace %s */\n\n\n", namespace)
append("#undef RETURN_REFFED\n")
- append("#endif // __cplusplus\n\n")
+ append("#endif /* __cplusplus */\n\n")
- append('#endif // %s_UPB_H_\n', basename_preproc)
+ append('#endif /* %s_UPB_H_ */\n', basename_preproc)
end
function export.dump_defs(symtab, basename, append_h, append_c)
diff --git a/travis.sh b/travis.sh
index 8b1a0dc..79c4a78 100755
--- a/travis.sh
+++ b/travis.sh
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ core32_install() {
sudo apt-get install libc6-dev-i386 g++-multilib
}
core32_script() {
- make -j12 tests USER_CPPFLAGS=-m32
+ make -j12 tests USER_CPPFLAGS="$USER_CPPFLAGS -m32"
make test
}
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ lua_install() {
sudo apt-get install lua5.2 liblua5.2-dev
}
lua_script() {
- make -j12 testlua USER_CPPFLAGS=`pkg-config lua5.2 --cflags`
+ make -j12 testlua USER_CPPFLAGS="$USER_CPPFLAGS `pkg-config lua5.2 --cflags`"
}
# Test that generated files don't need to be regenerated.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ genfiles_install() {
sudo apt-get install lua5.2 liblua5.2-dev protobuf-compiler
}
genfiles_script() {
- make -j12 genfiles USER_CPPFLAGS=`pkg-config lua5.2 --cflags`
+ make -j12 genfiles USER_CPPFLAGS="$USER_CPPFLAGS `pkg-config lua5.2 --cflags`"
# Will fail if any differences were observed.
git diff --exit-code
}
@@ -104,10 +104,35 @@ coverage_after_success() {
set -e
set -x
+if [ "$1" == "local" ]; then
+ run_config() {
+ make clean
+ echo
+ echo "travis.sh: TESTING CONFIGURATION $1 ==============================="
+ echo
+ UPB_TRAVIS_BUILD=$1 ./travis.sh script
+ }
+ # Run all configurations serially locally to test before pushing a pull
+ # request.
+ export CC=gcc
+ export CXX=g++
+ run_config "bare"
+ run_config "barejit"
+ run_config "core32"
+ run_config "withprotobuf"
+ run_config "lua"
+ run_config "ndebug"
+ run_config "genfiles"
+ exit
+fi
+
$CC --version
$CXX --version
-if [ "$1" == "after_failure" ]; then
+# Uncomment to enable uploading failure logs to S3.
+# UPLOAD_TO_S3=true
+
+if [ "$1" == "after_failure" ] && [ "$UPLOAD_TO_S3" == "true" ]; then
# Upload failing tree to S3.
curl -sL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/travis-ci/artifacts/master/install | bash
PATH="$PATH:$HOME/bin"
@@ -131,6 +156,15 @@ fi
# Enable asserts and ref debugging (though some configurations override this).
export USER_CPPFLAGS="-UNDEBUG -DUPB_DEBUG_REFS -DUPB_THREAD_UNSAFE -g"
+if [ "$CC" == "gcc" ]; then
+ # For the GCC build test loading JIT code via SO. For the Clang build test
+ # loading it in the normal way.
+ export USER_CPPFLAGS="$USER_CPPFLAGS -DUPB_JIT_LOAD_SO"
+fi
+
+# TODO(haberman): Test UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE? We don't right now because it is so
+# noisy.
+
# Enable verbose build.
export Q=
diff --git a/upb/bindings/googlepb/proto2.cc b/upb/bindings/googlepb/proto2.cc
index 87c13b6..636bb90 100644
--- a/upb/bindings/googlepb/proto2.cc
+++ b/upb/bindings/googlepb/proto2.cc
@@ -449,12 +449,13 @@ case goog::FieldDescriptor::cpptype: \
enum OneofType {
ONEOF_TYPE_NONE,
ONEOF_TYPE_STRING,
- ONEOF_TYPE_MESSAGE,
+ ONEOF_TYPE_MESSAGE
#ifdef UPB_GOOGLE3
+ ,
ONEOF_TYPE_GLOBALSTRING,
ONEOF_TYPE_CORD,
ONEOF_TYPE_STRINGPIECE,
- ONEOF_TYPE_LAZYFIELD,
+ ONEOF_TYPE_LAZYFIELD
#endif
};
diff --git a/upb/bindings/lua/upb.c b/upb/bindings/lua/upb.c
index aebf9f7..2b05938 100644
--- a/upb/bindings/lua/upb.c
+++ b/upb/bindings/lua/upb.c
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
#include "upb/pb/glue.h"
#include "upb/shim/shim.h"
-// Lua metatable types.
+/* Lua metatable types. */
#define LUPB_MSG "lupb.msg"
#define LUPB_ARRAY "lupb.array"
#define LUPB_MSGDEF "lupb.msgdef"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
#define LUPB_FIELDDEF "lupb.fielddef"
#define LUPB_SYMTAB "lupb.symtab"
-// Other table constants.
+/* Other table constants. */
#define LUPB_OBJCACHE "lupb.objcache"
static void lupb_msgdef_init(lua_State *L);
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ static size_t lupb_msgdef_sizeof();
/* Lua compatibility code *****************************************************/
-// Lua 5.1 and Lua 5.2 have slightly incompatible APIs. A little bit of
-// compatibility code can help hide the difference. Not too many people still
-// use Lua 5.1 but LuaJIT uses the Lua 5.1 API in some ways.
+/* Lua 5.1 and Lua 5.2 have slightly incompatible APIs. A little bit of
+ * compatibility code can help hide the difference. Not too many people still
+ * use Lua 5.1 but LuaJIT uses the Lua 5.1 API in some ways. */
-#if LUA_VERSION_NUM == 501
+#if lua_version_num == 501
-// Taken from Lua 5.2's source.
+/* taken from lua 5.2's source. */
void *luaL_testudata(lua_State *L, int ud, const char *tname) {
void *p = lua_touserdata(L, ud);
if (p != NULL) { /* value is a userdata? */
@@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ int luaL_typerror(lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname) {
}
static void lupb_newlib(lua_State *L, const char *name, const luaL_Reg *funcs) {
- // Lua 5.2 modules are not expected to set a global variable, so "name" is
- // unused.
+ /* Lua 5.2 modules are not expected to set a global variable, so "name" is
+ * unused. */
UPB_UNUSED(name);
- // Can't use luaL_newlib(), because funcs is not the actual array.
- // Could (micro-)optimize this a bit to count funcs for initial table size.
+ /* Can't use luaL_newlib(), because funcs is not the actual array.
+ * Could (micro-)optimize this a bit to count funcs for initial table size. */
lua_createtable(L, 0, 8);
luaL_setfuncs(L, funcs, 0);
}
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ static void lupb_newlib(lua_State *L, const char *name, const luaL_Reg *funcs) {
#error Only Lua 5.1 and 5.2 are supported
#endif
-// Shims for upcoming Lua 5.3 functionality.
+/* Shims for upcoming Lua 5.3 functionality. */
bool lua_isinteger(lua_State *L, int argn) {
UPB_UNUSED(L);
UPB_UNUSED(argn);
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ bool lua_isinteger(lua_State *L, int argn) {
/* Utility functions **********************************************************/
-// We store our module table in the registry, keyed by ptr.
-// For more info about the motivation/rationale, see this thread:
-// http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lang.lua.general/110632
+/* We store our module table in the registry, keyed by ptr.
+ * For more info about the motivation/rationale, see this thread:
+ * http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lang.lua.general/110632 */
bool lupb_openlib(lua_State *L, void *ptr, const char *name,
const luaL_Reg *funcs) {
- // Lookup cached module table.
+ /* Lookup cached module table. */
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, ptr);
lua_rawget(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
if (!lua_isnil(L, -1)) {
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ bool lupb_openlib(lua_State *L, void *ptr, const char *name,
lupb_newlib(L, name, funcs);
- // Save module table in cache.
+ /* Save module table in cache. */
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, ptr);
lua_pushvalue(L, -2);
lua_rawset(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
@@ -133,15 +133,15 @@ bool lupb_openlib(lua_State *L, void *ptr, const char *name,
return false;
}
-// Pushes a new userdata with the given metatable and ensures that it has a
-// uservalue.
+/* Pushes a new userdata with the given metatable and ensures that it has a
+ * uservalue. */
static void *newudata_with_userval(lua_State *L, size_t size,
const char *type) {
void *ret = lua_newuserdata(L, size);
- // Set metatable.
+ /* Set metatable. */
luaL_getmetatable(L, type);
- assert(!lua_isnil(L, -1)); // Should have been created by luaopen_upb.
+ assert(!lua_isnil(L, -1)); /* Should have been created by luaopen_upb. */
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
lua_newtable(L);
@@ -165,26 +165,29 @@ bool lupb_checkbool(lua_State *L, int narg) {
return lua_toboolean(L, narg);
}
-// Unlike luaL_checkstring(), this does not allow implicit conversion to string.
+/* Unlike luaL_checkstring(), this does not allow implicit conversion to
+ * string. */
void lupb_checkstring(lua_State *L, int narg) {
if (lua_type(L, narg) != LUA_TSTRING)
luaL_error(L, "Expected string");
}
-// Unlike luaL_checkinteger, these do not implicitly convert from string or
-// round an existing double value. We allow floating-point input, but only if
-// the actual value is integral.
+/* Unlike luaL_checkinteger, these do not implicitly convert from string or
+ * round an existing double value. We allow floating-point input, but only if
+ * the actual value is integral. */
#define INTCHECK(type, ctype) \
ctype lupb_check##type(lua_State *L, int narg) { \
+ double n; \
+ ctype i; \
if (lua_isinteger(L, narg)) { \
return lua_tointeger(L, narg); \
} \
\
/* Prevent implicit conversion from string. */ \
luaL_checktype(L, narg, LUA_TNUMBER); \
- double n = lua_tonumber(L, narg); \
+ n = lua_tonumber(L, narg); \
\
- ctype i = (ctype)n; \
+ i = (ctype)n; \
if ((double)i != n) { \
/* double -> ctype truncated or rounded. */ \
luaL_error(L, "number %f was not an integer or out of range for " #type, \
@@ -199,28 +202,28 @@ void lupb_checkstring(lua_State *L, int narg) {
lua_pushnumber(L, val); \
}
-INTCHECK(int64, int64_t);
-INTCHECK(int32, int32_t);
-INTCHECK(uint64, uint64_t);
-INTCHECK(uint32, uint32_t);
+INTCHECK(int64, int64_t)
+INTCHECK(int32, int32_t)
+INTCHECK(uint64, uint64_t)
+INTCHECK(uint32, uint32_t)
double lupb_checkdouble(lua_State *L, int narg) {
- // If we were being really hard-nosed here, we'd check whether the input was
- // an integer that has no precise double representation. But doubles aren't
- // generally expected to be exact like integers are, and worse this could
- // cause data-dependent runtime errors: one run of the program could work fine
- // because the integer calculations happened to be exactly representable in
- // double, while the next could crash because of subtly different input.
-
- luaL_checktype(L, narg, LUA_TNUMBER); // lua_tonumber() implicitly converts.
+ /* If we were being really hard-nosed here, we'd check whether the input was
+ * an integer that has no precise double representation. But doubles aren't
+ * generally expected to be exact like integers are, and worse this could
+ * cause data-dependent runtime errors: one run of the program could work fine
+ * because the integer calculations happened to be exactly representable in
+ * double, while the next could crash because of subtly different input. */
+
+ luaL_checktype(L, narg, LUA_TNUMBER); /* lua_tonumber() auto-converts. */
return lua_tonumber(L, narg);
}
float lupb_checkfloat(lua_State *L, int narg) {
- // We don't worry about checking whether the input can be exactly converted to
- // float -- see above.
+ /* We don't worry about checking whether the input can be exactly converted to
+ * float -- see above. */
- luaL_checktype(L, narg, LUA_TNUMBER); // lua_tonumber() implicitly converts.
+ luaL_checktype(L, narg, LUA_TNUMBER); /* lua_tonumber() auto-converts. */
return lua_tonumber(L, narg);
}
@@ -288,15 +291,15 @@ static upb_fieldtype_t lupb_checkfieldtype(lua_State *L, int narg) {
/* lupb_refcounted ************************************************************/
-// All upb objects that use upb_refcounted have a userdata that begins with a
-// pointer to that object. Each type has its own metatable. Objects are cached
-// in a weak table indexed by the C pointer of the object they are caching.
-//
-// Note that we consistently use memcpy() to read to/from the object. This
-// allows the userdata to use its own struct without violating aliasing, as
-// long as it begins with a pointer.
+/* All upb objects that use upb_refcounted have a userdata that begins with a
+ * pointer to that object. Each type has its own metatable. Objects are cached
+ * in a weak table indexed by the C pointer of the object they are caching.
+ *
+ * Note that we consistently use memcpy() to read to/from the object. This
+ * allows the userdata to use its own struct without violating aliasing, as
+ * long as it begins with a pointer. */
-// Checks type; if it matches, pulls the pointer out of the wrapper.
+/* Checks type; if it matches, pulls the pointer out of the wrapper. */
void *lupb_refcounted_check(lua_State *L, int narg, const char *type) {
void *ud = luaL_checkudata(L, narg, type);
void *ret;
@@ -308,59 +311,62 @@ void *lupb_refcounted_check(lua_State *L, int narg, const char *type) {
bool lupb_refcounted_pushwrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_refcounted *obj,
const char *type, const void *ref_donor,
size_t size) {
+ bool create;
+ void *ud;
+
if (obj == NULL) {
lua_pushnil(L);
return false;
}
- // Lookup our cache in the registry (we don't put our objects in the registry
- // directly because we need our cache to be a weak table).
+ /* Lookup our cache in the registry (we don't put our objects in the registry
+ * directly because we need our cache to be a weak table). */
lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUPB_OBJCACHE);
- assert(!lua_isnil(L, -1)); // Should have been created by luaopen_upb.
+ assert(!lua_isnil(L, -1)); /* Should have been created by luaopen_upb. */
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, (void*)obj);
lua_rawget(L, -2);
- // Stack is now: objcache, cached value.
+ /* Stack is now: objcache, cached value. */
- bool create = false;
+ create = false;
if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) {
create = true;
} else {
void *ud = lua_touserdata(L, -1);
- lupb_assert(L, ud);
void *ud_obj;
+ lupb_assert(L, ud);
memcpy(&ud_obj, ud, sizeof(void*));
- // A corner case: it is possible for the value to be GC'd
- // already, in which case we should evict this entry and create
- // a new one.
+ /* A corner case: it is possible for the value to be GC'd
+ * already, in which case we should evict this entry and create
+ * a new one. */
if (ud_obj == NULL) {
create = true;
}
}
- void *ud = NULL;
+ ud = NULL;
if (create) {
- // Remove bad cached value and push new value.
+ /* Remove bad cached value and push new value. */
lua_pop(L, 1);
- // All of our userdata begin with a pointer to the obj.
+ /* All of our userdata begin with a pointer to the obj. */
ud = lua_newuserdata(L, size);
memcpy(ud, &obj, sizeof(void*));
upb_refcounted_donateref(obj, ref_donor, ud);
luaL_getmetatable(L, type);
- // Should have been created by luaopen_upb.
+ /* Should have been created by luaopen_upb. */
lupb_assert(L, !lua_isnil(L, -1));
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
- // Set it in the cache.
+ /* Set it in the cache. */
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, (void*)obj);
lua_pushvalue(L, -2);
lua_rawset(L, -4);
} else {
- // Existing wrapper obj already has a ref.
+ /* Existing wrapper obj already has a ref. */
ud = lua_touserdata(L, -1);
upb_refcounted_checkref(obj, ud);
if (ref_donor)
@@ -381,13 +387,14 @@ void lupb_refcounted_pushnewrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_refcounted *obj,
static int lupb_refcounted_gc(lua_State *L) {
void *ud = lua_touserdata(L, 1);
+ void *nullp;
upb_refcounted *obj;
- memcpy(&obj, ud, sizeof obj);
+ memcpy(&obj, ud, sizeof(obj));
upb_refcounted_unref(obj, ud);
- // Zero out pointer so we can detect a call into a GC'd object.
- void *nullp = NULL;
- memcpy(ud, &nullp, sizeof nullp);
+ /* Zero out pointer so we can detect a call into a GC'd object. */
+ nullp = NULL;
+ memcpy(ud, &nullp, sizeof(nullp));
return 0;
}
@@ -401,12 +408,12 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_refcounted_mm[] = {
/* lupb_def *******************************************************************/
static const upb_def *lupb_def_check(lua_State *L, int narg) {
+ upb_def *ret;
void *ud = luaL_testudata(L, narg, LUPB_MSGDEF);
if (!ud) ud = luaL_testudata(L, narg, LUPB_ENUMDEF);
if (!ud) ud = luaL_testudata(L, narg, LUPB_FIELDDEF);
if (!ud) luaL_typerror(L, narg, "upb def");
- upb_def *ret;
memcpy(&ret, ud, sizeof ret);
if (!ret) luaL_error(L, "called into dead object");
return ret;
@@ -421,14 +428,15 @@ static upb_def *lupb_def_checkmutable(lua_State *L, int narg) {
bool lupb_def_pushwrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_def *def,
const void *ref_donor) {
+ const char *type = NULL;
+ size_t size = sizeof(void*);
+ bool created;
+
if (def == NULL) {
lua_pushnil(L);
return false;
}
- const char *type = NULL;
- size_t size = sizeof(void*);
-
switch (upb_def_type(def)) {
case UPB_DEF_MSG: {
type = LUPB_MSGDEF;
@@ -437,11 +445,11 @@ bool lupb_def_pushwrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_def *def,
}
case UPB_DEF_ENUM: type = LUPB_ENUMDEF; break;
case UPB_DEF_FIELD: type = LUPB_FIELDDEF; break;
- default: luaL_error(L, "unknown deftype %d", def->type);
+ default: luaL_error(L, "unknown deftype %d", upb_def_type(def));
}
- bool created =
- lupb_refcounted_pushwrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(def), type, ref_donor, size);
+ created =
+ lupb_refcounted_pushwrapper(L, upb_def_upcast(def), type, ref_donor, size);
if (created && upb_def_type(def) == UPB_DEF_MSG) {
lupb_msgdef_init(L);
@@ -509,15 +517,16 @@ static upb_fielddef *lupb_fielddef_checkmutable(lua_State *L, int narg) {
static int lupb_fielddef_new(lua_State *L) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
- lupb_def_pushnewrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(f), &f);
+ lupb_def_pushnewrapper(L, upb_fielddef_upcast(f), &f);
return 1;
}
-// Getters
+/* Getters */
static int lupb_fielddef_containingtype(lua_State *L) {
const upb_fielddef *f = lupb_fielddef_check(L, 1);
- lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)), NULL);
+ lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, upb_msgdef_upcast(upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)),
+ NULL);
return 1;
}
@@ -645,9 +654,11 @@ static int lupb_fielddef_packed(lua_State *L) {
static int lupb_fielddef_subdef(lua_State *L) {
const upb_fielddef *f = lupb_fielddef_check(L, 1);
+ const upb_def *def;
+
if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f))
luaL_error(L, "Tried to get subdef of non-message field");
- const upb_def *def = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ def = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, def, NULL);
return 1;
}
@@ -669,7 +680,7 @@ static int lupb_fielddef_type(lua_State *L) {
return 1;
}
-// Setters
+/* Setters */
static int lupb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(lua_State *L) {
upb_fielddef *f = lupb_fielddef_checkmutable(L, 1);
@@ -712,7 +723,7 @@ static int lupb_fielddef_setdefault(lua_State *L) {
upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(f, lupb_checkint32(L, 2));
break;
}
- // Else fall through and set string default.
+ /* Else fall through and set string default. */
case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
case UPB_TYPE_STRING: {
size_t len;
@@ -802,14 +813,6 @@ static int lupb_fielddef_settagdelim(lua_State *L) {
return 0;
}
-static int lupb_fielddef_selectorbase(lua_State *L) {
- const upb_fielddef *f = lupb_fielddef_check(L, 1);
- if (!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f))
- luaL_error(L, "_selectorbase is only defined for frozen fielddefs");
- lua_pushinteger(L, f->selector_base);
- return 1;
-}
-
static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_fielddef_m[] = {
LUPB_COMMON_DEF_METHODS
@@ -845,9 +848,6 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_fielddef_m[] = {
{"set_intfmt", lupb_fielddef_setintfmt},
{"set_tagdelim", lupb_fielddef_settagdelim},
- // Internal-only.
- {"_selector_base", lupb_fielddef_selectorbase},
-
{NULL, NULL}
};
@@ -857,8 +857,8 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_fielddef_m[] = {
typedef struct {
const upb_msgdef *md;
- // These members are initialized lazily the first time a message is created
- // for this def.
+ /* These members are initialized lazily the first time a message is created
+ * for this def. */
uint16_t *field_offsets;
size_t msg_size;
size_t hasbits_size;
@@ -886,16 +886,16 @@ static upb_msgdef *lupb_msgdef_checkmutable(lua_State *L, int narg) {
static int lupb_msgdef_new(lua_State *L) {
upb_msgdef *md = upb_msgdef_new(&md);
- lupb_def_pushnewrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(md), &md);
+ lupb_def_pushnewrapper(L, upb_msgdef_upcast(md), &md);
return 1;
}
-// Unlike other refcounted types we need a custom __gc so that we free our field
-// offsets.
+/* Unlike other refcounted types we need a custom __gc so that we free our field
+ * offsets. */
static int lupb_msgdef_gc(lua_State *L) {
- lupb_refcounted_gc(L);
- lupb_msgdef *lmd = luaL_checkudata(L, -1, LUPB_MSGDEF);
+ lupb_msgdef *lmd = luaL_checkudata(L, 1, LUPB_MSGDEF);
free(lmd->field_offsets);
+ lupb_refcounted_gc(L);
return 0;
}
@@ -918,18 +918,6 @@ static int lupb_msgdef_len(lua_State *L) {
return 1;
}
-static int lupb_msgdef_selectorcount(lua_State *L) {
- const upb_msgdef *m = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
- lua_pushinteger(L, m->selector_count);
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int lupb_msgdef_submsgfieldcount(lua_State *L) {
- const upb_msgdef *m = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
- lua_pushinteger(L, m->submsg_field_count);
- return 1;
-}
-
static int lupb_msgdef_field(lua_State *L) {
const upb_msgdef *m = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
int type = lua_type(L, 2);
@@ -944,14 +932,14 @@ static int lupb_msgdef_field(lua_State *L) {
return luaL_argerror(L, 2, msg);
}
- lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(f), NULL);
+ lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, upb_fielddef_upcast(f), NULL);
return 1;
}
static int lupb_msgiter_next(lua_State *L) {
upb_msg_field_iter *i = lua_touserdata(L, lua_upvalueindex(1));
if (upb_msg_field_done(i)) return 0;
- lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(upb_msg_iter_field(i)), NULL);
+ lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, upb_fielddef_upcast(upb_msg_iter_field(i)), NULL);
upb_msg_field_next(i);
return 1;
}
@@ -960,7 +948,7 @@ static int lupb_msgdef_fields(lua_State *L) {
const upb_msgdef *m = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
upb_msg_field_iter *i = lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(upb_msg_field_iter));
upb_msg_field_begin(i, m);
- // Need to guarantee that the msgdef outlives the iter.
+ /* Need to guarantee that the msgdef outlives the iter. */
lua_pushvalue(L, 1);
lua_pushcclosure(L, &lupb_msgiter_next, 2);
return 1;
@@ -978,10 +966,6 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_msgdef_m[] = {
{"field", lupb_msgdef_field},
{"fields", lupb_msgdef_fields},
- // Internal-only.
- {"_selector_count", lupb_msgdef_selectorcount},
- {"_submsg_field_count", lupb_msgdef_submsgfieldcount},
-
{NULL, NULL}
};
@@ -1001,7 +985,7 @@ static upb_enumdef *lupb_enumdef_checkmutable(lua_State *L, int narg) {
static int lupb_enumdef_new(lua_State *L) {
upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_new(&e);
- lupb_def_pushnewrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(e), &e);
+ lupb_def_pushnewrapper(L, upb_enumdef_upcast(e), &e);
return 1;
}
@@ -1023,7 +1007,7 @@ static int lupb_enumdef_value(lua_State *L) {
const upb_enumdef *e = lupb_enumdef_check(L, 1);
int type = lua_type(L, 2);
if (type == LUA_TNUMBER) {
- // Pushes "nil" for a NULL pointer.
+ /* Pushes "nil" for a NULL pointer. */
int32_t key = lupb_checkint32(L, 2);
lua_pushstring(L, upb_enumdef_iton(e, key));
} else if (type == LUA_TSTRING) {
@@ -1055,7 +1039,7 @@ static int lupb_enumdef_values(lua_State *L) {
const upb_enumdef *e = lupb_enumdef_check(L, 1);
upb_enum_iter *i = lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(upb_enum_iter));
upb_enum_begin(i, e);
- // Need to guarantee that the enumdef outlives the iter.
+ /* Need to guarantee that the enumdef outlives the iter. */
lua_pushvalue(L, 1);
lua_pushcclosure(L, &lupb_enumiter_next, 2);
return 1;
@@ -1077,9 +1061,9 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_enumdef_m[] = {
/* lupb_symtab ****************************************************************/
-// Inherits a ref on the symtab.
-// Checks that narg is a proper lupb_symtab object. If it is, leaves its
-// metatable on the stack for cache lookups/updates.
+/* Inherits a ref on the symtab.
+ * Checks that narg is a proper lupb_symtab object. If it is, leaves its
+ * metatable on the stack for cache lookups/updates. */
const upb_symtab *lupb_symtab_check(lua_State *L, int narg) {
return lupb_refcounted_check(L, narg, LUPB_SYMTAB);
}
@@ -1093,13 +1077,14 @@ static upb_symtab *lupb_symtab_checkmutable(lua_State *L, int narg) {
void lupb_symtab_pushwrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_symtab *s,
const void *ref_donor) {
- lupb_refcounted_pushwrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(s), LUPB_SYMTAB, ref_donor,
+ lupb_refcounted_pushwrapper(L, upb_symtab_upcast(s), LUPB_SYMTAB, ref_donor,
sizeof(void *));
}
void lupb_symtab_pushnewrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_symtab *s,
const void *ref_donor) {
- lupb_refcounted_pushnewrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(s), LUPB_SYMTAB, ref_donor);
+ lupb_refcounted_pushnewrapper(L, upb_symtab_upcast(s), LUPB_SYMTAB,
+ ref_donor);
}
static int lupb_symtab_new(lua_State *L) {
@@ -1120,19 +1105,22 @@ static int lupb_symtab_isfrozen(lua_State *L) {
static int lupb_symtab_add(lua_State *L) {
upb_symtab *s = lupb_symtab_checkmutable(L, 1);
+ int n;
+ upb_def **defs;
+
luaL_checktype(L, 2, LUA_TTABLE);
- // Iterate over table twice. First iteration to count entries and
- // check constraints.
- int n = 0;
+ /* Iterate over table twice. First iteration to count entries and
+ * check constraints. */
+ n = 0;
for (lua_pushnil(L); lua_next(L, 2); lua_pop(L, 1)) {
lupb_def_checkmutable(L, -1);
++n;
}
- // Second iteration to build deflist.
- // Allocate list with lua_newuserdata() so it is anchored as a GC root in
- // case any Lua functions longjmp().
- upb_def **defs = lua_newuserdata(L, n * sizeof(*defs));
+ /* Second iteration to build deflist.
+ * Allocate list with lua_newuserdata() so it is anchored as a GC root in
+ * case any Lua functions longjmp(). */
+ defs = lua_newuserdata(L, n * sizeof(*defs));
n = 0;
for (lua_pushnil(L); lua_next(L, 2); lua_pop(L, 1)) {
upb_def *def = lupb_def_checkmutable(L, -1);
@@ -1145,7 +1133,8 @@ static int lupb_symtab_add(lua_State *L) {
static int lupb_symtab_lookup(lua_State *L) {
const upb_symtab *s = lupb_symtab_check(L, 1);
- for (int i = 2; i <= lua_gettop(L); i++) {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 2; i <= lua_gettop(L); i++) {
const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_lookup(s, luaL_checkstring(L, i));
lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, def, NULL);
lua_replace(L, i);
@@ -1166,15 +1155,15 @@ static int lupb_symtab_defs(lua_State *L) {
upb_deftype_t type = lua_gettop(L) > 1 ? luaL_checkint(L, 2) : UPB_DEF_ANY;
upb_symtab_iter *i = lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(upb_symtab_iter));
upb_symtab_begin(i, s, type);
- // Need to guarantee that the symtab outlives the iter.
+ /* Need to guarantee that the symtab outlives the iter. */
lua_pushvalue(L, 1);
lua_pushcclosure(L, &lupb_symtabiter_next, 2);
return 1;
}
-// This is a *temporary* API that will be removed once pending refactorings are
-// complete (it does not belong here in core because it depends on both
-// the descriptor.proto schema and the protobuf binary format.
+/* This is a *temporary* API that will be removed once pending refactorings are
+ * complete (it does not belong here in core because it depends on both
+ * the descriptor.proto schema and the protobuf binary format. */
static int lupb_symtab_load_descriptor(lua_State *L) {
size_t len;
upb_symtab *s = lupb_symtab_checkmutable(L, 1);
@@ -1196,23 +1185,23 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_symtab_m[] = {
/* lupb_array *****************************************************************/
-// A lupb_array provides a strongly-typed array.
-//
-// For the moment we store all values in the userdata's environment table /
-// userval, for simplicity. Later we may wish to move the data into raw
-// memory as both a space and time optimization.
-//
-// Compared to regular Lua tables:
-//
-// - we only allow integer indices.
-// - all entries must match the type of the table.
-// - we do not allow "holes" in the array; you can only assign to an existing
-// index or one past the end (which will grow the array by one).
+/* A lupb_array provides a strongly-typed array.
+ *
+ * For the moment we store all values in the userdata's environment table /
+ * userval, for simplicity. Later we may wish to move the data into raw
+ * memory as both a space and time optimization
+ *
+ * Compared to regular Lua tables:
+ *
+ * - we only allow integer indices.
+ * - all entries must match the type of the table.
+ * - we do not allow "holes" in the array; you can only assign to an existing
+ * index or one past the end (which will grow the array by one). */
typedef struct {
uint32_t size;
upb_fieldtype_t type;
- const upb_msgdef *msgdef; // Only when type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE
+ const upb_msgdef *msgdef; /* Only when type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE */
} lupb_array;
static lupb_array *lupb_array_check(lua_State *L, int narg) {
@@ -1221,7 +1210,7 @@ static lupb_array *lupb_array_check(lua_State *L, int narg) {
static uint32_t lupb_array_checkindex(lua_State *L, int narg, uint32_t max) {
uint32_t n = lupb_checkuint32(L, narg);
- if (n == 0 || n > max) { // Lua uses 1-based indexing. :(
+ if (n == 0 || n > max) { /* Lua uses 1-based indexing. :( */
luaL_error(L, "Invalid array index.");
}
return n;
@@ -1241,12 +1230,12 @@ static int lupb_array_new(lua_State *L) {
array->type = UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE;
array->msgdef = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
- // Store a reference to this msgdef in the environment table to ensure it
- // outlives this array.
+ /* Store a reference to this msgdef in the environment table to ensure it
+ * outlives this array. */
lua_getuservalue(L, -1);
lua_pushvalue(L, 1);
lua_rawseti(L, -2, 0);
- lua_pop(L, 1); // Pop userval.
+ lua_pop(L, 1); /* Pop userval. */
}
return 1;
@@ -1268,12 +1257,12 @@ static int lupb_array_newindex(lua_State *L) {
lupb_checkval(L, 3, array->type);
}
- // Write value to userval table.
+ /* Write value to userval table. */
lua_getuservalue(L, 1);
lua_pushvalue(L, 3);
lua_rawseti(L, -2, n);
- return 0; // 1 for chained assignments?
+ return 0; /* 1 for chained assignments? */
}
static int lupb_array_index(lua_State *L) {
@@ -1300,15 +1289,15 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_array_mm[] = {
/* lupb_msg **************************************************************/
-// A lupb_msg is a userdata where:
-//
-// - the userdata's memory contains hasbits and primitive fields.
-// - the userdata's environment table / uservalue contains references to string
-// fields, submessage fields, and array fields.
+/* A lupb_msg is a userdata where:
+ *
+ * - the userdata's memory contains hasbits and primitive fields.
+ * - the userdata's environment table / uservalue contains references to string
+ * fields, submessage fields, and array fields. */
typedef struct {
const lupb_msgdef *lmd;
- char data[];
+ /* Data follows, in a flat buffer. */
} lupb_msg;
#define MSGDEF_INDEX 0
@@ -1342,8 +1331,8 @@ static size_t lupb_sizeof(lua_State *L, const upb_fielddef *f) {
static int div_round_up(size_t n, size_t d) {
int ret = n / d;
- // If there was a positive remainder, then the result was rounded down and we
- // need to compensate by adding one.
+ /* If there was a positive remainder, then the result was rounded down and we
+ * need to compensate by adding one. */
if (n % d > 0) ++ret;
return ret;
}
@@ -1352,9 +1341,11 @@ static size_t align_up(size_t val, size_t align) {
return val % align == 0 ? val : val + align - (val % align);
}
-// If we always read/write as a consistent type to each value, this shouldn't
-// violate aliasing.
-#define DEREF(msg, ofs, type) *(type*)((char*)msg + sizeof(lupb_msg) + ofs)
+#define CHARPTR_AT(msg, ofs) ((char*)msg + sizeof(lupb_msg) + ofs)
+
+/* If we always read/write as a consistent type to each value, this shouldn't
+ * violate aliasing. */
+#define DEREF(msg, ofs, type) *(type*)CHARPTR_AT(msg, ofs)
lupb_msg *lupb_msg_check(lua_State *L, int narg) {
lupb_msg *msg = luaL_checkudata(L, narg, LUPB_MSG);
@@ -1376,71 +1367,75 @@ static const upb_fielddef *lupb_msg_checkfield(lua_State *L,
if (!f) {
const char *msg = lua_pushfstring(L, "no such field: %s", fieldname);
luaL_argerror(L, fieldarg, msg);
- return NULL; // Never reached.
+ return NULL; /* Never reached. */
}
return f;
}
-// Assigns offsets for storing data in instances of messages for this type, if
-// they have not already been assigned. "narg" should be the stack location of
-// a Lua msgdef object. It should be frozen (if it is not, we will throw an
-// error). It should not throw errors in any other case, since we may have
-// values on our stack that would leak if we longjmp'd across them.
-//
-// TODO(haberman): (if we want to avoid this and be robust against even lua
-// errors due to OOM, we should stop using upb_handlers_newfrozen() and
-// implement it ourselves with a Lua table as cache, since that would get
-// cleaned up properly on error).
+/* Assigns offsets for storing data in instances of messages for this type, if
+ * they have not already been assigned. "narg" should be the stack location of
+ * a Lua msgdef object. It should be frozen (if it is not, we will throw an
+ * error). It should not throw errors in any other case, since we may have
+ * values on our stack that would leak if we longjmp'd across them.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): (if we want to avoid this and be robust against even lua
+ * errors due to OOM, we should stop using upb_handlers_newfrozen() and
+ * implement it ourselves with a Lua table as cache, since that would get
+ * cleaned up properly on error). */
static lupb_msgdef *lupb_msg_assignoffsets(lua_State *L, int narg) {
+ int idx;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
lupb_msgdef *lmd = lupb_msgdef_check2(L, narg);
+
if (!upb_msgdef_isfrozen(lmd->md))
luaL_error(L, "msgdef must be frozen");
if (lmd->field_offsets) {
- // Already assigned.
+ /* Already assigned. */
return lmd;
}
- int n = upb_msgdef_numfields(lmd->md);
- uint16_t *offsets = malloc(sizeof(*offsets) * n);
-
- // Offset with the raw data part; starts with hasbits.
- size_t hasbits_size = div_round_up(n, 8);
- size_t data_ofs = hasbits_size;
- // Index within the userval.
- // Starts at one to not collide with MSGDEF_INDEX.
- size_t userval_idx = 1;
-
- // Assign offsets.
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
- for (upb_msg_field_begin(&i, lmd->md);
- !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
- upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
- upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
- if (in_userval(f)) {
- offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)] = userval_idx++;
- } else {
- size_t size = lupb_sizeof(L, f);
- data_ofs = align_up(data_ofs, size);
- offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)] = data_ofs;
- data_ofs += size;
+ {
+ int n = upb_msgdef_numfields(lmd->md);
+ uint16_t *offsets = malloc(sizeof(*offsets) * n);
+
+ /* Offset with the raw data part; starts with hasbits. */
+ size_t hasbits_size = div_round_up(n, 8);
+ size_t data_ofs = hasbits_size;
+ /* Index within the userval.
+ * Starts at one to not collide with MSGDEF_INDEX. */
+ size_t userval_idx = 1;
+
+ /* Assign offsets. */
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&i, lmd->md);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ if (in_userval(f)) {
+ offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)] = userval_idx++;
+ } else {
+ size_t size = lupb_sizeof(L, f);
+ data_ofs = align_up(data_ofs, size);
+ offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)] = data_ofs;
+ data_ofs += size;
+ }
}
- }
- lmd->field_offsets = offsets;
- lmd->msg_size = sizeof(lupb_msg) + data_ofs;
- lmd->hasbits_size = hasbits_size;
+ lmd->field_offsets = offsets;
+ lmd->msg_size = sizeof(lupb_msg) + data_ofs;
+ lmd->hasbits_size = hasbits_size;
+ }
- // Now recursively assign offsets for all submessages, and also add them to
- // the uservalue to ensure that all the lupb_msgdef objects for our
- // submessages outlive us. This is particularly important if/when we build
- // handlers to populate this msgdef.
+ /* Now recursively assign offsets for all submessages, and also add them to
+ * the uservalue to ensure that all the lupb_msgdef objects for our
+ * submessages outlive us. This is particularly important if/when we build
+ * handlers to populate this msgdef. */
lua_pushvalue(L, narg);
- lua_newtable(L); // This will be our userval.
+ lua_newtable(L); /* This will be our userval. */
- int idx = 1;
+ idx = 1;
for (upb_msg_field_begin(&i, lmd->md);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
@@ -1449,38 +1444,39 @@ static lupb_msgdef *lupb_msg_assignoffsets(lua_State *L, int narg) {
bool created = lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, upb_fielddef_subdef(f), NULL);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(created, !created);
lupb_msg_assignoffsets(L, -1);
- lua_rawseti(L, -2, idx++); // Append to uservalue.
+ lua_rawseti(L, -2, idx++); /* Append to uservalue. */
}
}
lua_setuservalue(L, -2);
- lua_pop(L, 1); // copy of msgdef
+ lua_pop(L, 1); /* copy of msgdef */
return lmd;
}
void lupb_msg_pushnew(lua_State *L, int narg) {
lupb_msgdef *lmd = lupb_msg_assignoffsets(L, narg);
+ lupb_msg *msg;
- // Add passed-in MessageDef to a table which will become the msg's userval.
+ /* Add passed-in MessageDef to a table which will become the msg's userval. */
lua_pushvalue(L, narg);
lua_newtable(L);
lua_pushvalue(L, narg);
lua_rawseti(L, -2, MSGDEF_INDEX);
- lupb_msg *msg = newudata_with_userval(L, lmd->msg_size, LUPB_MSG);
+ msg = newudata_with_userval(L, lmd->msg_size, LUPB_MSG);
memset(msg, 0, lmd->msg_size);
- // Create a msg->msgdef reference, both:
- // 1. a pointer in the userdata itself (for easy access) and
+ /* Create a msg->msgdef reference, both:
+ * 1. a pointer in the userdata itself (for easy access) and */
msg->lmd = lmd;
- // 2. a reference in Lua-space from the msg's uservalue to the messagedef
- // wrapper object (so the msgdef wrapper object will always outlive us,
- // GC-wise).
- lua_pushvalue(L, -2); // Push the table from before.
- lua_setuservalue(L, -2); // Pop table, now msg is at top again.
- lua_remove(L, -2); // Remove table, so new message is only new value.
+ /* 2. a reference in Lua-space from the msg's uservalue to the messagedef
+ * wrapper object (so the msgdef wrapper object will always outlive us,
+ * GC-wise). */
+ lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* Push the table from before. */
+ lua_setuservalue(L, -2); /* Pop table, now msg is at top again. */
+ lua_remove(L, -2); /* Remove table, so new message is only new val. */
}
static int lupb_msg_new(lua_State *L) {
@@ -1490,24 +1486,25 @@ static int lupb_msg_new(lua_State *L) {
static bool lupb_msg_has(const lupb_msg *msg, const upb_fielddef *f) {
uint16_t idx = upb_fielddef_index(f);
- return msg->data[idx / 8] & (1 << (idx % 8));
+ return *CHARPTR_AT(msg, idx / 8) & (1 << (idx % 8));
}
static void lupb_msg_set(lupb_msg *msg, const upb_fielddef *f) {
uint16_t idx = upb_fielddef_index(f);
- msg->data[idx / 8] |= (1 << (idx % 8));
+ *CHARPTR_AT(msg, idx / 8) |= (1 << (idx % 8));
}
static int lupb_msg_index(lua_State *L) {
lupb_msg *msg = lupb_msg_check(L, 1);
const upb_fielddef *f = lupb_msg_checkfield(L, msg->lmd, 2);
+ int ofs;
if (!upb_fielddef_isseq(f) && !lupb_msg_has(msg, f)) {
lua_pushnil(L);
return 1;
}
- int ofs = msg->lmd->field_offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)];
+ ofs = msg->lmd->field_offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)];
if (in_userval(f)) {
lua_getuservalue(L, 1);
@@ -1533,15 +1530,15 @@ static int lupb_msg_index(lua_State *L) {
break;
case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
if (LUA_VERSION_NUM < 503) {
- // Check value? Lua < 5.3.0 has no native integer support, lua_Number
- // is probably double which can't exactly represent large int64s.
+ /* Check value? Lua < 5.3.0 has no native integer support, lua_Number
+ * is probably double which can't exactly represent large int64s. */
}
lupb_pushint64(L, DEREF(msg, ofs, int64_t));
break;
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
if (LUA_VERSION_NUM < 503) {
- // Check value? Lua < 5.3.0 has no native integer support, lua_Number
- // is probably double which can't exactly represent large uint64s.
+ /* Check value? Lua < 5.3.0 has no native integer support, lua_Number
+ * is probably double which can't exactly represent large uint64s. */
}
lupb_pushuint64(L, DEREF(msg, ofs, uint64_t));
break;
@@ -1559,13 +1556,14 @@ static int lupb_msg_index(lua_State *L) {
int lupb_msg_newindex(lua_State *L) {
lupb_msg *msg = lupb_msg_check(L, 1);
const upb_fielddef *f = lupb_msg_checkfield(L, msg->lmd, 2);
+ int ofs;
lupb_msg_set(msg, f);
- int ofs = msg->lmd->field_offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)];
+ ofs = msg->lmd->field_offsets[upb_fielddef_index(f)];
if (in_userval(f)) {
- // Type-check and then store in the userval.
+ /* Type-check and then store in the userval. */
if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
lupb_array *array = lupb_array_check(L, 3);
if (array->type != upb_fielddef_type(f) ||
@@ -1614,7 +1612,7 @@ int lupb_msg_newindex(lua_State *L) {
}
}
- return 0; // 1 for chained assignments?
+ return 0; /* 1 for chained assignments? */
}
static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_msg_mm[] = {
@@ -1626,7 +1624,7 @@ static const struct luaL_Reg lupb_msg_mm[] = {
/* lupb_msg populating handlers ***********************************************/
-// NOTE: doesn't support repeated or submessage fields yet. Coming soon.
+/* NOTE: doesn't support repeated or submessage fields yet. Coming soon. */
typedef struct {
uint32_t ofs;
@@ -1634,15 +1632,16 @@ typedef struct {
} lupb_handlerdata;
static void lupb_sethasbit(lupb_msg *msg, uint32_t hasbit) {
- msg->data[hasbit / 8] |= 1 << (hasbit % 8);
+ *CHARPTR_AT(msg, hasbit / 8) |= 1 << (hasbit % 8);
}
static size_t strhandler(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *str,
size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
lupb_msg *msg = closure;
const lupb_handlerdata *data = hd;
lua_State *L = msg->lmd->L;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
lua_pushlstring(L, str, len);
lua_rawseti(L, -2, data->ofs);
lupb_sethasbit(msg, data->hasbit);
@@ -1659,9 +1658,11 @@ const void *newhandlerdata(upb_handlers *h, uint32_t ofs, uint32_t hasbit) {
void callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
lua_State *L = (lua_State*)closure;
- lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(upb_handlers_msgdef(h)), NULL);
- lupb_msgdef *lmd = lupb_msg_assignoffsets(L, -1);
+ lupb_msgdef *lmd;
upb_msg_field_iter i;
+
+ lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, upb_msgdef_upcast(upb_handlers_msgdef(h)), NULL);
+ lmd = lupb_msg_assignoffsets(L, -1);
upb_msg_field_begin(&i, upb_handlers_msgdef(h));
for (; !upb_msg_field_done(&i); upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
@@ -1679,15 +1680,15 @@ void callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- hasbit += offsetof(lupb_msg, data) * 8;
- ofs += offsetof(lupb_msg, data);
+ hasbit += sizeof(lupb_msg) * 8;
+ ofs += sizeof(lupb_msg);
upb_shim_set(h, f, ofs, hasbit);
break;
case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, newhandlerdata(h, ofs, hasbit));
- // XXX: does't currently handle split buffers.
+ /* XXX: does't currently handle split buffers. */
upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, strhandler, &attr);
upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
break;
@@ -1698,7 +1699,7 @@ void callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
}
}
}
- lua_pop(L, 1); // msgdef wrapper
+ lua_pop(L, 1); /* msgdef wrapper */
}
const upb_handlers *lupb_msg_newwritehandlers(lua_State *L, int narg,
@@ -1712,11 +1713,13 @@ const upb_handlers *lupb_msg_newwritehandlers(lua_State *L, int narg,
static int lupb_freeze(lua_State *L) {
int n = lua_gettop(L);
- // Scratch memory; lua_newuserdata() anchors it as a GC root in case any Lua
- // functions fail.
+ int i;
+ /* Scratch memory; lua_newuserdata() anchors it as a GC root in case any Lua
+ * functions fail. */
upb_def **defs = lua_newuserdata(L, n * sizeof(upb_def*));
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- // Could allow an array of defs here also.
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* Could allow an array of defs here also. */
defs[i] = lupb_def_checkmutable(L, i + 1);
}
CHK(upb_def_freeze(defs, n, &status));
@@ -1748,8 +1751,8 @@ void lupb_register_type(lua_State *L, const char *name, const luaL_Reg *m,
}
if (m) {
- // Methods go in the mt's __index method. This implies that you can't
- // implement __index and also have methods.
+ /* Methods go in the mt's __index method. This implies that you can'
+ * implement __index and also have methods. */
lua_getfield(L, -1, "__index");
lupb_assert(L, lua_isnil(L, -1));
lua_pop(L, 1);
@@ -1759,7 +1762,7 @@ void lupb_register_type(lua_State *L, const char *name, const luaL_Reg *m,
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index");
}
- lua_pop(L, 1); // The mt.
+ lua_pop(L, 1); /* The mt. */
}
static void lupb_setfieldi(lua_State *L, const char *field, int i) {
@@ -1773,27 +1776,27 @@ int luaopen_upb_c(lua_State *L) {
return 1;
}
- // Non-refcounted types.
+ /* Non-refcounted types. */
lupb_register_type(L, LUPB_ARRAY, NULL, lupb_array_mm, false);
lupb_register_type(L, LUPB_MSG, NULL, lupb_msg_mm, false);
- // Refcounted types.
+ /* Refcounted types. */
lupb_register_type(L, LUPB_ENUMDEF, lupb_enumdef_m, lupb_enumdef_mm, true);
lupb_register_type(L, LUPB_FIELDDEF, lupb_fielddef_m, NULL, true);
lupb_register_type(L, LUPB_SYMTAB, lupb_symtab_m, NULL, true);
- // Refcounted but with custom __gc.
+ /* Refcounted but with custom __gc. */
lupb_register_type(L, LUPB_MSGDEF, lupb_msgdef_m, lupb_msgdef_mm, false);
- // Create our object cache.
+ /* Create our object cache. */
lua_newtable(L);
- lua_createtable(L, 0, 1); // Cache metatable.
- lua_pushstring(L, "v"); // Values are weak.
+ lua_createtable(L, 0, 1); /* Cache metatable. */
+ lua_pushstring(L, "v"); /* Values are weak. */
lua_setfield(L, -2, "__mode");
lua_setmetatable(L, -2);
lua_setfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUPB_OBJCACHE);
- // Register constants.
+ /* Register constants. */
lupb_setfieldi(L, "LABEL_OPTIONAL", UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL);
lupb_setfieldi(L, "LABEL_REQUIRED", UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED);
lupb_setfieldi(L, "LABEL_REPEATED", UPB_LABEL_REPEATED);
@@ -1854,5 +1857,5 @@ int luaopen_upb_c(lua_State *L) {
lupb_setfieldi(L, "HANDLER_STARTSEQ", UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
lupb_setfieldi(L, "HANDLER_ENDSEQ", UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
- return 1; // Return package table.
+ return 1; /* Return package table. */
}
diff --git a/upb/bindings/lua/upb.h b/upb/bindings/lua/upb.h
index 99fe8fe..09ffaa9 100644
--- a/upb/bindings/lua/upb.h
+++ b/upb/bindings/lua/upb.h
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
#include "upb/handlers.h"
#include "upb/symtab.h"
-// Lua 5.1/5.2 compatibility code.
+/* Lua 5.1/5.2 compatibility code. */
#if LUA_VERSION_NUM == 501
#define lua_rawlen lua_objlen
-// Lua >= 5.2's getuservalue/setuservalue functions do not exist in prior
-// versions but the older function lua_getfenv() can provide 100% of its
-// capabilities (the reverse is not true).
+/* Lua >= 5.2's getuservalue/setuservalue functions do not exist in prior
+ * versions but the older function lua_getfenv() can provide 100% of its
+ * capabilities (the reverse is not true). */
#define lua_getuservalue(L, index) lua_getfenv(L, index)
#define lua_setuservalue(L, index) lua_setfenv(L, index)
@@ -40,33 +40,33 @@ int luaL_typerror(lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname);
if (!(predicate)) \
luaL_error(L, "internal error: %s, %s:%d ", #predicate, __FILE__, __LINE__);
-// Function for initializing the core library. This function is idempotent,
-// and should be called at least once before calling any of the functions that
-// construct core upb types.
+/* Function for initializing the core library. This function is idempotent,
+ * and should be called at least once before calling any of the functions that
+ * construct core upb types. */
int luaopen_upb(lua_State *L);
-// Gets or creates a package table for a C module that is uniquely identified by
-// "ptr". The easiest way to supply a unique "ptr" is to pass the address of a
-// static variable private in the module's .c file.
-//
-// If this module has already been registered in this lua_State, pushes it and
-// returns true.
-//
-// Otherwise, creates a new module table for this module with the given name,
-// pushes it, and registers the given top-level functions in it. It also sets
-// it as a global variable, but only if the current version of Lua expects that
-// (ie Lua 5.1/LuaJIT).
-//
-// If "false" is returned, the caller is guaranteed that this lib has not been
-// registered in this Lua state before (regardless of any funny business the
-// user might have done to the global state), so the caller can safely perform
-// one-time initialization.
+/* Gets or creates a package table for a C module that is uniquely identified by
+ * "ptr". The easiest way to supply a unique "ptr" is to pass the address of a
+ * static variable private in the module's .c file.
+ *
+ * If this module has already been registered in this lua_State, pushes it and
+ * returns true.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, creates a new module table for this module with the given name,
+ * pushes it, and registers the given top-level functions in it. It also sets
+ * it as a global variable, but only if the current version of Lua expects that
+ * (ie Lua 5.1/LuaJIT).
+ *
+ * If "false" is returned, the caller is guaranteed that this lib has not been
+ * registered in this Lua state before (regardless of any funny business the
+ * user might have done to the global state), so the caller can safely perform
+ * one-time initialization. */
bool lupb_openlib(lua_State *L, void *ptr, const char *name,
const luaL_Reg *funcs);
-// Custom check/push functions. Unlike the Lua equivalents, they are pinned to
-// specific types (instead of lua_Number, etc), and do not allow any implicit
-// conversion or data loss.
+/* Custom check/push functions. Unlike the Lua equivalents, they are pinned to
+ * specific types (instead of lua_Number, etc), and do not allow any implicit
+ * conversion or data loss. */
int64_t lupb_checkint64(lua_State *L, int narg);
int32_t lupb_checkint32(lua_State *L, int narg);
uint64_t lupb_checkuint64(lua_State *L, int narg);
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ void lupb_pushdouble(lua_State *L, double val);
void lupb_pushfloat(lua_State *L, float val);
void lupb_pushbool(lua_State *L, bool val);
-// Functions for getting/pushing wrappers to various types defined in the
-// core library.
+/* Functions for getting/pushing wrappers to various types defined in the
+ * core library. */
void *lupb_refcounted_check(lua_State *L, int narg, const char *type);
const upb_msgdef *lupb_msg_checkdef(lua_State *L, int narg);
const upb_msgdef *lupb_msgdef_check(lua_State *L, int narg);
@@ -104,26 +104,26 @@ void lupb_symtab_pushwrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_symtab *s,
void lupb_symtab_pushnewrapper(lua_State *L, const upb_symtab *s,
const void *ref_donor);
-// For constructing a new message. narg is the Lua value for the MessageDef
-// object.
+/* For constructing a new message. narg is the Lua value for the MessageDef
+ * object. */
void lupb_msg_pushnew(lua_State *L, int narg);
-// Builds and returns a handlers object for populating a lupb_msg described by
-// the MessageDef at "narg".
-//
-// TODO(haberman): factor this so it doesn't have to take a lua_State. We
-// should be able to generate message handlers for a upb_msgdef that can be used
-// across many Lua states, so we can shared JIT code across lua_States.
+/* Builds and returns a handlers object for populating a lupb_msg described by
+ * the MessageDef at "narg".
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): factor this so it doesn't have to take a lua_State. We
+ * should be able to generate message handlers for a upb_msgdef that can be used
+ * across many Lua states, so we can shared JIT code across lua_States. */
const upb_handlers *lupb_msg_newwritehandlers(lua_State *L, int narg,
const void *owner);
-// Registers a type with the given name, methods, and metamethods.
-// If "refcount_gc" is true, adds a __gc metamethod that does an unref.
-// Refcounted types must be allocated with lupb_refcounted_push[new]wrapper.
+/* Registers a type with the given name, methods, and metamethods.
+ * If "refcount_gc" is true, adds a __gc metamethod that does an unref.
+ * Refcounted types must be allocated with lupb_refcounted_push[new]wrapper. */
void lupb_register_type(lua_State *L, const char *name, const luaL_Reg *m,
const luaL_Reg *mm, bool refcount_gc);
-// Checks the given upb_status and throws a Lua error if it is not ok.
+/* Checks the given upb_status and throws a Lua error if it is not ok. */
void lupb_checkstatus(lua_State *L, upb_status *s);
-#endif // UPB_LUA_UPB_H_
+#endif /* UPB_LUA_UPB_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c b/upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c
index bf82a9b..b85da18 100644
--- a/upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c
+++ b/upb/bindings/lua/upb/pb.c
@@ -23,61 +23,65 @@ static upb_pbdecodermethod *lupb_pbdecodermethod_check(lua_State *L, int narg) {
static int lupb_pbdecodermethod_new(lua_State *L) {
const upb_handlers *handlers = lupb_msg_newwritehandlers(L, 1, &handlers);
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m;
upb_pbdecodermethodopts opts;
upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(&opts, handlers);
- const upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &m);
+ m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &m);
upb_handlers_unref(handlers, &handlers);
- lupb_refcounted_pushnewrapper(L, UPB_UPCAST(m), LUPB_PBDECODERMETHOD, &m);
+ lupb_refcounted_pushnewrapper(
+ L, upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast(m), LUPB_PBDECODERMETHOD, &m);
- // We need to keep a pointer to the MessageDef (in Lua space) so we can
- // construct new messages in parse().
+ /* We need to keep a pointer to the MessageDef (in Lua space) so we can
+ * construct new messages in parse(). */
lua_newtable(L);
lua_pushvalue(L, 1);
lua_rawseti(L, -2, MSGDEF_INDEX);
lua_setuservalue(L, -2);
- return 1; // The DecoderMethod wrapper.
+ return 1; /* The DecoderMethod wrapper. */
}
-// Unlike most of our exposed Lua functions, this does not correspond to an
-// actual method on the underlying DecoderMethod. But it's convenient, and
-// important to implement in C because we can do stack allocation and
-// initialization of our runtime structures like the Decoder and Sink.
+/* Unlike most of our exposed Lua functions, this does not correspond to an
+ * actual method on the underlying DecoderMethod. But it's convenient, and
+ * important to implement in C because we can do stack allocation and
+ * initialization of our runtime structures like the Decoder and Sink. */
static int lupb_pbdecodermethod_parse(lua_State *L) {
size_t len;
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method = lupb_pbdecodermethod_check(L, 1);
const char *pb = lua_tolstring(L, 2, &len);
+ void *msg;
+ upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_env env;
+ upb_sink sink;
+ upb_pbdecoder *decoder;
const upb_handlers *handlers = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
lua_getuservalue(L, 1);
lua_rawgeti(L, -1, MSGDEF_INDEX);
lupb_assert(L, !lua_isnil(L, -1));
- lupb_msg_pushnew(L, -1); // Push new message.
- void *msg = lua_touserdata(L, -1);
+ lupb_msg_pushnew(L, -1); /* Push new message. */
+ msg = lua_touserdata(L, -1);
- // Handlers need this.
+ /* Handlers need this. */
lua_getuservalue(L, -1);
- upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
- upb_env env;
upb_env_init(&env);
upb_env_reporterrorsto(&env, &status);
- upb_sink sink;
upb_sink_reset(&sink, handlers, msg);
- upb_pbdecoder *decoder = upb_pbdecoder_create(&env, method, &sink);
+ decoder = upb_pbdecoder_create(&env, method, &sink);
upb_bufsrc_putbuf(pb, len, upb_pbdecoder_input(decoder));
- // TODO: This won't get called in the error case, which longjmp's across us.
- // This will cause the memory to leak. To remedy this, we should make the
- // upb_env wrapped in a userdata that guarantees this will get called.
+ /* TODO: This won't get called in the error case, which longjmp's across us.
+ * This will cause the memory to leak. To remedy this, we should make the
+ * upb_env wrapped in a userdata that guarantees this will get called. */
upb_env_uninit(&env);
lupb_checkstatus(L, &status);
- lua_pop(L, 1); // Uservalue.
+ lua_pop(L, 1); /* Uservalue. */
return 1;
}
diff --git a/upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c b/upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c
index 4bda63d..b82b3f8 100644
--- a/upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c
+++ b/upb/bindings/lua/upb/table.c
@@ -25,7 +25,9 @@
#include "lauxlib.h"
#include "upb/bindings/lua/upb.h"
#include "upb/def.h"
+#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"
#include "upb/symtab.h"
+#include "upb/table.int.h"
static void lupbtable_setnum(lua_State *L, int tab, const char *key,
lua_Number val) {
@@ -33,30 +35,30 @@ static void lupbtable_setnum(lua_State *L, int tab, const char *key,
lua_setfield(L, tab - 1, key);
}
-static void lupbtable_pushval(lua_State *L, _upb_value val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+static void lupbtable_pushval(lua_State *L, upb_tabval val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
switch (ctype) {
case UPB_CTYPE_INT32:
- lua_pushnumber(L, val.int32);
+ lua_pushnumber(L, val.val);
break;
case UPB_CTYPE_PTR:
- lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, val.ptr, NULL);
+ lupb_def_pushwrapper(L, (void*)val.val, NULL);
break;
case UPB_CTYPE_CSTR:
- lua_pushstring(L, val.cstr);
+ lua_pushstring(L, (const char*)val.val);
break;
default:
luaL_error(L, "Unexpected type: %d", ctype);
}
}
-// Sets a few fields common to both hash table entries and arrays.
+/* Sets a few fields common to both hash table entries and arrays. */
static void lupbtable_setmetafields(lua_State *L, int ctype, const void *ptr) {
- // We tack this onto every entry so we know it even if the entries
- // don't stay with the table.
+ /* We tack this onto every entry so we know it even if the entries
+ * don't stay with the table. */
lua_pushnumber(L, ctype);
lua_setfield(L, -2, "valtype");
- // Set this to facilitate linking.
+ /* Set this to facilitate linking. */
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, (void*)ptr);
lua_setfield(L, -2, "ptr");
}
@@ -81,8 +83,10 @@ static void lupbtable_pushent(lua_State *L, const upb_tabent *e,
lupbtable_setmetafields(L, ctype, e);
}
-// Dumps the shared part of upb_table into a Lua table.
+/* Dumps the shared part of upb_table into a Lua table. */
static void lupbtable_pushtable(lua_State *L, const upb_table *t, bool inttab) {
+ size_t i;
+
lua_newtable(L);
lupbtable_setnum(L, -1, "count", t->count);
lupbtable_setnum(L, -1, "mask", t->mask);
@@ -90,21 +94,23 @@ static void lupbtable_pushtable(lua_State *L, const upb_table *t, bool inttab) {
lupbtable_setnum(L, -1, "size_lg2", t->size_lg2);
lua_newtable(L);
- for (size_t i = 0; i < upb_table_size(t); i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < upb_table_size(t); i++) {
lupbtable_pushent(L, &t->entries[i], inttab, t->ctype);
lua_rawseti(L, -2, i + 1);
}
lua_setfield(L, -2, "entries");
}
-// Dumps a upb_inttable to a Lua table.
+/* Dumps a upb_inttable to a Lua table. */
static void lupbtable_pushinttable(lua_State *L, const upb_inttable *t) {
+ size_t i;
+
lupbtable_pushtable(L, &t->t, true);
lupbtable_setnum(L, -1, "array_size", t->array_size);
lupbtable_setnum(L, -1, "array_count", t->array_count);
lua_newtable(L);
- for (size_t i = 0; i < t->array_size; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < t->array_size; i++) {
lua_newtable(L);
if (upb_arrhas(t->array[i])) {
lupbtable_pushval(L, t->array[i], t->t.ctype);
@@ -155,12 +161,40 @@ static void lupbtable_setfieldi(lua_State *L, const char *field, int i) {
lua_setfield(L, -2, field);
}
+/* These aren't from the table, but they access other internal-only
+ * definitions. */
+static int lupb_fielddef_selectorbase(lua_State *L) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = lupb_fielddef_check(L, 1);
+ if (!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f))
+ luaL_error(L, "_selectorbase is only defined for frozen fielddefs");
+ lua_pushinteger(L, f->selector_base);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int lupb_msgdef_selectorcount(lua_State *L) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
+ lua_pushinteger(L, m->selector_count);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int lupb_msgdef_submsgfieldcount(lua_State *L) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = lupb_msgdef_check(L, 1);
+ lua_pushinteger(L, m->submsg_field_count);
+ return 1;
+}
+
static const struct luaL_Reg lupbtable_toplevel_m[] = {
{"msgdef_itof", lupbtable_msgdef_itof},
{"msgdef_ntof", lupbtable_msgdef_ntof},
{"enumdef_iton", lupbtable_enumdef_iton},
{"enumdef_ntoi", lupbtable_enumdef_ntoi},
{"symtab_symtab", lupbtable_symtab_symtab},
+
+ {"msgdef_selector_count", lupb_msgdef_selectorcount},
+ {"msgdef_submsg_field_count", lupb_msgdef_submsgfieldcount},
+
+ {"fielddef_selector_base", lupb_fielddef_selectorbase},
+
{NULL, NULL}
};
@@ -170,7 +204,7 @@ int luaopen_upb_table_c(lua_State *L) {
return 1;
}
- // We define these here because they are not public.
+ /* We define these here because they are not public. */
lupbtable_setfieldi(L, "CTYPE_PTR", UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
lupbtable_setfieldi(L, "CTYPE_CSTR", UPB_CTYPE_CSTR);
lupbtable_setfieldi(L, "CTYPE_INT32", UPB_CTYPE_INT32);
@@ -178,5 +212,5 @@ int luaopen_upb_table_c(lua_State *L) {
lua_pushlightuserdata(L, NULL);
lua_setfield(L, -2, "NULL");
- return 1; // Return a single Lua value, the package table created above.
+ return 1; /* Return a single Lua value, the package table created above. */
}
diff --git a/upb/def.c b/upb/def.c
index 0963675..528930f 100644
--- a/upb/def.c
+++ b/upb/def.c
@@ -9,12 +9,12 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
-#include "upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h"
+#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"
#include "upb/handlers.h"
typedef struct {
size_t len;
- char str[1]; // Null-terminated string data follows.
+ char str[1]; /* Null-terminated string data follows. */
} str_t;
static str_t *newstr(const char *data, size_t len) {
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ static str_t *newstr(const char *data, size_t len) {
static void freestr(str_t *s) { free(s); }
-// isalpha() etc. from <ctype.h> are locale-dependent, which we don't want.
+/* isalpha() etc. from <ctype.h> are locale-dependent, which we don't want. */
static bool upb_isbetween(char c, char low, char high) {
return c >= low && c <= high;
}
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ static bool upb_isalphanum(char c) {
static bool upb_isident(const char *str, size_t len, bool full, upb_status *s) {
bool start = true;
- for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
char c = str[i];
if (c == '.') {
if (start || !full) {
@@ -88,39 +89,22 @@ bool upb_def_setfullname(upb_def *def, const char *fullname, upb_status *s) {
upb_def *upb_def_dup(const upb_def *def, const void *o) {
switch (def->type) {
case UPB_DEF_MSG:
- return UPB_UPCAST(upb_msgdef_dup(upb_downcast_msgdef(def), o));
+ return upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(
+ upb_msgdef_dup(upb_downcast_msgdef(def), o));
case UPB_DEF_FIELD:
- return UPB_UPCAST(upb_fielddef_dup(upb_downcast_fielddef(def), o));
+ return upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(
+ upb_fielddef_dup(upb_downcast_fielddef(def), o));
case UPB_DEF_ENUM:
- return UPB_UPCAST(upb_enumdef_dup(upb_downcast_enumdef(def), o));
+ return upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(
+ upb_enumdef_dup(upb_downcast_enumdef(def), o));
default: assert(false); return NULL;
}
}
-bool upb_def_isfrozen(const upb_def *def) {
- return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(def));
-}
-
-void upb_def_ref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_ref(UPB_UPCAST(def), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_def_unref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_unref(UPB_UPCAST(def), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_def_donateref(const upb_def *def, const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_refcounted_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(def), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_def_checkref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(def), owner);
-}
-
static bool upb_def_init(upb_def *def, upb_deftype_t type,
const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
const void *owner) {
- if (!upb_refcounted_init(UPB_UPCAST(def), vtbl, owner)) return false;
+ if (!upb_refcounted_init(upb_def_upcast_mutable(def), vtbl, owner)) return false;
def->type = type;
def->fullname = NULL;
def->came_from_user = false;
@@ -132,7 +116,7 @@ static void upb_def_uninit(upb_def *def) {
}
static const char *msgdef_name(const upb_msgdef *m) {
- const char *name = upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(m));
+ const char *name = upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast(m));
return name ? name : "(anonymous)";
}
@@ -155,13 +139,15 @@ static bool upb_validate_field(upb_fielddef *f, upb_status *s) {
}
if (upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f)) {
+ const upb_def *subdef;
+
if (f->subdef_is_symbolic) {
upb_status_seterrf(s, "field '%s.%s' has not been resolved",
msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f));
return false;
}
- const upb_def *subdef = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ subdef = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
if (subdef == NULL) {
upb_status_seterrf(s, "field %s.%s is missing required subdef",
msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f));
@@ -180,14 +166,14 @@ static bool upb_validate_field(upb_fielddef *f, upb_status *s) {
bool has_default_name = upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultstr(f);
bool has_default_number = upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(f);
- // Previously verified by upb_validate_enumdef().
+ /* Previously verified by upb_validate_enumdef(). */
assert(upb_enumdef_numvals(upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f)) > 0);
- // We've already validated that we have an associated enumdef and that it
- // has at least one member, so at least one of these should be true.
- // Because if the user didn't set anything, we'll pick up the enum's
- // default, but if the user *did* set something we should at least pick up
- // the one they set (int32 or string).
+ /* We've already validated that we have an associated enumdef and that it
+ * has at least one member, so at least one of these should be true.
+ * Because if the user didn't set anything, we'll pick up the enum's
+ * default, but if the user *did* set something we should at least pick up
+ * the one they set (int32 or string). */
assert(has_default_name || has_default_number);
if (!has_default_name) {
@@ -206,13 +192,13 @@ static bool upb_validate_field(upb_fielddef *f, upb_status *s) {
return false;
}
- // Lift the effective numeric default into the field's default slot, in case
- // we were only getting it "by reference" from the enumdef.
+ /* Lift the effective numeric default into the field's default slot, in case
+ * we were only getting it "by reference" from the enumdef. */
upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(f, upb_fielddef_defaultint32(f));
}
- // Ensure that MapEntry submessages only appear as repeated fields, not
- // optional/required (singular) fields.
+ /* Ensure that MapEntry submessages only appear as repeated fields, not
+ * optional/required (singular) fields. */
if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE &&
upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f) != NULL) {
const upb_msgdef *subdef = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f);
@@ -239,8 +225,8 @@ static bool upb_validate_enumdef(const upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *s) {
return true;
}
-// All submessage fields are lower than all other fields.
-// Secondly, fields are increasing in order.
+/* All submessage fields are lower than all other fields.
+ * Secondly, fields are increasing in order. */
uint32_t field_rank(const upb_fielddef *f) {
uint32_t ret = upb_fielddef_number(f);
const uint32_t high_bit = 1 << 30;
@@ -257,14 +243,15 @@ int cmp_fields(const void *p1, const void *p2) {
}
static bool assign_msg_indices(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *s) {
- // Sort fields. upb internally relies on UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields having the
- // lowest indexes, but we do not publicly guarantee this.
+ /* Sort fields. upb internally relies on UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields having the
+ * lowest indexes, but we do not publicly guarantee this. */
+ upb_msg_field_iter j;
+ int i;
+ uint32_t selector;
int n = upb_msgdef_numfields(m);
upb_fielddef **fields = malloc(n * sizeof(*fields));
if (!fields) return false;
- upb_msg_field_iter j;
- int i;
m->submsg_field_count = 0;
for(i = 0, upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&j);
@@ -283,7 +270,7 @@ static bool assign_msg_indices(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *s) {
qsort(fields, n, sizeof(*fields), cmp_fields);
- uint32_t selector = UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT + m->submsg_field_count;
+ selector = UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT + m->submsg_field_count;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
upb_fielddef *f = fields[i];
f->index_ = i;
@@ -293,38 +280,42 @@ static bool assign_msg_indices(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *s) {
m->selector_count = selector;
#ifndef NDEBUG
- // Verify that all selectors for the message are distinct.
- //
+ {
+ /* Verify that all selectors for the message are distinct. */
#define TRY(type) \
- if (upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, &sel)) upb_inttable_insert(&t, sel, v);
-
- upb_inttable t;
- upb_inttable_init(&t, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL);
- upb_value v = upb_value_bool(true);
- upb_selector_t sel;
- upb_inttable_insert(&t, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR, v);
- upb_inttable_insert(&t, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR, v);
- for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
- !upb_msg_field_done(&j);
- upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
- upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
- // These calls will assert-fail in upb_table if the value already exists.
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_INT32);
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_INT64)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_UINT32)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_UINT64)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_BOOL)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STRING)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)
- TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ)
- }
- upb_inttable_uninit(&t);
+ if (upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, &sel)) upb_inttable_insert(&t, sel, v);
+
+ upb_inttable t;
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ upb_inttable_init(&t, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL);
+ v = upb_value_bool(true);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&t, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR, v);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&t, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR, v);
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&j);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
+ /* These calls will assert-fail in upb_table if the value already
+ * exists. */
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_INT32);
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_INT64)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_UINT32)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_UINT64)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_BOOL)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STRING)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ)
+ }
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&t);
+ }
#undef TRY
#endif
@@ -333,14 +324,17 @@ static bool assign_msg_indices(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *s) {
}
bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const* defs, int n, upb_status *s) {
+ int i;
+ int maxdepth;
+ bool ret;
upb_status_clear(s);
- // First perform validation, in two passes so we can check that we have a
- // transitive closure without needing to search.
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* First perform validation, in two passes so we can check that we have a
+ * transitive closure without needing to search. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
upb_def *def = defs[i];
if (upb_def_isfrozen(def)) {
- // Could relax this requirement if it's annoying.
+ /* Could relax this requirement if it's annoying. */
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "def is already frozen");
goto err;
} else if (def->type == UPB_DEF_FIELD) {
@@ -351,14 +345,14 @@ bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const* defs, int n, upb_status *s) {
goto err;
}
} else {
- // Set now to detect transitive closure in the second pass.
+ /* Set now to detect transitive closure in the second pass. */
def->came_from_user = true;
}
}
- // Second pass of validation. Also assign selector bases and indexes, and
- // compact tables.
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* Second pass of validation. Also assign selector bases and indexes, and
+ * compact tables. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef_mutable(defs[i]);
upb_enumdef *e = upb_dyncast_enumdef_mutable(defs[i]);
if (m) {
@@ -371,17 +365,17 @@ bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const* defs, int n, upb_status *s) {
}
}
- // Def graph contains FieldDefs between each MessageDef, so double the limit.
- int maxdepth = UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH * 2;
+ /* Def graph contains FieldDefs between each MessageDef, so double the
+ * limit. */
+ maxdepth = UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH * 2;
- // Validation all passed; freeze the defs.
- bool ret =
- upb_refcounted_freeze((upb_refcounted * const *)defs, n, s, maxdepth);
+ /* Validation all passed; freeze the defs. */
+ ret = upb_refcounted_freeze((upb_refcounted * const *)defs, n, s, maxdepth);
assert(!(s && ret != upb_ok(s)));
return ret;
err:
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
defs[i]->came_from_user = false;
}
assert(!(s && upb_ok(s)));
@@ -396,12 +390,12 @@ static void upb_enumdef_free(upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_inttable_iter i;
upb_inttable_begin(&i, &e->iton);
for( ; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
- // To clean up the upb_strdup() from upb_enumdef_addval().
+ /* To clean up the upb_strdup() from upb_enumdef_addval(). */
free(upb_value_getcstr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i)));
}
upb_strtable_uninit(&e->ntoi);
upb_inttable_uninit(&e->iton);
- upb_def_uninit(UPB_UPCAST(e));
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e));
free(e);
}
@@ -409,7 +403,8 @@ upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_new(const void *owner) {
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {NULL, &upb_enumdef_free};
upb_enumdef *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
if (!e) return NULL;
- if (!upb_def_init(UPB_UPCAST(e), UPB_DEF_ENUM, &vtbl, owner)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e), UPB_DEF_ENUM, &vtbl, owner))
+ goto err2;
if (!upb_strtable_init(&e->ntoi, UPB_CTYPE_INT32)) goto err2;
if (!upb_inttable_init(&e->iton, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR)) goto err1;
return e;
@@ -422,9 +417,9 @@ err2:
}
upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
+ upb_enum_iter i;
upb_enumdef *new_e = upb_enumdef_new(owner);
if (!new_e) return NULL;
- upb_enum_iter i;
for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) {
bool success = upb_enumdef_addval(
new_e, upb_enum_iter_name(&i),upb_enum_iter_number(&i), NULL);
@@ -436,39 +431,18 @@ upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
return new_e;
}
-bool upb_enumdef_isfrozen(const upb_enumdef *e) {
- return upb_def_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(e));
-}
-
-void upb_enumdef_ref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_ref(UPB_UPCAST(e), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_enumdef_unref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_unref(UPB_UPCAST(e), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_enumdef_donateref(
- const upb_enumdef *e, const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_def_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(e), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_enumdef_checkref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(e), owner);
-}
-
bool upb_enumdef_freeze(upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status) {
- upb_def *d = UPB_UPCAST(e);
+ upb_def *d = upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e);
return upb_def_freeze(&d, 1, status);
}
const char *upb_enumdef_fullname(const upb_enumdef *e) {
- return upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(e));
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_enumdef_upcast(e));
}
bool upb_enumdef_setfullname(upb_enumdef *e, const char *fullname,
upb_status *s) {
- return upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(e), fullname, s);
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e), fullname, s);
}
bool upb_enumdef_addval(upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, int32_t num,
@@ -517,7 +491,7 @@ int upb_enumdef_numvals(const upb_enumdef *e) {
}
void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *i, const upb_enumdef *e) {
- // We iterate over the ntoi table, to account for duplicate numbers.
+ /* We iterate over the ntoi table, to account for duplicate numbers. */
upb_strtable_begin(i, &e->ntoi);
}
@@ -562,13 +536,13 @@ static void visitfield(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
void *closure) {
const upb_fielddef *f = (const upb_fielddef*)r;
if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)) {
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST2(upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_msgdef_upcast2(upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)), closure);
}
if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) {
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST2(upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_oneofdef_upcast2(upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)), closure);
}
if (upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST(upb_fielddef_subdef(f)), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_def_upcast(upb_fielddef_subdef(f)), closure);
}
}
@@ -577,26 +551,27 @@ static void freefield(upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_fielddef_uninit_default(f);
if (f->subdef_is_symbolic)
free(f->sub.name);
- upb_def_uninit(UPB_UPCAST(f));
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f));
free(f);
}
static const char *enumdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e;
assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
- const upb_enumdef *e = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f);
+ e = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f);
if (f->default_is_string && f->defaultval.bytes) {
- // Default was explicitly set as a string.
+ /* Default was explicitly set as a string. */
str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
return s->str;
} else if (e) {
if (!f->default_is_string) {
- // Default was explicitly set as an integer; look it up in enumdef.
+ /* Default was explicitly set as an integer; look it up in enumdef. */
const char *name = upb_enumdef_iton(e, f->defaultval.sint);
if (name) {
return name;
}
} else {
- // Default is completely unset; pull enumdef default.
+ /* Default is completely unset; pull enumdef default. */
if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) > 0) {
const char *name = upb_enumdef_iton(e, upb_enumdef_default(e));
assert(name);
@@ -608,21 +583,22 @@ static const char *enumdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f) {
}
static bool enumdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f, int32_t *val) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e;
assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
- const upb_enumdef *e = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f);
+ e = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f);
if (!f->default_is_string) {
- // Default was explicitly set as an integer.
+ /* Default was explicitly set as an integer. */
*val = f->defaultval.sint;
return true;
} else if (e) {
if (f->defaultval.bytes) {
- // Default was explicitly set as a str; try to lookup corresponding int.
+ /* Default was explicitly set as a str; try to lookup corresponding int. */
str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
if (upb_enumdef_ntoiz(e, s->str, val)) {
return true;
}
} else {
- // Default is unset; try to pull in enumdef default.
+ /* Default is unset; try to pull in enumdef default. */
if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) > 0) {
*val = upb_enumdef_default(e);
return true;
@@ -632,11 +608,11 @@ static bool enumdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f, int32_t *val) {
return false;
}
-upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *owner) {
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *o) {
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visitfield, freefield};
upb_fielddef *f = malloc(sizeof(*f));
if (!f) return NULL;
- if (!upb_def_init(UPB_UPCAST(f), UPB_DEF_FIELD, &vtbl, owner)) {
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f), UPB_DEF_FIELD, &vtbl, o)) {
free(f);
return NULL;
}
@@ -654,19 +630,20 @@ upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *owner) {
f->lazy_ = false;
f->packed_ = true;
- // For the moment we default this to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, since it will work
- // with all integer types and is in some since more "default" since the most
- // normal-looking proto2 types int32/int64/uint32/uint64 use variable.
- //
- // Other options to consider:
- // - there is no default; users must set this manually (like type).
- // - default signed integers to UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG, since it's more likely to
- // be an optimal default for signed integers.
+ /* For the moment we default this to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, since it will work
+ * with all integer types and is in some since more "default" since the most
+ * normal-looking proto2 types int32/int64/uint32/uint64 use variable.
+ *
+ * Other options to consider:
+ * - there is no default; users must set this manually (like type).
+ * - default signed integers to UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG, since it's more likely to
+ * be an optimal default for signed integers. */
f->intfmt = UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE;
return f;
}
upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
+ const char *srcname;
upb_fielddef *newf = upb_fielddef_new(owner);
if (!newf) return NULL;
upb_fielddef_settype(newf, upb_fielddef_type(f));
@@ -681,9 +658,8 @@ upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
newf->defaultval = f->defaultval;
}
- const char *srcname;
if (f->subdef_is_symbolic) {
- srcname = f->sub.name; // Might be NULL.
+ srcname = f->sub.name; /* Might be NULL. */
} else {
srcname = f->sub.def ? upb_def_fullname(f->sub.def) : NULL;
}
@@ -702,27 +678,6 @@ upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
return newf;
}
-bool upb_fielddef_isfrozen(const upb_fielddef *f) {
- return upb_def_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(f));
-}
-
-void upb_fielddef_ref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_ref(UPB_UPCAST(f), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_fielddef_unref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_unref(UPB_UPCAST(f), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_fielddef_donateref(
- const upb_fielddef *f, const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_def_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(f), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_fielddef_checkref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(f), owner);
-}
-
bool upb_fielddef_typeisset(const upb_fielddef *f) {
return f->type_is_set_;
}
@@ -765,7 +720,7 @@ bool upb_fielddef_packed(const upb_fielddef *f) {
}
const char *upb_fielddef_name(const upb_fielddef *f) {
- return upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(f));
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_fielddef_upcast(f));
}
const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype(const upb_fielddef *f) {
@@ -795,8 +750,8 @@ bool upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field has already been added to a message.");
return false;
}
- // TODO: validate name (upb_isident() doesn't quite work atm because this name
- // may have a leading ".").
+ /* TODO: validate name (upb_isident() doesn't quite work atm because this name
+ * may have a leading "."). */
release_containingtype(f);
f->msg.name = upb_strdup(name);
f->msg_is_symbolic = true;
@@ -808,7 +763,7 @@ bool upb_fielddef_setname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "Already added to message or oneof");
return false;
}
- return upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(f), name, s);
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f), name, s);
}
static void chkdefaulttype(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type) {
@@ -868,7 +823,7 @@ const char *upb_fielddef_defaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f, size_t *len) {
if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
const char *ret = enumdefaultstr(f);
assert(ret);
- // Enum defaults can't have embedded NULLs.
+ /* Enum defaults can't have embedded NULLs. */
if (len) *len = strlen(ret);
return ret;
}
@@ -899,7 +854,7 @@ static void upb_fielddef_init_default(upb_fielddef *f) {
break;
case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: break;
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
- // This is our special sentinel that indicates "not set" for an enum.
+ /* This is our special sentinel that indicates "not set" for an enum. */
f->default_is_string = true;
f->defaultval.bytes = NULL;
break;
@@ -1145,6 +1100,7 @@ void upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(upb_fielddef *f, double value) {
bool upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(upb_fielddef *f, const void *str, size_t len,
upb_status *s) {
+ str_t *str2;
assert(upb_fielddef_isstring(f) || f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
if (f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM && !upb_isident(str, len, false, s))
return false;
@@ -1157,7 +1113,7 @@ bool upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(upb_fielddef *f, const void *str, size_t len,
assert(f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
}
- str_t *str2 = newstr(str, len);
+ str2 = newstr(str, len);
f->defaultval.bytes = str2;
f->default_is_string = true;
return true;
@@ -1170,8 +1126,8 @@ void upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(upb_fielddef *f, const char *str,
}
bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f) {
- assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
int32_t val;
+ assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
return enumdefaultint32(f, &val);
}
@@ -1218,12 +1174,12 @@ bool upb_fielddef_setsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_def *subdef,
bool upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_msgdef *subdef,
upb_status *s) {
- return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, UPB_UPCAST(subdef), s);
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, upb_msgdef_upcast(subdef), s);
}
bool upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_enumdef *subdef,
upb_status *s) {
- return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, UPB_UPCAST(subdef), s);
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, upb_enumdef_upcast(subdef), s);
}
bool upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
@@ -1233,8 +1189,8 @@ bool upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field type does not accept a subdef");
return false;
}
- // TODO: validate name (upb_isident() doesn't quite work atm because this name
- // may have a leading ".").
+ /* TODO: validate name (upb_isident() doesn't quite work atm because this name
+ * may have a leading "."). */
release_subdef(f);
f->sub.name = upb_strdup(name);
f->subdef_is_symbolic = true;
@@ -1283,20 +1239,20 @@ bool upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(int32_t type) {
static void visitmsg(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
void *closure) {
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter o;
const upb_msgdef *m = (const upb_msgdef*)r;
upb_msg_field_iter i;
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST2(f), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_fielddef_upcast2(f), closure);
}
- upb_msg_oneof_iter o;
for(upb_msg_oneof_begin(&o, m);
!upb_msg_oneof_done(&o);
upb_msg_oneof_next(&o)) {
upb_oneofdef *f = upb_msg_iter_oneof(&o);
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST2(f), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_oneofdef_upcast2(f), closure);
}
}
@@ -1305,7 +1261,7 @@ static void freemsg(upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_strtable_uninit(&m->ntoo);
upb_strtable_uninit(&m->ntof);
upb_inttable_uninit(&m->itof);
- upb_def_uninit(UPB_UPCAST(m));
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m));
free(m);
}
@@ -1313,7 +1269,8 @@ upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_new(const void *owner) {
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visitmsg, freemsg};
upb_msgdef *m = malloc(sizeof(*m));
if (!m) return NULL;
- if (!upb_def_init(UPB_UPCAST(m), UPB_DEF_MSG, &vtbl, owner)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), UPB_DEF_MSG, &vtbl, owner))
+ goto err2;
if (!upb_inttable_init(&m->itof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err3;
if (!upb_strtable_init(&m->ntof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err2;
if (!upb_strtable_init(&m->ntoo, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err1;
@@ -1330,25 +1287,28 @@ err3:
}
upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_dup(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
+ bool ok;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter o;
+
upb_msgdef *newm = upb_msgdef_new(owner);
if (!newm) return NULL;
- bool ok = upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(newm),
- upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(m)), NULL);
+ ok = upb_def_setfullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(newm),
+ upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast(m)),
+ NULL);
newm->map_entry = m->map_entry;
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_dup(upb_msg_iter_field(&i), &f);
- // Fields in oneofs are dup'd below.
+ /* Fields in oneofs are dup'd below. */
if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) continue;
if (!f || !upb_msgdef_addfield(newm, f, &f, NULL)) {
upb_msgdef_unref(newm, owner);
return NULL;
}
}
- upb_msg_oneof_iter o;
for(upb_msg_oneof_begin(&o, m);
!upb_msg_oneof_done(&o);
upb_msg_oneof_next(&o)) {
@@ -1361,43 +1321,22 @@ upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_dup(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
return newm;
}
-bool upb_msgdef_isfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m) {
- return upb_def_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(m));
-}
-
-void upb_msgdef_ref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_ref(UPB_UPCAST(m), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_msgdef_unref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_unref(UPB_UPCAST(m), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_msgdef_donateref(
- const upb_msgdef *m, const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_def_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(m), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_msgdef_checkref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(m), owner);
-}
-
bool upb_msgdef_freeze(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status) {
- upb_def *d = UPB_UPCAST(m);
+ upb_def *d = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m);
return upb_def_freeze(&d, 1, status);
}
const char *upb_msgdef_fullname(const upb_msgdef *m) {
- return upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(m));
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast(m));
}
bool upb_msgdef_setfullname(upb_msgdef *m, const char *fullname,
upb_status *s) {
- return upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(m), fullname, s);
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), fullname, s);
}
-// Helper: check that the field |f| is safe to add to msgdef |m|. Set an error
-// on status |s| and return false if not.
+/* Helper: check that the field |f| is safe to add to msgdef |m|. Set an error
+ * on status |s| and return false if not. */
static bool check_field_add(const upb_msgdef *m, const upb_fielddef *f,
upb_status *s) {
if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != NULL) {
@@ -1427,40 +1366,42 @@ static void add_field(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor) {
bool upb_msgdef_addfield(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor,
upb_status *s) {
- // TODO: extensions need to have a separate namespace, because proto2 allows a
- // top-level extension (ie. one not in any package) to have the same name as a
- // field from the message.
- //
- // This also implies that there needs to be a separate lookup-by-name method
- // for extensions. It seems desirable for iteration to return both extensions
- // and non-extensions though.
- //
- // We also need to validate that the field number is in an extension range iff
- // it is an extension.
-
- // This method is idempotent. Check if |f| is already part of this msgdef and
- // return immediately if so.
+ /* TODO: extensions need to have a separate namespace, because proto2 allows a
+ * top-level extension (ie. one not in any package) to have the same name as a
+ * field from the message.
+ *
+ * This also implies that there needs to be a separate lookup-by-name method
+ * for extensions. It seems desirable for iteration to return both extensions
+ * and non-extensions though.
+ *
+ * We also need to validate that the field number is in an extension range iff
+ * it is an extension.
+ *
+ * This method is idempotent. Check if |f| is already part of this msgdef and
+ * return immediately if so. */
if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) == m) {
return true;
}
- // Check constraints for all fields before performing any action.
+ /* Check constraints for all fields before performing any action. */
if (!check_field_add(m, f, s)) {
return false;
} else if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f) != NULL) {
- // Fields in a oneof can only be added by adding the oneof to the msgdef.
+ /* Fields in a oneof can only be added by adding the oneof to the msgdef. */
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef is part of a oneof");
return false;
}
- // Constraint checks ok, perform the action.
+ /* Constraint checks ok, perform the action. */
add_field(m, f, ref_donor);
return true;
}
bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor,
upb_status *s) {
- // Check various conditions that would prevent this oneof from being added.
+ upb_oneof_iter it;
+
+ /* Check various conditions that would prevent this oneof from being added. */
if (upb_oneofdef_containingtype(o)) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "oneofdef already belongs to a message");
return false;
@@ -1472,9 +1413,8 @@ bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor,
return false;
}
- // Check that all of the oneof's fields do not conflict with names or numbers
- // of fields already in the message.
- upb_oneof_iter it;
+ /* Check that all of the oneof's fields do not conflict with names or numbers
+ * of fields already in the message. */
for (upb_oneof_begin(&it, o); !upb_oneof_done(&it); upb_oneof_next(&it)) {
const upb_fielddef *f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&it);
if (!check_field_add(m, f, s)) {
@@ -1482,15 +1422,15 @@ bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor,
}
}
- // Everything checks out -- commit now.
+ /* Everything checks out -- commit now. */
- // Add oneof itself first.
+ /* Add oneof itself first. */
o->parent = m;
upb_strtable_insert(&m->ntoo, upb_oneofdef_name(o), upb_value_ptr(o));
upb_ref2(o, m);
upb_ref2(m, o);
- // Add each field of the oneof directly to the msgdef.
+ /* Add each field of the oneof directly to the msgdef. */
for (upb_oneof_begin(&it, o); !upb_oneof_done(&it); upb_oneof_next(&it)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&it);
add_field(m, f, NULL);
@@ -1582,10 +1522,10 @@ static void visitoneof(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
upb_oneof_iter i;
for (upb_oneof_begin(&i, o); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
const upb_fielddef *f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&i);
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST2(f), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_fielddef_upcast2(f), closure);
}
if (o->parent) {
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST2(o->parent), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_msgdef_upcast2(o->parent), closure);
}
}
@@ -1593,7 +1533,7 @@ static void freeoneof(upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_oneofdef *o = (upb_oneofdef*)r;
upb_strtable_uninit(&o->ntof);
upb_inttable_uninit(&o->itof);
- upb_def_uninit(UPB_UPCAST(o));
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_oneofdef_upcast_mutable(o));
free(o);
}
@@ -1602,7 +1542,9 @@ upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_new(const void *owner) {
upb_oneofdef *o = malloc(sizeof(*o));
o->parent = NULL;
if (!o) return NULL;
- if (!upb_def_init(UPB_UPCAST(o), UPB_DEF_ONEOF, &vtbl, owner)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_oneofdef_upcast_mutable(o), UPB_DEF_ONEOF, &vtbl,
+ owner))
+ goto err2;
if (!upb_inttable_init(&o->itof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err2;
if (!upb_strtable_init(&o->ntof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err1;
return o;
@@ -1615,12 +1557,13 @@ err2:
}
upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_dup(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner) {
+ bool ok;
+ upb_oneof_iter i;
upb_oneofdef *newo = upb_oneofdef_new(owner);
if (!newo) return NULL;
- bool ok = upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(newo),
- upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(o)), NULL);
+ ok = upb_def_setfullname(upb_oneofdef_upcast_mutable(newo),
+ upb_def_fullname(upb_oneofdef_upcast(o)), NULL);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
- upb_oneof_iter i;
for (upb_oneof_begin(&i, o); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_dup(upb_oneof_iter_field(&i), &f);
if (!f || !upb_oneofdef_addfield(newo, f, &f, NULL)) {
@@ -1631,29 +1574,8 @@ upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_dup(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner) {
return newo;
}
-bool upb_oneofdef_isfrozen(const upb_oneofdef *o) {
- return upb_def_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(o));
-}
-
-void upb_oneofdef_ref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_ref(UPB_UPCAST(o), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_oneofdef_unref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_unref(UPB_UPCAST(o), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_oneofdef_donateref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *from,
- const void *to) {
- upb_def_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(o), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_oneofdef_checkref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner) {
- upb_def_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(o), owner);
-}
-
const char *upb_oneofdef_name(const upb_oneofdef *o) {
- return upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(o));
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_oneofdef_upcast(o));
}
bool upb_oneofdef_setname(upb_oneofdef *o, const char *fullname,
@@ -1662,7 +1584,7 @@ bool upb_oneofdef_setname(upb_oneofdef *o, const char *fullname,
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "oneof already added to a message");
return false;
}
- return upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(o), fullname, s);
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_oneofdef_upcast_mutable(o), fullname, s);
}
const upb_msgdef *upb_oneofdef_containingtype(const upb_oneofdef *o) {
@@ -1679,20 +1601,20 @@ bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f,
assert(!upb_oneofdef_isfrozen(o));
assert(!o->parent || !upb_msgdef_isfrozen(o->parent));
- // This method is idempotent. Check if |f| is already part of this oneofdef
- // and return immediately if so.
+ /* This method is idempotent. Check if |f| is already part of this oneofdef
+ * and return immediately if so. */
if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f) == o) {
return true;
}
- // The field must have an OPTIONAL label.
+ /* The field must have an OPTIONAL label. */
if (upb_fielddef_label(f) != UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fields in oneof must have OPTIONAL label");
return false;
}
- // Check that no field with this name or number exists already in the oneof.
- // Also check that the field is not already part of a oneof.
+ /* Check that no field with this name or number exists already in the oneof.
+ * Also check that the field is not already part of a oneof. */
if (upb_fielddef_name(f) == NULL || upb_fielddef_number(f) == 0) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field name or number were not set");
return false;
@@ -1705,21 +1627,21 @@ bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f,
return false;
}
- // We allow adding a field to the oneof either if the field is not part of a
- // msgdef, or if it is and we are also part of the same msgdef.
+ /* We allow adding a field to the oneof either if the field is not part of a
+ * msgdef, or if it is and we are also part of the same msgdef. */
if (o->parent == NULL) {
- // If we're not in a msgdef, the field cannot be either. Otherwise we would
- // need to magically add this oneof to a msgdef to remain consistent, which
- // is surprising behavior.
+ /* If we're not in a msgdef, the field cannot be either. Otherwise we would
+ * need to magically add this oneof to a msgdef to remain consistent, which
+ * is surprising behavior. */
if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != NULL) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef already belongs to a message, but "
"oneof does not");
return false;
}
} else {
- // If we're in a msgdef, the user can add fields that either aren't in any
- // msgdef (in which case they're added to our msgdef) or already a part of
- // our msgdef.
+ /* If we're in a msgdef, the user can add fields that either aren't in any
+ * msgdef (in which case they're added to our msgdef) or already a part of
+ * our msgdef. */
if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != NULL &&
upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != o->parent) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef belongs to a different message "
@@ -1728,8 +1650,8 @@ bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f,
}
}
- // Commit phase. First add the field to our parent msgdef, if any, because
- // that may fail; then add the field to our own tables.
+ /* Commit phase. First add the field to our parent msgdef, if any, because
+ * that may fail; then add the field to our own tables. */
if (o->parent != NULL && upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) == NULL) {
if (!upb_msgdef_addfield((upb_msgdef*)o->parent, f, NULL, s)) {
diff --git a/upb/def.h b/upb/def.h
index 3281076..f1f781f 100644
--- a/upb/def.h
+++ b/upb/def.h
@@ -38,114 +38,90 @@ class OneofDef;
}
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Def, upb_def);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::EnumDef, upb_enumdef);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::FieldDef, upb_fielddef);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::MessageDef, upb_msgdef);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::OneofDef, upb_oneofdef);
-
-// Maximum field number allowed for FieldDefs. This is an inherent limit of the
-// protobuf wire format.
-#define UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER ((1 << 29) - 1)
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, upb_def, upb_refcounted)
-// The maximum message depth that the type graph can have. This is a resource
-// limit for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the
-// graph. Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but
-// we must hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
-//
-// If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
-// of Def::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter.
+/* The maximum message depth that the type graph can have. This is a resource
+ * limit for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the
+ * graph. Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but
+ * we must hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
+ *
+ * If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
+ * of Def::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter. */
#define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH 64
/* upb::Def: base class for defs *********************************************/
-// All the different kind of defs we support. These correspond 1:1 with
-// declarations in a .proto file.
+/* All the different kind of defs we support. These correspond 1:1 with
+ * declarations in a .proto file. */
typedef enum {
UPB_DEF_MSG,
UPB_DEF_FIELD,
UPB_DEF_ENUM,
UPB_DEF_ONEOF,
- UPB_DEF_SERVICE, // Not yet implemented.
- UPB_DEF_ANY = -1, // Wildcard for upb_symtab_get*()
+ UPB_DEF_SERVICE, /* Not yet implemented. */
+ UPB_DEF_ANY = -1 /* Wildcard for upb_symtab_get*() */
} upb_deftype_t;
-// The base class of all defs. Its base is upb::RefCounted (use upb::upcast()
-// to convert).
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::Def, upb::RefCounted,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* The base class of all defs. Its base is upb::RefCounted (use upb::upcast()
+ * to convert). */
+class upb::Def {
public:
typedef upb_deftype_t Type;
Def* Dup(const void *owner) const;
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
Type def_type() const;
- // "fullname" is the def's fully-qualified name (eg. foo.bar.Message).
+ /* "fullname" is the def's fully-qualified name (eg. foo.bar.Message). */
const char *full_name() const;
- // The def must be mutable. Caller retains ownership of fullname. Defs are
- // not required to have a name; if a def has no name when it is frozen, it
- // will remain an anonymous def. On failure, returns false and details in "s"
- // if non-NULL.
+ /* The def must be mutable. Caller retains ownership of fullname. Defs are
+ * not required to have a name; if a def has no name when it is frozen, it
+ * will remain an anonymous def. On failure, returns false and details in "s"
+ * if non-NULL. */
bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s);
bool set_full_name(const std::string &fullname, upb::Status* s);
- // Freezes the given defs; this validates all constraints and marks the defs
- // as frozen (read-only). "defs" may not contain any fielddefs, but fields
- // of any msgdefs will be frozen.
- //
- // Symbolic references to sub-types and enum defaults must have already been
- // resolved. Any mutable defs reachable from any of "defs" must also be in
- // the list; more formally, "defs" must be a transitive closure of mutable
- // defs.
- //
- // After this operation succeeds, the finalized defs must only be accessed
- // through a const pointer!
+ /* Freezes the given defs; this validates all constraints and marks the defs
+ * as frozen (read-only). "defs" may not contain any fielddefs, but fields
+ * of any msgdefs will be frozen.
+ *
+ * Symbolic references to sub-types and enum defaults must have already been
+ * resolved. Any mutable defs reachable from any of "defs" must also be in
+ * the list; more formally, "defs" must be a transitive closure of mutable
+ * defs.
+ *
+ * After this operation succeeds, the finalized defs must only be accessed
+ * through a const pointer! */
static bool Freeze(Def* const* defs, int n, Status* status);
static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status);
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Def, upb::Def);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_def, upb_refcounted,
- const char *fullname;
- upb_deftype_t type : 8;
- // Used as a flag during the def's mutable stage. Must be false unless
- // it is currently being used by a function on the stack. This allows
- // us to easily determine which defs were passed into the function's
- // current invocation.
- bool came_from_user;
-));
-
-#define UPB_DEF_INIT(name, type, refs, ref2s) \
- { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), name, type, false }
-
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
-
-// Native C API.
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Def, upb::Def)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
upb_def *upb_def_dup(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
-// From upb_refcounted.
-bool upb_def_isfrozen(const upb_def *def);
-void upb_def_ref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
-void upb_def_unref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
-void upb_def_donateref(const upb_def *def, const void *from, const void *to);
-void upb_def_checkref(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_def_ref()/upb_def_unref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_def, upb_def_upcast)
upb_deftype_t upb_def_type(const upb_def *d);
const char *upb_def_fullname(const upb_def *d);
bool upb_def_setfullname(upb_def *def, const char *fullname, upb_status *s);
bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const *defs, int n, upb_status *s);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
/* upb::Def casts *************************************************************/
@@ -178,14 +154,14 @@ UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \
} \
- } // namespace upb
+ } /* namespace upb */
#else
#define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype)
-#endif
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-// Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime.
-// Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type.
-// These are only checked if we are building debug.
+/* Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime.
+ * Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type.
+ * These are only checked if we are building debug. */
#define UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cpptype) \
UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \
if (upb_def_type(def) != UPB_DEF_##upper) return NULL; \
@@ -204,16 +180,30 @@ UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
UPB_CPP_CASTS(lower, cpptype)
#define UPB_DEFINE_DEF(cppname, lower, upper, cppmethods, members) \
- UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, UPB_QUOTE(cppmethods), \
+ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, cppmethods, \
members) \
UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname)
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(cppname, lower, upper) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, \
+ upb_ ## lower, upb_def, upb_refcounted) \
+ UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname)
+
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD)
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG)
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::EnumDef, enumdef, ENUM)
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::OneofDef, oneofdef, ONEOF)
+
+#undef UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE
+#undef UPB_DEF_CASTS
+#undef UPB_CPP_CASTS
+
/* upb::FieldDef **************************************************************/
-// The types a field can have. Note that this list is not identical to the
-// types defined in descriptor.proto, which gives INT32 and SINT32 separate
-// types (we distinguish the two with the "integer encoding" enum below).
+/* The types a field can have. Note that this list is not identical to the
+ * types defined in descriptor.proto, which gives INT32 and SINT32 separate
+ * types (we distinguish the two with the "integer encoding" enum below). */
typedef enum {
UPB_TYPE_FLOAT = 1,
UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE = 2,
@@ -221,29 +211,29 @@ typedef enum {
UPB_TYPE_STRING = 4,
UPB_TYPE_BYTES = 5,
UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE = 6,
- UPB_TYPE_ENUM = 7, // Enum values are int32.
+ UPB_TYPE_ENUM = 7, /* Enum values are int32. */
UPB_TYPE_INT32 = 8,
UPB_TYPE_UINT32 = 9,
UPB_TYPE_INT64 = 10,
- UPB_TYPE_UINT64 = 11,
+ UPB_TYPE_UINT64 = 11
} upb_fieldtype_t;
-// The repeated-ness of each field; this matches descriptor.proto.
+/* The repeated-ness of each field; this matches descriptor.proto. */
typedef enum {
UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1,
UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2,
- UPB_LABEL_REPEATED = 3,
+ UPB_LABEL_REPEATED = 3
} upb_label_t;
-// How integers should be encoded in serializations that offer multiple
-// integer encoding methods.
+/* How integers should be encoded in serializations that offer multiple
+ * integer encoding methods. */
typedef enum {
UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE = 1,
UPB_INTFMT_FIXED = 2,
- UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG = 3, // Only for signed types (INT32/INT64).
+ UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG = 3 /* Only for signed types (INT32/INT64). */
} upb_intfmt_t;
-// Descriptor types, as defined in descriptor.proto.
+/* Descriptor types, as defined in descriptor.proto. */
typedef enum {
UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1,
UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FLOAT = 2,
@@ -262,128 +252,129 @@ typedef enum {
UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15,
UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16,
UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32 = 17,
- UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64 = 18,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64 = 18
} upb_descriptortype_t;
+/* Maximum field number allowed for FieldDefs. This is an inherent limit of the
+ * protobuf wire format. */
+#define UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER ((1 << 29) - 1)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
-// A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It is most often
-// found as a part of a upb_msgdef, but can also stand alone to represent
-// an extension.
-//
-// Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert).
-UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD,
+/* A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It is most often
+ * found as a part of a upb_msgdef, but can also stand alone to represent
+ * an extension.
+ *
+ * Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert). */
+class upb::FieldDef {
public:
typedef upb_fieldtype_t Type;
typedef upb_label_t Label;
typedef upb_intfmt_t IntegerFormat;
typedef upb_descriptortype_t DescriptorType;
- // These return true if the given value is a valid member of the enumeration.
+ /* These return true if the given value is a valid member of the enumeration. */
static bool CheckType(int32_t val);
static bool CheckLabel(int32_t val);
static bool CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val);
static bool CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val);
- // These convert to the given enumeration; they require that the value is
- // valid.
+ /* These convert to the given enumeration; they require that the value is
+ * valid. */
static Type ConvertType(int32_t val);
static Label ConvertLabel(int32_t val);
static DescriptorType ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val);
static IntegerFormat ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val);
- // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
static reffed_ptr<FieldDef> New();
- // Duplicates the given field, returning NULL if memory allocation failed.
- // When a fielddef is duplicated, the subdef (if any) is made symbolic if it
- // wasn't already. If the subdef is set but has no name (which is possible
- // since msgdefs are not required to have a name) the new fielddef's subdef
- // will be unset.
+ /* Duplicates the given field, returning NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ * When a fielddef is duplicated, the subdef (if any) is made symbolic if it
+ * wasn't already. If the subdef is set but has no name (which is possible
+ * since msgdefs are not required to have a name) the new fielddef's subdef
+ * will be unset. */
FieldDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
- // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
const char* full_name() const;
- bool type_is_set() const; // Whether set_[descriptor_]type() has been called.
- Type type() const; // Requires that type_is_set() == true.
- Label label() const; // Defaults to UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL.
- const char* name() const; // NULL if uninitialized.
- uint32_t number() const; // Returns 0 if uninitialized.
+ bool type_is_set() const; /* set_[descriptor_]type() has been called? */
+ Type type() const; /* Requires that type_is_set() == true. */
+ Label label() const; /* Defaults to UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL. */
+ const char* name() const; /* NULL if uninitialized. */
+ uint32_t number() const; /* Returns 0 if uninitialized. */
bool is_extension() const;
- // For UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields only where is_tag_delimited() == false,
- // indicates whether this field should have lazy parsing handlers that yield
- // the unparsed string for the submessage.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): I think we want to move this into a FieldOptions container
- // when we add support for custom options (the FieldOptions struct will
- // contain both regular FieldOptions like "lazy" *and* custom options).
+ /* For UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields only where is_tag_delimited() == false,
+ * indicates whether this field should have lazy parsing handlers that yield
+ * the unparsed string for the submessage.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): I think we want to move this into a FieldOptions container
+ * when we add support for custom options (the FieldOptions struct will
+ * contain both regular FieldOptions like "lazy" *and* custom options). */
bool lazy() const;
- // For non-string, non-submessage fields, this indicates whether binary
- // protobufs are encoded in packed or non-packed format.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): see note above about putting options like this into a
- // FieldOptions container.
+ /* For non-string, non-submessage fields, this indicates whether binary
+ * protobufs are encoded in packed or non-packed format.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): see note above about putting options like this into a
+ * FieldOptions container. */
bool packed() const;
- // An integer that can be used as an index into an array of fields for
- // whatever message this field belongs to. Guaranteed to be less than
- // f->containing_type()->field_count(). May only be accessed once the def has
- // been finalized.
+ /* An integer that can be used as an index into an array of fields for
+ * whatever message this field belongs to. Guaranteed to be less than
+ * f->containing_type()->field_count(). May only be accessed once the def has
+ * been finalized. */
int index() const;
- // The MessageDef to which this field belongs.
- //
- // If this field has been added to a MessageDef, that message can be retrieved
- // directly (this is always the case for frozen FieldDefs).
- //
- // If the field has not yet been added to a MessageDef, you can set the name
- // of the containing type symbolically instead. This is mostly useful for
- // extensions, where the extension is declared separately from the message.
+ /* The MessageDef to which this field belongs.
+ *
+ * If this field has been added to a MessageDef, that message can be retrieved
+ * directly (this is always the case for frozen FieldDefs).
+ *
+ * If the field has not yet been added to a MessageDef, you can set the name
+ * of the containing type symbolically instead. This is mostly useful for
+ * extensions, where the extension is declared separately from the message. */
const MessageDef* containing_type() const;
const char* containing_type_name();
- // The OneofDef to which this field belongs, or NULL if this field is not part
- // of a oneof.
+ /* The OneofDef to which this field belongs, or NULL if this field is not part
+ * of a oneof. */
const OneofDef* containing_oneof() const;
- // The field's type according to the enum in descriptor.proto. This is not
- // the same as UPB_TYPE_*, because it distinguishes between (for example)
- // INT32 and SINT32, whereas our "type" enum does not. This return of
- // descriptor_type() is a function of type(), integer_format(), and
- // is_tag_delimited(). Likewise set_descriptor_type() sets all three
- // appropriately.
+ /* The field's type according to the enum in descriptor.proto. This is not
+ * the same as UPB_TYPE_*, because it distinguishes between (for example)
+ * INT32 and SINT32, whereas our "type" enum does not. This return of
+ * descriptor_type() is a function of type(), integer_format(), and
+ * is_tag_delimited(). Likewise set_descriptor_type() sets all three
+ * appropriately. */
DescriptorType descriptor_type() const;
- // Convenient field type tests.
+ /* Convenient field type tests. */
bool IsSubMessage() const;
bool IsString() const;
bool IsSequence() const;
bool IsPrimitive() const;
bool IsMap() const;
- // How integers are encoded. Only meaningful for integer types.
- // Defaults to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, and is reset when "type" changes.
+ /* How integers are encoded. Only meaningful for integer types.
+ * Defaults to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, and is reset when "type" changes. */
IntegerFormat integer_format() const;
- // Whether a submessage field is tag-delimited or not (if false, then
- // length-delimited). May only be set when type() == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE.
+ /* Whether a submessage field is tag-delimited or not (if false, then
+ * length-delimited). May only be set when type() == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE. */
bool is_tag_delimited() const;
- // Returns the non-string default value for this fielddef, which may either
- // be something the client set explicitly or the "default default" (0 for
- // numbers, empty for strings). The field's type indicates the type of the
- // returned value, except for enum fields that are still mutable.
- //
- // Requires that the given function matches the field's current type.
+ /* Returns the non-string default value for this fielddef, which may either
+ * be something the client set explicitly or the "default default" (0 for
+ * numbers, empty for strings). The field's type indicates the type of the
+ * returned value, except for enum fields that are still mutable.
+ *
+ * Requires that the given function matches the field's current type. */
int64_t default_int64() const;
int32_t default_int32() const;
uint64_t default_uint64() const;
@@ -392,83 +383,81 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD,
float default_float() const;
double default_double() const;
- // The resulting string is always NULL-terminated. If non-NULL, the length
- // will be stored in *len.
+ /* The resulting string is always NULL-terminated. If non-NULL, the length
+ * will be stored in *len. */
const char *default_string(size_t* len) const;
- // For frozen UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, enum defaults can always be read as either
- // string or int32, and both of these methods will always return true.
- //
- // For mutable UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, the story is a bit more complicated.
- // Enum defaults are unusual. They can be specified either as string or int32,
- // but to be valid the enum must have that value as a member. And if no
- // default is specified, the "default default" comes from the EnumDef.
- //
- // We allow reading the default as either an int32 or a string, but only if
- // we have a meaningful value to report. We have a meaningful value if it was
- // set explicitly, or if we could get the "default default" from the EnumDef.
- // Also if you explicitly set the name and we find the number in the EnumDef
+ /* For frozen UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, enum defaults can always be read as either
+ * string or int32, and both of these methods will always return true.
+ *
+ * For mutable UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, the story is a bit more complicated.
+ * Enum defaults are unusual. They can be specified either as string or int32,
+ * but to be valid the enum must have that value as a member. And if no
+ * default is specified, the "default default" comes from the EnumDef.
+ *
+ * We allow reading the default as either an int32 or a string, but only if
+ * we have a meaningful value to report. We have a meaningful value if it was
+ * set explicitly, or if we could get the "default default" from the EnumDef.
+ * Also if you explicitly set the name and we find the number in the EnumDef */
bool EnumHasStringDefault() const;
bool EnumHasInt32Default() const;
- // Submessage and enum fields must reference a "subdef", which is the
- // upb::MessageDef or upb::EnumDef that defines their type. Note that when
- // the FieldDef is mutable it may not have a subdef *yet*, but this function
- // still returns true to indicate that the field's type requires a subdef.
+ /* Submessage and enum fields must reference a "subdef", which is the
+ * upb::MessageDef or upb::EnumDef that defines their type. Note that when
+ * the FieldDef is mutable it may not have a subdef *yet*, but this function
+ * still returns true to indicate that the field's type requires a subdef. */
bool HasSubDef() const;
- // Returns the enum or submessage def for this field, if any. The field's
- // type must match (ie. you may only call enum_subdef() for fields where
- // type() == UPB_TYPE_ENUM). Returns NULL if the subdef has not been set or
- // is currently set symbolically.
+ /* Returns the enum or submessage def for this field, if any. The field's
+ * type must match (ie. you may only call enum_subdef() for fields where
+ * type() == UPB_TYPE_ENUM). Returns NULL if the subdef has not been set or
+ * is currently set symbolically. */
const EnumDef* enum_subdef() const;
const MessageDef* message_subdef() const;
- // Returns the generic subdef for this field. Requires that HasSubDef() (ie.
- // only works for UPB_TYPE_ENUM and UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields).
+ /* Returns the generic subdef for this field. Requires that HasSubDef() (ie.
+ * only works for UPB_TYPE_ENUM and UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields). */
const Def* subdef() const;
- // Returns the symbolic name of the subdef. If the subdef is currently set
- // unresolved (ie. set symbolically) returns the symbolic name. If it has
- // been resolved to a specific subdef, returns the name from that subdef.
+ /* Returns the symbolic name of the subdef. If the subdef is currently set
+ * unresolved (ie. set symbolically) returns the symbolic name. If it has
+ * been resolved to a specific subdef, returns the name from that subdef. */
const char* subdef_name() const;
- //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Setters (non-const methods), only valid for mutable FieldDefs!
- //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ /* Setters (non-const methods), only valid for mutable FieldDefs! ***********/
bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s);
bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, upb::Status* s);
- // This may only be called if containing_type() == NULL (ie. the field has not
- // been added to a message yet).
+ /* This may only be called if containing_type() == NULL (ie. the field has not
+ * been added to a message yet). */
bool set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* status);
bool set_containing_type_name(const std::string& name, Status* status);
- // Defaults to false. When we freeze, we ensure that this can only be true
- // for length-delimited message fields. Prior to freezing this can be true or
- // false with no restrictions.
+ /* Defaults to false. When we freeze, we ensure that this can only be true
+ * for length-delimited message fields. Prior to freezing this can be true or
+ * false with no restrictions. */
void set_lazy(bool lazy);
- // Defaults to true. Sets whether this field is encoded in packed format.
+ /* Defaults to true. Sets whether this field is encoded in packed format. */
void set_packed(bool packed);
- // "type" or "descriptor_type" MUST be set explicitly before the fielddef is
- // finalized. These setters require that the enum value is valid; if the
- // value did not come directly from an enum constant, the caller should
- // validate it first with the functions above (CheckFieldType(), etc).
+ /* "type" or "descriptor_type" MUST be set explicitly before the fielddef is
+ * finalized. These setters require that the enum value is valid; if the
+ * value did not come directly from an enum constant, the caller should
+ * validate it first with the functions above (CheckFieldType(), etc). */
void set_type(Type type);
void set_label(Label label);
void set_descriptor_type(DescriptorType type);
void set_is_extension(bool is_extension);
- // "number" and "name" must be set before the FieldDef is added to a
- // MessageDef, and may not be set after that.
- //
- // "name" is the same as full_name()/set_full_name(), but since fielddefs
- // most often use simple, non-qualified names, we provide this accessor
- // also. Generally only extensions will want to think of this name as
- // fully-qualified.
+ /* "number" and "name" must be set before the FieldDef is added to a
+ * MessageDef, and may not be set after that.
+ *
+ * "name" is the same as full_name()/set_full_name(), but since fielddefs
+ * most often use simple, non-qualified names, we provide this accessor
+ * also. Generally only extensions will want to think of this name as
+ * fully-qualified. */
bool set_number(uint32_t number, upb::Status* s);
bool set_name(const char* name, upb::Status* s);
bool set_name(const std::string& name, upb::Status* s);
@@ -476,12 +465,12 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD,
void set_integer_format(IntegerFormat format);
bool set_tag_delimited(bool tag_delimited, upb::Status* s);
- // Sets default value for the field. The call must exactly match the type
- // of the field. Enum fields may use either setint32 or setstring to set
- // the default numerically or symbolically, respectively, but symbolic
- // defaults must be resolved before finalizing (see ResolveEnumDefault()).
- //
- // Changing the type of a field will reset its default.
+ /* Sets default value for the field. The call must exactly match the type
+ * of the field. Enum fields may use either setint32 or setstring to set
+ * the default numerically or symbolically, respectively, but symbolic
+ * defaults must be resolved before finalizing (see ResolveEnumDefault()).
+ *
+ * Changing the type of a field will reset its default. */
void set_default_int64(int64_t val);
void set_default_int32(int32_t val);
void set_default_uint64(uint64_t val);
@@ -493,15 +482,15 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD,
bool set_default_string(const std::string &str, Status *s);
void set_default_cstr(const char *str, Status *s);
- // Before a fielddef is frozen, its subdef may be set either directly (with a
- // upb::Def*) or symbolically. Symbolic refs must be resolved before the
- // containing msgdef can be frozen (see upb_resolve() above). upb always
- // guarantees that any def reachable from a live def will also be kept alive.
- //
- // Both methods require that upb_hassubdef(f) (so the type must be set prior
- // to calling these methods). Returns false if this is not the case, or if
- // the given subdef is not of the correct type. The subdef is reset if the
- // field's type is changed. The subdef can be set to NULL to clear it.
+ /* Before a fielddef is frozen, its subdef may be set either directly (with a
+ * upb::Def*) or symbolically. Symbolic refs must be resolved before the
+ * containing msgdef can be frozen (see upb_resolve() above). upb always
+ * guarantees that any def reachable from a live def will also be kept alive.
+ *
+ * Both methods require that upb_hassubdef(f) (so the type must be set prior
+ * to calling these methods). Returns false if this is not the case, or if
+ * the given subdef is not of the correct type. The subdef is reset if the
+ * field's type is changed. The subdef can be set to NULL to clear it. */
bool set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s);
bool set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s);
bool set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s);
@@ -509,66 +498,21 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD,
bool set_subdef_name(const std::string &name, Status* s);
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(FieldDef, upb::FieldDef);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_fielddef, upb_def,
- union {
- int64_t sint;
- uint64_t uint;
- double dbl;
- float flt;
- void *bytes;
- } defaultval;
- union {
- const upb_msgdef *def; // If !msg_is_symbolic.
- char *name; // If msg_is_symbolic.
- } msg;
- union {
- const upb_def *def; // If !subdef_is_symbolic.
- char *name; // If subdef_is_symbolic.
- } sub; // The msgdef or enumdef for this field, if upb_hassubdef(f).
- bool subdef_is_symbolic;
- bool msg_is_symbolic;
- const upb_oneofdef *oneof;
- bool default_is_string;
- bool type_is_set_; // False until type is explicitly set.
- bool is_extension_;
- bool lazy_;
- bool packed_;
- upb_intfmt_t intfmt;
- bool tagdelim;
- upb_fieldtype_t type_;
- upb_label_t label_;
- uint32_t number_;
- uint32_t selector_base; // Used to index into a upb::Handlers table.
- uint32_t index_;
-));
-
-#define UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(label, type, intfmt, tagdelim, is_extension, lazy, \
- packed, name, num, msgdef, subdef, selector_base, \
- index, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
- { \
- UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_FIELD, refs, ref2s), defaultval, {msgdef}, \
- {subdef}, NULL, false, false, \
- type == UPB_TYPE_STRING || type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES, true, is_extension, \
- lazy, packed, intfmt, tagdelim, type, label, num, selector_base, index \
- }
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(FieldDef, upb::FieldDef)
+};
+
+# endif /* defined(__cplusplus) */
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Native C API.
+/* Native C API. */
upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *owner);
upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
-// From upb_refcounted.
-bool upb_fielddef_isfrozen(const upb_fielddef *f);
-void upb_fielddef_ref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
-void upb_fielddef_unref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
-void upb_fielddef_donateref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *from,
- const void *to);
-void upb_fielddef_checkref(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_fielddef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_fielddef, upb_fielddef_upcast2)
-// From upb_def.
+/* Methods from upb_def. */
const char *upb_fielddef_fullname(const upb_fielddef *f);
bool upb_fielddef_setfullname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *fullname,
upb_status *s);
@@ -647,7 +591,7 @@ bool upb_fielddef_checktype(int32_t type);
bool upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(int32_t type);
bool upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(int32_t fmt);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
/* upb::MessageDef ************************************************************/
@@ -655,66 +599,64 @@ UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_msg_field_iter;
typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_msg_oneof_iter;
-// Structure that describes a single .proto message type.
-//
-// Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert).
-UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG, UPB_QUOTE(
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Structure that describes a single .proto message type.
+ *
+ * Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert). */
+class upb::MessageDef {
public:
- // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
static reffed_ptr<MessageDef> New();
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
- // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
const char* full_name() const;
bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s);
bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s);
- // Call to freeze this MessageDef.
- // WARNING: this will fail if this message has any unfrozen submessages!
- // Messages with cycles must be frozen as a batch using upb::Def::Freeze().
+ /* Call to freeze this MessageDef.
+ * WARNING: this will fail if this message has any unfrozen submessages!
+ * Messages with cycles must be frozen as a batch using upb::Def::Freeze(). */
bool Freeze(Status* s);
- // The number of fields that belong to the MessageDef.
+ /* The number of fields that belong to the MessageDef. */
int field_count() const;
- // The number of oneofs that belong to the MessageDef.
+ /* The number of oneofs that belong to the MessageDef. */
int oneof_count() const;
- // Adds a field (upb_fielddef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef
- // and the fielddefs are mutable. The fielddef's name and number must be
- // set, and the message may not already contain any field with this name or
- // number, and this fielddef may not be part of another message. In error
- // cases false is returned and the msgdef is unchanged.
- //
- // If the given field is part of a oneof, this call succeeds if and only if
- // that oneof is already part of this msgdef. (Note that adding a oneof to a
- // msgdef automatically adds all of its fields to the msgdef at the time that
- // the oneof is added, so it is usually more idiomatic to add the oneof's
- // fields first then add the oneof to the msgdef. This case is supported for
- // convenience.)
- //
- // If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action
- // and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent.
+ /* Adds a field (upb_fielddef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef
+ * and the fielddefs are mutable. The fielddef's name and number must be
+ * set, and the message may not already contain any field with this name or
+ * number, and this fielddef may not be part of another message. In error
+ * cases false is returned and the msgdef is unchanged.
+ *
+ * If the given field is part of a oneof, this call succeeds if and only if
+ * that oneof is already part of this msgdef. (Note that adding a oneof to a
+ * msgdef automatically adds all of its fields to the msgdef at the time that
+ * the oneof is added, so it is usually more idiomatic to add the oneof's
+ * fields first then add the oneof to the msgdef. This case is supported for
+ * convenience.)
+ *
+ * If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action
+ * and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent. */
bool AddField(FieldDef* f, Status* s);
bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s);
- // Adds a oneof (upb_oneofdef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef,
- // oneof, and any fielddefs are mutable, that the fielddefs contained in the
- // oneof do not have any name or number conflicts with existing fields in the
- // msgdef, and that the oneof's name is unique among all oneofs in the msgdef.
- // If the oneof is added successfully, all of its fields will be added
- // directly to the msgdef as well. In error cases, false is returned and the
- // msgdef is unchanged.
+ /* Adds a oneof (upb_oneofdef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef,
+ * oneof, and any fielddefs are mutable, that the fielddefs contained in the
+ * oneof do not have any name or number conflicts with existing fields in the
+ * msgdef, and that the oneof's name is unique among all oneofs in the msgdef.
+ * If the oneof is added successfully, all of its fields will be added
+ * directly to the msgdef as well. In error cases, false is returned and the
+ * msgdef is unchanged. */
bool AddOneof(OneofDef* o, Status* s);
bool AddOneof(const reffed_ptr<OneofDef>& o, Status* s);
- // These return NULL if the field is not found.
+ /* These return NULL if the field is not found. */
FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number);
FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name, size_t len);
const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const;
@@ -756,21 +698,21 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG, UPB_QUOTE(
return FindOneofByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
}
- // Returns a new msgdef that is a copy of the given msgdef (and a copy of all
- // the fields) but with any references to submessages broken and replaced
- // with just the name of the submessage. Returns NULL if memory allocation
- // failed.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): which is more useful, keeping fields resolved or
- // unresolving them? If there's no obvious answer, Should this functionality
- // just be moved into symtab.c?
+ /* Returns a new msgdef that is a copy of the given msgdef (and a copy of all
+ * the fields) but with any references to submessages broken and replaced
+ * with just the name of the submessage. Returns NULL if memory allocation
+ * failed.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): which is more useful, keeping fields resolved or
+ * unresolving them? If there's no obvious answer, Should this functionality
+ * just be moved into symtab.c? */
MessageDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
- // Is this message a map entry?
+ /* Is this message a map entry? */
void setmapentry(bool map_entry);
bool mapentry() const;
- // Iteration over fields. The order is undefined.
+ /* Iteration over fields. The order is undefined. */
class field_iterator
: public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
public:
@@ -801,7 +743,7 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG, UPB_QUOTE(
upb_msg_field_iter iter_;
};
- // Iteration over oneofs. The order is undefined.
+ /* Iteration over oneofs. The order is undefined. */
class oneof_iterator
: public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
public:
@@ -884,52 +826,21 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG, UPB_QUOTE(
ConstOneofAccessor oneofs() const { return ConstOneofAccessor(this); }
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(MessageDef, upb::MessageDef);
-),
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_msgdef, upb_def,
- size_t selector_count;
- uint32_t submsg_field_count;
-
- // Tables for looking up fields by number and name.
- upb_inttable itof; // int to field
- upb_strtable ntof; // name to field
-
- // Tables for looking up oneofs by name.
- upb_strtable ntoo; // name to oneof
-
- // Is this a map-entry message?
- // TODO: set this flag properly for static descriptors; regenerate
- // descriptor.upb.c.
- bool map_entry;
-
- // TODO(haberman): proper extension ranges (there can be multiple).
-));
-
-// TODO: also support static initialization of the oneofs table. This will be
-// needed if we compile in descriptors that contain oneofs.
-#define UPB_MSGDEF_INIT(name, selector_count, submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \
- refs, ref2s) \
- { \
- UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_MSG, refs, ref2s), selector_count, \
- submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \
- UPB_EMPTY_STRTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR), false \
- }
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(MessageDef, upb::MessageDef)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+/* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_new(const void *owner);
-// From upb_refcounted.
-bool upb_msgdef_isfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m);
-void upb_msgdef_ref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
-void upb_msgdef_unref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
-void upb_msgdef_donateref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *from,
- const void *to);
-void upb_msgdef_checkref(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_msgdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_msgdef, upb_msgdef_upcast2)
+
bool upb_msgdef_freeze(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status);
-// From upb_def.
const char *upb_msgdef_fullname(const upb_msgdef *m);
bool upb_msgdef_setfullname(upb_msgdef *m, const char *fullname, upb_status *s);
@@ -939,10 +850,10 @@ bool upb_msgdef_addfield(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor,
bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor,
upb_status *s);
-// Field lookup in a couple of different variations:
-// - itof = int to field
-// - ntof = name to field
-// - ntofz = name to field, null-terminated string.
+/* Field lookup in a couple of different variations:
+ * - itof = int to field
+ * - ntof = name to field
+ * - ntofz = name to field, null-terminated string. */
const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof(const upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i);
const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
size_t len);
@@ -962,9 +873,9 @@ UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m,
return (upb_fielddef *)upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, len);
}
-// Oneof lookup:
-// - ntoo = name to oneof
-// - ntooz = name to oneof, null-terminated string.
+/* Oneof lookup:
+ * - ntoo = name to oneof
+ * - ntooz = name to oneof, null-terminated string. */
const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
size_t len);
int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m);
@@ -982,7 +893,7 @@ UPB_INLINE upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo_mutable(upb_msgdef *m,
void upb_msgdef_setmapentry(upb_msgdef *m, bool map_entry);
bool upb_msgdef_mapentry(const upb_msgdef *m);
-// Well-known field tag numbers for map-entry messages.
+/* Well-known field tag numbers for map-entry messages. */
#define UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY 1
#define UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE 2
@@ -990,95 +901,94 @@ const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_findoneof(const upb_msgdef *m,
const char *name);
int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m);
-// upb_msg_field_iter i;
-// for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
-// !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
-// upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
-// upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
-// // ...
-// }
-//
-// For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
-// It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
-// const if the upb_msgdef* is const.
+/* upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ * for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ * !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ * upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ * upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
+ * It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
+ * const if the upb_msgdef* is const. */
void upb_msg_field_begin(upb_msg_field_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m);
void upb_msg_field_next(upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
bool upb_msg_field_done(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
upb_fielddef *upb_msg_iter_field(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
void upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
-// Similar to above, we also support iterating through the oneofs in a msgdef.
+/* Similar to above, we also support iterating through the oneofs in a
+ * msgdef. */
void upb_msg_oneof_begin(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m);
void upb_msg_oneof_next(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
bool upb_msg_oneof_done(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
upb_oneofdef *upb_msg_iter_oneof(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
void upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
/* upb::EnumDef ***************************************************************/
typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_enum_iter;
-// Class that represents an enum. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with
-// upb::upcast()).
-UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::EnumDef, enumdef, ENUM,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Class that represents an enum. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with
+ * upb::upcast()). */
+class upb::EnumDef {
public:
- // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
static reffed_ptr<EnumDef> New();
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
- // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
const char* full_name() const;
bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s);
bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s);
- // Call to freeze this EnumDef.
+ /* Call to freeze this EnumDef. */
bool Freeze(Status* s);
- // The value that is used as the default when no field default is specified.
- // If not set explicitly, the first value that was added will be used.
- // The default value must be a member of the enum.
- // Requires that value_count() > 0.
+ /* The value that is used as the default when no field default is specified.
+ * If not set explicitly, the first value that was added will be used.
+ * The default value must be a member of the enum.
+ * Requires that value_count() > 0. */
int32_t default_value() const;
- // Sets the default value. If this value is not valid, returns false and an
- // error message in status.
+ /* Sets the default value. If this value is not valid, returns false and an
+ * error message in status. */
bool set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status);
- // Returns the number of values currently defined in the enum. Note that
- // multiple names can refer to the same number, so this may be greater than
- // the total number of unique numbers.
+ /* Returns the number of values currently defined in the enum. Note that
+ * multiple names can refer to the same number, so this may be greater than
+ * the total number of unique numbers. */
int value_count() const;
- // Adds a single name/number pair to the enum. Fails if this name has
- // already been used by another value.
+ /* Adds a single name/number pair to the enum. Fails if this name has
+ * already been used by another value. */
bool AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status);
bool AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num, Status* status);
- // Lookups from name to integer, returning true if found.
+ /* Lookups from name to integer, returning true if found. */
bool FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t* num) const;
- // Finds the name corresponding to the given number, or NULL if none was
- // found. If more than one name corresponds to this number, returns the
- // first one that was added.
+ /* Finds the name corresponding to the given number, or NULL if none was
+ * found. If more than one name corresponds to this number, returns the
+ * first one that was added. */
const char* FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const;
- // Returns a new EnumDef with all the same values. The new EnumDef will be
- // owned by the given owner.
+ /* Returns a new EnumDef with all the same values. The new EnumDef will be
+ * owned by the given owner. */
EnumDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
- // Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined.
- // Adding an enum val invalidates any iterators.
- //
- // TODO: make compatible with range-for, with elements as pairs?
+ /* Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined.
+ * Adding an enum val invalidates any iterators.
+ *
+ * TODO: make compatible with range-for, with elements as pairs? */
class Iterator {
public:
explicit Iterator(const EnumDef*);
@@ -1093,33 +1003,23 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::EnumDef, enumdef, ENUM,
};
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(EnumDef, upb::EnumDef);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_enumdef, upb_def,
- upb_strtable ntoi;
- upb_inttable iton;
- int32_t defaultval;
-));
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(EnumDef, upb::EnumDef)
+};
-#define UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT(name, ntoi, iton, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
- { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntoi, iton, defaultval }
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Native C API.
+/* Native C API. */
upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_new(const void *owner);
upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
-// From upb_refcounted.
-void upb_enumdef_unref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
-bool upb_enumdef_isfrozen(const upb_enumdef *e);
-void upb_enumdef_ref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
-void upb_enumdef_donateref(const upb_enumdef *m, const void *from,
- const void *to);
-void upb_enumdef_checkref(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_enumdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_enumdef, upb_enumdef_upcast2)
+
bool upb_enumdef_freeze(upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status);
-// From upb_def.
+/* From upb_def. */
const char *upb_enumdef_fullname(const upb_enumdef *e);
bool upb_enumdef_setfullname(upb_enumdef *e, const char *fullname,
upb_status *s);
@@ -1130,10 +1030,11 @@ int upb_enumdef_numvals(const upb_enumdef *e);
bool upb_enumdef_addval(upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, int32_t num,
upb_status *status);
-// Enum lookups:
-// - ntoi: look up a name with specified length.
-// - ntoiz: look up a name provided as a null-terminated string.
-// - iton: look up an integer, returning the name as a null-terminated string.
+/* Enum lookups:
+ * - ntoi: look up a name with specified length.
+ * - ntoiz: look up a name provided as a null-terminated string.
+ * - iton: look up an integer, returning the name as a null-terminated
+ * string. */
bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(const upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, size_t len,
int32_t *num);
UPB_INLINE bool upb_enumdef_ntoiz(const upb_enumdef *e,
@@ -1142,66 +1043,65 @@ UPB_INLINE bool upb_enumdef_ntoiz(const upb_enumdef *e,
}
const char *upb_enumdef_iton(const upb_enumdef *e, int32_t num);
-// upb_enum_iter i;
-// for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) {
-// // ...
-// }
+/* upb_enum_iter i;
+ * for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) {
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, const upb_enumdef *e);
void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter);
bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter);
const char *upb_enum_iter_name(upb_enum_iter *iter);
int32_t upb_enum_iter_number(upb_enum_iter *iter);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
/* upb::OneofDef **************************************************************/
typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_oneof_iter;
-// Class that represents a oneof. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with
-// upb::upcast()).
-UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::OneofDef, oneofdef, ONEOF, UPB_QUOTE(
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Class that represents a oneof. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with
+ * upb::upcast()). */
+class upb::OneofDef {
public:
- // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
static reffed_ptr<OneofDef> New();
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
- // Functionality from upb::Def.
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
const char* full_name() const;
- // Returns the MessageDef that owns this OneofDef.
+ /* Returns the MessageDef that owns this OneofDef. */
const MessageDef* containing_type() const;
- // Returns the name of this oneof. This is the name used to look up the oneof
- // by name once added to a message def.
+ /* Returns the name of this oneof. This is the name used to look up the oneof
+ * by name once added to a message def. */
const char* name() const;
bool set_name(const char* name, Status* s);
- // Returns the number of fields currently defined in the oneof.
+ /* Returns the number of fields currently defined in the oneof. */
int field_count() const;
- // Adds a field to the oneof. The field must not have been added to any other
- // oneof or msgdef. If the oneof is not yet part of a msgdef, then when the
- // oneof is eventually added to a msgdef, all fields added to the oneof will
- // also be added to the msgdef at that time. If the oneof is already part of a
- // msgdef, the field must either be a part of that msgdef already, or must not
- // be a part of any msgdef; in the latter case, the field is added to the
- // msgdef as a part of this operation.
- //
- // The field may only have an OPTIONAL label, never REQUIRED or REPEATED.
- //
- // If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action
- // and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent.
+ /* Adds a field to the oneof. The field must not have been added to any other
+ * oneof or msgdef. If the oneof is not yet part of a msgdef, then when the
+ * oneof is eventually added to a msgdef, all fields added to the oneof will
+ * also be added to the msgdef at that time. If the oneof is already part of a
+ * msgdef, the field must either be a part of that msgdef already, or must not
+ * be a part of any msgdef; in the latter case, the field is added to the
+ * msgdef as a part of this operation.
+ *
+ * The field may only have an OPTIONAL label, never REQUIRED or REPEATED.
+ *
+ * If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action
+ * and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent. */
bool AddField(FieldDef* field, Status* s);
bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& field, Status* s);
- // Looks up by name.
+ /* Looks up by name. */
const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) const;
FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len);
const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name) const {
@@ -1220,14 +1120,14 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::OneofDef, oneofdef, ONEOF, UPB_QUOTE(
return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
}
- // Looks up by tag number.
+ /* Looks up by tag number. */
const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t num) const;
- // Returns a new OneofDef with all the same fields. The OneofDef will be owned
- // by the given owner.
+ /* Returns a new OneofDef with all the same fields. The OneofDef will be owned
+ * by the given owner. */
OneofDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
- // Iteration over fields. The order is undefined.
+ /* Iteration over fields. The order is undefined. */
class iterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
public:
explicit iterator(OneofDef* md);
@@ -1263,30 +1163,19 @@ UPB_DEFINE_DEF(upb::OneofDef, oneofdef, ONEOF, UPB_QUOTE(
const_iterator end() const;
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(OneofDef, upb::OneofDef);
-),
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_oneofdef, upb_def,
- upb_strtable ntof;
- upb_inttable itof;
- const upb_msgdef *parent;
-));
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(OneofDef, upb::OneofDef)
+};
-#define UPB_ONEOFDEF_INIT(name, ntof, itof, refs, ref2s) \
- { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntof, itof }
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Native C API.
+/* Native C API. */
upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_new(const void *owner);
upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_dup(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner);
-// From upb_refcounted.
-void upb_oneofdef_unref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner);
-bool upb_oneofdef_isfrozen(const upb_oneofdef *e);
-void upb_oneofdef_ref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner);
-void upb_oneofdef_donateref(const upb_oneofdef *m, const void *from,
- const void *to);
-void upb_oneofdef_checkref(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner);
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_oneofdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_oneofdef, upb_oneofdef_upcast2)
const char *upb_oneofdef_name(const upb_oneofdef *o);
bool upb_oneofdef_setname(upb_oneofdef *o, const char *name, upb_status *s);
@@ -1297,10 +1186,10 @@ bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f,
const void *ref_donor,
upb_status *s);
-// Oneof lookups:
-// - ntof: look up a field by name.
-// - ntofz: look up a field by name (as a null-terminated string).
-// - itof: look up a field by number.
+/* Oneof lookups:
+ * - ntof: look up a field by name.
+ * - ntofz: look up a field by name (as a null-terminated string).
+ * - itof: look up a field by number. */
const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntof(const upb_oneofdef *o,
const char *name, size_t length);
UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntofz(const upb_oneofdef *o,
@@ -1309,17 +1198,18 @@ UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntofz(const upb_oneofdef *o,
}
const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_itof(const upb_oneofdef *o, uint32_t num);
-// upb_oneof_iter i;
-// for(upb_oneof_begin(&i, e); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
-// // ...
-// }
+/* upb_oneof_iter i;
+ * for(upb_oneof_begin(&i, e); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
void upb_oneof_begin(upb_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_oneofdef *o);
void upb_oneof_next(upb_oneof_iter *iter);
bool upb_oneof_done(upb_oneof_iter *iter);
upb_fielddef *upb_oneof_iter_field(const upb_oneof_iter *iter);
void upb_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_oneof_iter *iter);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -1328,21 +1218,12 @@ UPB_INLINE const char* upb_safecstr(const std::string& str) {
return str.c_str();
}
-// Inline C++ wrappers.
+/* Inline C++ wrappers. */
namespace upb {
inline Def* Def::Dup(const void* owner) const {
return upb_def_dup(this, owner);
}
-inline bool Def::IsFrozen() const { return upb_def_isfrozen(this); }
-inline void Def::Ref(const void* owner) const { upb_def_ref(this, owner); }
-inline void Def::Unref(const void* owner) const { upb_def_unref(this, owner); }
-inline void Def::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
- upb_def_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void Def::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
- upb_def_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline Def::Type Def::def_type() const { return upb_def_type(this); }
inline const char* Def::full_name() const { return upb_def_fullname(this); }
inline bool Def::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
@@ -1394,19 +1275,6 @@ inline reffed_ptr<FieldDef> FieldDef::New() {
inline FieldDef* FieldDef::Dup(const void* owner) const {
return upb_fielddef_dup(this, owner);
}
-inline bool FieldDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_fielddef_isfrozen(this); }
-inline void FieldDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
- upb_fielddef_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void FieldDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
- upb_fielddef_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void FieldDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
- upb_fielddef_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void FieldDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
- upb_fielddef_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline const char* FieldDef::full_name() const {
return upb_fielddef_fullname(this);
}
@@ -1572,19 +1440,6 @@ inline reffed_ptr<MessageDef> MessageDef::New() {
upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
return reffed_ptr<MessageDef>(m, &m);
}
-inline bool MessageDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_msgdef_isfrozen(this); }
-inline void MessageDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_msgdef_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void MessageDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_msgdef_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void MessageDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
- return upb_msgdef_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void MessageDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_msgdef_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline const char *MessageDef::full_name() const {
return upb_msgdef_fullname(this);
}
@@ -1772,19 +1627,6 @@ inline reffed_ptr<EnumDef> EnumDef::New() {
upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_new(&e);
return reffed_ptr<EnumDef>(e, &e);
}
-inline bool EnumDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_enumdef_isfrozen(this); }
-inline void EnumDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_enumdef_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void EnumDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_enumdef_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void EnumDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
- return upb_enumdef_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void EnumDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_enumdef_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline const char* EnumDef::full_name() const {
return upb_enumdef_fullname(this);
}
@@ -1837,19 +1679,6 @@ inline reffed_ptr<OneofDef> OneofDef::New() {
upb_oneofdef *o = upb_oneofdef_new(&o);
return reffed_ptr<OneofDef>(o, &o);
}
-inline bool OneofDef::IsFrozen() const { return upb_oneofdef_isfrozen(this); }
-inline void OneofDef::Ref(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_oneofdef_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void OneofDef::Unref(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_oneofdef_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void OneofDef::DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const {
- return upb_oneofdef_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void OneofDef::CheckRef(const void* owner) const {
- return upb_oneofdef_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline const char* OneofDef::full_name() const {
return upb_oneofdef_name(this);
}
@@ -1931,11 +1760,7 @@ inline bool OneofDef::const_iterator::operator!=(
return !(*this == other);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#undef UPB_DEFINE_DEF
-#undef UPB_DEF_CASTS
-#undef UPB_CPP_CASTS
-
#endif /* UPB_DEF_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.c b/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.c
index e031289..4991ec8 100755
--- a/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.c
+++ b/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.c
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
-// This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).
-// Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
-// regenerated.
+/* This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).
+ * Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
+ * regenerated. */
#include "upb/def.h"
+#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"
#include "upb/symtab.h"
static const upb_msgdef msgs[20];
@@ -10,7 +11,7 @@ static const upb_fielddef fields[81];
static const upb_enumdef enums[4];
static const upb_tabent strentries[236];
static const upb_tabent intentries[14];
-static const _upb_value arrays[232];
+static const upb_tabval arrays[232];
#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
static upb_inttable reftables[212];
@@ -43,21 +44,21 @@ static const upb_fielddef fields[81] = {
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "aggregate_value", 8, &msgs[18], NULL, 15, 6, {0},&reftables[40], &reftables[41]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "allow_alias", 2, &msgs[3], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[42], &reftables[43]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "cc_generic_services", 16, &msgs[10], NULL, 17, 6, {0},&reftables[44], &reftables[45]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "ctype", 1, &msgs[7], UPB_UPCAST(&enums[2]), 6, 1, {0},&reftables[46], &reftables[47]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "ctype", 1, &msgs[7], (const upb_def*)(&enums[2]), 6, 1, {0},&reftables[46], &reftables[47]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "default_value", 7, &msgs[6], NULL, 16, 7, {0},&reftables[48], &reftables[49]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "dependency", 3, &msgs[8], NULL, 30, 8, {0},&reftables[50], &reftables[51]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 3, &msgs[7], NULL, 8, 3, {0},&reftables[52], &reftables[53]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, 0, false, false, false, false, "double_value", 6, &msgs[18], NULL, 11, 4, {0},&reftables[54], &reftables[55]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "end", 2, &msgs[1], NULL, 3, 1, {0},&reftables[56], &reftables[57]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "enum_type", 4, &msgs[0], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[2]), 16, 2, {0},&reftables[58], &reftables[59]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "enum_type", 5, &msgs[8], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[2]), 13, 1, {0},&reftables[60], &reftables[61]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "enum_type", 4, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[2]), 16, 2, {0},&reftables[58], &reftables[59]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "enum_type", 5, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[2]), 13, 1, {0},&reftables[60], &reftables[61]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "experimental_map_key", 9, &msgs[7], NULL, 10, 5, {0},&reftables[62], &reftables[63]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "extendee", 2, &msgs[6], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[64], &reftables[65]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension", 7, &msgs[8], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[6]), 19, 3, {0},&reftables[66], &reftables[67]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension", 6, &msgs[0], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[6]), 22, 4, {0},&reftables[68], &reftables[69]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension_range", 5, &msgs[0], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[1]), 19, 3, {0},&reftables[70], &reftables[71]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "field", 2, &msgs[0], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[6]), 10, 0, {0},&reftables[72], &reftables[73]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "file", 1, &msgs[9], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[8]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[74], &reftables[75]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension", 7, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[6]), 19, 3, {0},&reftables[66], &reftables[67]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension", 6, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[6]), 22, 4, {0},&reftables[68], &reftables[69]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension_range", 5, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[1]), 19, 3, {0},&reftables[70], &reftables[71]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "field", 2, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[6]), 10, 0, {0},&reftables[72], &reftables[73]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "file", 1, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[8]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[74], &reftables[75]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "go_package", 11, &msgs[10], NULL, 14, 5, {0},&reftables[76], &reftables[77]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "identifier_value", 3, &msgs[18], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[78], &reftables[79]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "input_type", 2, &msgs[12], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[80], &reftables[81]),
@@ -67,16 +68,16 @@ static const upb_fielddef fields[81] = {
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_multiple_files", 10, &msgs[10], NULL, 13, 4, {0},&reftables[88], &reftables[89]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_outer_classname", 8, &msgs[10], NULL, 9, 2, {0},&reftables[90], &reftables[91]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_package", 1, &msgs[10], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[92], &reftables[93]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "label", 4, &msgs[6], UPB_UPCAST(&enums[0]), 11, 4, {0},&reftables[94], &reftables[95]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "label", 4, &msgs[6], (const upb_def*)(&enums[0]), 11, 4, {0},&reftables[94], &reftables[95]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "lazy", 5, &msgs[7], NULL, 9, 4, {0},&reftables[96], &reftables[97]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "leading_comments", 3, &msgs[17], NULL, 8, 2, {0},&reftables[98], &reftables[99]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "location", 1, &msgs[16], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[17]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[100], &reftables[101]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "location", 1, &msgs[16], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[17]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[100], &reftables[101]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "message_set_wire_format", 1, &msgs[11], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[102], &reftables[103]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "message_type", 4, &msgs[8], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[0]), 10, 0, {0},&reftables[104], &reftables[105]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "method", 2, &msgs[14], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[12]), 6, 0, {0},&reftables[106], &reftables[107]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "message_type", 4, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[0]), 10, 0, {0},&reftables[104], &reftables[105]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "method", 2, &msgs[14], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[12]), 6, 0, {0},&reftables[106], &reftables[107]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[8], NULL, 22, 6, {0},&reftables[108], &reftables[109]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[14], NULL, 8, 2, {0},&reftables[110], &reftables[111]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 2, &msgs[18], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[19]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[112], &reftables[113]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 2, &msgs[18], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[19]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[112], &reftables[113]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[4], NULL, 4, 1, {0},&reftables[114], &reftables[115]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[0], NULL, 24, 6, {0},&reftables[116], &reftables[117]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[12], NULL, 4, 1, {0},&reftables[118], &reftables[119]),
@@ -84,18 +85,18 @@ static const upb_fielddef fields[81] = {
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[6], NULL, 4, 1, {0},&reftables[122], &reftables[123]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name_part", 1, &msgs[19], NULL, 2, 0, {0},&reftables[124], &reftables[125]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT64, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "negative_int_value", 5, &msgs[18], NULL, 10, 3, {0},&reftables[126], &reftables[127]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "nested_type", 3, &msgs[0], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[0]), 13, 1, {0},&reftables[128], &reftables[129]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "nested_type", 3, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[0]), 13, 1, {0},&reftables[128], &reftables[129]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "no_standard_descriptor_accessor", 2, &msgs[11], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[130], &reftables[131]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "number", 3, &msgs[6], NULL, 10, 3, {0},&reftables[132], &reftables[133]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "number", 2, &msgs[4], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[134], &reftables[135]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "optimize_for", 9, &msgs[10], UPB_UPCAST(&enums[3]), 12, 3, {0},&reftables[136], &reftables[137]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 7, &msgs[0], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[11]), 23, 5, {0},&reftables[138], &reftables[139]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[2], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[3]), 7, 1, {0},&reftables[140], &reftables[141]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 8, &msgs[6], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[7]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[142], &reftables[143]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[4], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[5]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[144], &reftables[145]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 8, &msgs[8], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[10]), 20, 4, {0},&reftables[146], &reftables[147]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[14], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[15]), 7, 1, {0},&reftables[148], &reftables[149]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 4, &msgs[12], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[13]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[150], &reftables[151]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "optimize_for", 9, &msgs[10], (const upb_def*)(&enums[3]), 12, 3, {0},&reftables[136], &reftables[137]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 7, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[11]), 23, 5, {0},&reftables[138], &reftables[139]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[2], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[3]), 7, 1, {0},&reftables[140], &reftables[141]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 8, &msgs[6], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[7]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[142], &reftables[143]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[4], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[5]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[144], &reftables[145]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 8, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[10]), 20, 4, {0},&reftables[146], &reftables[147]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[14], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[15]), 7, 1, {0},&reftables[148], &reftables[149]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 4, &msgs[12], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[13]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[150], &reftables[151]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "output_type", 3, &msgs[12], NULL, 10, 3, {0},&reftables[152], &reftables[153]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "package", 2, &msgs[8], NULL, 25, 7, {0},&reftables[154], &reftables[155]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "packed", 2, &msgs[7], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[156], &reftables[157]),
@@ -103,22 +104,22 @@ static const upb_fielddef fields[81] = {
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_UINT64, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "positive_int_value", 4, &msgs[18], NULL, 9, 2, {0},&reftables[160], &reftables[161]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "public_dependency", 10, &msgs[8], NULL, 35, 9, {0},&reftables[162], &reftables[163]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "py_generic_services", 18, &msgs[10], NULL, 19, 8, {0},&reftables[164], &reftables[165]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "service", 6, &msgs[8], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[14]), 16, 2, {0},&reftables[166], &reftables[167]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "source_code_info", 9, &msgs[8], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[16]), 21, 5, {0},&reftables[168], &reftables[169]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "service", 6, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[14]), 16, 2, {0},&reftables[166], &reftables[167]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "source_code_info", 9, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[16]), 21, 5, {0},&reftables[168], &reftables[169]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, true, "span", 2, &msgs[17], NULL, 7, 1, {0},&reftables[170], &reftables[171]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "start", 1, &msgs[1], NULL, 2, 0, {0},&reftables[172], &reftables[173]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BYTES, 0, false, false, false, false, "string_value", 7, &msgs[18], NULL, 12, 5, {0},&reftables[174], &reftables[175]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "trailing_comments", 4, &msgs[17], NULL, 11, 3, {0},&reftables[176], &reftables[177]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "type", 5, &msgs[6], UPB_UPCAST(&enums[1]), 12, 5, {0},&reftables[178], &reftables[179]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "type", 5, &msgs[6], (const upb_def*)(&enums[1]), 12, 5, {0},&reftables[178], &reftables[179]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "type_name", 6, &msgs[6], NULL, 13, 6, {0},&reftables[180], &reftables[181]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[5], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[182], &reftables[183]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[15], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[184], &reftables[185]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[3], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[186], &reftables[187]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[13], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[188], &reftables[189]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[10], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[190], &reftables[191]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[11], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[192], &reftables[193]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[7], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[194], &reftables[195]),
- UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "value", 2, &msgs[2], UPB_UPCAST(&msgs[4]), 6, 0, {0},&reftables[196], &reftables[197]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[5], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[182], &reftables[183]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[15], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[184], &reftables[185]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[3], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[186], &reftables[187]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[13], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[188], &reftables[189]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[10], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[190], &reftables[191]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[11], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[192], &reftables[193]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[7], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[194], &reftables[195]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "value", 2, &msgs[2], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[4]), 6, 0, {0},&reftables[196], &reftables[197]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "weak", 10, &msgs[7], NULL, 13, 6, {0},&reftables[198], &reftables[199]),
UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "weak_dependency", 11, &msgs[8], NULL, 38, 10, {0},&reftables[200], &reftables[201]),
};
@@ -131,494 +132,494 @@ static const upb_enumdef enums[4] = {
};
static const upb_tabent strentries[236] = {
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[14]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[38]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "field"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[16]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension_range"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[15]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "nested_type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[44]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[49]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "enum_type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[9]), &strentries[14]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "start"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[66]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\003", "\000", "\000", "\000", "end"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[8]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[78]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[50]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[40]), &strentries[22]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[73]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "allow_alias"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[1]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "number"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[47]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[52]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[37]), &strentries[30]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[71]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "label"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[27]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[41]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "number"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[46]), &strentries[49]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "type_name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[70]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\010", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extendee"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[12]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[69]), &strentries[48]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "default_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[4]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[51]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "experimental_map_key"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[11]), &strentries[67]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "weak"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[79]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "packed"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[58]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "lazy"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[28]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "ctype"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[3]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[6]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[77]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[13]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "weak_dependency"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[80]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[34]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "service"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[63]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "source_code_info"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[64]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "dependency"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[5]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "message_type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[32]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "package"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[57]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[53]), &strentries[82]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "enum_type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[10]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "public_dependency"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[61]), &strentries[81]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "file"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[17]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[75]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "cc_generic_services"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[2]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_multiple_files"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[24]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\025", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_generic_services"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[23]), &strentries[102]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\035", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_generate_equals_and_hash"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[22]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "go_package"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[18]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_package"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[26]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "optimize_for"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[48]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "py_generic_services"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[62]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_outer_classname"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[25]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\027", "\000", "\000", "\000", "message_set_wire_format"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[31]), &strentries[106]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[76]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\037", "\000", "\000", "\000", "no_standard_descriptor_accessor"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[45]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[39]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "input_type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[20]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "output_type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[56]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[55]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[74]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[54]), &strentries[122]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "method"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[33]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[35]), &strentries[121]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[72]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\010", "\000", "\000", "\000", "location"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[30]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "span"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[65]), &strentries[139]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "trailing_comments"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[68]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "leading_comments"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[29]), &strentries[137]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "path"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[59]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "double_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[7]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[36]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\022", "\000", "\000", "\000", "negative_int_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[43]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "aggregate_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[0]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\022", "\000", "\000", "\000", "positive_int_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[60]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "identifier_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[19]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "string_value"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[67]), &strentries[154]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "is_extension"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[21]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name_part"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[42]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_REQUIRED"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(2), &strentries[162]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_REPEATED"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(3), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_OPTIONAL"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(1), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FIXED64"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(6), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_STRING"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(9), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FLOAT"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(2), &strentries[193]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_DOUBLE"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(1), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_INT32"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(5), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SFIXED32"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(15), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FIXED32"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(7), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_MESSAGE"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(11), &strentries[194]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_INT64"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(3), &strentries[191]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_ENUM"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(14), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_UINT32"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(13), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_UINT64"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(4), &strentries[190]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SFIXED64"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(16), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_BYTES"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(12), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SINT64"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(18), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_BOOL"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(8), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_GROUP"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(10), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SINT32"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(17), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "CORD"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(1), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "STRING"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(0), &strentries[197]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "STRING_PIECE"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(2), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "CODE_SIZE"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(2), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "SPEED"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(1), &strentries[203]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LITE_RUNTIME"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(3), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\047", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[17]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\043", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[18]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\043", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[8]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\045", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[12]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\040", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[5]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\037", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[0]), &strentries[228]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\036", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[16]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\051", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Type"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&enums[1]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\056", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[1]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\050", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[4]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\034", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[7]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\033", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[10]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\043", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[2]), &strentries[233]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\052", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&enums[0]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\046", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[14]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\042", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.CType"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&enums[2]), &strentries[229]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\041", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[9]), &strentries[235]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\033", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[3]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\044", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[6]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\050", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileOptions.OptimizeMode"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&enums[3]), &strentries[221]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\036", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.ServiceOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[15]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\036", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.MessageOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[11]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\035", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.MethodOptions"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[13]), &strentries[226]},
- {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\054", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart"), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&msgs[19]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[14]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[38]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "field"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[16]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension_range"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[15]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "nested_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[44]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[49]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "enum_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[9]), &strentries[14]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "start"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[66]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\003", "\000", "\000", "\000", "end"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[8]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[78]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[50]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[40]), &strentries[22]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[73]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "allow_alias"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[1]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "number"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[47]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[52]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[37]), &strentries[30]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[71]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "label"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[27]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[41]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "number"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[46]), &strentries[49]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "type_name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[70]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\010", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extendee"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[12]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[69]), &strentries[48]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "default_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[4]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[51]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "experimental_map_key"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[11]), &strentries[67]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "weak"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[79]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "packed"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[58]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "lazy"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[28]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "ctype"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[3]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[6]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[77]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[13]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "weak_dependency"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[80]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[34]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "service"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[63]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "source_code_info"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[64]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "dependency"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[5]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "message_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[32]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[57]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[53]), &strentries[82]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "enum_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[10]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "public_dependency"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[61]), &strentries[81]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "file"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[17]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[75]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "cc_generic_services"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[2]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_multiple_files"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[24]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\025", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_generic_services"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[23]), &strentries[102]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\035", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_generate_equals_and_hash"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[22]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "go_package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[18]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[26]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "optimize_for"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[48]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "py_generic_services"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[62]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_outer_classname"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[25]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\027", "\000", "\000", "\000", "message_set_wire_format"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[31]), &strentries[106]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[76]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\037", "\000", "\000", "\000", "no_standard_descriptor_accessor"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[45]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[39]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "input_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[20]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "output_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[56]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[55]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[74]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[54]), &strentries[122]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "method"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[33]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[35]), &strentries[121]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[72]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\010", "\000", "\000", "\000", "location"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[30]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "span"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[65]), &strentries[139]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "trailing_comments"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[68]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "leading_comments"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[29]), &strentries[137]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "path"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[59]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "double_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[7]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[36]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\022", "\000", "\000", "\000", "negative_int_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[43]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "aggregate_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[0]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\022", "\000", "\000", "\000", "positive_int_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[60]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "identifier_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[19]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "string_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[67]), &strentries[154]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "is_extension"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[21]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name_part"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[42]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_REQUIRED"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), &strentries[162]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_REPEATED"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(3), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_OPTIONAL"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FIXED64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(6), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_STRING"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(9), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FLOAT"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), &strentries[193]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_DOUBLE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_INT32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(5), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SFIXED32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(15), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FIXED32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(7), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_MESSAGE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(11), &strentries[194]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_INT64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(3), &strentries[191]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_ENUM"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(14), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_UINT32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(13), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_UINT64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(4), &strentries[190]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SFIXED64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(16), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_BYTES"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(12), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SINT64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(18), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_BOOL"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(8), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_GROUP"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(10), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SINT32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(17), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "CORD"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "STRING"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(0), &strentries[197]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "STRING_PIECE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "CODE_SIZE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "SPEED"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), &strentries[203]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LITE_RUNTIME"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(3), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\047", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[17]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\043", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[18]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\043", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[8]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\045", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[12]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\040", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[5]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\037", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[0]), &strentries[228]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\036", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[16]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\051", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&enums[1]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\056", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[1]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\050", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[4]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\034", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[7]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\033", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[10]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\043", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[2]), &strentries[233]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\052", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&enums[0]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\046", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[14]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\042", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.CType"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&enums[2]), &strentries[229]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\041", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[9]), &strentries[235]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\033", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.EnumOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[3]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\044", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[6]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\050", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.FileOptions.OptimizeMode"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&enums[3]), &strentries[221]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\036", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.ServiceOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[15]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\036", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.MessageOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[11]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\035", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.MethodOptions"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[13]), &strentries[226]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\054", "\000", "\000", "\000", "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&msgs[19]), NULL},
};
static const upb_tabent intentries[14] = {
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[73]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[71]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[77]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[75]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[76]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[74]), NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, NULL},
- {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[72]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[73]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[71]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[77]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[75]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[76]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[74]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[72]), NULL},
};
-static const _upb_value arrays[232] = {
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[38]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[16]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[44]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[9]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[15]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[14]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[49]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[66]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[8]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[40]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[78]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[50]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[1]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[37]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[47]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[52]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[41]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[12]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[46]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[27]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[69]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[70]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[4]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[51]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[3]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[58]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[6]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[28]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[11]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[79]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[34]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[57]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[5]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[32]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[10]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[63]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[13]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[53]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[64]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[61]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[80]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[17]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[26]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[25]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[48]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[24]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[18]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[2]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[23]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[62]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[22]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[31]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[45]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[39]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[20]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[56]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[55]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[35]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[33]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[54]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[30]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[59]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[65]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[29]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[68]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[36]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[19]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[60]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[43]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[7]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[67]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[0]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[42]),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(&fields[21]),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("LABEL_OPTIONAL"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("LABEL_REQUIRED"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("LABEL_REPEATED"),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_DOUBLE"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_FLOAT"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_INT64"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_UINT64"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_INT32"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_FIXED64"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_FIXED32"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_BOOL"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_STRING"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_GROUP"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_MESSAGE"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_BYTES"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_UINT32"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_ENUM"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_SFIXED32"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_SFIXED64"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_SINT32"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("TYPE_SINT64"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("STRING"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("CORD"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("STRING_PIECE"),
- UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT,
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("SPEED"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("CODE_SIZE"),
- UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR("LITE_RUNTIME"),
+static const upb_tabval arrays[232] = {
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[38]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[16]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[44]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[9]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[15]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[14]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[49]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[66]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[8]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[40]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[78]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[50]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[1]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[37]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[47]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[52]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[41]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[12]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[46]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[27]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[69]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[70]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[4]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[51]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[3]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[58]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[6]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[28]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[11]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[79]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[34]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[57]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[5]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[32]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[10]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[63]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[13]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[53]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[64]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[61]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[80]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[17]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[26]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[25]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[48]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[24]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[18]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[2]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[23]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[62]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[22]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[31]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[45]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[39]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[20]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[56]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[55]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[35]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[33]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[54]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[30]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[59]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[65]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[29]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[68]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[36]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[19]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[60]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[43]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[7]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[67]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[0]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[42]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[21]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LABEL_OPTIONAL"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LABEL_REQUIRED"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LABEL_REPEATED"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_DOUBLE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_FLOAT"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_INT64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_UINT64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_INT32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_FIXED64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_FIXED32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_BOOL"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_STRING"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_GROUP"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_MESSAGE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_BYTES"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_UINT32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_ENUM"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SFIXED32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SFIXED64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SINT32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SINT64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("STRING"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("CORD"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("STRING_PIECE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("SPEED"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("CODE_SIZE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LITE_RUNTIME"),
};
static const upb_symtab symtab = UPB_SYMTAB_INIT(UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(24, 31, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 5, &strentries[204]), &reftables[210], &reftables[211]);
diff --git a/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h b/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h
index 3877afe..0397290 100755
--- a/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h
+++ b/upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-// This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs.
-// Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define
-// generated classes or any other kind of data structure for
-// actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which
-// let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*.
-//
-// This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).
-// Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
-// regenerated.
+/* This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs.
+ * Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define
+ * generated classes or any other kind of data structure for
+ * actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which
+ * let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*.
+ */
+/* This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler).
+ * Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
+ * regenerated. */
#ifndef GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_
#define GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_
@@ -15,15 +15,15 @@
#include "upb/symtab.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
#endif
-// Enums
+/* Enums */
typedef enum {
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1,
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2,
- GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REPEATED = 3,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_REPEATED = 3
} google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label;
typedef enum {
@@ -44,24 +44,24 @@ typedef enum {
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15,
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16,
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT32 = 17,
- GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT64 = 18,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_SINT64 = 18
} google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type;
typedef enum {
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING = 0,
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_CORD = 1,
- GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING_PIECE = 2,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_STRING_PIECE = 2
} google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType;
typedef enum {
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_SPEED = 1,
GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_CODE_SIZE = 2,
- GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_LITE_RUNTIME = 3,
+ GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_LITE_RUNTIME = 3
} google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode;
-// Selectors
+/* Selectors */
-// google.protobuf.DescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.DescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 4
@@ -88,11 +88,11 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 25
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 26
-// google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange
+/* google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSIONRANGE_START_INT32 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_EXTENSIONRANGE_END_INT32 3
-// google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_STARTSEQ 4
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 9
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 10
-// google.protobuf.EnumOptions
+/* google.protobuf.EnumOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMOPTIONS_ALLOW_ALIAS_BOOL 6
-// google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4
@@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 6
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_INT32 7
-// google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions
+/* google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
-// google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_STARTSTR 17
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_DEFAULT_VALUE_ENDSTR 18
-// google.protobuf.FieldOptions
+/* google.protobuf.FieldOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_EXPERIMENTAL_MAP_KEY_ENDSTR 12
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDOPTIONS_WEAK_BOOL 13
-// google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_STARTSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_SERVICE_STARTSUBMSG 4
@@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_ENDSEQ 37
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_WEAK_DEPENDENCY_INT32 38
-// google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet
+/* google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_ENDSEQ 4
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_ENDSUBMSG 5
-// google.protobuf.FileOptions
+/* google.protobuf.FileOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_PY_GENERIC_SERVICES_BOOL 19
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEOPTIONS_JAVA_GENERATE_EQUALS_AND_HASH_BOOL 20
-// google.protobuf.MessageOptions
+/* google.protobuf.MessageOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_MESSAGE_SET_WIRE_FORMAT_BOOL 6
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_MESSAGEOPTIONS_NO_STANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_ACCESSOR_BOOL 7
-// google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_ENDSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STRING 4
@@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_STARTSTR 11
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODDESCRIPTORPROTO_OUTPUT_TYPE_ENDSTR 12
-// google.protobuf.MethodOptions
+/* google.protobuf.MethodOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_METHODOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
-// google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto
+/* google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_OPTIONS_STARTSUBMSG 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_METHOD_STARTSEQ 4
@@ -261,19 +261,19 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_STARTSTR 9
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_ENDSTR 10
-// google.protobuf.ServiceOptions
+/* google.protobuf.ServiceOptions */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSEQ 4
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SERVICEOPTIONS_UNINTERPRETED_OPTION_ENDSUBMSG 5
-// google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo
+/* google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_ENDSEQ 4
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_ENDSUBMSG 5
-// google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location
+/* google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_STARTSEQ 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_ENDSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_PATH_INT32 4
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_STARTSTR 12
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_SOURCECODEINFO_LOCATION_TRAILING_COMMENTS_ENDSTR 13
-// google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption
+/* google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_STARTSUBMSG 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_STARTSEQ 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAME_ENDSEQ 4
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ typedef enum {
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_STARTSTR 16
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_AGGREGATE_VALUE_ENDSTR 17
-// google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart
+/* google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart */
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_STRING 2
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_STARTSTR 3
#define SEL_GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_UNINTERPRETEDOPTION_NAMEPART_NAME_PART_ENDSTR 4
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ typedef enum {
const upb_symtab *upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(const void *owner);
-// MessageDefs
+/* MessageDefs */
UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto(const upb_symtab *s) {
const upb_msgdef *m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto");
assert(m);
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ UPB_INLINE const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePar
}
-// EnumDefs
+/* EnumDefs */
UPB_INLINE const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label(const upb_symtab *s) {
const upb_enumdef *e = upb_symtab_lookupenum(s, "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label");
assert(e);
@@ -520,9 +520,7 @@ UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_negat
UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_positive_int_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 4); }
UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_string_value(const upb_symtab *s) { return upb_msgdef_itof(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption(s), 7); }
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}; // extern "C"
-#endif
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -534,9 +532,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::SymbolTable> SymbolTable() {
const upb::SymbolTable* s = upbdefs_google_protobuf_descriptor(&s);
return upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::SymbolTable>(s, &s);
}
-} // namespace descriptor
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace descriptor */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
#define RETURN_REFFED(type, func) \
const type* obj = func(upbdefs::google::protobuf::descriptor::SymbolTable().get()); \
@@ -553,9 +551,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> field() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDe
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_name) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> nested_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_nested_type) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_options) }
-} // namespace DescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace DescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -564,10 +562,10 @@ namespace ExtensionRange {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> end() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_end) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> start() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_start) }
-} // namespace ExtensionRange
-} // namespace DescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace ExtensionRange */
+} /* namespace DescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -576,9 +574,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_name) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_options) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_value) }
-} // namespace EnumDescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace EnumDescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -586,9 +584,9 @@ namespace EnumOptions {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> allow_alias() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_allow_alias) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
-} // namespace EnumOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace EnumOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -597,18 +595,18 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_name) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> number() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_number) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_options) }
-} // namespace EnumValueDescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace EnumValueDescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
namespace EnumValueOptions {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
-} // namespace EnumValueOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace EnumValueOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -624,9 +622,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> type_name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_type_name) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> Label() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> Type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type) }
-} // namespace FieldDescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace FieldDescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -640,9 +638,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> packed() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldD
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> weak() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_weak) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> CType() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType) }
-} // namespace FieldOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace FieldOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -659,18 +657,18 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> public_dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> service() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_service) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> source_code_info() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_source_code_info) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> weak_dependency() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_weak_dependency) }
-} // namespace FileDescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace FileDescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
namespace FileDescriptorSet {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> file() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_file) }
-} // namespace FileDescriptorSet
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace FileDescriptorSet */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -687,9 +685,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> optimize_for() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> py_generic_services() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_py_generic_services) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::EnumDef> OptimizeMode() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::EnumDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode) }
-} // namespace FileOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace FileOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -698,9 +696,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> message_set_wire_format() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_message_set_wire_format) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> no_standard_descriptor_accessor() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_no_standard_descriptor_accessor) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
-} // namespace MessageOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace MessageOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -710,18 +708,18 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> input_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::Fi
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_name) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_options) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> output_type() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_output_type) }
-} // namespace MethodDescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace MethodDescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
namespace MethodOptions {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
-} // namespace MethodOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace MethodOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -730,27 +728,27 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> method() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_method) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_name) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> options() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_options) }
-} // namespace ServiceDescriptorProto
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace ServiceDescriptorProto */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
namespace ServiceOptions {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> uninterpreted_option() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_uninterpreted_option) }
-} // namespace ServiceOptions
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace ServiceOptions */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
namespace SourceCodeInfo {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> location() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_location) }
-} // namespace SourceCodeInfo
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace SourceCodeInfo */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -761,10 +759,10 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> leading_comments() { RETURN_REFFED(u
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> path() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_path) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> span() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_span) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> trailing_comments() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_trailing_comments) }
-} // namespace Location
-} // namespace SourceCodeInfo
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace Location */
+} /* namespace SourceCodeInfo */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -777,9 +775,9 @@ inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> negative_int_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_negative_int_value) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> positive_int_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_positive_int_value) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> string_value() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_string_value) }
-} // namespace UninterpretedOption
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace UninterpretedOption */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
namespace google {
namespace protobuf {
@@ -788,15 +786,15 @@ namespace NamePart {
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::MessageDef> MessageDef() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::MessageDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> is_extension() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is_extension) }
inline upb::reffed_ptr<const upb::FieldDef> name_part() { RETURN_REFFED(upb::FieldDef, upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_name_part) }
-} // namespace NamePart
-} // namespace UninterpretedOption
-} // namespace protobuf
-} // namespace google
+} /* namespace NamePart */
+} /* namespace UninterpretedOption */
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
-} // namespace upbdefs
+} /* namespace upbdefs */
#undef RETURN_REFFED
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-#endif // GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_
+#endif /* GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTOR_UPB_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/descriptor/reader.c b/upb/descriptor/reader.c
index 29a2188..9ed5d12 100644
--- a/upb/descriptor/reader.c
+++ b/upb/descriptor/reader.c
@@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
#include "upb/sink.h"
#include "upb/descriptor/descriptor.upb.h"
-// upb_deflist is an internal-only dynamic array for storing a growing list of
-// upb_defs.
+/* upb_deflist is an internal-only dynamic array for storing a growing list of
+ * upb_defs. */
typedef struct {
upb_def **defs;
size_t len;
@@ -29,27 +29,27 @@ typedef struct {
bool owned;
} upb_deflist;
-// We keep a stack of all the messages scopes we are currently in, as well as
-// the top-level file scope. This is necessary to correctly qualify the
-// definitions that are contained inside. "name" tracks the name of the
-// message or package (a bare name -- not qualified by any enclosing scopes).
+/* We keep a stack of all the messages scopes we are currently in, as well as
+ * the top-level file scope. This is necessary to correctly qualify the
+ * definitions that are contained inside. "name" tracks the name of the
+ * message or package (a bare name -- not qualified by any enclosing scopes). */
typedef struct {
char *name;
- // Index of the first def that is under this scope. For msgdefs, the
- // msgdef itself is at start-1.
+ /* Index of the first def that is under this scope. For msgdefs, the
+ * msgdef itself is at start-1. */
int start;
} upb_descreader_frame;
-// The maximum number of nested declarations that are allowed, ie.
-// message Foo {
-// message Bar {
-// message Baz {
-// }
-// }
-// }
-//
-// This is a resource limit that affects how big our runtime stack can grow.
-// TODO: make this a runtime-settable property of the Reader instance.
+/* The maximum number of nested declarations that are allowed, ie.
+ * message Foo {
+ * message Bar {
+ * message Baz {
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * This is a resource limit that affects how big our runtime stack can grow.
+ * TODO: make this a runtime-settable property of the Reader instance. */
#define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_NESTING 64
struct upb_descreader {
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ static char *upb_strndup(const char *buf, size_t n) {
return ret;
}
-// Returns a newly allocated string that joins input strings together, for
-// example:
-// join("Foo.Bar", "Baz") -> "Foo.Bar.Baz"
-// join("", "Baz") -> "Baz"
-// Caller owns a ref on the returned string.
+/* Returns a newly allocated string that joins input strings together, for
+ * example:
+ * join("Foo.Bar", "Baz") -> "Foo.Bar.Baz"
+ * join("", "Baz") -> "Baz"
+ * Caller owns a ref on the returned string. */
static char *upb_join(const char *base, const char *name) {
if (!base || strlen(base) == 0) {
return upb_strdup(name);
@@ -105,8 +105,9 @@ void upb_deflist_init(upb_deflist *l) {
}
void upb_deflist_uninit(upb_deflist *l) {
+ size_t i;
if (l->owned)
- for(size_t i = 0; i < l->len; i++)
+ for(i = 0; i < l->len; i++)
upb_def_unref(l->defs[i], l);
free(l->defs);
}
@@ -124,8 +125,9 @@ bool upb_deflist_push(upb_deflist *l, upb_def *d) {
}
void upb_deflist_donaterefs(upb_deflist *l, void *owner) {
+ size_t i;
assert(l->owned);
- for (size_t i = 0; i < l->len; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < l->len; i++)
upb_def_donateref(l->defs[i], l, owner);
l->owned = false;
}
@@ -134,9 +136,10 @@ static upb_def *upb_deflist_last(upb_deflist *l) {
return l->defs[l->len-1];
}
-// Qualify the defname for all defs starting with offset "start" with "str".
+/* Qualify the defname for all defs starting with offset "start" with "str". */
static void upb_deflist_qualify(upb_deflist *l, char *str, int32_t start) {
- for (uint32_t i = start; i < l->len; i++) {
+ uint32_t i;
+ for (i = start; i < l->len; i++) {
upb_def *def = l->defs[i];
char *name = upb_join(str, upb_def_fullname(def));
upb_def_setfullname(def, name, NULL);
@@ -148,8 +151,9 @@ static void upb_deflist_qualify(upb_deflist *l, char *str, int32_t start) {
/* upb_descreader ************************************************************/
static upb_msgdef *upb_descreader_top(upb_descreader *r) {
+ int index;
assert(r->stack_len > 1);
- int index = r->stack[r->stack_len-1].start - 1;
+ index = r->stack[r->stack_len-1].start - 1;
assert(index >= 0);
return upb_downcast_msgdef_mutable(r->defs.defs[index]);
}
@@ -158,8 +162,8 @@ static upb_def *upb_descreader_last(upb_descreader *r) {
return upb_deflist_last(&r->defs);
}
-// Start/end handlers for FileDescriptorProto and DescriptorProto (the two
-// entities that have names and can contain sub-definitions.
+/* Start/end handlers for FileDescriptorProto and DescriptorProto (the two
+ * entities that have names and can contain sub-definitions. */
void upb_descreader_startcontainer(upb_descreader *r) {
upb_descreader_frame *f = &r->stack[r->stack_len++];
f->start = r->defs.len;
@@ -179,7 +183,7 @@ void upb_descreader_setscopename(upb_descreader *r, char *str) {
f->name = str;
}
-// Handlers for google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto.
+/* Handlers for google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto. */
static bool file_startmsg(void *r, const void *hd) {
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader_startcontainer(r);
@@ -187,27 +191,27 @@ static bool file_startmsg(void *r, const void *hd) {
}
static bool file_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
UPB_UNUSED(status);
- upb_descreader *r = closure;
upb_descreader_endcontainer(r);
return true;
}
static size_t file_onpackage(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
UPB_UNUSED(handle);
- upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
upb_descreader_setscopename(r, upb_strndup(buf, n));
return n;
}
-// Handlers for google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto.
+/* Handlers for google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto. */
static bool enumval_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
r->saw_number = false;
r->saw_name = false;
return true;
@@ -215,10 +219,10 @@ static bool enumval_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
static size_t enumval_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
UPB_UNUSED(handle);
- upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
free(r->name);
r->name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
r->saw_name = true;
@@ -226,21 +230,23 @@ static size_t enumval_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
}
static bool enumval_onnumber(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
r->number = val;
r->saw_number = true;
return true;
}
static bool enumval_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_enumdef *e;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
if(!r->saw_number || !r->saw_name) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Enum value missing name or number.");
return false;
}
- upb_enumdef *e = upb_downcast_enumdef_mutable(upb_descreader_last(r));
+ e = upb_downcast_enumdef_mutable(upb_descreader_last(r));
upb_enumdef_addval(e, r->name, r->number, status);
free(r->name);
r->name = NULL;
@@ -248,18 +254,21 @@ static bool enumval_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
}
-// Handlers for google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto.
+/* Handlers for google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto. */
static bool enum_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- upb_deflist_push(&r->defs, UPB_UPCAST(upb_enumdef_new(&r->defs)));
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ upb_deflist_push(&r->defs,
+ upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(upb_enumdef_new(&r->defs)));
return true;
}
static bool enum_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- upb_enumdef *e = upb_downcast_enumdef_mutable(upb_descreader_last(r));
+ upb_enumdef *e;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ e = upb_downcast_enumdef_mutable(upb_descreader_last(r));
if (upb_def_fullname(upb_descreader_last(r)) == NULL) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Enum had no name.");
return false;
@@ -273,31 +282,31 @@ static bool enum_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
static size_t enum_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
char *fullname = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
upb_def_setfullname(upb_descreader_last(r), fullname, NULL);
free(fullname);
return n;
}
-// Handlers for google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto
+/* Handlers for google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto */
static bool field_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
r->f = upb_fielddef_new(&r->defs);
free(r->default_string);
r->default_string = NULL;
- // fielddefs default to packed, but descriptors default to non-packed.
+ /* fielddefs default to packed, but descriptors default to non-packed. */
upb_fielddef_setpacked(r->f, false);
return true;
}
-// Converts the default value in string "str" into "d". Passes a ref on str.
-// Returns true on success.
+/* Converts the default value in string "str" into "d". Passes a ref on str.
+ * Returns true on success. */
static bool parse_default(char *str, upb_fielddef *f) {
bool success = true;
char *end;
@@ -311,7 +320,8 @@ static bool parse_default(char *str, upb_fielddef *f) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_INT64: {
- long long val = strtoll(str, &end, 0);
+ /* XXX: Need to write our own strtoll, since it's not available in c89. */
+ long long val = strtol(str, &end, 0);
if (val > INT64_MAX || val < INT64_MIN || errno == ERANGE || *end)
success = false;
else
@@ -327,7 +337,8 @@ static bool parse_default(char *str, upb_fielddef *f) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: {
- unsigned long long val = strtoull(str, &end, 0);
+ /* XXX: Need to write our own strtoull, since it's not available in c89. */
+ unsigned long long val = strtoul(str, &end, 0);
if (val > UINT64_MAX || errno == ERANGE || *end)
success = false;
else
@@ -343,7 +354,8 @@ static bool parse_default(char *str, upb_fielddef *f) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: {
- float val = strtof(str, &end);
+ /* XXX: Need to write our own strtof, since it's not available in c89. */
+ float val = strtod(str, &end);
if (errno == ERANGE || *end)
success = false;
else
@@ -365,10 +377,11 @@ static bool parse_default(char *str, upb_fielddef *f) {
}
static bool field_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
upb_fielddef *f = r->f;
- // TODO: verify that all required fields were present.
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ /* TODO: verify that all required fields were present. */
assert(upb_fielddef_number(f) != 0);
assert(upb_fielddef_name(f) != NULL);
assert((upb_fielddef_subdefname(f) != NULL) == upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f));
@@ -382,8 +395,8 @@ static bool field_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(f, r->default_string, NULL);
} else {
if (r->default_string && !parse_default(r->default_string, f)) {
- // We don't worry too much about giving a great error message since the
- // compiler should have ensured this was correct.
+ /* We don't worry too much about giving a great error message since the
+ * compiler should have ensured this was correct. */
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Error converting default value.");
return false;
}
@@ -393,48 +406,54 @@ static bool field_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
}
static bool field_onlazy(void *closure, const void *hd, bool val) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
upb_fielddef_setlazy(r->f, val);
return true;
}
static bool field_onpacked(void *closure, const void *hd, bool val) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
upb_fielddef_setpacked(r->f, val);
return true;
}
static bool field_ontype(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(r->f, val);
return true;
}
static bool field_onlabel(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
upb_fielddef_setlabel(r->f, val);
return true;
}
static bool field_onnumber(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
bool ok = upb_fielddef_setnumber(r->f, val, NULL);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return true;
}
static size_t field_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
upb_fielddef_setname(r->f, name, NULL);
free(name);
return n;
@@ -442,11 +461,12 @@ static size_t field_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
static size_t field_ontypename(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(r->f, name, NULL);
free(name);
return n;
@@ -454,11 +474,12 @@ static size_t field_ontypename(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
static size_t field_onextendee(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(r->f, name, NULL);
free(name);
return n;
@@ -466,31 +487,35 @@ static size_t field_onextendee(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
static size_t field_ondefaultval(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
UPB_UNUSED(handle);
- upb_descreader *r = closure;
- // Have to convert from string to the correct type, but we might not know the
- // type yet, so we save it as a string until the end of the field.
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
+
+ /* Have to convert from string to the correct type, but we might not know the
+ * type yet, so we save it as a string until the end of the field.
+ * XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
free(r->default_string);
r->default_string = upb_strndup(buf, n);
return n;
}
-// Handlers for google.protobuf.DescriptorProto (representing a message).
+/* Handlers for google.protobuf.DescriptorProto (representing a message). */
static bool msg_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
- upb_deflist_push(&r->defs, UPB_UPCAST(upb_msgdef_new(&r->defs)));
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_deflist_push(&r->defs,
+ upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(upb_msgdef_new(&r->defs)));
upb_descreader_startcontainer(r);
return true;
}
static bool msg_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
- if(!upb_def_fullname(UPB_UPCAST(m))) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ if(!upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m))) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Encountered message with no name.");
return false;
}
@@ -500,32 +525,35 @@ static bool msg_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
static size_t msg_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
- // XXX: see comment at the top of the file.
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
- upb_def_setfullname(UPB_UPCAST(m), name, NULL);
- upb_descreader_setscopename(r, name); // Passes ownership of name.
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ upb_def_setfullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), name, NULL);
+ upb_descreader_setscopename(r, name); /* Passes ownership of name. */
return n;
}
static bool msg_onendfield(void *closure, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
upb_msgdef_addfield(m, r->f, &r->defs, NULL);
r->f = NULL;
return true;
}
static bool pushextension(void *closure, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
assert(upb_fielddef_containingtypename(r->f));
upb_fielddef_setisextension(r->f, true);
- upb_deflist_push(&r->defs, UPB_UPCAST(r->f));
+ upb_deflist_push(&r->defs, upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(r->f));
r->f = NULL;
return true;
}
diff --git a/upb/descriptor/reader.h b/upb/descriptor/reader.h
index bcd4b06..bb9565c 100644
--- a/upb/descriptor/reader.h
+++ b/upb/descriptor/reader.h
@@ -18,52 +18,52 @@
namespace upb {
namespace descriptor {
class Reader;
-} // namespace descriptor
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace descriptor */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::descriptor::Reader, upb_descreader);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::descriptor::Reader, upb_descreader)
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// Class that receives descriptor data according to the descriptor.proto schema
-// and use it to build upb::Defs corresponding to that schema.
+/* Class that receives descriptor data according to the descriptor.proto schema
+ * and use it to build upb::Defs corresponding to that schema. */
class upb::descriptor::Reader {
public:
- // These handlers must have come from NewHandlers() and must outlive the
- // Reader.
- //
- // TODO: generate the handlers statically (like we do with the
- // descriptor.proto defs) so that there is no need to pass this parameter (or
- // to build/memory-manage the handlers at runtime at all). Unfortunately this
- // is a bit tricky to implement for Handlers, but necessary to simplify this
- // interface.
+ /* These handlers must have come from NewHandlers() and must outlive the
+ * Reader.
+ *
+ * TODO: generate the handlers statically (like we do with the
+ * descriptor.proto defs) so that there is no need to pass this parameter (or
+ * to build/memory-manage the handlers at runtime at all). Unfortunately this
+ * is a bit tricky to implement for Handlers, but necessary to simplify this
+ * interface. */
static Reader* Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers);
- // The reader's input; this is where descriptor.proto data should be sent.
+ /* The reader's input; this is where descriptor.proto data should be sent. */
Sink* input();
- // Returns an array of all defs that have been parsed, and transfers ownership
- // of them to "owner". The number of defs is stored in *n. Ownership of the
- // returned array is retained and is invalidated by any other call into
- // Reader.
- //
- // These defs are not frozen or resolved; they are ready to be added to a
- // symtab.
+ /* Returns an array of all defs that have been parsed, and transfers ownership
+ * of them to "owner". The number of defs is stored in *n. Ownership of the
+ * returned array is retained and is invalidated by any other call into
+ * Reader.
+ *
+ * These defs are not frozen or resolved; they are ready to be added to a
+ * symtab. */
upb::Def** GetDefs(void* owner, int* n);
- // Builds and returns handlers for the reader, owned by "owner."
+ /* Builds and returns handlers for the reader, owned by "owner." */
static Handlers* NewHandlers(const void* owner);
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Reader, upb::descriptor::Reader);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Reader, upb::descriptor::Reader)
};
#endif
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// C API.
+/* C API. */
upb_descreader *upb_descreader_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h);
upb_sink *upb_descreader_input(upb_descreader *r);
upb_def **upb_descreader_getdefs(upb_descreader *r, void *owner, int *n);
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ const upb_handlers *upb_descreader_newhandlers(const void *owner);
UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// C++ implementation details. /////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* C++ implementation details. ************************************************/
namespace upb {
namespace descriptor {
inline Reader* Reader::Create(Environment* e, const Handlers *h) {
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ inline Sink* Reader::input() { return upb_descreader_input(this); }
inline upb::Def** Reader::GetDefs(void* owner, int* n) {
return upb_descreader_getdefs(this, owner, n);
}
-} // namespace descriptor
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace descriptor */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#endif // UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H
+#endif /* UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H */
diff --git a/upb/env.c b/upb/env.c
index 0d14653..cc7a951 100644
--- a/upb/env.c
+++ b/upb/env.c
@@ -21,18 +21,17 @@ static void *seeded_alloc(void *ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size);
/* Default allocator **********************************************************/
-// Just use realloc, keeping all allocated blocks in a linked list to destroy at
-// the end.
+/* Just use realloc, keeping all allocated blocks in a linked list to destroy at
+ * the end. */
typedef struct mem_block {
- // List is doubly-linked, because in cases where realloc() moves an existing
- // block, we need to be able to remove the old pointer from the list
- // efficiently.
+ /* List is doubly-linked, because in cases where realloc() moves an existing
+ * block, we need to be able to remove the old pointer from the list
+ * efficiently. */
struct mem_block *prev, *next;
#ifndef NDEBUG
- size_t size; // Doesn't include mem_block structure.
+ size_t size; /* Doesn't include mem_block structure. */
#endif
- char data[];
} mem_block;
typedef struct {
@@ -40,10 +39,12 @@ typedef struct {
} default_alloc_ud;
static void *default_alloc(void *_ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
- UPB_UNUSED(oldsize);
default_alloc_ud *ud = _ud;
+ mem_block *from, *block;
+ void *ret;
+ UPB_UNUSED(oldsize);
- mem_block *from = ptr ? (void*)((char*)ptr - sizeof(mem_block)) : NULL;
+ from = ptr ? (void*)((char*)ptr - sizeof(mem_block)) : NULL;
#ifndef NDEBUG
if (from) {
@@ -51,8 +52,11 @@ static void *default_alloc(void *_ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
}
#endif
- mem_block *block = realloc(from, size + sizeof(mem_block));
+ /* TODO(haberman): we probably need to provide even better alignment here,
+ * like 16-byte alignment of the returned data pointer. */
+ block = realloc(from, size + sizeof(mem_block));
if (!block) return NULL;
+ ret = (char*)block + sizeof(*block);
#ifndef NDEBUG
block->size = size;
@@ -60,20 +64,20 @@ static void *default_alloc(void *_ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
if (from) {
if (block != from) {
- // The block was moved, so pointers in next and prev blocks must be
- // updated to its new location.
+ /* The block was moved, so pointers in next and prev blocks must be
+ * updated to its new location. */
if (block->next) block->next->prev = block;
if (block->prev) block->prev->next = block;
}
} else {
- // Insert at head of linked list.
+ /* Insert at head of linked list. */
block->prev = NULL;
block->next = ud->head;
if (block->next) block->next->prev = block;
ud->head = block;
}
- return &block->data;
+ return ret;
}
static void default_alloc_cleanup(void *_ud) {
@@ -106,14 +110,14 @@ static bool write_err_to(void *ud, const upb_status *status) {
/* upb_env ********************************************************************/
void upb_env_init(upb_env *e) {
+ default_alloc_ud *ud = (default_alloc_ud*)&e->default_alloc_ud;
e->ok_ = true;
e->bytes_allocated = 0;
e->cleanup_head = NULL;
- default_alloc_ud *ud = (default_alloc_ud*)&e->default_alloc_ud;
ud->head = NULL;
- // Set default functions.
+ /* Set default functions. */
upb_env_setallocfunc(e, default_alloc, ud);
upb_env_seterrorfunc(e, default_err, NULL);
}
@@ -126,8 +130,8 @@ void upb_env_uninit(upb_env *e) {
ent = ent->next;
}
- // Must do this after running cleanup functions, because this will delete
- // the memory we store our cleanup entries in!
+ /* Must do this after running cleanup functions, because this will delete
+ the memory we store our cleanup entries in! */
if (e->alloc == default_alloc) {
default_alloc_cleanup(e->alloc_ud);
}
@@ -174,8 +178,8 @@ bool upb_env_addcleanup(upb_env *e, upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud) {
void *upb_env_malloc(upb_env *e, size_t size) {
e->bytes_allocated += size;
if (e->alloc == seeded_alloc) {
- // This is equivalent to the next branch, but allows inlining for a
- // measurable perf benefit.
+ /* This is equivalent to the next branch, but allows inlining for a
+ * measurable perf benefit. */
return seeded_alloc(e->alloc_ud, NULL, 0, size);
} else {
return e->alloc(e->alloc_ud, NULL, 0, size);
@@ -183,12 +187,13 @@ void *upb_env_malloc(upb_env *e, size_t size) {
}
void *upb_env_realloc(upb_env *e, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
+ char *ret;
assert(oldsize <= size);
- char *ret = e->alloc(e->alloc_ud, ptr, oldsize, size);
+ ret = e->alloc(e->alloc_ud, ptr, oldsize, size);
#ifndef NDEBUG
- // Overwrite non-preserved memory to ensure callers are passing the oldsize
- // that they truly require.
+ /* Overwrite non-preserved memory to ensure callers are passing the oldsize
+ * that they truly require. */
memset(ret + oldsize, 0xff, size - oldsize);
#endif
@@ -202,7 +207,7 @@ size_t upb_env_bytesallocated(const upb_env *e) {
/* upb_seededalloc ************************************************************/
-// Be conservative and choose 16 in case anyone is using SSE.
+/* Be conservative and choose 16 in case anyone is using SSE. */
static const size_t maxalign = 16;
static size_t align_up(size_t size) {
@@ -211,24 +216,24 @@ static size_t align_up(size_t size) {
UPB_FORCEINLINE static void *seeded_alloc(void *ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize,
size_t size) {
+ upb_seededalloc *a = ud;
UPB_UNUSED(ptr);
- upb_seededalloc *a = ud;
size = align_up(size);
assert(a->mem_limit >= a->mem_ptr);
if (oldsize == 0 && size <= (size_t)(a->mem_limit - a->mem_ptr)) {
- // Fast path: we can satisfy from the initial allocation.
+ /* Fast path: we can satisfy from the initial allocation. */
void *ret = a->mem_ptr;
a->mem_ptr += size;
return ret;
} else {
- // Slow path: fallback to other allocator.
- a->need_cleanup = true;
- // Is `ptr` part of the user-provided initial block? Don't pass it to the
- // default allocator if so; otherwise, it may try to realloc() the block.
char *chptr = ptr;
+ /* Slow path: fallback to other allocator. */
+ a->need_cleanup = true;
+ /* Is `ptr` part of the user-provided initial block? Don't pass it to the
+ * default allocator if so; otherwise, it may try to realloc() the block. */
if (chptr >= a->mem_base && chptr < a->mem_limit) {
return a->alloc(a->alloc_ud, NULL, 0, size);
} else {
@@ -238,13 +243,13 @@ UPB_FORCEINLINE static void *seeded_alloc(void *ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize,
}
void upb_seededalloc_init(upb_seededalloc *a, void *mem, size_t len) {
+ default_alloc_ud *ud = (default_alloc_ud*)&a->default_alloc_ud;
a->mem_base = mem;
a->mem_ptr = mem;
a->mem_limit = (char*)mem + len;
a->need_cleanup = false;
a->returned_allocfunc = false;
- default_alloc_ud *ud = (default_alloc_ud*)&a->default_alloc_ud;
ud->head = NULL;
upb_seededalloc_setfallbackalloc(a, default_alloc, ud);
diff --git a/upb/env.h b/upb/env.h
index 78dda20..d5e87d2 100644
--- a/upb/env.h
+++ b/upb/env.h
@@ -27,32 +27,34 @@ class SeededAllocator;
}
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Environment, upb_env);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::SeededAllocator, upb_seededalloc);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Environment, upb_env)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::SeededAllocator, upb_seededalloc)
typedef void *upb_alloc_func(void *ud, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size);
typedef void upb_cleanup_func(void *ud);
typedef bool upb_error_func(void *ud, const upb_status *status);
-// An environment is *not* thread-safe.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Environment,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* An environment is *not* thread-safe. */
+class upb::Environment {
public:
Environment();
~Environment();
- // Set a custom memory allocation function for the environment. May ONLY
- // be called before any calls to Malloc()/Realloc()/AddCleanup() below.
- // If this is not called, the system realloc() function will be used.
- // The given user pointer "ud" will be passed to the allocation function.
- //
- // The allocation function will not receive corresponding "free" calls. it
- // must ensure that the memory is valid for the lifetime of the Environment,
- // but it may be reclaimed any time thereafter. The likely usage is that
- // "ud" points to a stateful allocator, and that the allocator frees all
- // memory, arena-style, when it is destroyed. In this case the allocator must
- // outlive the Environment. Another possibility is that the allocation
- // function returns GC-able memory that is guaranteed to be GC-rooted for the
- // life of the Environment.
+ /* Set a custom memory allocation function for the environment. May ONLY
+ * be called before any calls to Malloc()/Realloc()/AddCleanup() below.
+ * If this is not called, the system realloc() function will be used.
+ * The given user pointer "ud" will be passed to the allocation function.
+ *
+ * The allocation function will not receive corresponding "free" calls. it
+ * must ensure that the memory is valid for the lifetime of the Environment,
+ * but it may be reclaimed any time thereafter. The likely usage is that
+ * "ud" points to a stateful allocator, and that the allocator frees all
+ * memory, arena-style, when it is destroyed. In this case the allocator must
+ * outlive the Environment. Another possibility is that the allocation
+ * function returns GC-able memory that is guaranteed to be GC-rooted for the
+ * life of the Environment. */
void SetAllocationFunction(upb_alloc_func* alloc, void* ud);
template<class T>
@@ -60,74 +62,76 @@ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Environment,
SetAllocationFunction(allocator->GetAllocationFunction(), allocator);
}
- // Set a custom error reporting function.
+ /* Set a custom error reporting function. */
void SetErrorFunction(upb_error_func* func, void* ud);
- // Set the error reporting function to simply copy the status to the given
- // status and abort.
+ /* Set the error reporting function to simply copy the status to the given
+ * status and abort. */
void ReportErrorsTo(Status* status);
- // Returns true if all allocations and AddCleanup() calls have succeeded,
- // and no errors were reported with ReportError() (except ones that recovered
- // successfully).
+ /* Returns true if all allocations and AddCleanup() calls have succeeded,
+ * and no errors were reported with ReportError() (except ones that recovered
+ * successfully). */
bool ok() const;
- //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Functions for use by encoders/decoders.
+ /* Functions for use by encoders/decoders. **********************************/
- // Reports an error to this environment's callback, returning true if
- // the caller should try to recover.
+ /* Reports an error to this environment's callback, returning true if
+ * the caller should try to recover. */
bool ReportError(const Status* status);
- // Allocate memory. Uses the environment's allocation function.
- //
- // There is no need to free(). All memory will be freed automatically, but is
- // guaranteed to outlive the Environment.
+ /* Allocate memory. Uses the environment's allocation function.
+ *
+ * There is no need to free(). All memory will be freed automatically, but is
+ * guaranteed to outlive the Environment. */
void* Malloc(size_t size);
- // Reallocate memory. Preserves "oldsize" bytes from the existing buffer
- // Requires: oldsize <= existing_size.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): should we also enforce that oldsize <= size?
+ /* Reallocate memory. Preserves "oldsize" bytes from the existing buffer
+ * Requires: oldsize <= existing_size.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): should we also enforce that oldsize <= size? */
void* Realloc(void* ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size);
- // Add a cleanup function to run when the environment is destroyed.
- // Returns false on out-of-memory.
- //
- // The first call to AddCleanup() after SetAllocationFunction() is guaranteed
- // to return true -- this makes it possible to robustly set a cleanup handler
- // for a custom allocation function.
+ /* Add a cleanup function to run when the environment is destroyed.
+ * Returns false on out-of-memory.
+ *
+ * The first call to AddCleanup() after SetAllocationFunction() is guaranteed
+ * to return true -- this makes it possible to robustly set a cleanup handler
+ * for a custom allocation function. */
bool AddCleanup(upb_cleanup_func* func, void* ud);
- // Total number of bytes that have been allocated. It is undefined what
- // Realloc() does to this counter.
+ /* Total number of bytes that have been allocated. It is undefined what
+ * Realloc() does to this counter. */
size_t BytesAllocated() const;
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Environment);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_env,
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Environment)
+
+#else
+struct upb_env {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
bool ok_;
size_t bytes_allocated;
- // Alloc function.
+ /* Alloc function. */
upb_alloc_func *alloc;
void *alloc_ud;
- // Error-reporting function.
+ /* Error-reporting function. */
upb_error_func *err;
void *err_ud;
- // Userdata for default alloc func.
+ /* Userdata for default alloc func. */
void *default_alloc_ud;
- // Cleanup entries. Pointer to a cleanup_ent, defined in env.c
+ /* Cleanup entries. Pointer to a cleanup_ent, defined in env.c */
void *cleanup_head;
- // For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users.
+ /* For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users. */
void *future1;
void *future2;
-));
+};
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
@@ -145,46 +149,51 @@ size_t upb_env_bytesallocated(const upb_env *e);
UPB_END_EXTERN_C
-// An allocator that allocates from an initial memory region (likely the stack)
-// before falling back to another allocator.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::SeededAllocator,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* An allocator that allocates from an initial memory region (likely the stack)
+ * before falling back to another allocator. */
+class upb::SeededAllocator {
public:
SeededAllocator(void *mem, size_t len);
~SeededAllocator();
- // Set a custom fallback memory allocation function for the allocator, to use
- // once the initial region runs out.
- //
- // May ONLY be called before GetAllocationFunction(). If this is not
- // called, the system realloc() will be the fallback allocator.
+ /* Set a custom fallback memory allocation function for the allocator, to use
+ * once the initial region runs out.
+ *
+ * May ONLY be called before GetAllocationFunction(). If this is not
+ * called, the system realloc() will be the fallback allocator. */
void SetFallbackAllocator(upb_alloc_func *alloc, void *ud);
- // Gets the allocation function for this allocator.
+ /* Gets the allocation function for this allocator. */
upb_alloc_func* GetAllocationFunction();
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(SeededAllocator);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_seededalloc,
- // Fallback alloc function.
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(SeededAllocator)
+
+#else
+struct upb_seededalloc {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+ /* Fallback alloc function. */
upb_alloc_func *alloc;
upb_cleanup_func *alloc_cleanup;
void *alloc_ud;
bool need_cleanup;
bool returned_allocfunc;
- // Userdata for default alloc func.
+ /* Userdata for default alloc func. */
void *default_alloc_ud;
- // Pointers for the initial memory region.
+ /* Pointers for the initial memory region. */
char *mem_base;
char *mem_ptr;
char *mem_limit;
- // For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users.
+ /* For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users. */
void *future1;
void *future2;
-));
+};
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
@@ -249,8 +258,8 @@ inline upb_alloc_func *SeededAllocator::GetAllocationFunction() {
return upb_seededalloc_getallocfunc(this);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-#endif // UPB_ENV_H_
+#endif /* UPB_ENV_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/handlers-inl.h b/upb/handlers-inl.h
index 70ddf91..444ca76 100644
--- a/upb/handlers-inl.h
+++ b/upb/handlers-inl.h
@@ -13,21 +13,56 @@
#include <limits.h>
-// Type detection and typedefs for integer types.
-// For platforms where there are multiple 32-bit or 64-bit types, we need to be
-// able to enumerate them so we can properly create overloads for all variants.
-//
-// If any platform existed where there were three integer types with the same
-// size, this would have to become more complicated. For example, short, int,
-// and long could all be 32-bits. Even more diabolically, short, int, long,
-// and long long could all be 64 bits and still be standard-compliant.
-// However, few platforms are this strange, and it's unlikely that upb will be
-// used on the strangest ones.
-
-// Can't count on stdint.h limits like INT32_MAX, because in C++ these are
-// only defined when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS are defined before the *first* include
-// of stdint.h. We can't guarantee that someone else didn't include these first
-// without defining __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS.
+/* C inline methods. */
+
+/* upb_bufhandle */
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ h->obj_ = NULL;
+ h->objtype_ = NULL;
+ h->buf_ = NULL;
+ h->objofs_ = 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_uninit(upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(h);
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj,
+ const void *type) {
+ h->obj_ = obj;
+ h->objtype_ = type;
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf,
+ size_t ofs) {
+ h->buf_ = buf;
+ h->objofs_ = ofs;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->obj_;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->objtype_;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->buf_;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Type detection and typedefs for integer types.
+ * For platforms where there are multiple 32-bit or 64-bit types, we need to be
+ * able to enumerate them so we can properly create overloads for all variants.
+ *
+ * If any platform existed where there were three integer types with the same
+ * size, this would have to become more complicated. For example, short, int,
+ * and long could all be 32-bits. Even more diabolically, short, int, long,
+ * and long long could all be 64 bits and still be standard-compliant.
+ * However, few platforms are this strange, and it's unlikely that upb will be
+ * used on the strangest ones. */
+
+/* Can't count on stdint.h limits like INT32_MAX, because in C++ these are
+ * only defined when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS are defined before the *first* include
+ * of stdint.h. We can't guarantee that someone else didn't include these first
+ * without defining __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS. */
#define UPB_INT32_MAX 0x7fffffffLL
#define UPB_INT32_MIN (-UPB_INT32_MAX - 1)
#define UPB_INT64_MAX 0x7fffffffffffffffLL
@@ -49,8 +84,8 @@
#define UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS 1
#endif
-// We use macros instead of typedefs so we can undefine them later and avoid
-// leaking them outside this header file.
+/* We use macros instead of typedefs so we can undefine them later and avoid
+ * leaking them outside this header file. */
#if UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
#define UPB_INT32_T int
#define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned int
@@ -59,12 +94,12 @@
#define UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES 1
#define UPB_INT32ALT_T long
#define UPB_UINT32ALT_T unsigned long
-#endif // UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS
+#endif /* UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS */
-#elif UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS // && !UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#elif UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS /* && !UPB_INT_IS_32BITS */
#define UPB_INT32_T long
#define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned long
-#endif // UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#endif /* UPB_INT_IS_32BITS */
#if UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
@@ -75,12 +110,12 @@
#define UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES 1
#define UPB_INT64ALT_T long long
#define UPB_UINT64ALT_T unsigned long long
-#endif // UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
+#endif /* UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS */
-#elif UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS // && !UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#elif UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS /* && !UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS */
#define UPB_INT64_T long long
#define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long long
-#endif // UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#endif /* UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS */
#undef UPB_INT32_MAX
#undef UPB_INT32_MIN
@@ -91,56 +126,22 @@
#undef UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
#undef UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
-// C inline methods.
-
-// upb_bufhandle
-UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h) {
- h->obj_ = NULL;
- h->objtype_ = NULL;
- h->buf_ = NULL;
- h->objofs_ = 0;
-}
-UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_uninit(upb_bufhandle *h) {
- UPB_UNUSED(h);
-}
-UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj,
- const void *type) {
- h->obj_ = obj;
- h->objtype_ = type;
-}
-UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf,
- size_t ofs) {
- h->buf_ = buf;
- h->objofs_ = ofs;
-}
-UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
- return h->obj_;
-}
-UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
- return h->objtype_;
-}
-UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
- return h->buf_;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
namespace upb {
typedef void CleanupFunc(void *ptr);
-// Template to remove "const" from "const T*" and just return "T*".
-//
-// We define a nonsense default because otherwise it will fail to instantiate as
-// a function parameter type even in cases where we don't expect any caller to
-// actually match the overload.
+/* Template to remove "const" from "const T*" and just return "T*".
+ *
+ * We define a nonsense default because otherwise it will fail to instantiate as
+ * a function parameter type even in cases where we don't expect any caller to
+ * actually match the overload. */
class CouldntRemoveConst {};
template <class T> struct remove_constptr { typedef CouldntRemoveConst type; };
template <class T> struct remove_constptr<const T *> { typedef T *type; };
-// Template that we use below to remove a template specialization from
-// consideration if it matches a specific type.
+/* Template that we use below to remove a template specialization from
+ * consideration if it matches a specific type. */
template <class T, class U> struct disable_if_same { typedef void Type; };
template <class T> struct disable_if_same<T, T> {};
@@ -177,27 +178,27 @@ bool is_same<T, U>::value = false;
template<class T>
bool is_same<T, T>::value = true;
-// FuncInfo ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* FuncInfo *******************************************************************/
-// Info about the user's original, pre-wrapped function.
+/* Info about the user's original, pre-wrapped function. */
template <class C, class R = void>
struct FuncInfo {
- // The type of the closure that the function takes (its first param).
+ /* The type of the closure that the function takes (its first param). */
typedef C Closure;
- // The return type.
+ /* The return type. */
typedef R Return;
};
-// Func ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* Func ***********************************************************************/
-// Func1, Func2, Func3: Template classes representing a function and its
-// signature.
-//
-// Since the function is a template parameter, calling the function can be
-// inlined at compile-time and does not require a function pointer at runtime.
-// These functions are not bound to a handler data so have no data or cleanup
-// handler.
+/* Func1, Func2, Func3: Template classes representing a function and its
+ * signature.
+ *
+ * Since the function is a template parameter, calling the function can be
+ * inlined at compile-time and does not require a function pointer at runtime.
+ * These functions are not bound to a handler data so have no data or cleanup
+ * handler. */
struct UnboundFunc {
CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return NULL; }
void *GetData() { return NULL; }
@@ -242,13 +243,13 @@ struct Func5 : public UnboundFunc {
}
};
-// BoundFunc ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* BoundFunc ******************************************************************/
-// BoundFunc2, BoundFunc3: Like Func2/Func3 except also contains a value that
-// shall be bound to the function's second parameter.
-//
-// Note that the second parameter is a const pointer, but our stored bound value
-// is non-const so we can free it when the handlers are destroyed.
+/* BoundFunc2, BoundFunc3: Like Func2/Func3 except also contains a value that
+ * shall be bound to the function's second parameter.
+ *
+ * Note that the second parameter is a const pointer, but our stored bound value
+ * is non-const so we can free it when the handlers are destroyed. */
template <class T>
struct BoundFunc {
typedef typename remove_constptr<T>::type MutableP2;
@@ -288,13 +289,13 @@ struct BoundFunc5 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
explicit BoundFunc5(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
};
-// FuncSig /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* FuncSig ********************************************************************/
-// FuncSig1, FuncSig2, FuncSig3: template classes reflecting a function
-// *signature*, but without a specific function attached.
-//
-// These classes contain member functions that can be invoked with a
-// specific function to return a Func/BoundFunc class.
+/* FuncSig1, FuncSig2, FuncSig3: template classes reflecting a function
+ * *signature*, but without a specific function attached.
+ *
+ * These classes contain member functions that can be invoked with a
+ * specific function to return a Func/BoundFunc class. */
template <class R, class P1>
struct FuncSig1 {
template <R F(P1)>
@@ -359,41 +360,41 @@ struct FuncSig5 {
}
};
-// Overloaded template function that can construct the appropriate FuncSig*
-// class given a function pointer by deducing the template parameters.
+/* Overloaded template function that can construct the appropriate FuncSig*
+ * class given a function pointer by deducing the template parameters. */
template <class R, class P1>
inline FuncSig1<R, P1> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return FuncSig1<R, P1>();
}
template <class R, class P1, class P2>
inline FuncSig2<R, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return FuncSig2<R, P1, P2>();
}
template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
inline FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3>();
}
template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
inline FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4>();
}
template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
inline FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5>();
}
-// MethodSig ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* MethodSig ******************************************************************/
-// CallMethod*: a function template that calls a given method.
+/* CallMethod*: a function template that calls a given method. */
template <class R, class C, R (C::*F)()>
R CallMethod0(C *obj) {
return ((*obj).*F)();
@@ -420,10 +421,10 @@ R CallMethod4(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3, P4 arg4) {
return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4);
}
-// MethodSig: like FuncSig, but for member functions.
-//
-// GetFunc() returns a normal FuncN object, so after calling GetFunc() no
-// more logic is required to special-case methods.
+/* MethodSig: like FuncSig, but for member functions.
+ *
+ * GetFunc() returns a normal FuncN object, so after calling GetFunc() no
+ * more logic is required to special-case methods. */
template <class R, class C>
struct MethodSig0 {
template <R (C::*F)()>
@@ -504,61 +505,61 @@ struct MethodSig4 {
template <class R, class C>
inline MethodSig0<R, C> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)()) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return MethodSig0<R, C>();
}
template <class R, class C, class P1>
inline MethodSig1<R, C, P1> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return MethodSig1<R, C, P1>();
}
template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2>
inline MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2>();
}
template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3>
inline MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3>();
}
template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
inline MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) {
- UPB_UNUSED(f); // Only used for template parameter deduction.
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
return MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4>();
}
-// MaybeWrapReturn /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* MaybeWrapReturn ************************************************************/
-// Template class that attempts to wrap the return value of the function so it
-// matches the expected type. There are two main adjustments it may make:
-//
-// 1. If the function returns void, make it return the expected type and with
-// a value that always indicates success.
-// 2. If the function returns bool, make it return the expected type with a
-// value that indicates success or failure.
-//
-// The "expected type" for return is:
-// 1. void* for start handlers. If the closure parameter has a different type
-// we will cast it to void* for the return in the success case.
-// 2. size_t for string buffer handlers.
-// 3. bool for everything else.
+/* Template class that attempts to wrap the return value of the function so it
+ * matches the expected type. There are two main adjustments it may make:
+ *
+ * 1. If the function returns void, make it return the expected type and with
+ * a value that always indicates success.
+ * 2. If the function returns bool, make it return the expected type with a
+ * value that indicates success or failure.
+ *
+ * The "expected type" for return is:
+ * 1. void* for start handlers. If the closure parameter has a different type
+ * we will cast it to void* for the return in the success case.
+ * 2. size_t for string buffer handlers.
+ * 3. bool for everything else. */
-// Template parameters are FuncN type and desired return type.
+/* Template parameters are FuncN type and desired return type. */
template <class F, class R, class Enable = void>
struct MaybeWrapReturn;
-// If the return type matches, return the given function unwrapped.
+/* If the return type matches, return the given function unwrapped. */
template <class F>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<F, typename F::Return> {
typedef F Func;
};
-// Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (bool)true.
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (bool)true. */
template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)>
bool ReturnTrue2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
F(p1, p2);
@@ -571,7 +572,7 @@ bool ReturnTrue3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
return true;
}
-// Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (void*)arg1
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (void*)arg1 */
template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)>
void *ReturnClosure2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
F(p1, p2);
@@ -584,7 +585,7 @@ void *ReturnClosure3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
return p1;
}
-// Function wrapper that munges the return value from R to void*.
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from R to void*. */
template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)>
void *CastReturnToVoidPtr2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
return F(p1, p2);
@@ -595,7 +596,7 @@ void *CastReturnToVoidPtr3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
return F(p1, p2, p3);
}
-// Function wrapper that munges the return value from bool to void*.
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from bool to void*. */
template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2)>
void *ReturnClosureOrBreak2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
return F(p1, p2) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK;
@@ -606,7 +607,7 @@ void *ReturnClosureOrBreak3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
return F(p1, p2, p3) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK;
}
-// For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param.
+/* For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param. */
template <class P1, class P2,
void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)>
size_t ReturnStringLen(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
@@ -615,8 +616,8 @@ size_t ReturnStringLen(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
return p4;
}
-// For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param or
-// zero.
+/* For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param or
+ * zero. */
template <class P1, class P2,
bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)>
size_t ReturnNOr0(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
@@ -624,8 +625,8 @@ size_t ReturnNOr0(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5) ? p4 : 0;
}
-// If we have a function returning void but want a function returning bool, wrap
-// it in a function that returns true.
+/* If we have a function returning void but want a function returning bool, wrap
+ * it in a function that returns true. */
template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, bool> {
typedef Func2<bool, P1, P2, ReturnTrue2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
@@ -636,8 +637,8 @@ struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, bool> {
typedef Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, ReturnTrue3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func;
};
-// If our function returns void but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
-// function that returns the first argument.
+/* If our function returns void but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns the first argument. */
template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> {
typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosure2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
@@ -648,8 +649,8 @@ struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> {
typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosure3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func;
};
-// If our function returns R* but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
-// function that casts to void*.
+/* If our function returns R* but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+ * function that casts to void*. */
template <class R, class P1, class P2, R *F(P1, P2), class I>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<R *, P1, P2, F, I>, void *,
typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> {
@@ -663,8 +664,8 @@ struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *,
Func;
};
-// If our function returns bool but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
-// function that returns either the first param or UPB_BREAK.
+/* If our function returns bool but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns either the first param or UPB_BREAK. */
template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2), class I>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<bool, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> {
typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosureOrBreak2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
@@ -676,8 +677,8 @@ struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> {
Func;
};
-// If our function returns void but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
-// function that returns the size argument.
+/* If our function returns void but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns the size argument. */
template <class P1, class P2,
void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<
@@ -687,8 +688,8 @@ struct MaybeWrapReturn<
ReturnStringLen<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
};
-// If our function returns bool but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
-// function that returns either 0 or the buf size.
+/* If our function returns bool but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns either 0 or the buf size. */
template <class P1, class P2,
bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I>
struct MaybeWrapReturn<
@@ -698,16 +699,16 @@ struct MaybeWrapReturn<
ReturnNOr0<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
};
-// ConvertParams ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* ConvertParams **************************************************************/
-// Template class that converts the function parameters if necessary, and
-// ignores the HandlerData parameter if appropriate.
-//
-// Template parameter is the are FuncN function type.
+/* Template class that converts the function parameters if necessary, and
+ * ignores the HandlerData parameter if appropriate.
+ *
+ * Template parameter is the are FuncN function type. */
template <class F, class T>
struct ConvertParams;
-// Function that discards the handler data parameter.
+/* Function that discards the handler data parameter. */
template <class R, class P1, R F(P1)>
R IgnoreHandlerData2(void *p1, const void *hd) {
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
@@ -741,7 +742,7 @@ R IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *p1, const void *hd, const char *p2,
return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3);
}
-// Function that casts the handler data parameter.
+/* Function that casts the handler data parameter. */
template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)>
R CastHandlerData2(void *c, const void *hd) {
return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd));
@@ -766,7 +767,7 @@ R CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *c, const void *hd, const char *p3,
return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4);
}
-// For unbound functions, ignore the handler data.
+/* For unbound functions, ignore the handler data. */
template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I, class T>
struct ConvertParams<Func1<R, P1, F, I>, T> {
typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, IgnoreHandlerData2<R, P1, F>, I> Func;
@@ -780,8 +781,8 @@ struct ConvertParams<Func2<R, P1, P2, F, I>,
IgnoreHandlerData3<R, P1, P3_2, P2, F>, I> Func;
};
-// For StringBuffer only; this ignores both the handler data and the
-// BufferHandle.
+/* For StringBuffer only; this ignores both the handler data and the
+ * BufferHandle. */
template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char *, size_t), class I, class T>
struct ConvertParams<Func3<R, P1, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> {
typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
@@ -796,7 +797,7 @@ struct ConvertParams<Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, I>, T> {
IgnoreHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, I> Func;
};
-// For bound functions, cast the handler data.
+/* For bound functions, cast the handler data. */
template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I, class T>
struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, I>, T> {
typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, CastHandlerData2<R, P1, P2, F>, I>
@@ -811,7 +812,7 @@ struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, I>,
CastHandlerData3<R, P1, P2, P3_2, P3, F>, I> Func;
};
-// For StringBuffer only; this ignores the BufferHandle.
+/* For StringBuffer only; this ignores the BufferHandle. */
template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t),
class I, class T>
struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> {
@@ -827,8 +828,8 @@ struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, I>, T> {
CastHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F>, I> Func;
};
-// utype/ltype are upper/lower-case, ctype is canonical C type, vtype is
-// variant C type.
+/* utype/ltype are upper/lower-case, ctype is canonical C type, vtype is
+ * variant C type. */
#define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ltype, ctype, vtype) \
template <> struct CanonicalType<vtype> { \
typedef ctype Type; \
@@ -843,22 +844,22 @@ struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, I>, T> {
return upb_handlers_set##ltype(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); \
} \
-TYPE_METHODS(Double, double, double, double);
-TYPE_METHODS(Float, float, float, float);
-TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64_T);
-TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32_T);
-TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64_T);
-TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32_T);
-TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool, bool, bool);
+TYPE_METHODS(Double, double, double, double)
+TYPE_METHODS(Float, float, float, float)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool, bool, bool)
#ifdef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES
-TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32ALT_T);
-TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32ALT_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32ALT_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32ALT_T)
#endif
#ifdef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES
-TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64ALT_T);
-TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64ALT_T);
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64ALT_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64ALT_T)
#endif
#undef TYPE_METHODS
@@ -866,7 +867,8 @@ template <> struct CanonicalType<Status*> {
typedef Status* Type;
};
-// Type methods that are only one-per-canonical-type and not one-per-cvariant.
+/* Type methods that are only one-per-canonical-type and not
+ * one-per-cvariant. */
#define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ctype) \
inline bool Handlers::Set##utype##Handler(const FieldDef *f, \
@@ -874,13 +876,13 @@ template <> struct CanonicalType<Status*> {
return SetValueHandler<ctype>(f, h); \
} \
-TYPE_METHODS(Double, double);
-TYPE_METHODS(Float, float);
-TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64_t);
-TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32_t);
-TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64_t);
-TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32_t);
-TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool);
+TYPE_METHODS(Double, double)
+TYPE_METHODS(Float, float)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool)
#undef TYPE_METHODS
template <class F> struct ReturnOf;
@@ -923,23 +925,23 @@ inline Handler<T>::Handler(F func)
ReturnWrappedFunc;
handler_ = ReturnWrappedFunc().Call;
- // Set attributes based on what templates can statically tell us about the
- // user's function.
+ /* Set attributes based on what templates can statically tell us about the
+ * user's function. */
- // If the original function returns void, then we know that we wrapped it to
- // always return ok.
+ /* If the original function returns void, then we know that we wrapped it to
+ * always return ok. */
bool always_ok = is_same<typename F::FuncInfo::Return, void>::value;
attr_.SetAlwaysOk(always_ok);
- // Closure parameter and return type.
+ /* Closure parameter and return type. */
attr_.SetClosureType(UniquePtrForType<typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>());
- // We use the closure type (from the first parameter) if the return type is
- // void or bool, since these are the two cases we wrap to return the closure's
- // type anyway.
- //
- // This is all nonsense for non START* handlers, but it doesn't matter because
- // in that case the value will be ignored.
+ /* We use the closure type (from the first parameter) if the return type is
+ * void or bool, since these are the two cases we wrap to return the closure's
+ * type anyway.
+ *
+ * This is all nonsense for non START* handlers, but it doesn't matter because
+ * in that case the value will be ignored. */
typedef typename FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<typename F::FuncInfo::Return,
typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>::value
EffectiveReturn;
@@ -1010,19 +1012,6 @@ inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Handlers::NewFrozen(
const upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, &h, callback, closure);
return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
}
-inline bool Handlers::IsFrozen() const { return upb_handlers_isfrozen(this); }
-inline void Handlers::Ref(const void *owner) const {
- upb_handlers_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void Handlers::Unref(const void *owner) const {
- upb_handlers_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void Handlers::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
- upb_handlers_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void Handlers::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
- upb_handlers_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline const Status* Handlers::status() {
return upb_handlers_status(this);
}
@@ -1138,9 +1127,9 @@ inline BytesHandler::BytesHandler() {
inline BytesHandler::~BytesHandler() {}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
#undef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES
@@ -1154,4 +1143,4 @@ inline BytesHandler::~BytesHandler() {}
#undef UPB_INT64ALT_T
#undef UPB_UINT64ALT_T
-#endif // UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_
+#endif /* UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/handlers.c b/upb/handlers.c
index 5a253f1..64f8595 100644
--- a/upb/handlers.c
+++ b/upb/handlers.c
@@ -9,14 +9,16 @@
*/
#include "upb/handlers.h"
+#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "upb/sink.h"
-// Defined for the sole purpose of having a unique pointer value for
-// UPB_NO_CLOSURE.
+
+/* Defined for the sole purpose of having a unique pointer value for
+ * UPB_NO_CLOSURE. */
char _upb_noclosure;
static void freehandlers(upb_refcounted *r) {
@@ -45,42 +47,45 @@ static void visithandlers(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ const upb_handlers *sub;
if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) continue;
- const upb_handlers *sub = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f);
- if (sub) visit(r, UPB_UPCAST(sub), closure);
+ sub = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f);
+ if (sub) visit(r, upb_handlers_upcast(sub), closure);
}
}
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visithandlers, freehandlers};
typedef struct {
- upb_inttable tab; // maps upb_msgdef* -> upb_handlers*.
+ upb_inttable tab; /* maps upb_msgdef* -> upb_handlers*. */
upb_handlers_callback *callback;
const void *closure;
} dfs_state;
-// TODO(haberman): discard upb_handlers* objects that do not actually have any
-// handlers set and cannot reach any upb_handlers* object that does. This is
-// slightly tricky to do correctly.
+/* TODO(haberman): discard upb_handlers* objects that do not actually have any
+ * handlers set and cannot reach any upb_handlers* object that does. This is
+ * slightly tricky to do correctly. */
static upb_handlers *newformsg(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner,
dfs_state *s) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_new(m, owner);
if (!h) return NULL;
if (!upb_inttable_insertptr(&s->tab, m, upb_value_ptr(h))) goto oom;
s->callback(s->closure, h);
- // For each submessage field, get or create a handlers object and set it as
- // the subhandlers.
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ /* For each submessage field, get or create a handlers object and set it as
+ * the subhandlers. */
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ const upb_msgdef *subdef;
+ upb_value subm_ent;
+
if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) continue;
- const upb_msgdef *subdef = upb_downcast_msgdef(upb_fielddef_subdef(f));
- upb_value subm_ent;
+ subdef = upb_downcast_msgdef(upb_fielddef_subdef(f));
if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&s->tab, subdef, &subm_ent)) {
upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(h, f, upb_value_getptr(subm_ent));
} else {
@@ -97,11 +102,11 @@ oom:
return NULL;
}
-// Given a selector for a STARTSUBMSG handler, resolves to a pointer to the
-// subhandlers for this submessage field.
+/* Given a selector for a STARTSUBMSG handler, resolves to a pointer to the
+ * subhandlers for this submessage field. */
#define SUBH(h, selector) (h->sub[selector])
-// The selector for a submessage field is the field index.
+/* The selector for a submessage field is the field index. */
#define SUBH_F(h, f) SUBH(h, f->index_)
static int32_t trygetsel(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
@@ -139,6 +144,10 @@ static const void **returntype(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
static bool doset(upb_handlers *h, int32_t sel, const upb_fielddef *f,
upb_handlertype_t type, upb_func *func,
upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ upb_handlerattr set_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ const void *closure_type;
+ const void **context_closure_type;
+
assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
if (sel < 0) {
@@ -153,15 +162,13 @@ static bool doset(upb_handlers *h, int32_t sel, const upb_fielddef *f,
return false;
}
- upb_handlerattr set_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
if (attr) {
set_attr = *attr;
}
- // Check that the given closure type matches the closure type that has been
- // established for this context (if any).
- const void *closure_type = upb_handlerattr_closuretype(&set_attr);
- const void **context_closure_type;
+ /* Check that the given closure type matches the closure type that has been
+ * established for this context (if any). */
+ closure_type = upb_handlerattr_closuretype(&set_attr);
if (type == UPB_HANDLER_STRING) {
context_closure_type = returntype(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
@@ -175,7 +182,7 @@ static bool doset(upb_handlers *h, int32_t sel, const upb_fielddef *f,
if (closure_type && *context_closure_type &&
closure_type != *context_closure_type) {
- // TODO(haberman): better message for debugging.
+ /* TODO(haberman): better message for debugging. */
if (f) {
upb_status_seterrf(&h->status_,
"closure type does not match for field %s",
@@ -190,8 +197,8 @@ static bool doset(upb_handlers *h, int32_t sel, const upb_fielddef *f,
if (closure_type)
*context_closure_type = closure_type;
- // If this is a STARTSEQ or STARTSTR handler, check that the returned pointer
- // matches any pre-existing expectations about what type is expected.
+ /* If this is a STARTSEQ or STARTSTR handler, check that the returned pointer
+ * matches any pre-existing expectations about what type is expected. */
if (type == UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ || type == UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR) {
const void *return_type = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&set_attr);
const void *table_return_type =
@@ -210,17 +217,20 @@ static bool doset(upb_handlers *h, int32_t sel, const upb_fielddef *f,
return true;
}
-// Returns the effective closure type for this handler (which will propagate
-// from outer frames if this frame has no START* handler). Not implemented for
-// UPB_HANDLER_STRING at the moment since this is not needed. Returns NULL is
-// the effective closure type is unspecified (either no handler was registered
-// to specify it or the handler that was registered did not specify the closure
-// type).
+/* Returns the effective closure type for this handler (which will propagate
+ * from outer frames if this frame has no START* handler). Not implemented for
+ * UPB_HANDLER_STRING at the moment since this is not needed. Returns NULL is
+ * the effective closure type is unspecified (either no handler was registered
+ * to specify it or the handler that was registered did not specify the closure
+ * type). */
const void *effective_closure_type(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
upb_handlertype_t type) {
- assert(type != UPB_HANDLER_STRING);
- const void *ret = h->top_closure_type;
+ const void *ret;
upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ assert(type != UPB_HANDLER_STRING);
+ ret = h->top_closure_type;
+
if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f) &&
type != UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ &&
type != UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ &&
@@ -233,26 +243,30 @@ const void *effective_closure_type(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
ret = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
}
- // The effective type of the submessage; not used yet.
- // if (type == SUBMESSAGE &&
- // h->table[sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)].func) {
- // ret = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
- // }
+ /* The effective type of the submessage; not used yet.
+ * if (type == SUBMESSAGE &&
+ * h->table[sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)].func) {
+ * ret = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
+ * } */
return ret;
}
-// Checks whether the START* handler specified by f & type is missing even
-// though it is required to convert the established type of an outer frame
-// ("closure_type") into the established type of an inner frame (represented in
-// the return closure type of this handler's attr.
+/* Checks whether the START* handler specified by f & type is missing even
+ * though it is required to convert the established type of an outer frame
+ * ("closure_type") into the established type of an inner frame (represented in
+ * the return closure type of this handler's attr. */
bool checkstart(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
upb_status *status) {
+ const void *closure_type;
+ const upb_handlerattr *attr;
+ const void *return_closure_type;
+
upb_selector_t sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, type);
if (h->table[sel].func) return true;
- const void *closure_type = effective_closure_type(h, f, type);
- const upb_handlerattr *attr = &h->table[sel].attr;
- const void *return_closure_type = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(attr);
+ closure_type = effective_closure_type(h, f, type);
+ attr = &h->table[sel].attr;
+ return_closure_type = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(attr);
if (closure_type && return_closure_type &&
closure_type != return_closure_type) {
upb_status_seterrf(status,
@@ -265,32 +279,14 @@ bool checkstart(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
/* Public interface ***********************************************************/
-bool upb_handlers_isfrozen(const upb_handlers *h) {
- return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(h));
-}
-
-void upb_handlers_ref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_ref(UPB_UPCAST(h), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_handlers_unref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_unref(UPB_UPCAST(h), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_handlers_donateref(
- const upb_handlers *h, const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_refcounted_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(h), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_handlers_checkref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(h), owner);
-}
-
upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *md, const void *owner) {
+ int extra;
+ upb_handlers *h;
+
assert(upb_msgdef_isfrozen(md));
- int extra = sizeof(upb_handlers_tabent) * (md->selector_count - 1);
- upb_handlers *h = calloc(sizeof(*h) + extra, 1);
+ extra = sizeof(upb_handlers_tabent) * (md->selector_count - 1);
+ h = calloc(sizeof(*h) + extra, 1);
if (!h) return NULL;
h->msg = md;
@@ -298,14 +294,15 @@ upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *md, const void *owner) {
upb_status_clear(&h->status_);
h->sub = calloc(md->submsg_field_count, sizeof(*h->sub));
if (!h->sub) goto oom;
- if (!upb_refcounted_init(UPB_UPCAST(h), &vtbl, owner)) goto oom;
+ if (!upb_refcounted_init(upb_handlers_upcast_mutable(h), &vtbl, owner))
+ goto oom;
if (!upb_inttable_init(&h->cleanup_, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR)) goto oom;
- // calloc() above initialized all handlers to NULL.
+ /* calloc() above initialized all handlers to NULL. */
return h;
oom:
- freehandlers(UPB_UPCAST(h));
+ freehandlers(upb_handlers_upcast_mutable(h));
return NULL;
}
@@ -314,17 +311,21 @@ const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_newfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m,
upb_handlers_callback *callback,
const void *closure) {
dfs_state state;
+ upb_handlers *ret;
+ bool ok;
+ upb_refcounted *r;
+
state.callback = callback;
state.closure = closure;
if (!upb_inttable_init(&state.tab, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) return NULL;
- upb_handlers *ret = newformsg(m, owner, &state);
+ ret = newformsg(m, owner, &state);
upb_inttable_uninit(&state.tab);
if (!ret) return NULL;
- upb_refcounted *r = UPB_UPCAST(ret);
- bool ok = upb_refcounted_freeze(&r, 1, NULL, UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH);
+ r = upb_handlers_upcast_mutable(ret);
+ ok = upb_refcounted_freeze(&r, 1, NULL, UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return ret;
@@ -347,20 +348,20 @@ void upb_handlers_clearerr(upb_handlers *h) {
return doset(h, sel, f, handlertype, (upb_func*)func, attr); \
}
-SETTER(int32, upb_int32_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_INT32);
-SETTER(int64, upb_int64_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_INT64);
-SETTER(uint32, upb_uint32_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_UINT32);
-SETTER(uint64, upb_uint64_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_UINT64);
-SETTER(float, upb_float_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT);
-SETTER(double, upb_double_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE);
-SETTER(bool, upb_bool_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_BOOL);
-SETTER(startstr, upb_startstr_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
-SETTER(string, upb_string_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STRING);
-SETTER(endstr, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
-SETTER(startseq, upb_startfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
-SETTER(startsubmsg, upb_startfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
-SETTER(endsubmsg, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
-SETTER(endseq, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+SETTER(int32, upb_int32_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_INT32)
+SETTER(int64, upb_int64_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_INT64)
+SETTER(uint32, upb_uint32_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_UINT32)
+SETTER(uint64, upb_uint64_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_UINT64)
+SETTER(float, upb_float_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT)
+SETTER(double, upb_double_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE)
+SETTER(bool, upb_bool_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_BOOL)
+SETTER(startstr, upb_startstr_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)
+SETTER(string, upb_string_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STRING)
+SETTER(endstr, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR)
+SETTER(startseq, upb_startfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)
+SETTER(startsubmsg, upb_startfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)
+SETTER(endsubmsg, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG)
+SETTER(endseq, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ)
#undef SETTER
@@ -382,8 +383,8 @@ bool upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
assert(sub);
assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
assert(upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f));
- if (SUBH_F(h, f)) return false; // Can't reset.
- if (UPB_UPCAST(upb_handlers_msgdef(sub)) != upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
+ if (SUBH_F(h, f)) return false; /* Can't reset. */
+ if (upb_msgdef_upcast(upb_handlers_msgdef(sub)) != upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
return false;
}
SUBH_F(h, f) = sub;
@@ -407,17 +408,18 @@ bool upb_handlers_getattr(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t sel,
const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(const upb_handlers *h,
upb_selector_t sel) {
- // STARTSUBMSG selector in sel is the field's selector base.
+ /* STARTSUBMSG selector in sel is the field's selector base. */
return SUBH(h, sel - UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT);
}
const upb_msgdef *upb_handlers_msgdef(const upb_handlers *h) { return h->msg; }
bool upb_handlers_addcleanup(upb_handlers *h, void *p, upb_handlerfree *func) {
+ bool ok;
if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&h->cleanup_, p, NULL)) {
return false;
}
- bool ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(&h->cleanup_, p, upb_value_fptr(func));
+ ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(&h->cleanup_, p, upb_value_fptr(func));
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return true;
}
@@ -426,8 +428,10 @@ bool upb_handlers_addcleanup(upb_handlers *h, void *p, upb_handlerfree *func) {
/* "Static" methods ***********************************************************/
bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const*handlers, int n, upb_status *s) {
- // TODO: verify we have a transitive closure.
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* TODO: verify we have a transitive closure. */
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter j;
upb_handlers *h = handlers[i];
if (!upb_ok(&h->status_)) {
@@ -437,9 +441,8 @@ bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const*handlers, int n, upb_status *s) {
return false;
}
- // Check that there are no closure mismatches due to missing Start* handlers
- // or subhandlers with different type-level types.
- upb_msg_field_iter j;
+ /* Check that there are no closure mismatches due to missing Start* handlers
+ * or subhandlers with different type-level types. */
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, h->msg);
!upb_msg_field_done(&j);
upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
@@ -473,29 +476,29 @@ bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const*handlers, int n, upb_status *s) {
}
if (hashandler && !upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f)) {
- // For now we add an empty subhandlers in this case. It makes the
- // decoder code generator simpler, because it only has to handle two
- // cases (submessage has handlers or not) as opposed to three
- // (submessage has handlers in enclosing message but no subhandlers).
- //
- // This makes parsing less efficient in the case that we want to
- // notice a submessage but skip its contents (like if we're testing
- // for submessage presence or counting the number of repeated
- // submessages). In this case we will end up parsing the submessage
- // field by field and throwing away the results for each, instead of
- // skipping the whole delimited thing at once. If this is an issue we
- // can revisit it, but do remember that this only arises when you have
- // handlers (startseq/startsubmsg/endsubmsg/endseq) set for the
- // submessage but no subhandlers. The uses cases for this are
- // limited.
+ /* For now we add an empty subhandlers in this case. It makes the
+ * decoder code generator simpler, because it only has to handle two
+ * cases (submessage has handlers or not) as opposed to three
+ * (submessage has handlers in enclosing message but no subhandlers).
+ *
+ * This makes parsing less efficient in the case that we want to
+ * notice a submessage but skip its contents (like if we're testing
+ * for submessage presence or counting the number of repeated
+ * submessages). In this case we will end up parsing the submessage
+ * field by field and throwing away the results for each, instead of
+ * skipping the whole delimited thing at once. If this is an issue we
+ * can revisit it, but do remember that this only arises when you have
+ * handlers (startseq/startsubmsg/endsubmsg/endseq) set for the
+ * submessage but no subhandlers. The uses cases for this are
+ * limited. */
upb_handlers *sub = upb_handlers_new(upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f), &sub);
upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(h, f, sub);
upb_handlers_unref(sub, &sub);
}
- // TODO(haberman): check type of submessage.
- // This is slightly tricky; also consider whether we should check that
- // they match at setsubhandlers time.
+ /* TODO(haberman): check type of submessage.
+ * This is slightly tricky; also consider whether we should check that
+ * they match at setsubhandlers time. */
}
}
}
@@ -518,7 +521,7 @@ upb_handlertype_t upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(const upb_fielddef *f) {
case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: return UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT;
case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: return UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE;
case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: return UPB_HANDLER_BOOL;
- default: assert(false); return -1; // Invalid input.
+ default: assert(false); return -1; /* Invalid input. */
}
}
@@ -570,10 +573,10 @@ bool upb_handlers_getselector(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
break;
case UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG:
if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) return false;
- // Selectors for STARTSUBMSG are at the beginning of the table so that the
- // selector can also be used as an index into the "sub" array of
- // subhandlers. The indexes for the two into these two tables are the
- // same, except that in the handler table the static selectors come first.
+ /* Selectors for STARTSUBMSG are at the beginning of the table so that the
+ * selector can also be used as an index into the "sub" array of
+ * subhandlers. The indexes for the two into these two tables are the
+ * same, except that in the handler table the static selectors come first. */
*s = f->index_ + UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT;
break;
case UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG:
@@ -591,13 +594,13 @@ uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(const upb_fielddef *f) {
uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorcount(const upb_fielddef *f) {
uint32_t ret = 1;
- if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) ret += 2; // STARTSEQ/ENDSEQ
- if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f)) ret += 2; // [STRING]/STARTSTR/ENDSTR
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) ret += 2; /* STARTSEQ/ENDSEQ */
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f)) ret += 2; /* [STRING]/STARTSTR/ENDSTR */
if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
- // ENDSUBMSG (STARTSUBMSG is at table beginning)
+ /* ENDSUBMSG (STARTSUBMSG is at table beginning) */
ret += 0;
if (upb_fielddef_lazy(f)) {
- // STARTSTR/ENDSTR/STRING (for lazy)
+ /* STARTSTR/ENDSTR/STRING (for lazy) */
ret += 3;
}
}
@@ -661,7 +664,7 @@ void upb_byteshandler_init(upb_byteshandler* h) {
memset(h, 0, sizeof(*h));
}
-// For when we support handlerfree callbacks.
+/* For when we support handlerfree callbacks. */
void upb_byteshandler_uninit(upb_byteshandler* h) {
UPB_UNUSED(h);
}
diff --git a/upb/handlers.h b/upb/handlers.h
index 1b8864a..229d808 100644
--- a/upb/handlers.h
+++ b/upb/handlers.h
@@ -33,25 +33,26 @@ class HandlerAttributes;
class Handlers;
template <class T> class Handler;
template <class T> struct CanonicalType;
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferHandle, upb_bufhandle);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesHandler, upb_byteshandler);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::HandlerAttributes, upb_handlerattr);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Handlers, upb_handlers);
-
-// The maximum depth that the handler graph can have. This is a resource limit
-// for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the graph.
-// Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but we must
-// hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
-//
-// If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
-// of Handlers::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter.
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferHandle, upb_bufhandle)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesHandler, upb_byteshandler)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::HandlerAttributes, upb_handlerattr)
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_handlers, upb_refcounted)
+
+/* The maximum depth that the handler graph can have. This is a resource limit
+ * for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the graph.
+ * Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but we must
+ * hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
+ *
+ * If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
+ * of Handlers::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter. */
#define UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH 64
-// All the different types of handlers that can be registered.
-// Only needed for the advanced functions in upb::Handlers.
+/* All the different types of handlers that can be registered.
+ * Only needed for the advanced functions in upb::Handlers. */
typedef enum {
UPB_HANDLER_INT32,
UPB_HANDLER_INT64,
@@ -66,25 +67,25 @@ typedef enum {
UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG,
UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG,
UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ,
- UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ
} upb_handlertype_t;
#define UPB_HANDLER_MAX (UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ+1)
#define UPB_BREAK NULL
-// A convenient definition for when no closure is needed.
+/* A convenient definition for when no closure is needed. */
extern char _upb_noclosure;
#define UPB_NO_CLOSURE &_upb_noclosure
-// A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
-// (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15").
+/* A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
+ * (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15"). */
typedef int32_t upb_selector_t;
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Forward-declares for C inline accessors. We need to declare these here
-// so we can "friend" them in the class declarations in C++.
+/* Forward-declares for C inline accessors. We need to declare these here
+ * so we can "friend" them in the class declarations in C++. */
UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h,
upb_selector_t s);
UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
@@ -103,104 +104,111 @@ UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h);
UPB_END_EXTERN_C
-// Static selectors for upb::Handlers.
+/* Static selectors for upb::Handlers. */
#define UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR 0
#define UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR 1
#define UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT 2
-// Static selectors for upb::BytesHandler.
+/* Static selectors for upb::BytesHandler. */
#define UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR 0
#define UPB_STRING_SELECTOR 1
#define UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR 2
typedef void upb_handlerfree(void *d);
-// A set of attributes that accompanies a handler's function pointer.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::HandlerAttributes,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A set of attributes that accompanies a handler's function pointer. */
+class upb::HandlerAttributes {
public:
HandlerAttributes();
~HandlerAttributes();
- // Sets the handler data that will be passed as the second parameter of the
- // handler. To free this pointer when the handlers are freed, call
- // Handlers::AddCleanup().
+ /* Sets the handler data that will be passed as the second parameter of the
+ * handler. To free this pointer when the handlers are freed, call
+ * Handlers::AddCleanup(). */
bool SetHandlerData(const void *handler_data);
const void* handler_data() const;
- // Use this to specify the type of the closure. This will be checked against
- // all other closure types for handler that use the same closure.
- // Registration will fail if this does not match all other non-NULL closure
- // types.
+ /* Use this to specify the type of the closure. This will be checked against
+ * all other closure types for handler that use the same closure.
+ * Registration will fail if this does not match all other non-NULL closure
+ * types. */
bool SetClosureType(const void *closure_type);
const void* closure_type() const;
- // Use this to specify the type of the returned closure. Only used for
- // Start*{String,SubMessage,Sequence} handlers. This must match the closure
- // type of any handlers that use it (for example, the StringBuf handler must
- // match the closure returned from StartString).
+ /* Use this to specify the type of the returned closure. Only used for
+ * Start*{String,SubMessage,Sequence} handlers. This must match the closure
+ * type of any handlers that use it (for example, the StringBuf handler must
+ * match the closure returned from StartString). */
bool SetReturnClosureType(const void *return_closure_type);
const void* return_closure_type() const;
- // Set to indicate that the handler always returns "ok" (either "true" or a
- // non-NULL closure). This is a hint that can allow code generators to
- // generate more efficient code.
+ /* Set to indicate that the handler always returns "ok" (either "true" or a
+ * non-NULL closure). This is a hint that can allow code generators to
+ * generate more efficient code. */
bool SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok);
bool always_ok() const;
private:
friend UPB_INLINE const void * ::upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
const upb_handlerattr *attr);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_handlerattr,
+#else
+struct upb_handlerattr {
+#endif
const void *handler_data_;
const void *closure_type_;
const void *return_closure_type_;
bool alwaysok_;
-));
+};
#define UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER {NULL, NULL, NULL, false}
typedef struct {
upb_func *func;
- // It is wasteful to include the entire attributes here:
- //
- // * Some of the information is redundant (like storing the closure type
- // separately for each handler that must match).
- // * Some of the info is only needed prior to freeze() (like closure types).
- // * alignment padding wastes a lot of space for alwaysok_.
- //
- // If/when the size and locality of handlers is an issue, we can optimize this
- // not to store the entire attr like this. We do not expose the table's
- // layout to allow this optimization in the future.
+
+ /* It is wasteful to include the entire attributes here:
+ *
+ * * Some of the information is redundant (like storing the closure type
+ * separately for each handler that must match).
+ * * Some of the info is only needed prior to freeze() (like closure types).
+ * * alignment padding wastes a lot of space for alwaysok_.
+ *
+ * If/when the size and locality of handlers is an issue, we can optimize this
+ * not to store the entire attr like this. We do not expose the table's
+ * layout to allow this optimization in the future. */
upb_handlerattr attr;
} upb_handlers_tabent;
-// Extra information about a buffer that is passed to a StringBuf handler.
-// TODO(haberman): allow the handle to be pinned so that it will outlive
-// the handler invocation.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BufferHandle,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Extra information about a buffer that is passed to a StringBuf handler.
+ * TODO(haberman): allow the handle to be pinned so that it will outlive
+ * the handler invocation. */
+class upb::BufferHandle {
public:
BufferHandle();
~BufferHandle();
- // The beginning of the buffer. This may be different than the pointer
- // passed to a StringBuf handler because the handler may receive data
- // that is from the middle or end of a larger buffer.
+ /* The beginning of the buffer. This may be different than the pointer
+ * passed to a StringBuf handler because the handler may receive data
+ * that is from the middle or end of a larger buffer. */
const char* buffer() const;
- // The offset within the attached object where this buffer begins. Only
- // meaningful if there is an attached object.
+ /* The offset within the attached object where this buffer begins. Only
+ * meaningful if there is an attached object. */
size_t object_offset() const;
- // Note that object_offset is the offset of "buf" within the attached object.
+ /* Note that object_offset is the offset of "buf" within the attached
+ * object. */
void SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t object_offset);
- // The BufferHandle can have an "attached object", which can be used to
- // tunnel through a pointer to the buffer's underlying representation.
+ /* The BufferHandle can have an "attached object", which can be used to
+ * tunnel through a pointer to the buffer's underlying representation. */
template <class T>
void SetAttachedObject(const T* obj);
- // Returns NULL if the attached object is not of this type.
+ /* Returns NULL if the attached object is not of this type. */
template <class T>
const T* GetAttachedObject() const;
@@ -215,26 +223,29 @@ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BufferHandle,
friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_objtype(
const upb_bufhandle *h);
friend UPB_INLINE const char* ::upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_bufhandle,
+#else
+struct upb_bufhandle {
+#endif
const char *buf_;
const void *obj_;
const void *objtype_;
size_t objofs_;
-));
-
-// A upb::Handlers object represents the set of handlers associated with a
-// message in the graph of messages. You can think of it as a big virtual
-// table with functions corresponding to all the events that can fire while
-// parsing or visiting a message of a specific type.
-//
-// Any handlers that are not set behave as if they had successfully consumed
-// the value. Any unset Start* handlers will propagate their closure to the
-// inner frame.
-//
-// The easiest way to create the *Handler objects needed by the Set* methods is
-// with the UpbBind() and UpbMakeHandler() macros; see below.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted,
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A upb::Handlers object represents the set of handlers associated with a
+ * message in the graph of messages. You can think of it as a big virtual
+ * table with functions corresponding to all the events that can fire while
+ * parsing or visiting a message of a specific type.
+ *
+ * Any handlers that are not set behave as if they had successfully consumed
+ * the value. Any unset Start* handlers will propagate their closure to the
+ * inner frame.
+ *
+ * The easiest way to create the *Handler objects needed by the Set* methods is
+ * with the UpbBind() and UpbMakeHandler() macros; see below. */
+class upb::Handlers {
public:
typedef upb_selector_t Selector;
typedef upb_handlertype_t Type;
@@ -259,95 +270,94 @@ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted,
typedef ValueHandler<double>::H DoubleHandler;
typedef ValueHandler<bool>::H BoolHandler;
- // Any function pointer can be converted to this and converted back to its
- // correct type.
+ /* Any function pointer can be converted to this and converted back to its
+ * correct type. */
typedef void GenericFunction();
typedef void HandlersCallback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h);
- // Returns a new handlers object for the given frozen msgdef.
- // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ /* Returns a new handlers object for the given frozen msgdef.
+ * Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
static reffed_ptr<Handlers> New(const MessageDef *m);
- // Convenience function for registering a graph of handlers that mirrors the
- // graph of msgdefs for some message. For "m" and all its children a new set
- // of handlers will be created and the given callback will be invoked,
- // allowing the client to register handlers for this message. Note that any
- // subhandlers set by the callback will be overwritten.
+ /* Convenience function for registering a graph of handlers that mirrors the
+ * graph of msgdefs for some message. For "m" and all its children a new set
+ * of handlers will be created and the given callback will be invoked,
+ * allowing the client to register handlers for this message. Note that any
+ * subhandlers set by the callback will be overwritten. */
static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewFrozen(const MessageDef *m,
HandlersCallback *callback,
const void *closure);
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
-
- // All handler registration functions return bool to indicate success or
- // failure; details about failures are stored in this status object. If a
- // failure does occur, it must be cleared before the Handlers are frozen,
- // otherwise the freeze() operation will fail. The functions may *only* be
- // used while the Handlers are mutable.
+ /* Functionality from upb::RefCounted. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* All handler registration functions return bool to indicate success or
+ * failure; details about failures are stored in this status object. If a
+ * failure does occur, it must be cleared before the Handlers are frozen,
+ * otherwise the freeze() operation will fail. The functions may *only* be
+ * used while the Handlers are mutable. */
const Status* status();
void ClearError();
- // Call to freeze these Handlers. Requires that any SubHandlers are already
- // frozen. For cycles, you must use the static version below and freeze the
- // whole graph at once.
+ /* Call to freeze these Handlers. Requires that any SubHandlers are already
+ * frozen. For cycles, you must use the static version below and freeze the
+ * whole graph at once. */
bool Freeze(Status* s);
- // Freezes the given set of handlers. You may not freeze a handler without
- // also freezing any handlers they point to.
+ /* Freezes the given set of handlers. You may not freeze a handler without
+ * also freezing any handlers they point to. */
static bool Freeze(Handlers*const* handlers, int n, Status* s);
static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& handlers, Status* s);
- // Returns the msgdef associated with this handlers object.
+ /* Returns the msgdef associated with this handlers object. */
const MessageDef* message_def() const;
- // Adds the given pointer and function to the list of cleanup functions that
- // will be run when these handlers are freed. If this pointer has previously
- // been registered, the function returns false and does nothing.
+ /* Adds the given pointer and function to the list of cleanup functions that
+ * will be run when these handlers are freed. If this pointer has previously
+ * been registered, the function returns false and does nothing. */
bool AddCleanup(void *ptr, upb_handlerfree *cleanup);
- // Sets the startmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
- //
- // bool startmsg(MyType* closure) {
- // // Called when the message begins. Returns true if processing should
- // // continue.
- // return true;
- // }
+ /* Sets the startmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
+ *
+ * bool startmsg(MyType* closure) {
+ * // Called when the message begins. Returns true if processing should
+ * // continue.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ */
bool SetStartMessageHandler(const StartMessageHandler& handler);
- // Sets the endmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
- //
- // bool endmsg(MyType* closure, upb_status *status) {
- // // Called when processing of this message ends, whether in success or
- // // failure. "status" indicates the final status of processing, and
- // // can also be modified in-place to update the final status.
- // }
+ /* Sets the endmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
+ *
+ * bool endmsg(MyType* closure, upb_status *status) {
+ * // Called when processing of this message ends, whether in success or
+ * // failure. "status" indicates the final status of processing, and
+ * // can also be modified in-place to update the final status.
+ * }
+ */
bool SetEndMessageHandler(const EndMessageHandler& handler);
- // Sets the value handler for the given field, which is defined as follows
- // (this is for an int32 field; other field types will pass their native
- // C/C++ type for "val"):
- //
- // bool OnValue(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
- // // Called when the field's value is encountered. "d" contains
- // // whatever data was bound to this field when it was registered.
- // // Returns true if processing should continue.
- // return true;
- // }
- //
- // handers->SetInt32Handler(f, UpbBind(OnValue, new MyHandlerData(...)));
- //
- // The value type must exactly match f->type().
- // For example, a handler that takes an int32_t parameter may only be used for
- // fields of type UPB_TYPE_INT32 and UPB_TYPE_ENUM.
- //
- // Returns false if the handler failed to register; in this case the cleanup
- // handler (if any) will be called immediately.
+ /* Sets the value handler for the given field, which is defined as follows
+ * (this is for an int32 field; other field types will pass their native
+ * C/C++ type for "val"):
+ *
+ * bool OnValue(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
+ * // Called when the field's value is encountered. "d" contains
+ * // whatever data was bound to this field when it was registered.
+ * // Returns true if processing should continue.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ *
+ * handers->SetInt32Handler(f, UpbBind(OnValue, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ *
+ * The value type must exactly match f->type().
+ * For example, a handler that takes an int32_t parameter may only be used for
+ * fields of type UPB_TYPE_INT32 and UPB_TYPE_ENUM.
+ *
+ * Returns false if the handler failed to register; in this case the cleanup
+ * handler (if any) will be called immediately.
+ */
bool SetInt32Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int32Handler& h);
bool SetInt64Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int64Handler& h);
bool SetUInt32Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt32Handler& h);
@@ -356,240 +366,247 @@ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted,
bool SetDoubleHandler(const FieldDef* f, const DoubleHandler& h);
bool SetBoolHandler (const FieldDef* f, const BoolHandler& h);
- // Like the previous, but templated on the type on the value (ie. int32).
- // This is mostly useful to call from other templates. To call this you must
- // specify the template parameter explicitly, ie:
- // h->SetValueHandler<T>(f, UpbBind(MyHandler<T>, MyData));
+ /* Like the previous, but templated on the type on the value (ie. int32).
+ * This is mostly useful to call from other templates. To call this you must
+ * specify the template parameter explicitly, ie:
+ * h->SetValueHandler<T>(f, UpbBind(MyHandler<T>, MyData)); */
template <class T>
bool SetValueHandler(
const FieldDef *f,
const typename ValueHandler<typename CanonicalType<T>::Type>::H& handler);
- // Sets handlers for a string field, which are defined as follows:
- //
- // MySubClosure* startstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d,
- // size_t size_hint) {
- // // Called when a string value begins. The return value indicates the
- // // closure for the string. "size_hint" indicates the size of the
- // // string if it is known, however if the string is length-delimited
- // // and the end-of-string is not available size_hint will be zero.
- // // This case is indistinguishable from the case where the size is
- // // known to be zero.
- // //
- // // TODO(haberman): is it important to distinguish these cases?
- // // If we had ssize_t as a type we could make -1 "unknown", but
- // // ssize_t is POSIX (not ANSI) and therefore less portable.
- // // In practice I suspect it won't be important to distinguish.
- // return closure;
- // }
- //
- // size_t str(MyClosure* closure, const MyHandlerData* d,
- // const char *str, size_t len) {
- // // Called for each buffer of string data; the multiple physical buffers
- // // are all part of the same logical string. The return value indicates
- // // how many bytes were consumed. If this number is less than "len",
- // // this will also indicate that processing should be halted for now,
- // // like returning false or UPB_BREAK from any other callback. If
- // // number is greater than "len", the excess bytes will be skipped over
- // // and not passed to the callback.
- // return len;
- // }
- //
- // bool endstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
- // // Called when a string value ends. Return value indicates whether
- // // processing should continue.
- // return true;
- // }
+ /* Sets handlers for a string field, which are defined as follows:
+ *
+ * MySubClosure* startstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d,
+ * size_t size_hint) {
+ * // Called when a string value begins. The return value indicates the
+ * // closure for the string. "size_hint" indicates the size of the
+ * // string if it is known, however if the string is length-delimited
+ * // and the end-of-string is not available size_hint will be zero.
+ * // This case is indistinguishable from the case where the size is
+ * // known to be zero.
+ * //
+ * // TODO(haberman): is it important to distinguish these cases?
+ * // If we had ssize_t as a type we could make -1 "unknown", but
+ * // ssize_t is POSIX (not ANSI) and therefore less portable.
+ * // In practice I suspect it won't be important to distinguish.
+ * return closure;
+ * }
+ *
+ * size_t str(MyClosure* closure, const MyHandlerData* d,
+ * const char *str, size_t len) {
+ * // Called for each buffer of string data; the multiple physical buffers
+ * // are all part of the same logical string. The return value indicates
+ * // how many bytes were consumed. If this number is less than "len",
+ * // this will also indicate that processing should be halted for now,
+ * // like returning false or UPB_BREAK from any other callback. If
+ * // number is greater than "len", the excess bytes will be skipped over
+ * // and not passed to the callback.
+ * return len;
+ * }
+ *
+ * bool endstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a string value ends. Return value indicates whether
+ * // processing should continue.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ */
bool SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartStringHandler& h);
bool SetStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StringHandler& h);
bool SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h);
- // Sets the startseq handler, which is defined as follows:
- //
- // MySubClosure *startseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
- // // Called when a sequence (repeated field) begins. The returned
- // // pointer indicates the closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK
- // // to interrupt processing).
- // return closure;
- // }
- //
- // h->SetStartSequenceHandler(f, UpbBind(startseq, new MyHandlerData(...)));
- //
- // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
- // repeated field.
+ /* Sets the startseq handler, which is defined as follows:
+ *
+ * MySubClosure *startseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a sequence (repeated field) begins. The returned
+ * // pointer indicates the closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK
+ * // to interrupt processing).
+ * return closure;
+ * }
+ *
+ * h->SetStartSequenceHandler(f, UpbBind(startseq, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * repeated field.
+ */
bool SetStartSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h);
- // Sets the startsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
- // follows:
- //
- // MySubClosure* startsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
- // // Called when a submessage begins. The returned pointer indicates the
- // // closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK to interrupt processing).
- // return closure;
- // }
- //
- // h->SetStartSubMessageHandler(f, UpbBind(startsubmsg,
- // new MyHandlerData(...)));
- //
- // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
- // submessage/group field.
+ /* Sets the startsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * MySubClosure* startsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a submessage begins. The returned pointer indicates the
+ * // closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK to interrupt processing).
+ * return closure;
+ * }
+ *
+ * h->SetStartSubMessageHandler(f, UpbBind(startsubmsg,
+ * new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * submessage/group field.
+ */
bool SetStartSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h);
- // Sets the endsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
- // follows:
- //
- // bool endsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
- // // Called when a submessage ends. Returns true to continue processing.
- // return true;
- // }
- //
- // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
- // submessage/group field.
+ /* Sets the endsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * bool endsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a submessage ends. Returns true to continue processing.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * submessage/group field.
+ */
bool SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f, const EndFieldHandler &h);
- // Starts the endsubseq handler for the given field, which is defined as
- // follows:
- //
- // bool endseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
- // // Called when a sequence ends. Returns true continue processing.
- // return true;
- // }
- //
- // Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
- // repeated field.
+ /* Starts the endsubseq handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * bool endseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a sequence ends. Returns true continue processing.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * repeated field.
+ */
bool SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h);
- // Sets or gets the object that specifies handlers for the given field, which
- // must be a submessage or group. Returns NULL if no handlers are set.
+ /* Sets or gets the object that specifies handlers for the given field, which
+ * must be a submessage or group. Returns NULL if no handlers are set. */
bool SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f, const Handlers* sub);
const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f) const;
- // Equivalent to GetSubHandlers, but takes the STARTSUBMSG selector for the
- // field.
+ /* Equivalent to GetSubHandlers, but takes the STARTSUBMSG selector for the
+ * field. */
const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(Selector startsubmsg) const;
- // A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
- // (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15").
- // On success, returns true and stores the selector in "s".
- // If the FieldDef or Type are invalid, returns false.
- // The returned selector is ONLY valid for Handlers whose MessageDef
- // contains this FieldDef.
+ /* A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
+ * (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15").
+ * On success, returns true and stores the selector in "s".
+ * If the FieldDef or Type are invalid, returns false.
+ * The returned selector is ONLY valid for Handlers whose MessageDef
+ * contains this FieldDef. */
static bool GetSelector(const FieldDef* f, Type type, Selector* s);
- // Given a START selector of any kind, returns the corresponding END selector.
+ /* Given a START selector of any kind, returns the corresponding END selector. */
static Selector GetEndSelector(Selector start_selector);
- // Returns the function pointer for this handler. It is the client's
- // responsibility to cast to the correct function type before calling it.
+ /* Returns the function pointer for this handler. It is the client's
+ * responsibility to cast to the correct function type before calling it. */
GenericFunction* GetHandler(Selector selector);
- // Sets the given attributes to the attributes for this selector.
+ /* Sets the given attributes to the attributes for this selector. */
bool GetAttributes(Selector selector, HandlerAttributes* attr);
- // Returns the handler data that was registered with this handler.
+ /* Returns the handler data that was registered with this handler. */
const void* GetHandlerData(Selector selector);
- // Could add any of the following functions as-needed, with some minor
- // implementation changes:
- //
- // const FieldDef* GetFieldDef(Selector selector);
- // static bool IsSequence(Selector selector);
+ /* Could add any of the following functions as-needed, with some minor
+ * implementation changes:
+ *
+ * const FieldDef* GetFieldDef(Selector selector);
+ * static bool IsSequence(Selector selector); */
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Handlers, upb::Handlers);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Handlers, upb::Handlers)
friend UPB_INLINE GenericFunction *::upb_handlers_gethandler(
const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s);
friend UPB_INLINE const void *::upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(
const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s);
+#else
+struct upb_handlers {
+#endif
+ upb_refcounted base;
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_handlers, upb_refcounted,
const upb_msgdef *msg;
const upb_handlers **sub;
const void *top_closure_type;
upb_inttable cleanup_;
- upb_status status_; // Used only when mutable.
- upb_handlers_tabent table[1]; // Dynamically-sized field handler array.
-));
-
+ upb_status status_; /* Used only when mutable. */
+ upb_handlers_tabent table[1]; /* Dynamically-sized field handler array. */
+};
#ifdef __cplusplus
namespace upb {
-// Convenience macros for creating a Handler object that is wrapped with a
-// type-safe wrapper function that converts the "void*" parameters/returns
-// of the underlying C API into nice C++ function.
-//
-// Sample usage:
-// void OnValue1(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
-// // do stuff ...
-// }
-//
-// // Handler that doesn't need any data bound to it.
-// void OnValue2(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
-// // do stuff ...
-// }
-//
-// // Handler that returns bool so it can return failure if necessary.
-// bool OnValue3(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
-// // do stuff ...
-// return ok;
-// }
-//
-// // Member function handler.
-// class MyClosure {
-// public:
-// void OnValue(int32_t val) {
-// // do stuff ...
-// }
-// };
-//
-// // Takes ownership of the MyHandlerData.
-// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbBind(OnValue1, new MyHandlerData(...)));
-// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue2));
-// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue3));
-// handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(&MyClosure::OnValue));
+/* Convenience macros for creating a Handler object that is wrapped with a
+ * type-safe wrapper function that converts the "void*" parameters/returns
+ * of the underlying C API into nice C++ function.
+ *
+ * Sample usage:
+ * void OnValue1(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Handler that doesn't need any data bound to it.
+ * void OnValue2(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Handler that returns bool so it can return failure if necessary.
+ * bool OnValue3(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * return ok;
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Member function handler.
+ * class MyClosure {
+ * public:
+ * void OnValue(int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * }
+ * };
+ *
+ * // Takes ownership of the MyHandlerData.
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbBind(OnValue1, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue2));
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue3));
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(&MyClosure::OnValue));
+ */
#ifdef UPB_CXX11
-// In C++11, the "template" disambiguator can appear even outside templates,
-// so all calls can safely use this pair of macros.
+/* In C++11, the "template" disambiguator can appear even outside templates,
+ * so all calls can safely use this pair of macros. */
#define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>()
-// We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once.
+/* We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once. */
#define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d))
#else
-// Prior to C++11, the "template" disambiguator may only appear inside a
-// template, so the regular macro must not use "template"
+/* Prior to C++11, the "template" disambiguator may only appear inside a
+ * template, so the regular macro must not use "template" */
#define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>()
#define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>((d))
-#endif // UPB_CXX11
+#endif /* UPB_CXX11 */
-// This macro must be used in C++98 for calls from inside a template. But we
-// define this variant in all cases; code that wants to be compatible with both
-// C++98 and C++11 should always use this macro when calling from a template.
+/* This macro must be used in C++98 for calls from inside a template. But we
+ * define this variant in all cases; code that wants to be compatible with both
+ * C++98 and C++11 should always use this macro when calling from a template. */
#define UpbMakeHandlerT(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>()
-// We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once.
+/* We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once. */
#define UpbBindT(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d))
-// Handler: a struct that contains the (handler, data, deleter) tuple that is
-// used to register all handlers. Users can Make() these directly but it's
-// more convenient to use the UpbMakeHandler/UpbBind macros above.
+/* Handler: a struct that contains the (handler, data, deleter) tuple that is
+ * used to register all handlers. Users can Make() these directly but it's
+ * more convenient to use the UpbMakeHandler/UpbBind macros above. */
template <class T> class Handler {
public:
- // The underlying, handler function signature that upb uses internally.
+ /* The underlying, handler function signature that upb uses internally. */
typedef T FuncPtr;
- // Intentionally implicit.
+ /* Intentionally implicit. */
template <class F> Handler(F func);
~Handler();
@@ -601,7 +618,7 @@ template <class T> class Handler {
}
}
- UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Handler);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Handler)
friend class Handlers;
FuncPtr handler_;
mutable HandlerAttributes attr_;
@@ -610,15 +627,15 @@ template <class T> class Handler {
upb_handlerfree *cleanup_func_;
};
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Native C API.
+/* Native C API. */
-// Handler function typedefs.
+/* Handler function typedefs. */
typedef bool upb_startmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void*);
typedef bool upb_endmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *, upb_status *status);
typedef void* upb_startfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd);
@@ -635,10 +652,10 @@ typedef void *upb_startstr_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd,
typedef size_t upb_string_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t n, const upb_bufhandle* handle);
-// upb_bufhandle
+/* upb_bufhandle */
size_t upb_bufhandle_objofs(const upb_bufhandle *h);
-// upb_handlerattr
+/* upb_handlerattr */
void upb_handlerattr_init(upb_handlerattr *attr);
void upb_handlerattr_uninit(upb_handlerattr *attr);
@@ -656,7 +673,7 @@ UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
return attr->handler_data_;
}
-// upb_handlers
+/* upb_handlers */
typedef void upb_handlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h);
upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *m,
const void *owner);
@@ -664,12 +681,9 @@ const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_newfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m,
const void *owner,
upb_handlers_callback *callback,
const void *closure);
-bool upb_handlers_isfrozen(const upb_handlers *h);
-void upb_handlers_ref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner);
-void upb_handlers_unref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner);
-void upb_handlers_donateref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *from,
- const void *to);
-void upb_handlers_checkref(const upb_handlers *h, const void *owner);
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_handlers_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_handlers, upb_handlers_upcast)
const upb_status *upb_handlers_status(upb_handlers *h);
void upb_handlers_clearerr(upb_handlers *h);
@@ -740,26 +754,29 @@ UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h,
return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(&h->table[s].attr);
}
-// Handler types for single fields.
-// Right now we only have one for TYPE_BYTES but ones for other types
-// should follow.
-//
-// These follow the same handlers protocol for fields of a message.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BytesHandler,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Handler types for single fields.
+ * Right now we only have one for TYPE_BYTES but ones for other types
+ * should follow.
+ *
+ * These follow the same handlers protocol for fields of a message. */
+class upb::BytesHandler {
public:
BytesHandler();
~BytesHandler();
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_byteshandler,
+#else
+struct upb_byteshandler {
+#endif
upb_handlers_tabent table[3];
-));
+};
void upb_byteshandler_init(upb_byteshandler *h);
-// Caller must ensure that "d" outlives the handlers.
-// TODO(haberman): should this have a "freeze" operation? It's not necessary
-// for memory management, but could be useful to force immutability and provide
-// a convenient moment to verify that all registration succeeded.
+/* Caller must ensure that "d" outlives the handlers.
+ * TODO(haberman): should this have a "freeze" operation? It's not necessary
+ * for memory management, but could be useful to force immutability and provide
+ * a convenient moment to verify that all registration succeeded. */
bool upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
bool upb_byteshandler_setstring(upb_byteshandler *h,
@@ -767,7 +784,7 @@ bool upb_byteshandler_setstring(upb_byteshandler *h,
bool upb_byteshandler_setendstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
-// "Static" methods
+/* "Static" methods */
bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const *handlers, int n, upb_status *s);
upb_handlertype_t upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(const upb_fielddef *f);
bool upb_handlers_getselector(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
@@ -776,7 +793,7 @@ UPB_INLINE upb_selector_t upb_handlers_getendselector(upb_selector_t start) {
return start + 1;
}
-// Internal-only.
+/* Internal-only. */
uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(const upb_fielddef *f);
uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorcount(const upb_fielddef *f);
@@ -784,4 +801,4 @@ UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#include "upb/handlers-inl.h"
-#endif // UPB_HANDLERS_H
+#endif /* UPB_HANDLERS_H */
diff --git a/upb/json/parser.c b/upb/json/parser.c
index f4f5628..896f18f 100644
--- a/upb/json/parser.c
+++ b/upb/json/parser.c
@@ -38,26 +38,26 @@
typedef struct {
upb_sink sink;
- // The current message in which we're parsing, and the field whose value we're
- // expecting next.
+ /* The current message in which we're parsing, and the field whose value we're
+ * expecting next. */
const upb_msgdef *m;
const upb_fielddef *f;
- // We are in a repeated-field context, ready to emit mapentries as
- // submessages. This flag alters the start-of-object (open-brace) behavior to
- // begin a sequence of mapentry messages rather than a single submessage.
+ /* We are in a repeated-field context, ready to emit mapentries as
+ * submessages. This flag alters the start-of-object (open-brace) behavior to
+ * begin a sequence of mapentry messages rather than a single submessage. */
bool is_map;
- // We are in a map-entry message context. This flag is set when parsing the
- // value field of a single map entry and indicates to all value-field parsers
- // (subobjects, strings, numbers, and bools) that the map-entry submessage
- // should end as soon as the value is parsed.
+ /* We are in a map-entry message context. This flag is set when parsing the
+ * value field of a single map entry and indicates to all value-field parsers
+ * (subobjects, strings, numbers, and bools) that the map-entry submessage
+ * should end as soon as the value is parsed. */
bool is_mapentry;
- // If |is_map| or |is_mapentry| is true, |mapfield| refers to the parent
- // message's map field that we're currently parsing. This differs from |f|
- // because |f| is the field in the *current* message (i.e., the map-entry
- // message itself), not the parent's field that leads to this map.
+ /* If |is_map| or |is_mapentry| is true, |mapfield| refers to the parent
+ * message's map field that we're currently parsing. This differs from |f|
+ * because |f| is the field in the *current* message (i.e., the map-entry
+ * message itself), not the parent's field that leads to this map. */
const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
} upb_jsonparser_frame;
@@ -66,41 +66,41 @@ struct upb_json_parser {
upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
upb_bytessink input_;
- // Stack to track the JSON scopes we are in.
+ /* Stack to track the JSON scopes we are in. */
upb_jsonparser_frame stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
upb_jsonparser_frame *top;
upb_jsonparser_frame *limit;
upb_status *status;
- // Ragel's internal parsing stack for the parsing state machine.
+ /* Ragel's internal parsing stack for the parsing state machine. */
int current_state;
int parser_stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
int parser_top;
- // The handle for the current buffer.
+ /* The handle for the current buffer. */
const upb_bufhandle *handle;
- // Accumulate buffer. See details in parser.rl.
+ /* Accumulate buffer. See details in parser.rl. */
const char *accumulated;
size_t accumulated_len;
char *accumulate_buf;
size_t accumulate_buf_size;
- // Multi-part text data. See details in parser.rl.
+ /* Multi-part text data. See details in parser.rl. */
int multipart_state;
upb_selector_t string_selector;
- // Input capture. See details in parser.rl.
+ /* Input capture. See details in parser.rl. */
const char *capture;
- // Intermediate result of parsing a unicode escape sequence.
+ /* Intermediate result of parsing a unicode escape sequence. */
uint32_t digit;
};
#define PARSER_CHECK_RETURN(x) if (!(x)) return false
-// Used to signal that a capture has been suspended.
+/* Used to signal that a capture has been suspended. */
static char suspend_capture;
static upb_selector_t getsel_for_handlertype(upb_json_parser *p,
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ static bool check_stack(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
}
-// There are GCC/Clang built-ins for overflow checking which we could start
-// using if there was any performance benefit to it.
+/* There are GCC/Clang built-ins for overflow checking which we could start
+ * using if there was any performance benefit to it. */
static bool checked_add(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *c) {
if (SIZE_MAX - a < b) return false;
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ static bool checked_add(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *c) {
}
static size_t saturating_multiply(size_t a, size_t b) {
- // size_t is unsigned, so this is defined behavior even on overflow.
+ /* size_t is unsigned, so this is defined behavior even on overflow. */
size_t ret = a * b;
if (b != 0 && ret / b != a) {
ret = SIZE_MAX;
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ static size_t saturating_multiply(size_t a, size_t b) {
/* Base64 decoding ************************************************************/
-// TODO(haberman): make this streaming.
+/* TODO(haberman): make this streaming. */
static const signed char b64table[] = {
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
@@ -183,19 +183,22 @@ static const signed char b64table[] = {
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1
};
-// Returns the table value sign-extended to 32 bits. Knowing that the upper
-// bits will be 1 for unrecognized characters makes it easier to check for
-// this error condition later (see below).
+/* Returns the table value sign-extended to 32 bits. Knowing that the upper
+ * bits will be 1 for unrecognized characters makes it easier to check for
+ * this error condition later (see below). */
int32_t b64lookup(unsigned char ch) { return b64table[ch]; }
-// Returns true if the given character is not a valid base64 character or
-// padding.
+/* Returns true if the given character is not a valid base64 character or
+ * padding. */
bool nonbase64(unsigned char ch) { return b64lookup(ch) == -1 && ch != '='; }
static bool base64_push(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel, const char *ptr,
size_t len) {
const char *limit = ptr + len;
for (; ptr < limit; ptr += 4) {
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output[3];
+
if (limit - ptr < 4) {
upb_status_seterrf(p->status,
"Base64 input for bytes field not a multiple of 4: %s",
@@ -203,17 +206,16 @@ static bool base64_push(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel, const char *ptr,
return false;
}
- uint32_t val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
- b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
- b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6 |
- b64lookup(ptr[3]);
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[3]);
- // Test the upper bit; returns true if any of the characters returned -1.
+ /* Test the upper bit; returns true if any of the characters returned -1. */
if (val & 0x80000000) {
goto otherchar;
}
- char output[3];
output[0] = val >> 16;
output[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff;
output[2] = val & 0xff;
@@ -229,29 +231,34 @@ otherchar:
upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
return false;
} if (ptr[2] == '=') {
- // Last group contains only two input bytes, one output byte.
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output;
+
+ /* Last group contains only two input bytes, one output byte. */
if (ptr[0] == '=' || ptr[1] == '=' || ptr[3] != '=') {
goto badpadding;
}
- uint32_t val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
- b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12;
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12;
assert(!(val & 0x80000000));
- char output = val >> 16;
+ output = val >> 16;
upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, &output, 1, NULL);
return true;
} else {
- // Last group contains only three input bytes, two output bytes.
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output[2];
+
+ /* Last group contains only three input bytes, two output bytes. */
if (ptr[0] == '=' || ptr[1] == '=' || ptr[2] == '=') {
goto badpadding;
}
- uint32_t val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
- b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
- b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6;
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6;
- char output[2];
output[0] = val >> 16;
output[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff;
upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, output, 2, NULL);
@@ -269,23 +276,23 @@ badpadding:
/* Accumulate buffer **********************************************************/
-// Functionality for accumulating a buffer.
-//
-// Some parts of the parser need an entire value as a contiguous string. For
-// example, to look up a member name in a hash table, or to turn a string into
-// a number, the relevant library routines need the input string to be in
-// contiguous memory, even if the value spanned two or more buffers in the
-// input. These routines handle that.
-//
-// In the common case we can just point to the input buffer to get this
-// contiguous string and avoid any actual copy. So we optimistically begin
-// this way. But there are a few cases where we must instead copy into a
-// separate buffer:
-//
-// 1. The string was not contiguous in the input (it spanned buffers).
-//
-// 2. The string included escape sequences that need to be interpreted to get
-// the true value in a contiguous buffer.
+/* Functionality for accumulating a buffer.
+ *
+ * Some parts of the parser need an entire value as a contiguous string. For
+ * example, to look up a member name in a hash table, or to turn a string into
+ * a number, the relevant library routines need the input string to be in
+ * contiguous memory, even if the value spanned two or more buffers in the
+ * input. These routines handle that.
+ *
+ * In the common case we can just point to the input buffer to get this
+ * contiguous string and avoid any actual copy. So we optimistically begin
+ * this way. But there are a few cases where we must instead copy into a
+ * separate buffer:
+ *
+ * 1. The string was not contiguous in the input (it spanned buffers).
+ *
+ * 2. The string included escape sequences that need to be interpreted to get
+ * the true value in a contiguous buffer. */
static void assert_accumulate_empty(upb_json_parser *p) {
UPB_UNUSED(p);
@@ -298,15 +305,16 @@ static void accumulate_clear(upb_json_parser *p) {
p->accumulated_len = 0;
}
-// Used internally by accumulate_append().
+/* Used internally by accumulate_append(). */
static bool accumulate_realloc(upb_json_parser *p, size_t need) {
+ void *mem;
size_t old_size = p->accumulate_buf_size;
size_t new_size = UPB_MAX(old_size, 128);
while (new_size < need) {
new_size = saturating_multiply(new_size, 2);
}
- void *mem = upb_env_realloc(p->env, p->accumulate_buf, old_size, new_size);
+ mem = upb_env_realloc(p->env, p->accumulate_buf, old_size, new_size);
if (!mem) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(p->status, "Out of memory allocating buffer.");
return false;
@@ -317,18 +325,19 @@ static bool accumulate_realloc(upb_json_parser *p, size_t need) {
return true;
}
-// Logically appends the given data to the append buffer.
-// If "can_alias" is true, we will try to avoid actually copying, but the buffer
-// must be valid until the next accumulate_append() call (if any).
+/* Logically appends the given data to the append buffer.
+ * If "can_alias" is true, we will try to avoid actually copying, but the buffer
+ * must be valid until the next accumulate_append() call (if any). */
static bool accumulate_append(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
bool can_alias) {
+ size_t need;
+
if (!p->accumulated && can_alias) {
p->accumulated = buf;
p->accumulated_len = len;
return true;
}
- size_t need;
if (!checked_add(p->accumulated_len, len, &need)) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(p->status, "Integer overflow.");
return false;
@@ -348,9 +357,9 @@ static bool accumulate_append(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
return true;
}
-// Returns a pointer to the data accumulated since the last accumulate_clear()
-// call, and writes the length to *len. This with point either to the input
-// buffer or a temporary accumulate buffer.
+/* Returns a pointer to the data accumulated since the last accumulate_clear()
+ * call, and writes the length to *len. This with point either to the input
+ * buffer or a temporary accumulate buffer. */
static const char *accumulate_getptr(upb_json_parser *p, size_t *len) {
assert(p->accumulated);
*len = p->accumulated_len;
@@ -360,42 +369,42 @@ static const char *accumulate_getptr(upb_json_parser *p, size_t *len) {
/* Mult-part text data ********************************************************/
-// When we have text data in the input, it can often come in multiple segments.
-// For example, there may be some raw string data followed by an escape
-// sequence. The two segments are processed with different logic. Also buffer
-// seams in the input can cause multiple segments.
-//
-// As we see segments, there are two main cases for how we want to process them:
-//
-// 1. we want to push the captured input directly to string handlers.
-//
-// 2. we need to accumulate all the parts into a contiguous buffer for further
-// processing (field name lookup, string->number conversion, etc).
-
-// This is the set of states for p->multipart_state.
+/* When we have text data in the input, it can often come in multiple segments.
+ * For example, there may be some raw string data followed by an escape
+ * sequence. The two segments are processed with different logic. Also buffer
+ * seams in the input can cause multiple segments.
+ *
+ * As we see segments, there are two main cases for how we want to process them:
+ *
+ * 1. we want to push the captured input directly to string handlers.
+ *
+ * 2. we need to accumulate all the parts into a contiguous buffer for further
+ * processing (field name lookup, string->number conversion, etc). */
+
+/* This is the set of states for p->multipart_state. */
enum {
- // We are not currently processing multipart data.
+ /* We are not currently processing multipart data. */
MULTIPART_INACTIVE = 0,
- // We are processing multipart data by accumulating it into a contiguous
- // buffer.
+ /* We are processing multipart data by accumulating it into a contiguous
+ * buffer. */
MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE = 1,
- // We are processing multipart data by pushing each part directly to the
- // current string handlers.
+ /* We are processing multipart data by pushing each part directly to the
+ * current string handlers. */
MULTIPART_PUSHEAGERLY = 2
};
-// Start a multi-part text value where we accumulate the data for processing at
-// the end.
+/* Start a multi-part text value where we accumulate the data for processing at
+ * the end. */
static void multipart_startaccum(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert_accumulate_empty(p);
assert(p->multipart_state == MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE;
}
-// Start a multi-part text value where we immediately push text data to a string
-// value with the given selector.
+/* Start a multi-part text value where we immediately push text data to a string
+ * value with the given selector. */
static void multipart_start(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel) {
assert_accumulate_empty(p);
assert(p->multipart_state == MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
@@ -427,8 +436,8 @@ static bool multipart_text(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
return true;
}
-// Note: this invalidates the accumulate buffer! Call only after reading its
-// contents.
+/* Note: this invalidates the accumulate buffer! Call only after reading its
+ * contents. */
static void multipart_end(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert(p->multipart_state != MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_INACTIVE;
@@ -438,9 +447,9 @@ static void multipart_end(upb_json_parser *p) {
/* Input capture **************************************************************/
-// Functionality for capturing a region of the input as text. Gracefully
-// handles the case where a buffer seam occurs in the middle of the captured
-// region.
+/* Functionality for capturing a region of the input as text. Gracefully
+ * handles the case where a buffer seam occurs in the middle of the captured
+ * region. */
static void capture_begin(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
assert(p->multipart_state != MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
@@ -458,24 +467,24 @@ static bool capture_end(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
}
}
-// This is called at the end of each input buffer (ie. when we have hit a
-// buffer seam). If we are in the middle of capturing the input, this
-// processes the unprocessed capture region.
+/* This is called at the end of each input buffer (ie. when we have hit a
+ * buffer seam). If we are in the middle of capturing the input, this
+ * processes the unprocessed capture region. */
static void capture_suspend(upb_json_parser *p, const char **ptr) {
if (!p->capture) return;
if (multipart_text(p, p->capture, *ptr - p->capture, false)) {
- // We use this as a signal that we were in the middle of capturing, and
- // that capturing should resume at the beginning of the next buffer.
- //
- // We can't use *ptr here, because we have no guarantee that this pointer
- // will be valid when we resume (if the underlying memory is freed, then
- // using the pointer at all, even to compare to NULL, is likely undefined
- // behavior).
+ /* We use this as a signal that we were in the middle of capturing, and
+ * that capturing should resume at the beginning of the next buffer.
+ *
+ * We can't use *ptr here, because we have no guarantee that this pointer
+ * will be valid when we resume (if the underlying memory is freed, then
+ * using the pointer at all, even to compare to NULL, is likely undefined
+ * behavior). */
p->capture = &suspend_capture;
} else {
- // Need to back up the pointer to the beginning of the capture, since
- // we were not able to actually preserve it.
+ /* Need to back up the pointer to the beginning of the capture, since
+ * we were not able to actually preserve it. */
*ptr = p->capture;
}
}
@@ -490,8 +499,8 @@ static void capture_resume(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
/* Callbacks from the parser **************************************************/
-// These are the functions called directly from the parser itself.
-// We define these in the same order as their declarations in the parser.
+/* These are the functions called directly from the parser itself.
+ * We define these in the same order as their declarations in the parser. */
static char escape_char(char in) {
switch (in) {
@@ -536,8 +545,8 @@ static void hexdigit(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
static bool end_hex(upb_json_parser *p) {
uint32_t codepoint = p->digit;
- // emit the codepoint as UTF-8.
- char utf8[3]; // support \u0000 -- \uFFFF -- need only three bytes.
+ /* emit the codepoint as UTF-8. */
+ char utf8[3]; /* support \u0000 -- \uFFFF -- need only three bytes. */
int length = 0;
if (codepoint <= 0x7F) {
utf8[0] = codepoint;
@@ -555,8 +564,8 @@ static bool end_hex(upb_json_parser *p) {
utf8[0] = (codepoint & 0x0F) | 0xE0;
length = 3;
}
- // TODO(haberman): Handle high surrogates: if codepoint is a high surrogate
- // we have to wait for the next escape to get the full code point).
+ /* TODO(haberman): Handle high surrogates: if codepoint is a high surrogate
+ * we have to wait for the next escape to get the full code point). */
return multipart_text(p, utf8, length, false);
}
@@ -585,17 +594,29 @@ static bool end_number(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
}
static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
- // strtol() and friends unfortunately do not support specifying the length of
- // the input string, so we need to force a copy into a NULL-terminated buffer.
+ size_t len;
+ const char *buf;
+ const char *myend;
+ char *end;
+
+ /* strtol() and friends unfortunately do not support specifying the length of
+ * the input string, so we need to force a copy into a NULL-terminated buffer. */
if (!multipart_text(p, "\0", 1, false)) {
return false;
}
- size_t len;
- const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
- const char *myend = buf + len - 1; // One for NULL.
-
- char *end;
+ buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
+ myend = buf + len - 1; /* One for NULL. */
+
+ /* XXX: We are using strtol to parse integers, but this is wrong as even
+ * integers can be represented as 1e6 (for example), which strtol can't
+ * handle correctly.
+ *
+ * XXX: Also, we can't handle large integers properly because strto[u]ll
+ * isn't in C89.
+ *
+ * XXX: Also, we don't properly check floats for overflow, since strtof
+ * isn't in C89. */
switch (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f)) {
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
case UPB_TYPE_INT32: {
@@ -607,7 +628,7 @@ static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_INT64: {
- long long val = strtoll(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ long long val = strtol(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
if (val > INT64_MAX || val < INT64_MIN || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
goto err;
else
@@ -623,7 +644,7 @@ static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: {
- unsigned long long val = strtoull(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ unsigned long long val = strtoul(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
if (val > UINT64_MAX || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
goto err;
else
@@ -639,7 +660,7 @@ static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: {
- float val = strtof(p->accumulated, &end);
+ float val = strtod(p->accumulated, &end);
if (errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
goto err;
else
@@ -661,6 +682,8 @@ err:
}
static bool parser_putbool(upb_json_parser *p, bool val) {
+ bool ok;
+
if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) != UPB_TYPE_BOOL) {
upb_status_seterrf(p->status,
"Boolean value specified for non-bool field: %s",
@@ -668,7 +691,7 @@ static bool parser_putbool(upb_json_parser *p, bool val) {
return false;
}
- bool ok = upb_sink_putbool(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ ok = upb_sink_putbool(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return true;
@@ -678,12 +701,15 @@ static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert(p->top->f);
if (upb_fielddef_isstring(p->top->f)) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- // Start a new parser frame: parser frames correspond one-to-one with
- // handler frames, and string events occur in a sub-frame.
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
+ /* Start a new parser frame: parser frames correspond one-to-one with
+ * handler frames, and string events occur in a sub-frame. */
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
upb_sink_startstr(&p->top->sink, sel, 0, &inner->sink);
inner->m = p->top->m;
inner->f = p->top->f;
@@ -692,11 +718,11 @@ static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
p->top = inner;
if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING) {
- // For STRING fields we push data directly to the handlers as it is
- // parsed. We don't do this yet for BYTES fields, because our base64
- // decoder is not streaming.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): make base64 decoding streaming also.
+ /* For STRING fields we push data directly to the handlers as it is
+ * parsed. We don't do this yet for BYTES fields, because our base64
+ * decoder is not streaming.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): make base64 decoding streaming also. */
multipart_start(p, getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STRING));
return true;
} else {
@@ -704,11 +730,11 @@ static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
}
} else if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
- // No need to push a frame -- symbolic enum names in quotes remain in the
- // current parser frame.
- //
- // Enum string values must accumulate so we can look up the value in a table
- // once it is complete.
+ /* No need to push a frame -- symbolic enum names in quotes remain in the
+ * current parser frame.
+ *
+ * Enum string values must accumulate so we can look up the value in a table
+ * once it is complete. */
multipart_startaccum(p);
return true;
} else {
@@ -728,7 +754,7 @@ static bool end_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
p->accumulated, p->accumulated_len)) {
return false;
}
- // Fall through.
+ /* Fall through. */
case UPB_TYPE_STRING: {
upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
@@ -738,7 +764,7 @@ static bool end_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
}
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
- // Resolve enum symbolic name to integer value.
+ /* Resolve enum symbolic name to integer value. */
const upb_enumdef *enumdef =
(const upb_enumdef*)upb_fielddef_subdef(p->top->f);
@@ -775,18 +801,18 @@ static void start_member(upb_json_parser *p) {
multipart_startaccum(p);
}
-// Helper: invoked during parse_mapentry() to emit the mapentry message's key
-// field based on the current contents of the accumulate buffer.
+/* Helper: invoked during parse_mapentry() to emit the mapentry message's key
+ * field based on the current contents of the accumulate buffer. */
static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
size_t len;
const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
- // Emit the key field. We do a bit of ad-hoc parsing here because the
- // parser state machine has already decided that this is a string field
- // name, and we are reinterpreting it as some arbitrary key type. In
- // particular, integer and bool keys are quoted, so we need to parse the
- // quoted string contents here.
+ /* Emit the key field. We do a bit of ad-hoc parsing here because the
+ * parser state machine has already decided that this is a string field
+ * name, and we are reinterpreting it as some arbitrary key type. In
+ * particular, integer and bool keys are quoted, so we need to parse the
+ * quoted string contents here. */
p->top->f = upb_msgdef_itof(p->top->m, UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY);
if (p->top->f == NULL) {
@@ -798,7 +824,7 @@ static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
- // Invoke end_number. The accum buffer has the number's text already.
+ /* Invoke end_number. The accum buffer has the number's text already. */
if (!parse_number(p)) {
return false;
}
@@ -839,47 +865,52 @@ static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
}
-// Helper: emit one map entry (as a submessage in the map field sequence). This
-// is invoked from end_membername(), at the end of the map entry's key string,
-// with the map key in the accumulate buffer. It parses the key from that
-// buffer, emits the handler calls to start the mapentry submessage (setting up
-// its subframe in the process), and sets up state in the subframe so that the
-// value parser (invoked next) will emit the mapentry's value field and then
-// end the mapentry message.
+/* Helper: emit one map entry (as a submessage in the map field sequence). This
+ * is invoked from end_membername(), at the end of the map entry's key string,
+ * with the map key in the accumulate buffer. It parses the key from that
+ * buffer, emits the handler calls to start the mapentry submessage (setting up
+ * its subframe in the process), and sets up state in the subframe so that the
+ * value parser (invoked next) will emit the mapentry's value field and then
+ * end the mapentry message. */
static bool handle_mapentry(upb_json_parser *p) {
- // Map entry: p->top->sink is the seq frame, so we need to start a frame
- // for the mapentry itself, and then set |f| in that frame so that the map
- // value field is parsed, and also set a flag to end the frame after the
- // map-entry value is parsed.
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+ const upb_msgdef *mapentrymsg;
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Map entry: p->top->sink is the seq frame, so we need to start a frame
+ * for the mapentry itself, and then set |f| in that frame so that the map
+ * value field is parsed, and also set a flag to end the frame after the
+ * map-entry value is parsed. */
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- const upb_fielddef *mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
- const upb_msgdef *mapentrymsg = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(mapfield);
+ mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
+ mapentrymsg = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(mapfield);
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
+ inner = p->top + 1;
p->top->f = mapfield;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
upb_sink_startsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = mapentrymsg;
inner->mapfield = mapfield;
inner->is_map = false;
- // Don't set this to true *yet* -- we reuse parsing handlers below to push
- // the key field value to the sink, and these handlers will pop the frame
- // if they see is_mapentry (when invoked by the parser state machine, they
- // would have just seen the map-entry value, not key).
+ /* Don't set this to true *yet* -- we reuse parsing handlers below to push
+ * the key field value to the sink, and these handlers will pop the frame
+ * if they see is_mapentry (when invoked by the parser state machine, they
+ * would have just seen the map-entry value, not key). */
inner->is_mapentry = false;
p->top = inner;
- // send STARTMSG in submsg frame.
+ /* send STARTMSG in submsg frame. */
upb_sink_startmsg(&p->top->sink);
parse_mapentry_key(p);
- // Set up the value field to receive the map-entry value.
+ /* Set up the value field to receive the map-entry value. */
p->top->f = upb_msgdef_itof(p->top->m, UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE);
- p->top->is_mapentry = true; // set up to pop frame after value is parsed.
+ p->top->is_mapentry = true; /* set up to pop frame after value is parsed. */
p->top->mapfield = mapfield;
if (p->top->f == NULL) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(p->status, "mapentry message has no value");
@@ -900,7 +931,8 @@ static bool end_membername(upb_json_parser *p) {
const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msgdef_ntof(p->top->m, buf, len);
if (!f) {
- // TODO(haberman): Ignore unknown fields if requested/configured to do so.
+ /* TODO(haberman): Ignore unknown fields if requested/configured to do
+ * so. */
upb_status_seterrf(p->status, "No such field: %.*s\n", (int)len, buf);
return false;
}
@@ -913,19 +945,21 @@ static bool end_membername(upb_json_parser *p) {
}
static void end_member(upb_json_parser *p) {
- // If we just parsed a map-entry value, end that frame too.
+ /* If we just parsed a map-entry value, end that frame too. */
if (p->top->is_mapentry) {
- assert(p->top > p->stack);
- // send ENDMSG on submsg.
upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ bool ok;
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+
+ assert(p->top > p->stack);
+ /* send ENDMSG on submsg. */
upb_sink_endmsg(&p->top->sink, &s);
- const upb_fielddef* mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
+ mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
- // send ENDSUBMSG in repeated-field-of-mapentries frame.
+ /* send ENDSUBMSG in repeated-field-of-mapentries frame. */
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel;
- bool ok = upb_handlers_getselector(mapfield,
- UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG, &sel);
+ ok = upb_handlers_getselector(mapfield, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG, &sel);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
upb_sink_endsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel);
}
@@ -937,12 +971,15 @@ static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert(p->top->f);
if (upb_fielddef_ismap(p->top->f)) {
- // Beginning of a map. Start a new parser frame in a repeated-field
- // context.
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Beginning of a map. Start a new parser frame in a repeated-field
+ * context. */
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
upb_sink_startseq(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(p->top->f);
inner->mapfield = p->top->f;
@@ -953,13 +990,16 @@ static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
} else if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(p->top->f)) {
- // Beginning of a subobject. Start a new parser frame in the submsg
- // context.
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Beginning of a subobject. Start a new parser frame in the submsg
+ * context. */
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
+ inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
upb_sink_startsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(p->top->f);
inner->f = NULL;
@@ -978,17 +1018,22 @@ static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
static void end_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
if (p->top->is_map) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
upb_sink_endseq(&p->top->sink, sel);
} else {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
upb_sink_endsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel);
}
}
static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
assert(p->top->f);
if (!upb_fielddef_isseq(p->top->f)) {
@@ -1000,8 +1045,8 @@ static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
upb_sink_startseq(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = p->top->m;
inner->f = p->top->f;
@@ -1013,10 +1058,12 @@ static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
}
static void end_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
assert(p->top > p->stack);
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
upb_sink_endseq(&p->top->sink, sel);
}
@@ -1039,27 +1086,27 @@ static void end_object(upb_json_parser *p) {
/* The actual parser **********************************************************/
-// What follows is the Ragel parser itself. The language is specified in Ragel
-// and the actions call our C functions above.
-//
-// Ragel has an extensive set of functionality, and we use only a small part of
-// it. There are many action types but we only use a few:
-//
-// ">" -- transition into a machine
-// "%" -- transition out of a machine
-// "@" -- transition into a final state of a machine.
-//
-// "@" transitions are tricky because a machine can transition into a final
-// state repeatedly. But in some cases we know this can't happen, for example
-// a string which is delimited by a final '"' can only transition into its
-// final state once, when the closing '"' is seen.
+/* What follows is the Ragel parser itself. The language is specified in Ragel
+ * and the actions call our C functions above.
+ *
+ * Ragel has an extensive set of functionality, and we use only a small part of
+ * it. There are many action types but we only use a few:
+ *
+ * ">" -- transition into a machine
+ * "%" -- transition out of a machine
+ * "@" -- transition into a final state of a machine.
+ *
+ * "@" transitions are tricky because a machine can transition into a final
+ * state repeatedly. But in some cases we know this can't happen, for example
+ * a string which is delimited by a final '"' can only transition into its
+ * final state once, when the closing '"' is seen. */
-#line 1151 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1198 "upb/json/parser.rl"
-#line 1063 "upb/json/parser.c"
+#line 1110 "upb/json/parser.c"
static const char _json_actions[] = {
0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1, 3, 1,
5, 1, 6, 1, 7, 1, 8, 1,
@@ -1208,16 +1255,13 @@ static const int json_en_value_machine = 27;
static const int json_en_main = 1;
-#line 1154 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1201 "upb/json/parser.rl"
size_t parse(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, size_t size,
const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_json_parser *parser = closure;
- parser->handle = handle;
- // Variables used by Ragel's generated code.
+ /* Variables used by Ragel's generated code. */
int cs = parser->current_state;
int *stack = parser->parser_stack;
int top = parser->parser_top;
@@ -1225,10 +1269,15 @@ size_t parse(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, size_t size,
const char *p = buf;
const char *pe = buf + size;
+ parser->handle = handle;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
capture_resume(parser, buf);
-#line 1232 "upb/json/parser.c"
+#line 1281 "upb/json/parser.c"
{
int _klen;
unsigned int _trans;
@@ -1303,118 +1352,118 @@ _match:
switch ( *_acts++ )
{
case 0:
-#line 1066 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1113 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ p--; {cs = stack[--top]; goto _again;} }
break;
case 1:
-#line 1067 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1114 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ p--; {stack[top++] = cs; cs = 10; goto _again;} }
break;
case 2:
-#line 1071 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1118 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ start_text(parser, p); }
break;
case 3:
-#line 1072 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1119 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_text(parser, p)); }
break;
case 4:
-#line 1078 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1125 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ start_hex(parser); }
break;
case 5:
-#line 1079 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1126 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ hexdigit(parser, p); }
break;
case 6:
-#line 1080 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1127 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_hex(parser)); }
break;
case 7:
-#line 1086 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1133 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(escape(parser, p)); }
break;
case 8:
-#line 1092 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1139 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ p--; {cs = stack[--top]; goto _again;} }
break;
case 9:
-#line 1095 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1142 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ {stack[top++] = cs; cs = 19; goto _again;} }
break;
case 10:
-#line 1097 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1144 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ p--; {stack[top++] = cs; cs = 27; goto _again;} }
break;
case 11:
-#line 1102 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1149 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ start_member(parser); }
break;
case 12:
-#line 1103 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1150 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_membername(parser)); }
break;
case 13:
-#line 1106 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1153 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ end_member(parser); }
break;
case 14:
-#line 1112 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1159 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ start_object(parser); }
break;
case 15:
-#line 1115 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1162 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ end_object(parser); }
break;
case 16:
-#line 1121 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1168 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(start_array(parser)); }
break;
case 17:
-#line 1125 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1172 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ end_array(parser); }
break;
case 18:
-#line 1130 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1177 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ start_number(parser, p); }
break;
case 19:
-#line 1131 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1178 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_number(parser, p)); }
break;
case 20:
-#line 1133 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1180 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(start_stringval(parser)); }
break;
case 21:
-#line 1134 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1181 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_stringval(parser)); }
break;
case 22:
-#line 1136 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1183 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(parser_putbool(parser, true)); }
break;
case 23:
-#line 1138 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1185 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(parser_putbool(parser, false)); }
break;
case 24:
-#line 1140 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1187 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ /* null value */ }
break;
case 25:
-#line 1142 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1189 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ CHECK_RETURN_TOP(start_subobject(parser)); }
break;
case 26:
-#line 1143 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1190 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ end_subobject(parser); }
break;
case 27:
-#line 1148 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1195 "upb/json/parser.rl"
{ p--; {cs = stack[--top]; goto _again;} }
break;
-#line 1418 "upb/json/parser.c"
+#line 1467 "upb/json/parser.c"
}
}
@@ -1427,7 +1476,7 @@ _again:
_out: {}
}
-#line 1173 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1222 "upb/json/parser.rl"
if (p != pe) {
upb_status_seterrf(parser->status, "Parse error at %s\n", p);
@@ -1436,7 +1485,7 @@ _again:
}
error:
- // Save parsing state back to parser.
+ /* Save parsing state back to parser. */
parser->current_state = cs;
parser->parser_top = top;
@@ -1447,7 +1496,7 @@ bool end(void *closure, const void *hd) {
UPB_UNUSED(closure);
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- // Prevent compile warning on unused static constants.
+ /* Prevent compile warning on unused static constants. */
UPB_UNUSED(json_start);
UPB_UNUSED(json_en_number_machine);
UPB_UNUSED(json_en_string_machine);
@@ -1457,22 +1506,23 @@ bool end(void *closure, const void *hd) {
}
static void json_parser_reset(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ int cs;
+ int top;
+
p->top = p->stack;
p->top->f = NULL;
p->top->is_map = false;
p->top->is_mapentry = false;
- int cs;
- int top;
- // Emit Ragel initialization of the parser.
+ /* Emit Ragel initialization of the parser. */
-#line 1470 "upb/json/parser.c"
+#line 1520 "upb/json/parser.c"
{
cs = json_start;
top = 0;
}
-#line 1211 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+#line 1261 "upb/json/parser.rl"
p->current_state = cs;
p->parser_top = top;
accumulate_clear(p);
@@ -1504,8 +1554,8 @@ upb_json_parser *upb_json_parser_create(upb_env *env, upb_sink *output) {
upb_sink_reset(&p->top->sink, output->handlers, output->closure);
p->top->m = upb_handlers_msgdef(output->handlers);
- // If this fails, uncomment and increase the value in parser.h.
- // fprintf(stderr, "%zd\n", upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before);
+ /* If this fails, uncomment and increase the value in parser.h.
+ * fprintf(stderr, "%zd\n", upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before); */
assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before <= UPB_JSON_PARSER_SIZE);
return p;
}
diff --git a/upb/json/parser.h b/upb/json/parser.h
index b932adf..2facb45 100644
--- a/upb/json/parser.h
+++ b/upb/json/parser.h
@@ -18,23 +18,24 @@
namespace upb {
namespace json {
class Parser;
-} // namespace json
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Parser, upb_json_parser);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Parser, upb_json_parser)
/* upb::json::Parser **********************************************************/
-// Preallocation hint: parser won't allocate more bytes than this when first
-// constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
-// But if the parser library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
-// it may be an underestimate.
+/* Preallocation hint: parser won't allocate more bytes than this when first
+ * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
+ * But if the parser library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
+ * it may be an underestimate. */
#define UPB_JSON_PARSER_SIZE 3568
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// Parses an incoming BytesStream, pushing the results to the destination sink.
+/* Parses an incoming BytesStream, pushing the results to the destination
+ * sink. */
class upb::json::Parser {
public:
static Parser* Create(Environment* env, Sink* output);
@@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ class upb::json::Parser {
BytesSink* input();
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Parser, upb::json::Parser);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Parser, upb::json::Parser)
};
#endif
@@ -64,10 +65,10 @@ inline Parser* Parser::Create(Environment* env, Sink* output) {
inline BytesSink* Parser::input() {
return upb_json_parser_input(this);
}
-} // namespace json
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#endif // UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_
+#endif /* UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/json/parser.rl b/upb/json/parser.rl
index 81d1514..deccb48 100644
--- a/upb/json/parser.rl
+++ b/upb/json/parser.rl
@@ -36,26 +36,26 @@
typedef struct {
upb_sink sink;
- // The current message in which we're parsing, and the field whose value we're
- // expecting next.
+ /* The current message in which we're parsing, and the field whose value we're
+ * expecting next. */
const upb_msgdef *m;
const upb_fielddef *f;
- // We are in a repeated-field context, ready to emit mapentries as
- // submessages. This flag alters the start-of-object (open-brace) behavior to
- // begin a sequence of mapentry messages rather than a single submessage.
+ /* We are in a repeated-field context, ready to emit mapentries as
+ * submessages. This flag alters the start-of-object (open-brace) behavior to
+ * begin a sequence of mapentry messages rather than a single submessage. */
bool is_map;
- // We are in a map-entry message context. This flag is set when parsing the
- // value field of a single map entry and indicates to all value-field parsers
- // (subobjects, strings, numbers, and bools) that the map-entry submessage
- // should end as soon as the value is parsed.
+ /* We are in a map-entry message context. This flag is set when parsing the
+ * value field of a single map entry and indicates to all value-field parsers
+ * (subobjects, strings, numbers, and bools) that the map-entry submessage
+ * should end as soon as the value is parsed. */
bool is_mapentry;
- // If |is_map| or |is_mapentry| is true, |mapfield| refers to the parent
- // message's map field that we're currently parsing. This differs from |f|
- // because |f| is the field in the *current* message (i.e., the map-entry
- // message itself), not the parent's field that leads to this map.
+ /* If |is_map| or |is_mapentry| is true, |mapfield| refers to the parent
+ * message's map field that we're currently parsing. This differs from |f|
+ * because |f| is the field in the *current* message (i.e., the map-entry
+ * message itself), not the parent's field that leads to this map. */
const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
} upb_jsonparser_frame;
@@ -64,41 +64,41 @@ struct upb_json_parser {
upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
upb_bytessink input_;
- // Stack to track the JSON scopes we are in.
+ /* Stack to track the JSON scopes we are in. */
upb_jsonparser_frame stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
upb_jsonparser_frame *top;
upb_jsonparser_frame *limit;
upb_status *status;
- // Ragel's internal parsing stack for the parsing state machine.
+ /* Ragel's internal parsing stack for the parsing state machine. */
int current_state;
int parser_stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
int parser_top;
- // The handle for the current buffer.
+ /* The handle for the current buffer. */
const upb_bufhandle *handle;
- // Accumulate buffer. See details in parser.rl.
+ /* Accumulate buffer. See details in parser.rl. */
const char *accumulated;
size_t accumulated_len;
char *accumulate_buf;
size_t accumulate_buf_size;
- // Multi-part text data. See details in parser.rl.
+ /* Multi-part text data. See details in parser.rl. */
int multipart_state;
upb_selector_t string_selector;
- // Input capture. See details in parser.rl.
+ /* Input capture. See details in parser.rl. */
const char *capture;
- // Intermediate result of parsing a unicode escape sequence.
+ /* Intermediate result of parsing a unicode escape sequence. */
uint32_t digit;
};
#define PARSER_CHECK_RETURN(x) if (!(x)) return false
-// Used to signal that a capture has been suspended.
+/* Used to signal that a capture has been suspended. */
static char suspend_capture;
static upb_selector_t getsel_for_handlertype(upb_json_parser *p,
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ static bool check_stack(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
}
-// There are GCC/Clang built-ins for overflow checking which we could start
-// using if there was any performance benefit to it.
+/* There are GCC/Clang built-ins for overflow checking which we could start
+ * using if there was any performance benefit to it. */
static bool checked_add(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *c) {
if (SIZE_MAX - a < b) return false;
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ static bool checked_add(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *c) {
}
static size_t saturating_multiply(size_t a, size_t b) {
- // size_t is unsigned, so this is defined behavior even on overflow.
+ /* size_t is unsigned, so this is defined behavior even on overflow. */
size_t ret = a * b;
if (b != 0 && ret / b != a) {
ret = SIZE_MAX;
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ static size_t saturating_multiply(size_t a, size_t b) {
/* Base64 decoding ************************************************************/
-// TODO(haberman): make this streaming.
+/* TODO(haberman): make this streaming. */
static const signed char b64table[] = {
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
@@ -181,19 +181,22 @@ static const signed char b64table[] = {
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1
};
-// Returns the table value sign-extended to 32 bits. Knowing that the upper
-// bits will be 1 for unrecognized characters makes it easier to check for
-// this error condition later (see below).
+/* Returns the table value sign-extended to 32 bits. Knowing that the upper
+ * bits will be 1 for unrecognized characters makes it easier to check for
+ * this error condition later (see below). */
int32_t b64lookup(unsigned char ch) { return b64table[ch]; }
-// Returns true if the given character is not a valid base64 character or
-// padding.
+/* Returns true if the given character is not a valid base64 character or
+ * padding. */
bool nonbase64(unsigned char ch) { return b64lookup(ch) == -1 && ch != '='; }
static bool base64_push(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel, const char *ptr,
size_t len) {
const char *limit = ptr + len;
for (; ptr < limit; ptr += 4) {
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output[3];
+
if (limit - ptr < 4) {
upb_status_seterrf(p->status,
"Base64 input for bytes field not a multiple of 4: %s",
@@ -201,17 +204,16 @@ static bool base64_push(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel, const char *ptr,
return false;
}
- uint32_t val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
- b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
- b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6 |
- b64lookup(ptr[3]);
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[3]);
- // Test the upper bit; returns true if any of the characters returned -1.
+ /* Test the upper bit; returns true if any of the characters returned -1. */
if (val & 0x80000000) {
goto otherchar;
}
- char output[3];
output[0] = val >> 16;
output[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff;
output[2] = val & 0xff;
@@ -227,29 +229,34 @@ otherchar:
upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
return false;
} if (ptr[2] == '=') {
- // Last group contains only two input bytes, one output byte.
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output;
+
+ /* Last group contains only two input bytes, one output byte. */
if (ptr[0] == '=' || ptr[1] == '=' || ptr[3] != '=') {
goto badpadding;
}
- uint32_t val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
- b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12;
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12;
assert(!(val & 0x80000000));
- char output = val >> 16;
+ output = val >> 16;
upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, &output, 1, NULL);
return true;
} else {
- // Last group contains only three input bytes, two output bytes.
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output[2];
+
+ /* Last group contains only three input bytes, two output bytes. */
if (ptr[0] == '=' || ptr[1] == '=' || ptr[2] == '=') {
goto badpadding;
}
- uint32_t val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
- b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
- b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6;
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6;
- char output[2];
output[0] = val >> 16;
output[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff;
upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, output, 2, NULL);
@@ -267,23 +274,23 @@ badpadding:
/* Accumulate buffer **********************************************************/
-// Functionality for accumulating a buffer.
-//
-// Some parts of the parser need an entire value as a contiguous string. For
-// example, to look up a member name in a hash table, or to turn a string into
-// a number, the relevant library routines need the input string to be in
-// contiguous memory, even if the value spanned two or more buffers in the
-// input. These routines handle that.
-//
-// In the common case we can just point to the input buffer to get this
-// contiguous string and avoid any actual copy. So we optimistically begin
-// this way. But there are a few cases where we must instead copy into a
-// separate buffer:
-//
-// 1. The string was not contiguous in the input (it spanned buffers).
-//
-// 2. The string included escape sequences that need to be interpreted to get
-// the true value in a contiguous buffer.
+/* Functionality for accumulating a buffer.
+ *
+ * Some parts of the parser need an entire value as a contiguous string. For
+ * example, to look up a member name in a hash table, or to turn a string into
+ * a number, the relevant library routines need the input string to be in
+ * contiguous memory, even if the value spanned two or more buffers in the
+ * input. These routines handle that.
+ *
+ * In the common case we can just point to the input buffer to get this
+ * contiguous string and avoid any actual copy. So we optimistically begin
+ * this way. But there are a few cases where we must instead copy into a
+ * separate buffer:
+ *
+ * 1. The string was not contiguous in the input (it spanned buffers).
+ *
+ * 2. The string included escape sequences that need to be interpreted to get
+ * the true value in a contiguous buffer. */
static void assert_accumulate_empty(upb_json_parser *p) {
UPB_UNUSED(p);
@@ -296,15 +303,16 @@ static void accumulate_clear(upb_json_parser *p) {
p->accumulated_len = 0;
}
-// Used internally by accumulate_append().
+/* Used internally by accumulate_append(). */
static bool accumulate_realloc(upb_json_parser *p, size_t need) {
+ void *mem;
size_t old_size = p->accumulate_buf_size;
size_t new_size = UPB_MAX(old_size, 128);
while (new_size < need) {
new_size = saturating_multiply(new_size, 2);
}
- void *mem = upb_env_realloc(p->env, p->accumulate_buf, old_size, new_size);
+ mem = upb_env_realloc(p->env, p->accumulate_buf, old_size, new_size);
if (!mem) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(p->status, "Out of memory allocating buffer.");
return false;
@@ -315,18 +323,19 @@ static bool accumulate_realloc(upb_json_parser *p, size_t need) {
return true;
}
-// Logically appends the given data to the append buffer.
-// If "can_alias" is true, we will try to avoid actually copying, but the buffer
-// must be valid until the next accumulate_append() call (if any).
+/* Logically appends the given data to the append buffer.
+ * If "can_alias" is true, we will try to avoid actually copying, but the buffer
+ * must be valid until the next accumulate_append() call (if any). */
static bool accumulate_append(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
bool can_alias) {
+ size_t need;
+
if (!p->accumulated && can_alias) {
p->accumulated = buf;
p->accumulated_len = len;
return true;
}
- size_t need;
if (!checked_add(p->accumulated_len, len, &need)) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(p->status, "Integer overflow.");
return false;
@@ -346,9 +355,9 @@ static bool accumulate_append(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
return true;
}
-// Returns a pointer to the data accumulated since the last accumulate_clear()
-// call, and writes the length to *len. This with point either to the input
-// buffer or a temporary accumulate buffer.
+/* Returns a pointer to the data accumulated since the last accumulate_clear()
+ * call, and writes the length to *len. This with point either to the input
+ * buffer or a temporary accumulate buffer. */
static const char *accumulate_getptr(upb_json_parser *p, size_t *len) {
assert(p->accumulated);
*len = p->accumulated_len;
@@ -358,42 +367,42 @@ static const char *accumulate_getptr(upb_json_parser *p, size_t *len) {
/* Mult-part text data ********************************************************/
-// When we have text data in the input, it can often come in multiple segments.
-// For example, there may be some raw string data followed by an escape
-// sequence. The two segments are processed with different logic. Also buffer
-// seams in the input can cause multiple segments.
-//
-// As we see segments, there are two main cases for how we want to process them:
-//
-// 1. we want to push the captured input directly to string handlers.
-//
-// 2. we need to accumulate all the parts into a contiguous buffer for further
-// processing (field name lookup, string->number conversion, etc).
-
-// This is the set of states for p->multipart_state.
+/* When we have text data in the input, it can often come in multiple segments.
+ * For example, there may be some raw string data followed by an escape
+ * sequence. The two segments are processed with different logic. Also buffer
+ * seams in the input can cause multiple segments.
+ *
+ * As we see segments, there are two main cases for how we want to process them:
+ *
+ * 1. we want to push the captured input directly to string handlers.
+ *
+ * 2. we need to accumulate all the parts into a contiguous buffer for further
+ * processing (field name lookup, string->number conversion, etc). */
+
+/* This is the set of states for p->multipart_state. */
enum {
- // We are not currently processing multipart data.
+ /* We are not currently processing multipart data. */
MULTIPART_INACTIVE = 0,
- // We are processing multipart data by accumulating it into a contiguous
- // buffer.
+ /* We are processing multipart data by accumulating it into a contiguous
+ * buffer. */
MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE = 1,
- // We are processing multipart data by pushing each part directly to the
- // current string handlers.
+ /* We are processing multipart data by pushing each part directly to the
+ * current string handlers. */
MULTIPART_PUSHEAGERLY = 2
};
-// Start a multi-part text value where we accumulate the data for processing at
-// the end.
+/* Start a multi-part text value where we accumulate the data for processing at
+ * the end. */
static void multipart_startaccum(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert_accumulate_empty(p);
assert(p->multipart_state == MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE;
}
-// Start a multi-part text value where we immediately push text data to a string
-// value with the given selector.
+/* Start a multi-part text value where we immediately push text data to a string
+ * value with the given selector. */
static void multipart_start(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel) {
assert_accumulate_empty(p);
assert(p->multipart_state == MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
@@ -425,8 +434,8 @@ static bool multipart_text(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
return true;
}
-// Note: this invalidates the accumulate buffer! Call only after reading its
-// contents.
+/* Note: this invalidates the accumulate buffer! Call only after reading its
+ * contents. */
static void multipart_end(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert(p->multipart_state != MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_INACTIVE;
@@ -436,9 +445,9 @@ static void multipart_end(upb_json_parser *p) {
/* Input capture **************************************************************/
-// Functionality for capturing a region of the input as text. Gracefully
-// handles the case where a buffer seam occurs in the middle of the captured
-// region.
+/* Functionality for capturing a region of the input as text. Gracefully
+ * handles the case where a buffer seam occurs in the middle of the captured
+ * region. */
static void capture_begin(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
assert(p->multipart_state != MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
@@ -456,24 +465,24 @@ static bool capture_end(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
}
}
-// This is called at the end of each input buffer (ie. when we have hit a
-// buffer seam). If we are in the middle of capturing the input, this
-// processes the unprocessed capture region.
+/* This is called at the end of each input buffer (ie. when we have hit a
+ * buffer seam). If we are in the middle of capturing the input, this
+ * processes the unprocessed capture region. */
static void capture_suspend(upb_json_parser *p, const char **ptr) {
if (!p->capture) return;
if (multipart_text(p, p->capture, *ptr - p->capture, false)) {
- // We use this as a signal that we were in the middle of capturing, and
- // that capturing should resume at the beginning of the next buffer.
- //
- // We can't use *ptr here, because we have no guarantee that this pointer
- // will be valid when we resume (if the underlying memory is freed, then
- // using the pointer at all, even to compare to NULL, is likely undefined
- // behavior).
+ /* We use this as a signal that we were in the middle of capturing, and
+ * that capturing should resume at the beginning of the next buffer.
+ *
+ * We can't use *ptr here, because we have no guarantee that this pointer
+ * will be valid when we resume (if the underlying memory is freed, then
+ * using the pointer at all, even to compare to NULL, is likely undefined
+ * behavior). */
p->capture = &suspend_capture;
} else {
- // Need to back up the pointer to the beginning of the capture, since
- // we were not able to actually preserve it.
+ /* Need to back up the pointer to the beginning of the capture, since
+ * we were not able to actually preserve it. */
*ptr = p->capture;
}
}
@@ -488,8 +497,8 @@ static void capture_resume(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
/* Callbacks from the parser **************************************************/
-// These are the functions called directly from the parser itself.
-// We define these in the same order as their declarations in the parser.
+/* These are the functions called directly from the parser itself.
+ * We define these in the same order as their declarations in the parser. */
static char escape_char(char in) {
switch (in) {
@@ -534,8 +543,8 @@ static void hexdigit(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
static bool end_hex(upb_json_parser *p) {
uint32_t codepoint = p->digit;
- // emit the codepoint as UTF-8.
- char utf8[3]; // support \u0000 -- \uFFFF -- need only three bytes.
+ /* emit the codepoint as UTF-8. */
+ char utf8[3]; /* support \u0000 -- \uFFFF -- need only three bytes. */
int length = 0;
if (codepoint <= 0x7F) {
utf8[0] = codepoint;
@@ -553,8 +562,8 @@ static bool end_hex(upb_json_parser *p) {
utf8[0] = (codepoint & 0x0F) | 0xE0;
length = 3;
}
- // TODO(haberman): Handle high surrogates: if codepoint is a high surrogate
- // we have to wait for the next escape to get the full code point).
+ /* TODO(haberman): Handle high surrogates: if codepoint is a high surrogate
+ * we have to wait for the next escape to get the full code point). */
return multipart_text(p, utf8, length, false);
}
@@ -583,17 +592,29 @@ static bool end_number(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
}
static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
- // strtol() and friends unfortunately do not support specifying the length of
- // the input string, so we need to force a copy into a NULL-terminated buffer.
+ size_t len;
+ const char *buf;
+ const char *myend;
+ char *end;
+
+ /* strtol() and friends unfortunately do not support specifying the length of
+ * the input string, so we need to force a copy into a NULL-terminated buffer. */
if (!multipart_text(p, "\0", 1, false)) {
return false;
}
- size_t len;
- const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
- const char *myend = buf + len - 1; // One for NULL.
-
- char *end;
+ buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
+ myend = buf + len - 1; /* One for NULL. */
+
+ /* XXX: We are using strtol to parse integers, but this is wrong as even
+ * integers can be represented as 1e6 (for example), which strtol can't
+ * handle correctly.
+ *
+ * XXX: Also, we can't handle large integers properly because strto[u]ll
+ * isn't in C89.
+ *
+ * XXX: Also, we don't properly check floats for overflow, since strtof
+ * isn't in C89. */
switch (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f)) {
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
case UPB_TYPE_INT32: {
@@ -605,7 +626,7 @@ static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_INT64: {
- long long val = strtoll(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ long long val = strtol(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
if (val > INT64_MAX || val < INT64_MIN || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
goto err;
else
@@ -621,7 +642,7 @@ static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: {
- unsigned long long val = strtoull(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ unsigned long long val = strtoul(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
if (val > UINT64_MAX || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
goto err;
else
@@ -637,7 +658,7 @@ static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: {
- float val = strtof(p->accumulated, &end);
+ float val = strtod(p->accumulated, &end);
if (errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
goto err;
else
@@ -659,6 +680,8 @@ err:
}
static bool parser_putbool(upb_json_parser *p, bool val) {
+ bool ok;
+
if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) != UPB_TYPE_BOOL) {
upb_status_seterrf(p->status,
"Boolean value specified for non-bool field: %s",
@@ -666,7 +689,7 @@ static bool parser_putbool(upb_json_parser *p, bool val) {
return false;
}
- bool ok = upb_sink_putbool(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ ok = upb_sink_putbool(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return true;
@@ -676,12 +699,15 @@ static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert(p->top->f);
if (upb_fielddef_isstring(p->top->f)) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- // Start a new parser frame: parser frames correspond one-to-one with
- // handler frames, and string events occur in a sub-frame.
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
+ /* Start a new parser frame: parser frames correspond one-to-one with
+ * handler frames, and string events occur in a sub-frame. */
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
upb_sink_startstr(&p->top->sink, sel, 0, &inner->sink);
inner->m = p->top->m;
inner->f = p->top->f;
@@ -690,11 +716,11 @@ static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
p->top = inner;
if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING) {
- // For STRING fields we push data directly to the handlers as it is
- // parsed. We don't do this yet for BYTES fields, because our base64
- // decoder is not streaming.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): make base64 decoding streaming also.
+ /* For STRING fields we push data directly to the handlers as it is
+ * parsed. We don't do this yet for BYTES fields, because our base64
+ * decoder is not streaming.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): make base64 decoding streaming also. */
multipart_start(p, getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STRING));
return true;
} else {
@@ -702,11 +728,11 @@ static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
}
} else if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
- // No need to push a frame -- symbolic enum names in quotes remain in the
- // current parser frame.
- //
- // Enum string values must accumulate so we can look up the value in a table
- // once it is complete.
+ /* No need to push a frame -- symbolic enum names in quotes remain in the
+ * current parser frame.
+ *
+ * Enum string values must accumulate so we can look up the value in a table
+ * once it is complete. */
multipart_startaccum(p);
return true;
} else {
@@ -726,7 +752,7 @@ static bool end_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
p->accumulated, p->accumulated_len)) {
return false;
}
- // Fall through.
+ /* Fall through. */
case UPB_TYPE_STRING: {
upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
@@ -736,7 +762,7 @@ static bool end_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
}
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
- // Resolve enum symbolic name to integer value.
+ /* Resolve enum symbolic name to integer value. */
const upb_enumdef *enumdef =
(const upb_enumdef*)upb_fielddef_subdef(p->top->f);
@@ -773,18 +799,18 @@ static void start_member(upb_json_parser *p) {
multipart_startaccum(p);
}
-// Helper: invoked during parse_mapentry() to emit the mapentry message's key
-// field based on the current contents of the accumulate buffer.
+/* Helper: invoked during parse_mapentry() to emit the mapentry message's key
+ * field based on the current contents of the accumulate buffer. */
static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
size_t len;
const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
- // Emit the key field. We do a bit of ad-hoc parsing here because the
- // parser state machine has already decided that this is a string field
- // name, and we are reinterpreting it as some arbitrary key type. In
- // particular, integer and bool keys are quoted, so we need to parse the
- // quoted string contents here.
+ /* Emit the key field. We do a bit of ad-hoc parsing here because the
+ * parser state machine has already decided that this is a string field
+ * name, and we are reinterpreting it as some arbitrary key type. In
+ * particular, integer and bool keys are quoted, so we need to parse the
+ * quoted string contents here. */
p->top->f = upb_msgdef_itof(p->top->m, UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY);
if (p->top->f == NULL) {
@@ -796,7 +822,7 @@ static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
- // Invoke end_number. The accum buffer has the number's text already.
+ /* Invoke end_number. The accum buffer has the number's text already. */
if (!parse_number(p)) {
return false;
}
@@ -837,47 +863,52 @@ static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
}
-// Helper: emit one map entry (as a submessage in the map field sequence). This
-// is invoked from end_membername(), at the end of the map entry's key string,
-// with the map key in the accumulate buffer. It parses the key from that
-// buffer, emits the handler calls to start the mapentry submessage (setting up
-// its subframe in the process), and sets up state in the subframe so that the
-// value parser (invoked next) will emit the mapentry's value field and then
-// end the mapentry message.
+/* Helper: emit one map entry (as a submessage in the map field sequence). This
+ * is invoked from end_membername(), at the end of the map entry's key string,
+ * with the map key in the accumulate buffer. It parses the key from that
+ * buffer, emits the handler calls to start the mapentry submessage (setting up
+ * its subframe in the process), and sets up state in the subframe so that the
+ * value parser (invoked next) will emit the mapentry's value field and then
+ * end the mapentry message. */
static bool handle_mapentry(upb_json_parser *p) {
- // Map entry: p->top->sink is the seq frame, so we need to start a frame
- // for the mapentry itself, and then set |f| in that frame so that the map
- // value field is parsed, and also set a flag to end the frame after the
- // map-entry value is parsed.
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+ const upb_msgdef *mapentrymsg;
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Map entry: p->top->sink is the seq frame, so we need to start a frame
+ * for the mapentry itself, and then set |f| in that frame so that the map
+ * value field is parsed, and also set a flag to end the frame after the
+ * map-entry value is parsed. */
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- const upb_fielddef *mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
- const upb_msgdef *mapentrymsg = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(mapfield);
+ mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
+ mapentrymsg = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(mapfield);
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
+ inner = p->top + 1;
p->top->f = mapfield;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
upb_sink_startsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = mapentrymsg;
inner->mapfield = mapfield;
inner->is_map = false;
- // Don't set this to true *yet* -- we reuse parsing handlers below to push
- // the key field value to the sink, and these handlers will pop the frame
- // if they see is_mapentry (when invoked by the parser state machine, they
- // would have just seen the map-entry value, not key).
+ /* Don't set this to true *yet* -- we reuse parsing handlers below to push
+ * the key field value to the sink, and these handlers will pop the frame
+ * if they see is_mapentry (when invoked by the parser state machine, they
+ * would have just seen the map-entry value, not key). */
inner->is_mapentry = false;
p->top = inner;
- // send STARTMSG in submsg frame.
+ /* send STARTMSG in submsg frame. */
upb_sink_startmsg(&p->top->sink);
parse_mapentry_key(p);
- // Set up the value field to receive the map-entry value.
+ /* Set up the value field to receive the map-entry value. */
p->top->f = upb_msgdef_itof(p->top->m, UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE);
- p->top->is_mapentry = true; // set up to pop frame after value is parsed.
+ p->top->is_mapentry = true; /* set up to pop frame after value is parsed. */
p->top->mapfield = mapfield;
if (p->top->f == NULL) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(p->status, "mapentry message has no value");
@@ -898,7 +929,8 @@ static bool end_membername(upb_json_parser *p) {
const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msgdef_ntof(p->top->m, buf, len);
if (!f) {
- // TODO(haberman): Ignore unknown fields if requested/configured to do so.
+ /* TODO(haberman): Ignore unknown fields if requested/configured to do
+ * so. */
upb_status_seterrf(p->status, "No such field: %.*s\n", (int)len, buf);
return false;
}
@@ -911,19 +943,21 @@ static bool end_membername(upb_json_parser *p) {
}
static void end_member(upb_json_parser *p) {
- // If we just parsed a map-entry value, end that frame too.
+ /* If we just parsed a map-entry value, end that frame too. */
if (p->top->is_mapentry) {
- assert(p->top > p->stack);
- // send ENDMSG on submsg.
upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ bool ok;
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+
+ assert(p->top > p->stack);
+ /* send ENDMSG on submsg. */
upb_sink_endmsg(&p->top->sink, &s);
- const upb_fielddef* mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
+ mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
- // send ENDSUBMSG in repeated-field-of-mapentries frame.
+ /* send ENDSUBMSG in repeated-field-of-mapentries frame. */
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel;
- bool ok = upb_handlers_getselector(mapfield,
- UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG, &sel);
+ ok = upb_handlers_getselector(mapfield, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG, &sel);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
upb_sink_endsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel);
}
@@ -935,12 +969,15 @@ static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
assert(p->top->f);
if (upb_fielddef_ismap(p->top->f)) {
- // Beginning of a map. Start a new parser frame in a repeated-field
- // context.
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Beginning of a map. Start a new parser frame in a repeated-field
+ * context. */
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
upb_sink_startseq(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(p->top->f);
inner->mapfield = p->top->f;
@@ -951,13 +988,16 @@ static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
return true;
} else if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(p->top->f)) {
- // Beginning of a subobject. Start a new parser frame in the submsg
- // context.
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Beginning of a subobject. Start a new parser frame in the submsg
+ * context. */
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
+ inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
upb_sink_startsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(p->top->f);
inner->f = NULL;
@@ -976,17 +1016,22 @@ static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
static void end_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
if (p->top->is_map) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
upb_sink_endseq(&p->top->sink, sel);
} else {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
upb_sink_endsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel);
}
}
static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
assert(p->top->f);
if (!upb_fielddef_isseq(p->top->f)) {
@@ -998,8 +1043,8 @@ static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
- upb_jsonparser_frame *inner = p->top + 1;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
upb_sink_startseq(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
inner->m = p->top->m;
inner->f = p->top->f;
@@ -1011,10 +1056,12 @@ static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
}
static void end_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
assert(p->top > p->stack);
p->top--;
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
upb_sink_endseq(&p->top->sink, sel);
}
@@ -1037,20 +1084,20 @@ static void end_object(upb_json_parser *p) {
/* The actual parser **********************************************************/
-// What follows is the Ragel parser itself. The language is specified in Ragel
-// and the actions call our C functions above.
-//
-// Ragel has an extensive set of functionality, and we use only a small part of
-// it. There are many action types but we only use a few:
-//
-// ">" -- transition into a machine
-// "%" -- transition out of a machine
-// "@" -- transition into a final state of a machine.
-//
-// "@" transitions are tricky because a machine can transition into a final
-// state repeatedly. But in some cases we know this can't happen, for example
-// a string which is delimited by a final '"' can only transition into its
-// final state once, when the closing '"' is seen.
+/* What follows is the Ragel parser itself. The language is specified in Ragel
+ * and the actions call our C functions above.
+ *
+ * Ragel has an extensive set of functionality, and we use only a small part of
+ * it. There are many action types but we only use a few:
+ *
+ * ">" -- transition into a machine
+ * "%" -- transition out of a machine
+ * "@" -- transition into a final state of a machine.
+ *
+ * "@" transitions are tricky because a machine can transition into a final
+ * state repeatedly. But in some cases we know this can't happen, for example
+ * a string which is delimited by a final '"' can only transition into its
+ * final state once, when the closing '"' is seen. */
%%{
machine json;
@@ -1154,12 +1201,9 @@ static void end_object(upb_json_parser *p) {
size_t parse(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, size_t size,
const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_json_parser *parser = closure;
- parser->handle = handle;
- // Variables used by Ragel's generated code.
+ /* Variables used by Ragel's generated code. */
int cs = parser->current_state;
int *stack = parser->parser_stack;
int top = parser->parser_top;
@@ -1167,6 +1211,11 @@ size_t parse(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, size_t size,
const char *p = buf;
const char *pe = buf + size;
+ parser->handle = handle;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
capture_resume(parser, buf);
%% write exec;
@@ -1178,7 +1227,7 @@ size_t parse(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, size_t size,
}
error:
- // Save parsing state back to parser.
+ /* Save parsing state back to parser. */
parser->current_state = cs;
parser->parser_top = top;
@@ -1189,7 +1238,7 @@ bool end(void *closure, const void *hd) {
UPB_UNUSED(closure);
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
- // Prevent compile warning on unused static constants.
+ /* Prevent compile warning on unused static constants. */
UPB_UNUSED(json_start);
UPB_UNUSED(json_en_number_machine);
UPB_UNUSED(json_en_string_machine);
@@ -1199,14 +1248,15 @@ bool end(void *closure, const void *hd) {
}
static void json_parser_reset(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ int cs;
+ int top;
+
p->top = p->stack;
p->top->f = NULL;
p->top->is_map = false;
p->top->is_mapentry = false;
- int cs;
- int top;
- // Emit Ragel initialization of the parser.
+ /* Emit Ragel initialization of the parser. */
%% write init;
p->current_state = cs;
p->parser_top = top;
@@ -1239,8 +1289,8 @@ upb_json_parser *upb_json_parser_create(upb_env *env, upb_sink *output) {
upb_sink_reset(&p->top->sink, output->handlers, output->closure);
p->top->m = upb_handlers_msgdef(output->handlers);
- // If this fails, uncomment and increase the value in parser.h.
- // fprintf(stderr, "%zd\n", upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before);
+ /* If this fails, uncomment and increase the value in parser.h.
+ * fprintf(stderr, "%zd\n", upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before); */
assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before <= UPB_JSON_PARSER_SIZE);
return p;
}
diff --git a/upb/json/printer.c b/upb/json/printer.c
index 539f83a..7e52dc2 100644
--- a/upb/json/printer.c
+++ b/upb/json/printer.c
@@ -17,26 +17,26 @@
struct upb_json_printer {
upb_sink input_;
- // BytesSink closure.
+ /* BytesSink closure. */
void *subc_;
upb_bytessink *output_;
- // We track the depth so that we know when to emit startstr/endstr on the
- // output.
+ /* We track the depth so that we know when to emit startstr/endstr on the
+ * output. */
int depth_;
- // Have we emitted the first element? This state is necessary to emit commas
- // without leaving a trailing comma in arrays/maps. We keep this state per
- // frame depth.
- //
- // Why max_depth * 2? UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH counts depth as nested messages.
- // We count frames (contexts in which we separate elements by commas) as both
- // repeated fields and messages (maps), and the worst case is a
- // message->repeated field->submessage->repeated field->... nesting.
+ /* Have we emitted the first element? This state is necessary to emit commas
+ * without leaving a trailing comma in arrays/maps. We keep this state per
+ * frame depth.
+ *
+ * Why max_depth * 2? UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH counts depth as nested messages.
+ * We count frames (contexts in which we separate elements by commas) as both
+ * repeated fields and messages (maps), and the worst case is a
+ * message->repeated field->submessage->repeated field->... nesting. */
bool first_elem_[UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH * 2];
};
-// StringPiece; a pointer plus a length.
+/* StringPiece; a pointer plus a length. */
typedef struct {
const char *ptr;
size_t len;
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ strpc *newstrpc(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f) {
return ret;
}
-// ------------ JSON string printing: values, maps, arrays --------------------
+/* ------------ JSON string printing: values, maps, arrays ------------------ */
static void print_data(
upb_json_printer *p, const char *buf, unsigned int len) {
- // TODO: Will need to change if we support pushback from the sink.
+ /* TODO: Will need to change if we support pushback from the sink. */
size_t n = upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc_, buf, len, NULL);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(n, n == len);
}
@@ -66,18 +66,18 @@ static void print_comma(upb_json_printer *p) {
p->first_elem_[p->depth_] = false;
}
-// Helpers that print properly formatted elements to the JSON output stream.
+/* Helpers that print properly formatted elements to the JSON output stream. */
-// Used for escaping control chars in strings.
+/* Used for escaping control chars in strings. */
static const char kControlCharLimit = 0x20;
-static inline bool is_json_escaped(char c) {
- // See RFC 4627.
+UPB_INLINE bool is_json_escaped(char c) {
+ /* See RFC 4627. */
unsigned char uc = (unsigned char)c;
return uc < kControlCharLimit || uc == '"' || uc == '\\';
}
-static inline char* json_nice_escape(char c) {
+UPB_INLINE char* json_nice_escape(char c) {
switch (c) {
case '"': return "\\\"";
case '\\': return "\\\\";
@@ -90,46 +90,47 @@ static inline char* json_nice_escape(char c) {
}
}
-// Write a properly escaped string chunk. The surrounding quotes are *not*
-// printed; this is so that the caller has the option of emitting the string
-// content in chunks.
+/* Write a properly escaped string chunk. The surrounding quotes are *not*
+ * printed; this is so that the caller has the option of emitting the string
+ * content in chunks. */
static void putstring(upb_json_printer *p, const char *buf, unsigned int len) {
const char* unescaped_run = NULL;
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ unsigned int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
char c = buf[i];
- // Handle escaping.
+ /* Handle escaping. */
if (is_json_escaped(c)) {
- // Use a "nice" escape, like \n, if one exists for this character.
+ /* Use a "nice" escape, like \n, if one exists for this character. */
const char* escape = json_nice_escape(c);
- // If we don't have a specific 'nice' escape code, use a \uXXXX-style
- // escape.
+ /* If we don't have a specific 'nice' escape code, use a \uXXXX-style
+ * escape. */
char escape_buf[8];
if (!escape) {
unsigned char byte = (unsigned char)c;
- snprintf(escape_buf, sizeof(escape_buf), "\\u%04x", (int)byte);
+ _upb_snprintf(escape_buf, sizeof(escape_buf), "\\u%04x", (int)byte);
escape = escape_buf;
}
- // N.B. that we assume that the input encoding is equal to the output
- // encoding (both UTF-8 for now), so for chars >= 0x20 and != \, ", we
- // can simply pass the bytes through.
+ /* N.B. that we assume that the input encoding is equal to the output
+ * encoding (both UTF-8 for now), so for chars >= 0x20 and != \, ", we
+ * can simply pass the bytes through. */
- // If there's a current run of unescaped chars, print that run first.
+ /* If there's a current run of unescaped chars, print that run first. */
if (unescaped_run) {
print_data(p, unescaped_run, &buf[i] - unescaped_run);
unescaped_run = NULL;
}
- // Then print the escape code.
+ /* Then print the escape code. */
print_data(p, escape, strlen(escape));
} else {
- // Add to the current unescaped run of characters.
+ /* Add to the current unescaped run of characters. */
if (unescaped_run == NULL) {
unescaped_run = &buf[i];
}
}
}
- // If the string ended in a run of unescaped characters, print that last run.
+ /* If the string ended in a run of unescaped characters, print that last run. */
if (unescaped_run) {
print_data(p, unescaped_run, &buf[len] - unescaped_run);
}
@@ -137,42 +138,42 @@ static void putstring(upb_json_printer *p, const char *buf, unsigned int len) {
#define CHKLENGTH(x) if (!(x)) return -1;
-// Helpers that format floating point values according to our custom formats.
-// Right now we use %.8g and %.17g for float/double, respectively, to match
-// proto2::util::JsonFormat's defaults. May want to change this later.
+/* Helpers that format floating point values according to our custom formats.
+ * Right now we use %.8g and %.17g for float/double, respectively, to match
+ * proto2::util::JsonFormat's defaults. May want to change this later. */
static size_t fmt_double(double val, char* buf, size_t length) {
- size_t n = snprintf(buf, length, "%.17g", val);
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%.17g", val);
CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
return n;
}
static size_t fmt_float(float val, char* buf, size_t length) {
- size_t n = snprintf(buf, length, "%.8g", val);
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%.8g", val);
CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
return n;
}
static size_t fmt_bool(bool val, char* buf, size_t length) {
- size_t n = snprintf(buf, length, "%s", (val ? "true" : "false"));
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%s", (val ? "true" : "false"));
CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
return n;
}
static size_t fmt_int64(long val, char* buf, size_t length) {
- size_t n = snprintf(buf, length, "%ld", val);
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%ld", val);
CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
return n;
}
static size_t fmt_uint64(unsigned long long val, char* buf, size_t length) {
- size_t n = snprintf(buf, length, "%llu", val);
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%llu", val);
CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
return n;
}
-// Print a map key given a field name. Called by scalar field handlers and by
-// startseq for repeated fields.
+/* Print a map key given a field name. Called by scalar field handlers and by
+ * startseq for repeated fields. */
static bool putkey(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
const strpc *key = handler_data;
@@ -189,9 +190,9 @@ static bool putkey(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
#define TYPE_HANDLERS(type, fmt_func) \
static bool put##type(void *closure, const void *handler_data, type val) { \
upb_json_printer *p = closure; \
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data); \
char data[64]; \
size_t length = fmt_func(val, data, sizeof(data)); \
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data); \
CHKFMT(length); \
print_data(p, data, length); \
return true; \
@@ -220,20 +221,20 @@ static bool putkey(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
return true; \
}
-TYPE_HANDLERS(double, fmt_double);
-TYPE_HANDLERS(float, fmt_float);
-TYPE_HANDLERS(bool, fmt_bool);
-TYPE_HANDLERS(int32_t, fmt_int64);
-TYPE_HANDLERS(uint32_t, fmt_int64);
-TYPE_HANDLERS(int64_t, fmt_int64);
-TYPE_HANDLERS(uint64_t, fmt_uint64);
-
-// double and float are not allowed to be map keys.
-TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(bool, fmt_bool);
-TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(int32_t, fmt_int64);
-TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(uint32_t, fmt_int64);
-TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(int64_t, fmt_int64);
-TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(uint64_t, fmt_uint64);
+TYPE_HANDLERS(double, fmt_double)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(float, fmt_float)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(bool, fmt_bool)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(int32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(uint32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(int64_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(uint64_t, fmt_uint64)
+
+/* double and float are not allowed to be map keys. */
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(bool, fmt_bool)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(int32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(uint32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(int64_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(uint64_t, fmt_uint64)
#undef TYPE_HANDLERS
#undef TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY
@@ -247,9 +248,11 @@ static bool scalar_enum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
int32_t val) {
const EnumHandlerData *hd = handler_data;
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ const char *symbolic_name;
+
CHK(putkey(closure, hd->keyname));
- const char *symbolic_name = upb_enumdef_iton(hd->enumdef, val);
+ symbolic_name = upb_enumdef_iton(hd->enumdef, val);
if (symbolic_name) {
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
putstring(p, symbolic_name, strlen(symbolic_name));
@@ -300,8 +303,8 @@ static void *scalar_startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
}
static void *repeated_startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_comma(p);
return closure;
}
@@ -318,8 +321,8 @@ static void end_frame(upb_json_printer *p) {
}
static bool printer_startmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
if (p->depth_ == 0) {
upb_bytessink_start(p->output_, 0, &p->subc_);
}
@@ -328,9 +331,9 @@ static bool printer_startmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
}
static bool printer_endmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data, upb_status *s) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
UPB_UNUSED(s);
- upb_json_printer *p = closure;
end_frame(p);
if (p->depth_ == 0) {
upb_bytessink_end(p->output_);
@@ -348,8 +351,8 @@ static void *startseq(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
}
static bool endseq(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_data(p, "]", 1);
p->depth_--;
return true;
@@ -365,8 +368,8 @@ static void *startmap(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
}
static bool endmap(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_data(p, "}", 1);
p->depth_--;
return true;
@@ -374,32 +377,35 @@ static bool endmap(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
static size_t putstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data, const char *str,
size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
UPB_UNUSED(handle);
- upb_json_printer *p = closure;
putstring(p, str, len);
return len;
}
-// This has to Base64 encode the bytes, because JSON has no "bytes" type.
+/* This has to Base64 encode the bytes, because JSON has no "bytes" type. */
static size_t putbytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data, const char *str,
size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
- // This is the regular base64, not the "web-safe" version.
+ /* This is the regular base64, not the "web-safe" version. */
static const char base64[] =
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
- // Base64-encode.
+ /* Base64-encode. */
char data[16000];
const char *limit = data + sizeof(data);
const unsigned char *from = (const unsigned char*)str;
char *to = data;
size_t remaining = len;
+ size_t bytes;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
while (remaining > 2) {
- // TODO(haberman): handle encoded lengths > sizeof(data)
+ /* TODO(haberman): handle encoded lengths > sizeof(data) */
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(limit, (limit - to) >= 4);
to[0] = base64[from[0] >> 2];
@@ -431,7 +437,7 @@ static size_t putbytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data, const char *str,
break;
}
- size_t bytes = to - data;
+ bytes = to - data;
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
putstring(p, data, bytes);
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
@@ -440,9 +446,9 @@ static size_t putbytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data, const char *str,
static void *scalar_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
- upb_json_printer *p = closure;
CHK(putkey(closure, handler_data));
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
return p;
@@ -456,17 +462,17 @@ static size_t scalar_str(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
}
static bool scalar_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
return true;
}
static void *repeated_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
- upb_json_printer *p = closure;
print_comma(p);
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
return p;
@@ -480,17 +486,17 @@ static size_t repeated_str(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
}
static bool repeated_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
return true;
}
static void *mapkeyval_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
- upb_json_printer *p = closure;
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
return p;
}
@@ -503,15 +509,15 @@ static size_t mapkey_str(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
}
static bool mapkey_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_data(p, "\":", 2);
return true;
}
static bool mapvalue_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
print_data(p, "\"", 1);
return true;
}
@@ -552,30 +558,31 @@ static void set_enum_hd(upb_handlers *h,
upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(attr, hd);
}
-// Set up handlers for a mapentry submessage (i.e., an individual key/value pair
-// in a map).
-//
-// TODO: Handle missing key, missing value, out-of-order key/value, or repeated
-// key or value cases properly. The right way to do this is to allocate a
-// temporary structure at the start of a mapentry submessage, store key and
-// value data in it as key and value handlers are called, and then print the
-// key/value pair once at the end of the submessage. If we don't do this, we
-// should at least detect the case and throw an error. However, so far all of
-// our sources that emit mapentry messages do so canonically (with one key
-// field, and then one value field), so this is not a pressing concern at the
-// moment.
+/* Set up handlers for a mapentry submessage (i.e., an individual key/value pair
+ * in a map).
+ *
+ * TODO: Handle missing key, missing value, out-of-order key/value, or repeated
+ * key or value cases properly. The right way to do this is to allocate a
+ * temporary structure at the start of a mapentry submessage, store key and
+ * value data in it as key and value handlers are called, and then print the
+ * key/value pair once at the end of the submessage. If we don't do this, we
+ * should at least detect the case and throw an error. However, so far all of
+ * our sources that emit mapentry messages do so canonically (with one key
+ * field, and then one value field), so this is not a pressing concern at the
+ * moment. */
void printer_sethandlers_mapentry(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
- UPB_UNUSED(closure);
const upb_msgdef *md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
- // A mapentry message is printed simply as '"key": value'. Rather than
- // special-case key and value for every type below, we just handle both
- // fields explicitly here.
+ /* A mapentry message is printed simply as '"key": value'. Rather than
+ * special-case key and value for every type below, we just handle both
+ * fields explicitly here. */
const upb_fielddef* key_field = upb_msgdef_itof(md, UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY);
const upb_fielddef* value_field = upb_msgdef_itof(md, UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE);
upb_handlerattr empty_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+
switch (upb_fielddef_type(key_field)) {
case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
upb_handlers_setint32(h, key_field, putmapkey_int32_t, &empty_attr);
@@ -643,8 +650,8 @@ void printer_sethandlers_mapentry(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
break;
}
case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
- // No handler necessary -- the submsg handlers will print the message
- // as appropriate.
+ /* No handler necessary -- the submsg handlers will print the message
+ * as appropriate. */
break;
}
@@ -652,14 +659,16 @@ void printer_sethandlers_mapentry(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
}
void printer_sethandlers(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
- UPB_UNUSED(closure);
const upb_msgdef *md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
bool is_mapentry = upb_msgdef_mapentry(md);
upb_handlerattr empty_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
if (is_mapentry) {
- // mapentry messages are sufficiently different that we handle them
- // separately.
+ /* mapentry messages are sufficiently different that we handle them
+ * separately. */
printer_sethandlers_mapentry(closure, h);
return;
}
@@ -676,7 +685,6 @@ void printer_sethandlers(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
} \
break;
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
for(; !upb_msg_field_done(&i); upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
@@ -701,9 +709,9 @@ void printer_sethandlers(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
TYPE(UPB_TYPE_INT64, int64, int64_t);
TYPE(UPB_TYPE_UINT64, uint64, uint64_t);
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
- // For now, we always emit symbolic names for enums. We may want an
- // option later to control this behavior, but we will wait for a real
- // need first.
+ /* For now, we always emit symbolic names for enums. We may want an
+ * option later to control this behavior, but we will wait for a real
+ * need first. */
upb_handlerattr enum_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
set_enum_hd(h, f, &enum_attr);
@@ -728,8 +736,8 @@ void printer_sethandlers(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
}
break;
case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
- // XXX: this doesn't support strings that span buffers yet. The base64
- // encoder will need to be made resumable for this to work properly.
+ /* XXX: this doesn't support strings that span buffers yet. The base64
+ * encoder will need to be made resumable for this to work properly. */
if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, repeated_bytes, &empty_attr);
} else {
@@ -772,7 +780,7 @@ upb_json_printer *upb_json_printer_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h,
json_printer_reset(p);
upb_sink_reset(&p->input_, h, p);
- // If this fails, increase the value in printer.h.
+ /* If this fails, increase the value in printer.h. */
assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(e) - size_before <= UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE);
return p;
}
diff --git a/upb/json/printer.h b/upb/json/printer.h
index c73cb79..0b4e19c 100644
--- a/upb/json/printer.h
+++ b/upb/json/printer.h
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@
namespace upb {
namespace json {
class Printer;
-} // namespace json
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Printer, upb_json_printer);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Printer, upb_json_printer)
/* upb::json::Printer *********************************************************/
@@ -31,29 +31,29 @@ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Printer, upb_json_printer);
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// Prints an incoming stream of data to a BytesSink in JSON format.
+/* Prints an incoming stream of data to a BytesSink in JSON format. */
class upb::json::Printer {
public:
static Printer* Create(Environment* env, const upb::Handlers* handlers,
BytesSink* output);
- // The input to the printer.
+ /* The input to the printer. */
Sink* input();
- // Returns handlers for printing according to the specified schema.
+ /* Returns handlers for printing according to the specified schema. */
static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const upb::MessageDef* md);
static const size_t kSize = UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE;
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Printer, upb::json::Printer);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Printer, upb::json::Printer)
};
#endif
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Native C API.
+/* Native C API. */
upb_json_printer *upb_json_printer_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h,
upb_bytessink *output);
upb_sink *upb_json_printer_input(upb_json_printer *p);
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Printer::NewHandlers(
const Handlers* h = upb_json_printer_newhandlers(md, &h);
return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
}
-} // namespace json
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#endif // UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_
+#endif /* UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/pb/compile_decoder.c b/upb/pb/compile_decoder.c
index a17332b..83c914b 100644
--- a/upb/pb/compile_decoder.c
+++ b/upb/pb/compile_decoder.c
@@ -45,14 +45,14 @@ static void visitgroup(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
upb_inttable_begin(&i, &g->methods);
for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
upb_pbdecodermethod *method = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
- visit(r, UPB_UPCAST(method), closure);
+ visit(r, upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast(method), closure);
}
}
mgroup *newgroup(const void *owner) {
mgroup *g = malloc(sizeof(*g));
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visitgroup, freegroup};
- upb_refcounted_init(UPB_UPCAST(g), &vtbl, owner);
+ upb_refcounted_init(mgroup_upcast_mutable(g), &vtbl, owner);
upb_inttable_init(&g->methods, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
g->bytecode = NULL;
g->bytecode_end = NULL;
@@ -83,18 +83,18 @@ static upb_pbdecodermethod *newmethod(const upb_handlers *dest_handlers,
mgroup *group) {
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visitmethod, freemethod};
upb_pbdecodermethod *ret = malloc(sizeof(*ret));
- upb_refcounted_init(UPB_UPCAST(ret), &vtbl, &ret);
+ upb_refcounted_init(upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast_mutable(ret), &vtbl, &ret);
upb_byteshandler_init(&ret->input_handler_);
- // The method references the group and vice-versa, in a circular reference.
+ /* The method references the group and vice-versa, in a circular reference. */
upb_ref2(ret, group);
upb_ref2(group, ret);
upb_inttable_insertptr(&group->methods, dest_handlers, upb_value_ptr(ret));
- upb_refcounted_unref(UPB_UPCAST(ret), &ret);
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(ret, &ret);
- ret->group = UPB_UPCAST(group);
+ ret->group = mgroup_upcast_mutable(group);
ret->dest_handlers_ = dest_handlers;
- ret->is_native_ = false; // If we JIT, it will update this later.
+ ret->is_native_ = false; /* If we JIT, it will update this later. */
upb_inttable_init(&ret->dispatch, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64);
if (ret->dest_handlers_) {
@@ -103,25 +103,6 @@ static upb_pbdecodermethod *newmethod(const upb_handlers *dest_handlers,
return ret;
}
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_ref(UPB_UPCAST(m), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
- const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_unref(UPB_UPCAST(m), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_donateref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
- const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_refcounted_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(m), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_checkref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
- const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(m), owner);
-}
-
const upb_handlers *upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(
const upb_pbdecodermethod *m) {
return m->dest_handlers_;
@@ -138,10 +119,11 @@ bool upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m) {
const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecodermethod_new(
const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, const void *owner) {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *ret;
upb_pbcodecache cache;
+
upb_pbcodecache_init(&cache);
- const upb_pbdecodermethod *ret =
- upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(&cache, opts);
+ ret = upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(&cache, opts);
upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(ret, owner);
upb_pbcodecache_uninit(&cache);
return ret;
@@ -150,7 +132,7 @@ const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecodermethod_new(
/* bytecode compiler **********************************************************/
-// Data used only at compilation time.
+/* Data used only at compilation time. */
typedef struct {
mgroup *group;
@@ -158,15 +140,17 @@ typedef struct {
int fwd_labels[MAXLABEL];
int back_labels[MAXLABEL];
- // For fields marked "lazy", parse them lazily or eagerly?
+ /* For fields marked "lazy", parse them lazily or eagerly? */
bool lazy;
} compiler;
static compiler *newcompiler(mgroup *group, bool lazy) {
compiler *ret = malloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ int i;
+
ret->group = group;
ret->lazy = lazy;
- for (int i = 0; i < MAXLABEL; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < MAXLABEL; i++) {
ret->fwd_labels[i] = EMPTYLABEL;
ret->back_labels[i] = EMPTYLABEL;
}
@@ -179,7 +163,7 @@ static void freecompiler(compiler *c) {
const size_t ptr_words = sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
-// How many words an instruction is.
+/* How many words an instruction is. */
static int instruction_len(uint32_t instr) {
switch (getop(instr)) {
case OP_SETDISPATCH: return 1 + ptr_words;
@@ -195,8 +179,8 @@ bool op_has_longofs(int32_t instruction) {
case OP_BRANCH:
case OP_CHECKDELIM:
return true;
- // The "tag" instructions only have 8 bytes available for the jump target,
- // but that is ok because these opcodes only require short jumps.
+ /* The "tag" instructions only have 8 bytes available for the jump target,
+ * but that is ok because these opcodes only require short jumps. */
case OP_TAG1:
case OP_TAG2:
case OP_TAGN:
@@ -221,18 +205,21 @@ static void setofs(uint32_t *instruction, int32_t ofs) {
} else {
*instruction = (*instruction & ~0xff00) | ((ofs & 0xff) << 8);
}
- assert(getofs(*instruction) == ofs); // Would fail in cases of overflow.
+ assert(getofs(*instruction) == ofs); /* Would fail in cases of overflow. */
}
static uint32_t pcofs(compiler *c) { return c->pc - c->group->bytecode; }
-// Defines a local label at the current PC location. All previous forward
-// references are updated to point to this location. The location is noted
-// for any future backward references.
+/* Defines a local label at the current PC location. All previous forward
+ * references are updated to point to this location. The location is noted
+ * for any future backward references. */
static void label(compiler *c, unsigned int label) {
+ int val;
+ uint32_t *codep;
+
assert(label < MAXLABEL);
- int val = c->fwd_labels[label];
- uint32_t *codep = (val == EMPTYLABEL) ? NULL : c->group->bytecode + val;
+ val = c->fwd_labels[label];
+ codep = (val == EMPTYLABEL) ? NULL : c->group->bytecode + val;
while (codep) {
int ofs = getofs(*codep);
setofs(codep, c->pc - codep - instruction_len(*codep));
@@ -242,24 +229,25 @@ static void label(compiler *c, unsigned int label) {
c->back_labels[label] = pcofs(c);
}
-// Creates a reference to a numbered label; either a forward reference
-// (positive arg) or backward reference (negative arg). For forward references
-// the value returned now is actually a "next" pointer into a linked list of all
-// instructions that use this label and will be patched later when the label is
-// defined with label().
-//
-// The returned value is the offset that should be written into the instruction.
+/* Creates a reference to a numbered label; either a forward reference
+ * (positive arg) or backward reference (negative arg). For forward references
+ * the value returned now is actually a "next" pointer into a linked list of all
+ * instructions that use this label and will be patched later when the label is
+ * defined with label().
+ *
+ * The returned value is the offset that should be written into the instruction.
+ */
static int32_t labelref(compiler *c, int label) {
assert(label < MAXLABEL);
if (label == LABEL_DISPATCH) {
- // No resolving required.
+ /* No resolving required. */
return 0;
} else if (label < 0) {
- // Backward local label. Relative to the next instruction.
+ /* Backward local label. Relative to the next instruction. */
uint32_t from = (c->pc + 1) - c->group->bytecode;
return c->back_labels[-label] - from;
} else {
- // Forward local label: prepend to (possibly-empty) linked list.
+ /* Forward local label: prepend to (possibly-empty) linked list. */
int *lptr = &c->fwd_labels[label];
int32_t ret = (*lptr == EMPTYLABEL) ? 0 : *lptr - pcofs(c);
*lptr = pcofs(c);
@@ -273,7 +261,7 @@ static void put32(compiler *c, uint32_t v) {
int ofs = pcofs(c);
size_t oldsize = g->bytecode_end - g->bytecode;
size_t newsize = UPB_MAX(oldsize * 2, 64);
- // TODO(haberman): handle OOM.
+ /* TODO(haberman): handle OOM. */
g->bytecode = realloc(g->bytecode, newsize * sizeof(uint32_t));
g->bytecode_end = g->bytecode + newsize;
c->pc = g->bytecode + ofs;
@@ -372,19 +360,22 @@ static void putop(compiler *c, opcode op, ...) {
#if defined(UPB_USE_JIT_X64) || defined(UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE)
const char *upb_pbdecoder_getopname(unsigned int op) {
-#define OP(op) [OP_ ## op] = "OP_" #op
-#define T(op) OP(PARSE_##op)
- static const char *names[] = {
- "<no opcode>",
- T(DOUBLE), T(FLOAT), T(INT64), T(UINT64), T(INT32), T(FIXED64), T(FIXED32),
- T(BOOL), T(UINT32), T(SFIXED32), T(SFIXED64), T(SINT32), T(SINT64),
- OP(STARTMSG), OP(ENDMSG), OP(STARTSEQ), OP(ENDSEQ), OP(STARTSUBMSG),
- OP(ENDSUBMSG), OP(STARTSTR), OP(STRING), OP(ENDSTR), OP(CALL), OP(RET),
- OP(PUSHLENDELIM), OP(PUSHTAGDELIM), OP(SETDELIM), OP(CHECKDELIM),
- OP(BRANCH), OP(TAG1), OP(TAG2), OP(TAGN), OP(SETDISPATCH), OP(POP),
- OP(SETBIGGROUPNUM), OP(DISPATCH), OP(HALT),
- };
- return op > OP_HALT ? names[0] : names[op];
+#define QUOTE(x) #x
+#define EXPAND_AND_QUOTE(x) QUOTE(x)
+#define OPNAME(x) OP_##x
+#define OP(x) case OPNAME(x): return EXPAND_AND_QUOTE(OPNAME(x));
+#define T(x) OP(PARSE_##x)
+ /* Keep in sync with list in decoder.int.h. */
+ switch ((opcode)op) {
+ T(DOUBLE) T(FLOAT) T(INT64) T(UINT64) T(INT32) T(FIXED64) T(FIXED32)
+ T(BOOL) T(UINT32) T(SFIXED32) T(SFIXED64) T(SINT32) T(SINT64)
+ OP(STARTMSG) OP(ENDMSG) OP(STARTSEQ) OP(ENDSEQ) OP(STARTSUBMSG)
+ OP(ENDSUBMSG) OP(STARTSTR) OP(STRING) OP(ENDSTR) OP(CALL) OP(RET)
+ OP(PUSHLENDELIM) OP(PUSHTAGDELIM) OP(SETDELIM) OP(CHECKDELIM)
+ OP(BRANCH) OP(TAG1) OP(TAG2) OP(TAGN) OP(SETDISPATCH) OP(POP)
+ OP(SETBIGGROUPNUM) OP(DISPATCH) OP(HALT)
+ }
+ return "<unknown op>";
#undef OP
#undef T
}
@@ -482,7 +473,7 @@ static void dumpbc(uint32_t *p, uint32_t *end, FILE *f) {
static uint64_t get_encoded_tag(const upb_fielddef *f, int wire_type) {
uint32_t tag = (upb_fielddef_number(f) << 3) | wire_type;
uint64_t encoded_tag = upb_vencode32(tag);
- // No tag should be greater than 5 bytes.
+ /* No tag should be greater than 5 bytes. */
assert(encoded_tag <= 0xffffffffff);
return encoded_tag;
}
@@ -510,29 +501,29 @@ static upb_selector_t getsel(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type) {
return selector;
}
-// Takes an existing, primary dispatch table entry and repacks it with a
-// different alternate wire type. Called when we are inserting a secondary
-// dispatch table entry for an alternate wire type.
+/* Takes an existing, primary dispatch table entry and repacks it with a
+ * different alternate wire type. Called when we are inserting a secondary
+ * dispatch table entry for an alternate wire type. */
static uint64_t repack(uint64_t dispatch, int new_wt2) {
uint64_t ofs;
uint8_t wt1;
uint8_t old_wt2;
upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(dispatch, &ofs, &wt1, &old_wt2);
- assert(old_wt2 == NO_WIRE_TYPE); // wt2 should not be set yet.
+ assert(old_wt2 == NO_WIRE_TYPE); /* wt2 should not be set yet. */
return upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(ofs, wt1, new_wt2);
}
-// Marks the current bytecode position as the dispatch target for this message,
-// field, and wire type.
+/* Marks the current bytecode position as the dispatch target for this message,
+ * field, and wire type. */
static void dispatchtarget(compiler *c, upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
const upb_fielddef *f, int wire_type) {
- // Offset is relative to msg base.
+ /* Offset is relative to msg base. */
uint64_t ofs = pcofs(c) - method->code_base.ofs;
uint32_t fn = upb_fielddef_number(f);
upb_inttable *d = &method->dispatch;
upb_value v;
if (upb_inttable_remove(d, fn, &v)) {
- // TODO: prioritize based on packed setting in .proto file.
+ /* TODO: prioritize based on packed setting in .proto file. */
uint64_t repacked = repack(upb_value_getuint64(v), wire_type);
upb_inttable_insert(d, fn, upb_value_uint64(repacked));
upb_inttable_insert(d, fn + UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER, upb_value_uint64(ofs));
@@ -574,8 +565,8 @@ static void putsel(compiler *c, opcode op, upb_selector_t sel,
}
}
-// Puts an opcode to call a callback, but only if a callback actually exists for
-// this field and handler type.
+/* Puts an opcode to call a callback, but only if a callback actually exists for
+ * this field and handler type. */
static void maybeput(compiler *c, opcode op, const upb_handlers *h,
const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type) {
putsel(c, op, getsel(f, type), h);
@@ -593,27 +584,28 @@ static bool haslazyhandlers(const upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f) {
/* bytecode compiler code generation ******************************************/
-// Symbolic names for our local labels.
-#define LABEL_LOOPSTART 1 // Top of a repeated field loop.
-#define LABEL_LOOPBREAK 2 // To jump out of a repeated loop
-#define LABEL_FIELD 3 // Jump backward to find the most recent field.
-#define LABEL_ENDMSG 4 // To reach the OP_ENDMSG instr for this msg.
+/* Symbolic names for our local labels. */
+#define LABEL_LOOPSTART 1 /* Top of a repeated field loop. */
+#define LABEL_LOOPBREAK 2 /* To jump out of a repeated loop */
+#define LABEL_FIELD 3 /* Jump backward to find the most recent field. */
+#define LABEL_ENDMSG 4 /* To reach the OP_ENDMSG instr for this msg. */
-// Generates bytecode to parse a single non-lazy message field.
+/* Generates bytecode to parse a single non-lazy message field. */
static void generate_msgfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
const upb_pbdecodermethod *sub_m = find_submethod(c, method, f);
+ int wire_type;
if (!sub_m) {
- // Don't emit any code for this field at all; it will be parsed as an
- // unknown field.
+ /* Don't emit any code for this field at all; it will be parsed as an
+ * unknown field. */
return;
}
label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
- int wire_type =
+ wire_type =
(upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f) == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE)
? UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED
: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP;
@@ -654,7 +646,7 @@ static void generate_msgfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
}
}
-// Generates bytecode to parse a single string or lazy submessage field.
+/* Generates bytecode to parse a single string or lazy submessage field. */
static void generate_delimfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
@@ -669,7 +661,7 @@ static void generate_delimfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
putop(c, OP_PUSHLENDELIM);
putop(c, OP_STARTSTR, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR));
- // Need to emit even if no handler to skip past the string.
+ /* Need to emit even if no handler to skip past the string. */
putop(c, OP_STRING, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STRING));
putop(c, OP_POP);
maybeput(c, OP_ENDSTR, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
@@ -693,49 +685,52 @@ static void generate_delimfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
}
}
-// Generates bytecode to parse a single primitive field.
+/* Generates bytecode to parse a single primitive field. */
static void generate_primitivefield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
- label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
-
const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
upb_descriptortype_t descriptor_type = upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f);
+ opcode parse_type;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ int wire_type;
+
+ label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
- // From a decoding perspective, ENUM is the same as INT32.
+ /* From a decoding perspective, ENUM is the same as INT32. */
if (descriptor_type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM)
descriptor_type = UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32;
- opcode parse_type = (opcode)descriptor_type;
+ parse_type = (opcode)descriptor_type;
- // TODO(haberman): generate packed or non-packed first depending on "packed"
- // setting in the fielddef. This will favor (in speed) whichever was
- // specified.
+ /* TODO(haberman): generate packed or non-packed first depending on "packed"
+ * setting in the fielddef. This will favor (in speed) whichever was
+ * specified. */
assert((int)parse_type >= 0 && parse_type <= OP_MAX);
- upb_selector_t sel = getsel(f, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f));
- int wire_type = upb_pb_native_wire_types[upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f)];
+ sel = getsel(f, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f));
+ wire_type = upb_pb_native_wire_types[upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f)];
if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
putchecktag(c, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, LABEL_DISPATCH);
dispatchtarget(c, method, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED);
putop(c, OP_PUSHLENDELIM);
- putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)); // Packed
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)); /* Packed */
label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
putop(c, parse_type, sel);
putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_LOOPSTART);
dispatchtarget(c, method, f, wire_type);
putop(c, OP_PUSHTAGDELIM, 0);
- putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)); // Non-packed
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)); /* Non-packed */
label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
putop(c, parse_type, sel);
putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_LOOPSTART);
label(c, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
- putop(c, OP_POP); // Packed and non-packed join.
+ putop(c, OP_POP); /* Packed and non-packed join. */
maybeput(c, OP_ENDSEQ, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
- putop(c, OP_SETDELIM); // Could remove for non-packed by dup ENDSEQ.
+ putop(c, OP_SETDELIM); /* Could remove for non-packed by dup ENDSEQ. */
} else {
putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_DISPATCH);
@@ -744,24 +739,29 @@ static void generate_primitivefield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
}
}
-// Adds bytecode for parsing the given message to the given decoderplan,
-// while adding all dispatch targets to this message's dispatch table.
+/* Adds bytecode for parsing the given message to the given decoderplan,
+ * while adding all dispatch targets to this message's dispatch table. */
static void compile_method(compiler *c, upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
+ const upb_handlers *h;
+ const upb_msgdef *md;
+ uint32_t* start_pc;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_value val;
+
assert(method);
- // Clear all entries in the dispatch table.
+ /* Clear all entries in the dispatch table. */
upb_inttable_uninit(&method->dispatch);
upb_inttable_init(&method->dispatch, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64);
- const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
- const upb_msgdef *md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
+ md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
method->code_base.ofs = pcofs(c);
putop(c, OP_SETDISPATCH, &method->dispatch);
putsel(c, OP_STARTMSG, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR, h);
label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
- uint32_t* start_pc = c->pc;
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ start_pc = c->pc;
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
@@ -778,23 +778,23 @@ static void compile_method(compiler *c, upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
}
}
- // If there were no fields, or if no handlers were defined, we need to
- // generate a non-empty loop body so that we can at least dispatch for unknown
- // fields and check for the end of the message.
+ /* If there were no fields, or if no handlers were defined, we need to
+ * generate a non-empty loop body so that we can at least dispatch for unknown
+ * fields and check for the end of the message. */
if (c->pc == start_pc) {
- // Check for end-of-message.
+ /* Check for end-of-message. */
putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
- // Unconditionally dispatch.
+ /* Unconditionally dispatch. */
putop(c, OP_DISPATCH, 0);
}
- // For now we just loop back to the last field of the message (or if none,
- // the DISPATCH opcode for the message).
+ /* For now we just loop back to the last field of the message (or if none,
+ * the DISPATCH opcode for the message). */
putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_FIELD);
- // Insert both a label and a dispatch table entry for this end-of-msg.
+ /* Insert both a label and a dispatch table entry for this end-of-msg. */
label(c, LABEL_ENDMSG);
- upb_value val = upb_value_uint64(pcofs(c) - method->code_base.ofs);
+ val = upb_value_uint64(pcofs(c) - method->code_base.ofs);
upb_inttable_insert(&method->dispatch, DISPATCH_ENDMSG, val);
putsel(c, OP_ENDMSG, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR, h);
@@ -803,19 +803,21 @@ static void compile_method(compiler *c, upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
upb_inttable_compact(&method->dispatch);
}
-// Populate "methods" with new upb_pbdecodermethod objects reachable from "h".
-// Returns the method for these handlers.
-//
-// Generates a new method for every destination handlers reachable from "h".
+/* Populate "methods" with new upb_pbdecodermethod objects reachable from "h".
+ * Returns the method for these handlers.
+ *
+ * Generates a new method for every destination handlers reachable from "h". */
static void find_methods(compiler *c, const upb_handlers *h) {
upb_value v;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ const upb_msgdef *md;
+
if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&c->group->methods, h, &v))
return;
newmethod(h, c->group);
- // Find submethods.
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
- const upb_msgdef *md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ /* Find submethods. */
+ md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
@@ -823,20 +825,21 @@ static void find_methods(compiler *c, const upb_handlers *h) {
const upb_handlers *sub_h;
if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE &&
(sub_h = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f)) != NULL) {
- // We only generate a decoder method for submessages with handlers.
- // Others will be parsed as unknown fields.
+ /* We only generate a decoder method for submessages with handlers.
+ * Others will be parsed as unknown fields. */
find_methods(c, sub_h);
}
}
}
-// (Re-)compile bytecode for all messages in "msgs."
-// Overwrites any existing bytecode in "c".
+/* (Re-)compile bytecode for all messages in "msgs."
+ * Overwrites any existing bytecode in "c". */
static void compile_methods(compiler *c) {
- // Start over at the beginning of the bytecode.
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+
+ /* Start over at the beginning of the bytecode. */
c->pc = c->group->bytecode;
- upb_inttable_iter i;
upb_inttable_begin(&i, &c->group->methods);
for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
upb_pbdecodermethod *method = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
@@ -849,10 +852,10 @@ static void set_bytecode_handlers(mgroup *g) {
upb_inttable_begin(&i, &g->methods);
for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ upb_byteshandler *h = &m->input_handler_;
m->code_base.ptr = g->bytecode + m->code_base.ofs;
- upb_byteshandler *h = &m->input_handler_;
upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_startbc, m->code_base.ptr);
upb_byteshandler_setstring(h, upb_pbdecoder_decode, g);
upb_byteshandler_setendstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_end, m);
@@ -867,53 +870,58 @@ static void set_bytecode_handlers(mgroup *g) {
static void sethandlers(mgroup *g, bool allowjit) {
g->jit_code = NULL;
if (allowjit) {
- // Compile byte-code into machine code, create handlers.
+ /* Compile byte-code into machine code, create handlers. */
upb_pbdecoder_jit(g);
} else {
set_bytecode_handlers(g);
}
}
-#else // UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+#else /* UPB_USE_JIT_X64 */
static void sethandlers(mgroup *g, bool allowjit) {
- // No JIT compiled in; use bytecode handlers unconditionally.
+ /* No JIT compiled in; use bytecode handlers unconditionally. */
UPB_UNUSED(allowjit);
set_bytecode_handlers(g);
}
-#endif // UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+#endif /* UPB_USE_JIT_X64 */
-// TODO(haberman): allow this to be constructed for an arbitrary set of dest
-// handlers and other mgroups (but verify we have a transitive closure).
+/* TODO(haberman): allow this to be constructed for an arbitrary set of dest
+ * handlers and other mgroups (but verify we have a transitive closure). */
const mgroup *mgroup_new(const upb_handlers *dest, bool allowjit, bool lazy,
const void *owner) {
+ mgroup *g;
+ compiler *c;
+
UPB_UNUSED(allowjit);
assert(upb_handlers_isfrozen(dest));
- mgroup *g = newgroup(owner);
- compiler *c = newcompiler(g, lazy);
+ g = newgroup(owner);
+ c = newcompiler(g, lazy);
find_methods(c, dest);
- // We compile in two passes:
- // 1. all messages are assigned relative offsets from the beginning of the
- // bytecode (saved in method->code_base).
- // 2. forwards OP_CALL instructions can be correctly linked since message
- // offsets have been previously assigned.
- //
- // Could avoid the second pass by linking OP_CALL instructions somehow.
+ /* We compile in two passes:
+ * 1. all messages are assigned relative offsets from the beginning of the
+ * bytecode (saved in method->code_base).
+ * 2. forwards OP_CALL instructions can be correctly linked since message
+ * offsets have been previously assigned.
+ *
+ * Could avoid the second pass by linking OP_CALL instructions somehow. */
compile_methods(c);
compile_methods(c);
g->bytecode_end = c->pc;
freecompiler(c);
#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
- FILE *f = fopen("/tmp/upb-bytecode", "wb");
- assert(f);
- dumpbc(g->bytecode, g->bytecode_end, stderr);
- dumpbc(g->bytecode, g->bytecode_end, f);
- fclose(f);
+ {
+ FILE *f = fopen("/tmp/upb-bytecode", "wb");
+ assert(f);
+ dumpbc(g->bytecode, g->bytecode_end, stderr);
+ dumpbc(g->bytecode, g->bytecode_end, f);
+ fclose(f);
+ }
#endif
sethandlers(g, allowjit);
@@ -933,7 +941,7 @@ void upb_pbcodecache_uninit(upb_pbcodecache *c) {
upb_inttable_begin(&i, &c->groups);
for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
const mgroup *group = upb_value_getconstptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
- upb_refcounted_unref(UPB_UPCAST(group), c);
+ mgroup_unref(group, c);
}
upb_inttable_uninit(&c->groups);
}
@@ -951,13 +959,15 @@ bool upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(upb_pbcodecache *c, bool allow) {
const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(
upb_pbcodecache *c, const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts) {
- // Right now we build a new DecoderMethod every time.
- // TODO(haberman): properly cache methods by their true key.
+ upb_value v;
+ bool ok;
+
+ /* Right now we build a new DecoderMethod every time.
+ * TODO(haberman): properly cache methods by their true key. */
const mgroup *g = mgroup_new(opts->handlers, c->allow_jit_, opts->lazy, c);
upb_inttable_push(&c->groups, upb_value_constptr(g));
- upb_value v;
- bool ok = upb_inttable_lookupptr(&g->methods, opts->handlers, &v);
+ ok = upb_inttable_lookupptr(&g->methods, opts->handlers, &v);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return upb_value_getptr(v);
}
diff --git a/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.c b/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.c
index 51b9b9e..3ce11e4 100644
--- a/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.c
+++ b/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
* Driver code for the x64 JIT compiler.
*/
-// Needed to ensure we get defines like MAP_ANON.
+/* Needed to ensure we get defines like MAP_ANON. */
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <dlfcn.h>
@@ -19,50 +19,50 @@
#include "upb/pb/varint.int.h"
#include "upb/shim/shim.h"
-// To debug the JIT:
-//
-// 1. Uncomment:
-// #define UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO
-//
-// Note: this mode requires that we can shell out to gcc.
-//
-// 2. Run the test locally. This will load the JIT code by building a
-// .so (/tmp/upb-jit-code.so) and using dlopen, so more of the tooling will
-// work properly (like GDB).
-//
-// IF YOU ALSO WANT AUTOMATIC JIT DEBUG OUTPUT:
-//
-// 3. Run: upb/pb/make-gdb-script.rb > script.gdb. This reads
-// /tmp/upb-jit-code.so as input and generates a GDB script that is specific
-// to this jit code.
-//
-// 4. Run: gdb --command=script.gdb --args path/to/test
-// This will drop you to a GDB prompt which you can now use normally.
-// But when you run the test it will print a message to stdout every time
-// the JIT executes assembly for a particular bytecode. Sample output:
-//
-// X.enterjit bytes=18
-// buf_ofs=1 data_rem=17 delim_rem=-2 X.0x6.OP_PARSE_DOUBLE
-// buf_ofs=9 data_rem=9 delim_rem=-10 X.0x7.OP_CHECKDELIM
-// buf_ofs=9 data_rem=9 delim_rem=-10 X.0x8.OP_TAG1
-// X.0x3.dispatch.DecoderTest
-// X.parse_unknown
-// X.0x3.dispatch.DecoderTest
-// X.decode_unknown_tag_fallback
-// X.exitjit
-//
-// This output should roughly correspond to the output that the bytecode
-// interpreter emits when compiled with UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE (modulo some
-// extra JIT-specific output).
-
-// These defines are necessary for DynASM codegen.
-// See dynasm/dasm_proto.h for more info.
+/* To debug the JIT:
+ *
+ * 1. Uncomment:
+ * #define UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO
+ *
+ * Note: this mode requires that we can shell out to gcc.
+ *
+ * 2. Run the test locally. This will load the JIT code by building a
+ * .so (/tmp/upb-jit-code.so) and using dlopen, so more of the tooling will
+ * work properly (like GDB).
+ *
+ * IF YOU ALSO WANT AUTOMATIC JIT DEBUG OUTPUT:
+ *
+ * 3. Run: upb/pb/make-gdb-script.rb > script.gdb. This reads
+ * /tmp/upb-jit-code.so as input and generates a GDB script that is specific
+ * to this jit code.
+ *
+ * 4. Run: gdb --command=script.gdb --args path/to/test
+ * This will drop you to a GDB prompt which you can now use normally.
+ * But when you run the test it will print a message to stdout every time
+ * the JIT executes assembly for a particular bytecode. Sample output:
+ *
+ * X.enterjit bytes=18
+ * buf_ofs=1 data_rem=17 delim_rem=-2 X.0x6.OP_PARSE_DOUBLE
+ * buf_ofs=9 data_rem=9 delim_rem=-10 X.0x7.OP_CHECKDELIM
+ * buf_ofs=9 data_rem=9 delim_rem=-10 X.0x8.OP_TAG1
+ * X.0x3.dispatch.DecoderTest
+ * X.parse_unknown
+ * X.0x3.dispatch.DecoderTest
+ * X.decode_unknown_tag_fallback
+ * X.exitjit
+ *
+ * This output should roughly correspond to the output that the bytecode
+ * interpreter emits when compiled with UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE (modulo some
+ * extra JIT-specific output). */
+
+/* These defines are necessary for DynASM codegen.
+ * See dynasm/dasm_proto.h for more info. */
#define Dst_DECL jitcompiler *jc
#define Dst_REF (jc->dynasm)
#define Dst (jc)
-// In debug mode, make DynASM do internal checks (must be defined before any
-// dasm header is included.
+/* In debug mode, make DynASM do internal checks (must be defined before any
+ * dasm header is included. */
#ifndef NDEBUG
#define DASM_CHECKS
#endif
@@ -75,49 +75,49 @@ typedef struct {
mgroup *group;
uint32_t *pc;
- // This pointer is allocated by dasm_init() and freed by dasm_free().
+ /* This pointer is allocated by dasm_init() and freed by dasm_free(). */
struct dasm_State *dynasm;
- // Maps some key (an arbitrary void*) to a pclabel.
- //
- // The pclabel represents a location in the generated code -- DynASM exposes
- // a pclabel -> (machine code offset) lookup function.
- //
- // The key can be anything. There are two main kinds of keys:
- // - bytecode location -- the void* points to the bytecode instruction
- // itself. We can then use this to generate jumps to this instruction.
- // - other object (like dispatch table). We use these to represent parts
- // of the generated code that do not exactly correspond to a bytecode
- // instruction.
- upb_inttable jmptargets;
+ /* Maps some key (an arbitrary void*) to a pclabel.
+ *
+ * The pclabel represents a location in the generated code -- DynASM exposes
+ * a pclabel -> (machine code offset) lookup function.
+ *
+ * The key can be anything. There are two main kinds of keys:
+ * - bytecode location -- the void* points to the bytecode instruction
+ * itself. We can then use this to generate jumps to this instruction.
+ * - other object (like dispatch table). We use these to represent parts
+ * of the generated code that do not exactly correspond to a bytecode
+ * instruction. */
+ upb_inttable jmptargets;
#ifndef NDEBUG
- // Like jmptargets, but members are present in the table when they have had
- // define_jmptarget() (as opposed to jmptarget) called. Used to verify that
- // define_jmptarget() is called exactly once for every target.
- // The value is ignored.
+ /* Like jmptargets, but members are present in the table when they have had
+ * define_jmptarget() (as opposed to jmptarget) called. Used to verify that
+ * define_jmptarget() is called exactly once for every target.
+ * The value is ignored. */
upb_inttable jmpdefined;
- // For checking that two asmlabels aren't defined for the same byte.
+ /* For checking that two asmlabels aren't defined for the same byte. */
int lastlabelofs;
#endif
#ifdef UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO
- // For marking labels that should go into the generated code.
- // Maps pclabel -> char* label (string is owned by the table).
+ /* For marking labels that should go into the generated code.
+ * Maps pclabel -> char* label (string is owned by the table). */
upb_inttable asmlabels;
#endif
- // The total number of pclabels currently defined.
- // Note that this contains both jmptargets and asmlabels, which both use
- // pclabels but for different purposes.
+ /* The total number of pclabels currently defined.
+ * Note that this contains both jmptargets and asmlabels, which both use
+ * pclabels but for different purposes. */
uint32_t pclabel_count;
- // Used by DynASM to store globals.
+ /* Used by DynASM to store globals. */
void **globals;
} jitcompiler;
-// Functions called by codegen.
+/* Functions called by codegen. */
static int jmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key);
static int define_jmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key);
static void asmlabel(jitcompiler *jc, const char *fmt, ...);
@@ -174,21 +174,21 @@ static void freejitcompiler(jitcompiler *jc) {
#ifdef UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO
-// Like sprintf except allocates the string, which is returned and owned by the
-// caller.
-//
-// Like the GNU extension asprintf(), except we abort on error (since this is
-// only for debugging).
+/* Like sprintf except allocates the string, which is returned and owned by the
+ * caller.
+ *
+ * Like the GNU extension asprintf(), except we abort on error (since this is
+ * only for debugging). */
static char *upb_vasprintf(const char *fmt, va_list args) {
- // Run once to get the length of the string.
+ /* Run once to get the length of the string. */
va_list args_copy;
va_copy(args_copy, args);
- int len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args_copy);
+ int len = _upb_vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args_copy);
va_end(args_copy);
- char *ret = malloc(len + 1); // + 1 for NULL terminator.
+ char *ret = malloc(len + 1); /* + 1 for NULL terminator. */
if (!ret) abort();
- int written = vsnprintf(ret, len + 1, fmt, args);
+ int written = _upb_vsnprintf(ret, len + 1, fmt, args);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(written, written == len);
return ret;
@@ -220,23 +220,26 @@ static bool try_getjmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key, int *pclabel) {
}
}
-// Gets the pclabel for this bytecode location's jmptarget. Requires that the
-// jmptarget() has been previously defined.
+/* Gets the pclabel for this bytecode location's jmptarget. Requires that the
+ * jmptarget() has been previously defined. */
static int getjmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key) {
int pclabel = 0;
+ bool ok;
+
assert(upb_inttable_lookupptr(&jc->jmpdefined, key, NULL));
- bool ok = try_getjmptarget(jc, key, &pclabel);
+ ok = try_getjmptarget(jc, key, &pclabel);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
return pclabel;
}
-// Returns a pclabel that serves as a jmp target for the given bytecode pointer.
-// This should only be called for code that is jumping to the target; code
-// defining the target should use define_jmptarget().
-//
-// Creates/allocates a pclabel for this target if one does not exist already.
+/* Returns a pclabel that serves as a jmp target for the given bytecode pointer.
+ * This should only be called for code that is jumping to the target; code
+ * defining the target should use define_jmptarget().
+ *
+ * Creates/allocates a pclabel for this target if one does not exist already. */
static int jmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key) {
- int pclabel;
+ // Optimizer sometimes can't figure out that initializing this is unnecessary.
+ int pclabel = 0;
if (!try_getjmptarget(jc, key, &pclabel)) {
pclabel = alloc_pclabel(jc);
upb_inttable_insertptr(&jc->jmptargets, key, upb_value_uint32(pclabel));
@@ -244,12 +247,12 @@ static int jmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key) {
return pclabel;
}
-// Defines a pclabel associated with the given bytecode location.
-// Must be called exactly once by the code that is generating the code for this
-// bytecode.
-//
-// Must be called exactly once before bytecode generation is complete (this is a
-// sanity check to make sure the label is defined exactly once).
+/* Defines a pclabel associated with the given bytecode location.
+ * Must be called exactly once by the code that is generating the code for this
+ * bytecode.
+ *
+ * Must be called exactly once before bytecode generation is complete (this is a
+ * sanity check to make sure the label is defined exactly once). */
static int define_jmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
upb_inttable_insertptr(&jc->jmpdefined, key, upb_value_bool(true));
@@ -257,115 +260,121 @@ static int define_jmptarget(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key) {
return jmptarget(jc, key);
}
-// Returns a bytecode pc offset relative to the beginning of the group's code.
+/* Returns a bytecode pc offset relative to the beginning of the group's
+ * code. */
static int pcofs(jitcompiler *jc) {
return jc->pc - jc->group->bytecode;
}
-// Returns a machine code offset corresponding to the given key.
-// Requires that this key was defined with define_jmptarget.
+/* Returns a machine code offset corresponding to the given key.
+ * Requires that this key was defined with define_jmptarget. */
static int machine_code_ofs(jitcompiler *jc, const void *key) {
int pclabel = getjmptarget(jc, key);
- // Despite its name, this function takes a pclabel and returns the
- // corresponding machine code offset.
+ /* Despite its name, this function takes a pclabel and returns the
+ * corresponding machine code offset. */
return dasm_getpclabel(jc, pclabel);
}
-// Returns a machine code offset corresponding to the given method-relative
-// bytecode offset. Note that the bytecode offset is relative to the given
-// method, but the returned machine code offset is relative to the beginning of
-// *all* the machine code.
+/* Returns a machine code offset corresponding to the given method-relative
+ * bytecode offset. Note that the bytecode offset is relative to the given
+ * method, but the returned machine code offset is relative to the beginning of
+ * *all* the machine code. */
static int machine_code_ofs2(jitcompiler *jc, const upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
int pcofs) {
void *bc_target = jc->group->bytecode + method->code_base.ofs + pcofs;
return machine_code_ofs(jc, bc_target);
}
-// Given a pcofs relative to this method's base, returns a machine code offset
-// relative to jmptarget(dispatch->array) (which is used in jitdispatch as the
-// machine code base for dispatch table lookups).
+/* Given a pcofs relative to this method's base, returns a machine code offset
+ * relative to jmptarget(dispatch->array) (which is used in jitdispatch as the
+ * machine code base for dispatch table lookups). */
uint32_t dispatchofs(jitcompiler *jc, const upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
int pcofs) {
int mc_base = machine_code_ofs(jc, method->dispatch.array);
int mc_target = machine_code_ofs2(jc, method, pcofs);
+ int ret;
+
assert(mc_base > 0);
assert(mc_target > 0);
- int ret = mc_target - mc_base;
+ ret = mc_target - mc_base;
assert(ret > 0);
return ret;
}
-// Rewrites the dispatch tables into machine code offsets.
+/* Rewrites the dispatch tables into machine code offsets. */
static void patchdispatch(jitcompiler *jc) {
upb_inttable_iter i;
upb_inttable_begin(&i, &jc->group->methods);
for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
upb_pbdecodermethod *method = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
- method->is_native_ = true;
-
upb_inttable *dispatch = &method->dispatch;
+ upb_inttable_iter i2;
+
+ method->is_native_ = true;
- // Remove DISPATCH_ENDMSG -- only the bytecode interpreter needs it.
- // And leaving it around will cause us to find field 0 improperly.
+ /* Remove DISPATCH_ENDMSG -- only the bytecode interpreter needs it.
+ * And leaving it around will cause us to find field 0 improperly. */
upb_inttable_remove(dispatch, DISPATCH_ENDMSG, NULL);
- upb_inttable_iter i2;
upb_inttable_begin(&i2, dispatch);
for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i2); upb_inttable_next(&i2)) {
uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i2);
uint64_t val = upb_value_getuint64(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i2));
uint64_t newval;
+ bool ok;
if (key <= UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER) {
- // Primary slot.
+ /* Primary slot. */
uint64_t ofs;
uint8_t wt1;
uint8_t wt2;
upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(val, &ofs, &wt1, &wt2);
- // Update offset and repack.
+ /* Update offset and repack. */
ofs = dispatchofs(jc, method, ofs);
newval = upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(ofs, wt1, wt2);
assert((int64_t)newval > 0);
} else {
- // Secondary slot. Since we have 64 bits for the value, we use an
- // absolute offset.
+ /* Secondary slot. Since we have 64 bits for the value, we use an
+ * absolute offset. */
int mcofs = machine_code_ofs2(jc, method, val);
newval = (uint64_t)((char*)jc->group->jit_code + mcofs);
}
- bool ok = upb_inttable_replace(dispatch, key, upb_value_uint64(newval));
+ ok = upb_inttable_replace(dispatch, key, upb_value_uint64(newval));
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
}
- // Update entry point for this method to point at mc base instead of bc
- // base. Set this only *after* we have patched the offsets
- // (machine_code_ofs2() uses this).
+ /* Update entry point for this method to point at mc base instead of bc
+ * base. Set this only *after* we have patched the offsets
+ * (machine_code_ofs2() uses this). */
method->code_base.ptr = (char*)jc->group->jit_code + machine_code_ofs(jc, method);
- upb_byteshandler *h = &method->input_handler_;
- upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_startjit, NULL);
- upb_byteshandler_setstring(h, jc->group->jit_code, method->code_base.ptr);
- upb_byteshandler_setendstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_end, method);
+ {
+ upb_byteshandler *h = &method->input_handler_;
+ upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_startjit, NULL);
+ upb_byteshandler_setstring(h, jc->group->jit_code, method->code_base.ptr);
+ upb_byteshandler_setendstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_end, method);
+ }
}
}
#ifdef UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO
static void load_so(jitcompiler *jc) {
- // Dump to a .so file in /tmp and load that, so all the tooling works right
- // (for example, debuggers and profilers will see symbol names for the JIT-ted
- // code). This is the same goal of the GDB JIT code below, but the GDB JIT
- // interface is only used/understood by GDB. Hopefully a standard will
- // develop for registering JIT-ted code that all tools will recognize,
- // rendering this obsolete.
-
- // jc->asmlabels maps:
- // pclabel -> char* label
- //
- // Use this to build mclabels, which maps:
- // machine code offset -> char* label
- //
- // Then we can use mclabels to emit the labels as we iterate over the bytes we
- // are outputting.
+ /* Dump to a .so file in /tmp and load that, so all the tooling works right
+ * (for example, debuggers and profilers will see symbol names for the JIT-ted
+ * code). This is the same goal of the GDB JIT code below, but the GDB JIT
+ * interface is only used/understood by GDB. Hopefully a standard will
+ * develop for registering JIT-ted code that all tools will recognize,
+ * rendering this obsolete.
+ *
+ * jc->asmlabels maps:
+ * pclabel -> char* label
+ *
+ * Use this to build mclabels, which maps:
+ * machine code offset -> char* label
+ *
+ * Then we can use mclabels to emit the labels as we iterate over the bytes we
+ * are outputting. */
upb_inttable_iter i;
upb_inttable mclabels;
upb_inttable_init(&mclabels, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
@@ -376,25 +385,26 @@ static void load_so(jitcompiler *jc) {
upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
}
- // We write a .s file in text format, as input to the assembler.
- // Then we run gcc to turn it into a .so file.
- //
- // The last "XXXXXX" will be replaced with something randomly generated by
- // mkstmemp(). We don't add ".s" to this filename because it makes the string
- // processing for mkstemp() and system() more complicated.
+ /* We write a .s file in text format, as input to the assembler.
+ * Then we run gcc to turn it into a .so file.
+ *
+ * The last "XXXXXX" will be replaced with something randomly generated by
+ * mkstmemp(). We don't add ".s" to this filename because it makes the string
+ * processing for mkstemp() and system() more complicated. */
char s_filename[] = "/tmp/upb-jit-codeXXXXXX";
int fd = mkstemp(s_filename);
FILE *f;
if (fd >= 0 && (f = fdopen(fd, "wb")) != NULL) {
uint8_t *jit_code = (uint8_t*)jc->group->jit_code;
- fputs(" .text\n\n", f);
size_t linelen = 0;
- for (size_t i = 0; i < jc->group->jit_size; i++) {
+ size_t i;
+ fputs(" .text\n\n", f);
+ for (i = 0; i < jc->group->jit_size; i++) {
upb_value v;
if (upb_inttable_lookup(&mclabels, i, &v)) {
const char *label = upb_value_getptr(v);
- // "X." makes our JIT syms recognizable as such, which we build into
- // other tooling.
+ /* "X." makes our JIT syms recognizable as such, which we build into
+ * other tooling. */
fprintf(f, "\n\nX.%s:\n", label);
fprintf(f, " .globl X.%s", label);
linelen = 1000;
@@ -412,10 +422,10 @@ static void load_so(jitcompiler *jc) {
abort();
}
- // This is exploitable if you have an adversary on your machine who can write
- // to this tmp directory. But this is just for debugging so we don't worry
- // too much about that. It shouldn't be prone to races against concurrent
- // (non-adversarial) upb JIT's because we used mkstemp().
+ /* This is exploitable if you have an adversary on your machine who can write
+ * to this tmp directory. But this is just for debugging so we don't worry
+ * too much about that. It shouldn't be prone to races against concurrent
+ * (non-adversarial) upb JIT's because we used mkstemp(). */
char *cmd = upb_asprintf("gcc -shared -o %s.so -x assembler %s", s_filename,
s_filename);
if (system(cmd) != 0) {
@@ -426,12 +436,14 @@ static void load_so(jitcompiler *jc) {
char *so_filename = upb_asprintf("%s.so", s_filename);
- // Some convenience symlinks.
- // This is racy, but just for convenience.
+ /* Some convenience symlinks.
+ * This is racy, but just for convenience. */
+ int ret;
unlink("/tmp/upb-jit-code.so");
unlink("/tmp/upb-jit-code.s");
- symlink(s_filename, "/tmp/upb-jit-code.s");
- symlink(so_filename, "/tmp/upb-jit-code.so");
+ ret = symlink(s_filename, "/tmp/upb-jit-code.s");
+ ret = symlink(so_filename, "/tmp/upb-jit-code.so");
+ UPB_UNUSED(ret); // We don't care if this fails.
jc->group->dl = dlopen(so_filename, RTLD_LAZY);
free(so_filename);
@@ -453,22 +465,26 @@ static void load_so(jitcompiler *jc) {
#endif
void upb_pbdecoder_jit(mgroup *group) {
+ jitcompiler *jc;
+ char *jit_code;
+ int dasm_status;
+
group->debug_info = NULL;
group->dl = NULL;
assert(group->bytecode);
- jitcompiler *jc = newjitcompiler(group);
+ jc = newjitcompiler(group);
emit_static_asm(jc);
jitbytecode(jc);
- int dasm_status = dasm_link(jc, &jc->group->jit_size);
+ dasm_status = dasm_link(jc, &jc->group->jit_size);
if (dasm_status != DASM_S_OK) {
fprintf(stderr, "DynASM error; returned status: 0x%08x\n", dasm_status);
abort();
}
- char *jit_code = mmap(NULL, jc->group->jit_size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
- MAP_ANONYMOUS | MAP_PRIVATE, 0, 0);
+ jit_code = mmap(NULL, jc->group->jit_size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+ MAP_ANONYMOUS | MAP_PRIVATE, 0, 0);
dasm_encode(jc, jit_code);
mprotect(jit_code, jc->group->jit_size, PROT_EXEC | PROT_READ);
jc->group->jit_code = (upb_string_handlerfunc *)jit_code;
@@ -481,7 +497,7 @@ void upb_pbdecoder_jit(mgroup *group) {
freejitcompiler(jc);
- // Now the bytecode is no longer needed.
+ /* Now the bytecode is no longer needed. */
free(group->bytecode);
group->bytecode = NULL;
}
@@ -493,7 +509,7 @@ void upb_pbdecoder_freejit(mgroup *group) {
dlclose(group->dl);
#endif
} else {
- munmap(group->jit_code, group->jit_size);
+ munmap((void*)group->jit_code, group->jit_size);
}
free(group->debug_info);
}
diff --git a/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc b/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc
index b43a520..dfc9597 100644
--- a/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc
+++ b/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc
@@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ static upb_func *gethandler(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t sel) {
return h ? upb_handlers_gethandler(h, sel) : NULL;
}
-// Defines an "assembly label" for the current code generation offset.
-// This label exists *purely* for debugging purposes: it is emitted into
-// the .so, and printed as part of JIT debugging output when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is
-// defined.
-//
-// We would define this in the .c file except that it conditionally defines a
-// pclabel.
+/* Defines an "assembly label" for the current code generation offset.
+ * This label exists *purely* for debugging purposes: it is emitted into
+ * the .so, and printed as part of JIT debugging output when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is
+ * defined.
+ *
+ * We would define this in the .c file except that it conditionally defines a
+ * pclabel. */
static void asmlabel(jitcompiler *jc, const char *fmt, ...) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
int ofs = jc->dynasm->section->ofs;
@@ -167,37 +167,39 @@ static void asmlabel(jitcompiler *jc, const char *fmt, ...) {
va_end(args);
int pclabel = alloc_pclabel(jc);
- // Normally we would prefer to allocate this inline with the codegen,
- // ie.
- // |=>asmlabel(...)
- // But since we do this conditionally, only when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is defined,
- // we do it here instead.
+ /* Normally we would prefer to allocate this inline with the codegen,
+ * ie.
+ * |=>asmlabel(...)
+ * But since we do this conditionally, only when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is defined,
+ * we do it here instead. */
|=>pclabel:
upb_inttable_insert(&jc->asmlabels, pclabel, upb_value_ptr(str));
#endif
}
-// Should only be called when the associated handler is known to exist.
+/* Should only be called when the associated handler is known to exist. */
static bool alwaysok(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t sel) {
upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
bool ok = upb_handlers_getattr(h, sel, &attr);
+ bool ret;
+
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
- bool ret = upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(&attr);
+ ret = upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(&attr);
upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
return ret;
}
-// Emit static assembly routines; code that does not vary based on the message
-// schema. Since it's not input-dependent, we only need one single copy of it.
-// For the moment we generate a single copy per generated handlers. Eventually
-// we should generate this code at compile time and link it into the binary so
-// we have one copy total. To do that we'll want to be sure that it is within
-// 2GB of our JIT code, so that branches between the two are near (rel32).
-//
-// We'd put this assembly in a .s file directly, but DynASM's ability to
-// calculate structure offsets automatically is too useful to pass up (it's way
-// more convenient to write DECODER->sink than [rbx + 0x96], especially since
-// the latter would have to be changed whenever the structure is updated).
+/* Emit static assembly routines; code that does not vary based on the message
+ * schema. Since it's not input-dependent, we only need one single copy of it.
+ * For the moment we generate a single copy per generated handlers. Eventually
+ * we should generate this code at compile time and link it into the binary so
+ * we have one copy total. To do that we'll want to be sure that it is within
+ * 2GB of our JIT code, so that branches between the two are near (rel32).
+ *
+ * We'd put this assembly in a .s file directly, but DynASM's ability to
+ * calculate structure offsets automatically is too useful to pass up (it's way
+ * more convenient to write DECODER->sink than [rbx + 0x96], especially since
+ * the latter would have to be changed whenever the structure is updated). */
static void emit_static_asm(jitcompiler *jc) {
| // Trampolines for entering/exiting the JIT. These are a bit tricky to
| // support full resuming; when we suspend we copy the JIT's portion of
@@ -526,15 +528,17 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
X, F64, F32, V64, V64, V32, F64, F32, V64, X, X, X, X, V32, V32, F32, F64,
V32, V64 };
static char fastpath_bytes[] = { 1, 1, 4, 8 };
- const valtype_t type = types[op];
- const int fastbytes = fastpath_bytes[type];
+ const valtype_t vtype = types[op];
+ const int fastbytes = fastpath_bytes[vtype];
upb_func *handler = gethandler(h, sel);
+ upb_fieldtype_t ftype;
+ const upb_shim_data *data;
if (handler) {
|1:
| chkneob fastbytes, >3
|2:
- switch (type) {
+ switch (vtype) {
case V32:
| call ->decodev32_fallback
break;
@@ -551,7 +555,7 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
}
| jmp >4
- // Fast path decode; for when check_bytes bytes are available.
+ /* Fast path decode; for when check_bytes bytes are available. */
|3:
switch (op) {
case OP_PARSE_SFIXED32:
@@ -569,19 +573,19 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
| movsd xmm0, qword [PTR]
break;
default:
- // Inline one byte of varint decoding.
+ /* Inline one byte of varint decoding. */
| movzx edx, byte [PTR]
| test dl, dl
| js <2 // Fallback to slow path for >1 byte varint.
break;
}
- // Second-stage decode; used for both fast and slow paths
- // (only needed for a few types).
+ /* Second-stage decode; used for both fast and slow paths */
+ /* (only needed for a few types). */
|4:
switch (op) {
case OP_PARSE_SINT32:
- // 32-bit zig-zag decode.
+ /* 32-bit zig-zag decode. */
| mov eax, edx
| shr edx, 1
| and eax, 1
@@ -589,7 +593,7 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
| xor edx, eax
break;
case OP_PARSE_SINT64:
- // 64-bit zig-zag decode.
+ /* 64-bit zig-zag decode. */
| mov rax, rdx
| shr rdx, 1
| and rax, 1
@@ -603,11 +607,10 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
default: break;
}
- // Call callback (or specialize if we can).
- upb_fieldtype_t type;
- const upb_shim_data *data = upb_shim_getdata(h, sel, &type);
+ /* Call callback (or specialize if we can). */
+ data = upb_shim_getdata(h, sel, &ftype);
if (data) {
- switch (type) {
+ switch (ftype) {
case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], rdx
@@ -645,14 +648,14 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
}
}
- // We do this last so that the checkpoint is not advanced past the user's
- // data until the callback has returned success.
+ /* We do this last so that the checkpoint is not advanced past the user's
+ * data until the callback has returned success. */
| add PTR, fastbytes
} else {
- // No handler registered for this value, just skip it.
+ /* No handler registered for this value, just skip it. */
| chkneob fastbytes, >3
|2:
- switch (type) {
+ switch (vtype) {
case V32:
| call ->skipv32_fallback
break;
@@ -668,9 +671,9 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
case X: break;
}
- // Fast-path skip.
+ /* Fast-path skip. */
|3:
- if (type == V32 || type == V64) {
+ if (vtype == V32 || vtype == V64) {
| test byte [PTR], 0x80
| jnz <2
}
@@ -680,21 +683,21 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
static void jitdispatch(jitcompiler *jc,
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
- // Lots of room for tweaking/optimization here.
+ /* Lots of room for tweaking/optimization here. */
const upb_inttable *dispatch = &method->dispatch;
bool has_hash_entries = (dispatch->t.count > 0);
- // Whether any of the fields for this message can have two wire types which
- // are both valid (packed & non-packed).
- //
- // OPT: populate this more precisely; not all messages with hash entries have
- // this characteristic.
+ /* Whether any of the fields for this message can have two wire types which
+ * are both valid (packed & non-packed).
+ *
+ * OPT: populate this more precisely; not all messages with hash entries have
+ * this characteristic. */
bool has_multi_wiretype = has_hash_entries;
|=>define_jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch):
|1:
- // Decode the field tag.
+ /* Decode the field tag. */
| mov aword DECODER->checkpoint, PTR
| chkeob 2, >6
| movzx edx, byte [PTR]
@@ -721,8 +724,8 @@ static void jitdispatch(jitcompiler *jc,
| shr edx, 3
| and cl, 7
- // See comment attached to upb_pbdecodermethod.dispatch for layout of the
- // dispatch table.
+ /* See comment attached to upb_pbdecodermethod.dispatch for layout of the
+ * dispatch table. */
|2:
| cmp edx, dispatch->array_size
if (has_hash_entries) {
@@ -794,16 +797,17 @@ static void jitdispatch(jitcompiler *jc,
static void jittag(jitcompiler *jc, uint64_t tag, int n, int ofs,
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
- // Internally we parse unknown fields; if this runs us into DELIMEND we jump
- // to the corresponding DELIMEND target (either msg end or repeated field
- // end), which we find from the OP_CHECKDELIM which must have necessarily
- // preceded us.
+ /* Internally we parse unknown fields; if this runs us into DELIMEND we jump
+ * to the corresponding DELIMEND target (either msg end or repeated field
+ * end), which we find from the OP_CHECKDELIM which must have necessarily
+ * preceded us. */
uint32_t last_instruction = *(jc->pc - 2);
int last_arg = (int32_t)last_instruction >> 8;
- assert((last_instruction & 0xff) == OP_CHECKDELIM);
uint32_t *delimend = (jc->pc - 1) + last_arg;
const size_t ptr_words = sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
+ assert((last_instruction & 0xff) == OP_CHECKDELIM);
+
if (getop(*(jc->pc - 1)) == OP_TAGN) {
jc->pc += ptr_words;
}
@@ -861,7 +865,7 @@ static void jittag(jitcompiler *jc, uint64_t tag, int n, int ofs,
|5:
}
-// Compile the bytecode to x64.
+/* Compile the bytecode to x64. */
static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
upb_pbdecodermethod *method = NULL;
const upb_handlers *h = NULL;
@@ -872,13 +876,13 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
int32_t longofs = arg;
if (op != OP_SETDISPATCH) {
- // Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it defines its own asmlabel for the
- // dispatch code it emits.
+ /* Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it defines its own asmlabel for the
+ * dispatch code it emits. */
asmlabel(jc, "0x%lx.%s", pcofs(jc), upb_pbdecoder_getopname(op));
- // Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it should point at the function
- // prologue, not the dispatch function that is emitted first.
- // TODO: optimize this to only define pclabels that are actually used.
+ /* Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it should point at the function
+ * prologue, not the dispatch function that is emitted first.
+ * TODO: optimize this to only define pclabels that are actually used. */
|=>define_jmptarget(jc, jc->pc):
}
@@ -888,7 +892,7 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
case OP_STARTMSG: {
upb_func *startmsg = gethandler(h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
if (startmsg) {
- // bool startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ /* bool startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) */
|1:
| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
| load_handler_data h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR
@@ -909,7 +913,7 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
upb_func *endmsg = gethandler(h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
|9:
if (endmsg) {
- // bool endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status)
+ /* bool endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) */
| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
| load_handler_data h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR
| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->status
@@ -919,27 +923,28 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
}
case OP_SETDISPATCH: {
uint32_t *op_pc = jc->pc - 1;
-
- // Load info for new method.
+ const char *msgname;
upb_inttable *dispatch;
+
+ /* Load info for new method. */
memcpy(&dispatch, jc->pc, sizeof(void*));
jc->pc += sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
- // The OP_SETDISPATCH bytecode contains a pointer that is
- // &method->dispatch; we want to go backwards and recover method.
+ /* The OP_SETDISPATCH bytecode contains a pointer that is
+ * &method->dispatch; we want to go backwards and recover method. */
method =
(void*)((char*)dispatch - offsetof(upb_pbdecodermethod, dispatch));
- // May be NULL, in which case no handlers for this message will be found.
- // OPT: we should do better by completely skipping the message in this
- // case instead of parsing it field by field. We should also do the skip
- // in the containing message's code.
+ /* May be NULL, in which case no handlers for this message will be found.
+ * OPT: we should do better by completely skipping the message in this
+ * case instead of parsing it field by field. We should also do the skip
+ * in the containing message's code. */
h = method->dest_handlers_;
- const char *msgname = upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_handlers_msgdef(h));
+ msgname = upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_handlers_msgdef(h));
- // Emit dispatch code for new method.
+ /* Emit dispatch code for new method. */
asmlabel(jc, "0x%lx.dispatch.%s", pcofs(jc), msgname);
jitdispatch(jc, method);
- // Emit function prologue for new method.
+ /* Emit function prologue for new method. */
asmlabel(jc, "0x%lx.parse.%s", pcofs(jc), msgname);
|=>define_jmptarget(jc, op_pc):
|=>define_jmptarget(jc, method):
@@ -967,9 +972,9 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
case OP_STARTSTR: {
upb_func *start = gethandler(h, arg);
if (start) {
- // void *startseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // void *startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // void *startstr(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint)
+ /* void *startseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * void *startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * void *startstr(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) */
|1:
| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
| load_handler_data h, arg
@@ -987,7 +992,7 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
}
| mov CLOSURE, rax
} else {
- // TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel().
+ /* TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel(). */
| nop
}
break;
@@ -997,9 +1002,9 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
case OP_ENDSTR: {
upb_func *end = gethandler(h, arg);
if (end) {
- // bool endseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // bool endsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // bool endstr(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ /* bool endseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * bool endsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * bool endstr(void *closure, const void *hd) */
|1:
| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
| load_handler_data h, arg
@@ -1012,7 +1017,7 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
|2:
}
} else {
- // TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel().
+ /* TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel(). */
| nop
}
break;
@@ -1028,7 +1033,8 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
| jmp <1
|2:
if (str) {
- // size_t str(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *str, size_t n)
+ /* size_t str(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *str,
+ * size_t n) */
| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
| load_handler_data h, arg
| mov ARG3_64, PTR
@@ -1072,7 +1078,7 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
| mov CLOSURE, FRAME->sink.closure
break;
case OP_SETDELIM:
- // OPT: experiment with testing vs old offset to optimize away.
+ /* OPT: experiment with testing vs old offset to optimize away. */
| mov DATAEND, DECODER->end
| add DELIMEND, FRAME->end_ofs
| cmp DELIMEND, DECODER->buf
diff --git a/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h b/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h
index bebf7ea..525f143 100644
--- a/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h
+++ b/upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.h
@@ -10,17 +10,17 @@
#endif
# 1 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
-//|//
-//|// upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
-//|//
-//|// Copyright (c) 2011-2013 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
-//|// Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
-//|//
-//|// JIT compiler for upb_pbdecoder on x86-64. Generates machine code from the
-//|// bytecode generated in compile_decoder.c.
-//|
-//|.arch x64
-//|.actionlist upb_jit_actionlist
+/*|// */
+/*|// upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. */
+/*|// */
+/*|// Copyright (c) 2011-2013 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details. */
+/*|// Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com> */
+/*|// */
+/*|// JIT compiler for upb_pbdecoder on x86-64. Generates machine code from the */
+/*|// bytecode generated in compile_decoder.c. */
+/*| */
+/*|.arch x64 */
+/*|.actionlist upb_jit_actionlist */
static const unsigned char upb_jit_actionlist[2420] = {
249,255,248,10,248,1,85,65,87,65,86,65,85,65,84,83,72,137,252,243,73,137,
252,255,72,184,237,237,65,84,73,137,228,72,129,228,239,252,255,208,76,137,
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static const unsigned char upb_jit_actionlist[2420] = {
};
# 12 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
-//|.globals UPB_JIT_GLOBAL_
+/*|.globals UPB_JIT_GLOBAL_ */
enum {
UPB_JIT_GLOBAL_enterjit,
UPB_JIT_GLOBAL_exitjit,
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ enum {
UPB_JIT_GLOBAL__MAX
};
# 13 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
-//|.globalnames upb_jit_globalnames
+/*|.globalnames upb_jit_globalnames */
static const char *const upb_jit_globalnames[] = {
"enterjit",
"exitjit",
@@ -190,135 +190,135 @@ static const char *const upb_jit_globalnames[] = {
(const char *)0
};
# 14 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
-//|
-//|// Calling conventions. Note -- this will need to be changed for
-//|// Windows, which uses a different calling convention!
-//|.define ARG1_64, rdi
-//|.define ARG2_8, r6b // DynASM's equivalent to "sil" -- low byte of esi.
-//|.define ARG2_32, esi
-//|.define ARG2_64, rsi
-//|.define ARG3_8, dl
-//|.define ARG3_32, edx
-//|.define ARG3_64, rdx
-//|.define ARG4_64, rcx
-//|.define ARG5_64, r8
-//|.define XMMARG1, xmm0
-//|
-//|// Register allocation / type map.
-//|// ALL of the code in this file uses these register allocations.
-//|// When we "call" within this file, we do not use regular calling
-//|// conventions, but of course when calling to user callbacks we must.
-//|.define PTR, rbx // DECODER->ptr (unsynced)
-//|.define DATAEND, r12 // DECODER->data_end (unsynced)
-//|.define CLOSURE, r13 // FRAME->closure (unsynced)
-//|.type FRAME, upb_pbdecoder_frame, r14 // DECODER->top (unsynced)
+/*| */
+/*|// Calling conventions. Note -- this will need to be changed for */
+/*|// Windows, which uses a different calling convention! */
+/*|.define ARG1_64, rdi */
+/*|.define ARG2_8, r6b // DynASM's equivalent to "sil" -- low byte of esi. */
+/*|.define ARG2_32, esi */
+/*|.define ARG2_64, rsi */
+/*|.define ARG3_8, dl */
+/*|.define ARG3_32, edx */
+/*|.define ARG3_64, rdx */
+/*|.define ARG4_64, rcx */
+/*|.define ARG5_64, r8 */
+/*|.define XMMARG1, xmm0 */
+/*| */
+/*|// Register allocation / type map. */
+/*|// ALL of the code in this file uses these register allocations. */
+/*|// When we "call" within this file, we do not use regular calling */
+/*|// conventions, but of course when calling to user callbacks we must. */
+/*|.define PTR, rbx // DECODER->ptr (unsynced) */
+/*|.define DATAEND, r12 // DECODER->data_end (unsynced) */
+/*|.define CLOSURE, r13 // FRAME->closure (unsynced) */
+/*|.type FRAME, upb_pbdecoder_frame, r14 // DECODER->top (unsynced) */
#define Dt1(_V) (int)(ptrdiff_t)&(((upb_pbdecoder_frame *)0)_V)
# 36 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
-//|.type DECODER, upb_pbdecoder, r15 // DECODER (immutable)
+/*|.type DECODER, upb_pbdecoder, r15 // DECODER (immutable) */
#define Dt2(_V) (int)(ptrdiff_t)&(((upb_pbdecoder *)0)_V)
# 37 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
-//|.define DELIMEND, rbp
-//|
-//| // Spills unsynced registers back to memory.
-//|.macro commit_regs
-//| mov DECODER->top, FRAME
-//| mov DECODER->ptr, PTR
-//| mov DECODER->data_end, DATAEND
-//| // We don't guarantee that delim_end is NULL when out of range like the
-//| // interpreter does.
-//| mov DECODER->delim_end, DELIMEND
-//| sub DELIMEND, DECODER->buf
-//| add DELIMEND, DECODER->bufstart_ofs
-//| mov FRAME->end_ofs, DELIMEND
-//| mov FRAME->sink.closure, CLOSURE
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//| // Loads unsynced registers from memory back into registers.
-//|.macro load_regs
-//| mov FRAME, DECODER->top
-//| mov PTR, DECODER->ptr
-//| mov DATAEND, DECODER->data_end
-//| mov CLOSURE, FRAME->sink.closure
-//| mov DELIMEND, FRAME->end_ofs
-//| sub DELIMEND, DECODER->bufstart_ofs
-//| add DELIMEND, DECODER->buf
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//| // Calls an external C function at address "addr".
-//|.macro callp, addr
-//| mov64 rax, (uintptr_t)addr
-//|
-//| // Stack must be 16-byte aligned (x86-64 ABI requires this).
-//| //
-//| // OPT: possibly remove this by statically ensuring correct alignment.
-//| //
-//| // OPT: use "call rel32" where possible.
-//| push r12
-//| mov r12, rsp
-//| and rsp, 0xfffffffffffffff0UL // Align stack.
-//| call rax
-//| mov rsp, r12
-//| pop r12
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//|.macro ld64, val
-//|| {
-//|| uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)val;
-//|| if (v > 0xffffffff) {
-//| mov64 ARG2_64, v
-//|| } else if (v) {
-//| mov ARG2_32, v
-//|| } else {
-//| xor ARG2_32, ARG2_32
-//|| }
-//|| }
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//|.macro load_handler_data, h, arg
-//| ld64 upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, arg)
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//|.macro chkeob, bytes, target
-//|| if (bytes == 1) {
-//| cmp PTR, DATAEND
-//| je target
-//|| } else {
-//| mov rcx, DATAEND
-//| sub rcx, PTR
-//| cmp rcx, bytes
-//| jb target
-//|| }
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//|.macro chkneob, bytes, target
-//|| if (bytes == 1) {
-//| cmp PTR, DATAEND
-//| jne target
-//|| } else {
-//| mov rcx, DATAEND
-//| sub rcx, PTR
-//| cmp rcx, bytes
-//| jae target
-//|| }
-//|.endmacro
+/*|.define DELIMEND, rbp */
+/*| */
+/*| // Spills unsynced registers back to memory. */
+/*|.macro commit_regs */
+/*| mov DECODER->top, FRAME */
+/*| mov DECODER->ptr, PTR */
+/*| mov DECODER->data_end, DATAEND */
+/*| // We don't guarantee that delim_end is NULL when out of range like the */
+/*| // interpreter does. */
+/*| mov DECODER->delim_end, DELIMEND */
+/*| sub DELIMEND, DECODER->buf */
+/*| add DELIMEND, DECODER->bufstart_ofs */
+/*| mov FRAME->end_ofs, DELIMEND */
+/*| mov FRAME->sink.closure, CLOSURE */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*| // Loads unsynced registers from memory back into registers. */
+/*|.macro load_regs */
+/*| mov FRAME, DECODER->top */
+/*| mov PTR, DECODER->ptr */
+/*| mov DATAEND, DECODER->data_end */
+/*| mov CLOSURE, FRAME->sink.closure */
+/*| mov DELIMEND, FRAME->end_ofs */
+/*| sub DELIMEND, DECODER->bufstart_ofs */
+/*| add DELIMEND, DECODER->buf */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*| // Calls an external C function at address "addr". */
+/*|.macro callp, addr */
+/*| mov64 rax, (uintptr_t)addr */
+/*| */
+/*| // Stack must be 16-byte aligned (x86-64 ABI requires this). */
+/*| // */
+/*| // OPT: possibly remove this by statically ensuring correct alignment. */
+/*| // */
+/*| // OPT: use "call rel32" where possible. */
+/*| push r12 */
+/*| mov r12, rsp */
+/*| and rsp, 0xfffffffffffffff0UL // Align stack. */
+/*| call rax */
+/*| mov rsp, r12 */
+/*| pop r12 */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*|.macro ld64, val */
+/*|| { */
+/*|| uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)val; */
+/*|| if (v > 0xffffffff) { */
+/*| mov64 ARG2_64, v */
+/*|| } else if (v) { */
+/*| mov ARG2_32, v */
+/*|| } else { */
+/*| xor ARG2_32, ARG2_32 */
+/*|| } */
+/*|| } */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*|.macro load_handler_data, h, arg */
+/*| ld64 upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, arg) */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*|.macro chkeob, bytes, target */
+/*|| if (bytes == 1) { */
+/*| cmp PTR, DATAEND */
+/*| je target */
+/*|| } else { */
+/*| mov rcx, DATAEND */
+/*| sub rcx, PTR */
+/*| cmp rcx, bytes */
+/*| jb target */
+/*|| } */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*|.macro chkneob, bytes, target */
+/*|| if (bytes == 1) { */
+/*| cmp PTR, DATAEND */
+/*| jne target */
+/*|| } else { */
+/*| mov rcx, DATAEND */
+/*| sub rcx, PTR */
+/*| cmp rcx, bytes */
+/*| jae target */
+/*|| } */
+/*|.endmacro */
-//|.macro sethas, reg, hasbit
-//|| if (hasbit >= 0) {
-//| or byte [reg + ((uint32_t)hasbit / 8)], (1 << ((uint32_t)hasbit % 8))
-//|| }
-//|.endmacro
-//|
-//| // Decodes 32-bit varint into rdx, inlining 1 byte.
-//|.macro dv32
-//| chkeob 1, >7
-//| movzx edx, byte [PTR]
-//| test dl, dl
-//| jns >8
-//|7:
-//| call ->decodev32_fallback
-//|8:
-//| add PTR, 1
-//|.endmacro
+/*|.macro sethas, reg, hasbit */
+/*|| if (hasbit >= 0) { */
+/*| or byte [reg + ((uint32_t)hasbit / 8)], (1 << ((uint32_t)hasbit % 8)) */
+/*|| } */
+/*|.endmacro */
+/*| */
+/*| // Decodes 32-bit varint into rdx, inlining 1 byte. */
+/*|.macro dv32 */
+/*| chkeob 1, >7 */
+/*| movzx edx, byte [PTR] */
+/*| test dl, dl */
+/*| jns >8 */
+/*|7: */
+/*| call ->decodev32_fallback */
+/*|8: */
+/*| add PTR, 1 */
+/*|.endmacro */
#define DECODE_EOF -3
@@ -326,13 +326,13 @@ static upb_func *gethandler(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t sel) {
return h ? upb_handlers_gethandler(h, sel) : NULL;
}
-// Defines an "assembly label" for the current code generation offset.
-// This label exists *purely* for debugging purposes: it is emitted into
-// the .so, and printed as part of JIT debugging output when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is
-// defined.
-//
-// We would define this in the .c file except that it conditionally defines a
-// pclabel.
+/* Defines an "assembly label" for the current code generation offset.
+ * This label exists *purely* for debugging purposes: it is emitted into
+ * the .so, and printed as part of JIT debugging output when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is
+ * defined.
+ *
+ * We would define this in the .c file except that it conditionally defines a
+ * pclabel. */
static void asmlabel(jitcompiler *jc, const char *fmt, ...) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
int ofs = jc->dynasm->section->ofs;
@@ -350,180 +350,182 @@ static void asmlabel(jitcompiler *jc, const char *fmt, ...) {
va_end(args);
int pclabel = alloc_pclabel(jc);
- // Normally we would prefer to allocate this inline with the codegen,
- // ie.
- // |=>asmlabel(...)
- // But since we do this conditionally, only when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is defined,
- // we do it here instead.
- //|=>pclabel:
+ /* Normally we would prefer to allocate this inline with the codegen,
+ * ie.
+ * |=>asmlabel(...)
+ * But since we do this conditionally, only when UPB_JIT_LOAD_SO is defined,
+ * we do it here instead. */
+ /*|=>pclabel: */
dasm_put(Dst, 0, pclabel);
# 176 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
upb_inttable_insert(&jc->asmlabels, pclabel, upb_value_ptr(str));
#endif
}
-// Should only be called when the associated handler is known to exist.
+/* Should only be called when the associated handler is known to exist. */
static bool alwaysok(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t sel) {
upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
bool ok = upb_handlers_getattr(h, sel, &attr);
+ bool ret;
+
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
- bool ret = upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(&attr);
+ ret = upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(&attr);
upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
return ret;
}
-// Emit static assembly routines; code that does not vary based on the message
-// schema. Since it's not input-dependent, we only need one single copy of it.
-// For the moment we generate a single copy per generated handlers. Eventually
-// we should generate this code at compile time and link it into the binary so
-// we have one copy total. To do that we'll want to be sure that it is within
-// 2GB of our JIT code, so that branches between the two are near (rel32).
-//
-// We'd put this assembly in a .s file directly, but DynASM's ability to
-// calculate structure offsets automatically is too useful to pass up (it's way
-// more convenient to write DECODER->sink than [rbx + 0x96], especially since
-// the latter would have to be changed whenever the structure is updated).
+/* Emit static assembly routines; code that does not vary based on the message
+ * schema. Since it's not input-dependent, we only need one single copy of it.
+ * For the moment we generate a single copy per generated handlers. Eventually
+ * we should generate this code at compile time and link it into the binary so
+ * we have one copy total. To do that we'll want to be sure that it is within
+ * 2GB of our JIT code, so that branches between the two are near (rel32).
+ *
+ * We'd put this assembly in a .s file directly, but DynASM's ability to
+ * calculate structure offsets automatically is too useful to pass up (it's way
+ * more convenient to write DECODER->sink than [rbx + 0x96], especially since
+ * the latter would have to be changed whenever the structure is updated). */
static void emit_static_asm(jitcompiler *jc) {
- //| // Trampolines for entering/exiting the JIT. These are a bit tricky to
- //| // support full resuming; when we suspend we copy the JIT's portion of
- //| // the call stack into the upb_pbdecoder and restore it when we resume.
+ /*| // Trampolines for entering/exiting the JIT. These are a bit tricky to */
+ /*| // support full resuming; when we suspend we copy the JIT's portion of */
+ /*| // the call stack into the upb_pbdecoder and restore it when we resume. */
asmlabel(jc, "enterjit");
- //|->enterjit:
- //|1:
- //| push rbp
- //| push r15
- //| push r14
- //| push r13
- //| push r12
- //| push rbx
- //|
- //| mov rbx, ARG2_64 // Preserve JIT method.
- //|
- //| mov DECODER, rdi
- //| callp upb_pbdecoder_resume // Same args as us; reuse regs.
- //| test eax, eax
- //| jns >1
- //| mov DECODER->saved_rsp, rsp
- //| mov rax, rbx
- //| load_regs
- //|
- //| // Test whether we have a saved stack to resume.
- //| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->call_len
- //| test ARG3_64, ARG3_64
- //| jnz >2
- //|
- //| call rax
- //|
- //| mov rax, DECODER->size_param
- //| mov qword DECODER->call_len, 0
- //|1:
- //| pop rbx
+ /*|->enterjit: */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| push rbp */
+ /*| push r15 */
+ /*| push r14 */
+ /*| push r13 */
+ /*| push r12 */
+ /*| push rbx */
+ /*| */
+ /*| mov rbx, ARG2_64 // Preserve JIT method. */
+ /*| */
+ /*| mov DECODER, rdi */
+ /*| callp upb_pbdecoder_resume // Same args as us; reuse regs. */
+ /*| test eax, eax */
+ /*| jns >1 */
+ /*| mov DECODER->saved_rsp, rsp */
+ /*| mov rax, rbx */
+ /*| load_regs */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Test whether we have a saved stack to resume. */
+ /*| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->call_len */
+ /*| test ARG3_64, ARG3_64 */
+ /*| jnz >2 */
+ /*| */
+ /*| call rax */
+ /*| */
+ /*| mov rax, DECODER->size_param */
+ /*| mov qword DECODER->call_len, 0 */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| pop rbx */
dasm_put(Dst, 2, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_resume), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_resume)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->saved_rsp), Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->call_len), Dt2(->size_param), Dt2(->call_len));
-# 236 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| pop r12
- //| pop r13
- //| pop r14
- //| pop r15
- //| pop rbp
- //| ret
- //|
- //|2:
- //| // Resume decoder.
- //| mov ARG2_64, DECODER->callstack
- //| sub rsp, ARG3_64
- //| mov ARG1_64, rsp
- //| callp memcpy // Restore stack.
- //| ret // Return to resumed function (not ->enterjit caller).
- //|
- //| // Other code can call this to suspend the JIT.
- //| // To the calling code, it will appear that the function returns when
- //| // the JIT resumes, and more buffer space will be available.
- //| // Args: eax=the value that decode() should return.
+# 238 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| pop r12 */
+ /*| pop r13 */
+ /*| pop r14 */
+ /*| pop r15 */
+ /*| pop rbp */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| // Resume decoder. */
+ /*| mov ARG2_64, DECODER->callstack */
+ /*| sub rsp, ARG3_64 */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, rsp */
+ /*| callp memcpy // Restore stack. */
+ /*| ret // Return to resumed function (not ->enterjit caller). */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Other code can call this to suspend the JIT. */
+ /*| // To the calling code, it will appear that the function returns when */
+ /*| // the JIT resumes, and more buffer space will be available. */
+ /*| // Args: eax=the value that decode() should return. */
dasm_put(Dst, 115, Dt2(->callstack), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)memcpy), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)memcpy)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 255 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 257 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "exitjit");
- //|->exitjit:
- //| // Save the stack into DECODER->callstack.
- //| mov ARG1_64, DECODER->callstack
- //| mov ARG2_64, rsp
- //| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->saved_rsp
- //| sub ARG3_64, rsp
- //| mov DECODER->call_len, ARG3_64 // Preserve len for next resume.
- //| mov ebx, eax // Preserve return value across memcpy.
- //| callp memcpy // Copy stack into decoder.
- //| mov eax, ebx // This will be our return value.
- //|
- //| // Must NOT do this before the memcpy(), otherwise memcpy() will
- //| // clobber the stack we are trying to save!
- //| mov rsp, DECODER->saved_rsp
- //| pop rbx
- //| pop r12
- //| pop r13
- //| pop r14
- //| pop r15
- //| pop rbp
- //| ret
- //|
- //| // Like suspend() in the C decoder, except that the function appears
- //| // (from the caller's perspective) not to return until the decoder is
- //| // resumed.
+ /*|->exitjit: */
+ /*| // Save the stack into DECODER->callstack. */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, DECODER->callstack */
+ /*| mov ARG2_64, rsp */
+ /*| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->saved_rsp */
+ /*| sub ARG3_64, rsp */
+ /*| mov DECODER->call_len, ARG3_64 // Preserve len for next resume. */
+ /*| mov ebx, eax // Preserve return value across memcpy. */
+ /*| callp memcpy // Copy stack into decoder. */
+ /*| mov eax, ebx // This will be our return value. */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Must NOT do this before the memcpy(), otherwise memcpy() will */
+ /*| // clobber the stack we are trying to save! */
+ /*| mov rsp, DECODER->saved_rsp */
+ /*| pop rbx */
+ /*| pop r12 */
+ /*| pop r13 */
+ /*| pop r14 */
+ /*| pop r15 */
+ /*| pop rbp */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Like suspend() in the C decoder, except that the function appears */
+ /*| // (from the caller's perspective) not to return until the decoder is */
+ /*| // resumed. */
dasm_put(Dst, 161, Dt2(->callstack), Dt2(->saved_rsp), Dt2(->call_len), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)memcpy), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)memcpy)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->saved_rsp));
-# 281 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 283 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "suspend");
- //|->suspend:
- //| cmp DECODER->ptr, PTR
- //| je >1
- //| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR
- //|1:
- //| commit_regs
- //| mov rdi, DECODER
- //| callp upb_pbdecoder_suspend
- //| jmp ->exitjit
- //|
+ /*|->suspend: */
+ /*| cmp DECODER->ptr, PTR */
+ /*| je >1 */
+ /*| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| commit_regs */
+ /*| mov rdi, DECODER */
+ /*| callp upb_pbdecoder_suspend */
+ /*| jmp ->exitjit */
+ /*| */
dasm_put(Dst, 222, Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->checkpoint), Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_suspend), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_suspend)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 292 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 294 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "pushlendelim");
- //|->pushlendelim:
- //|1:
- //| mov FRAME->sink.closure, CLOSURE
- //| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR
- //| dv32
+ /*|->pushlendelim: */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| mov FRAME->sink.closure, CLOSURE */
+ /*| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR */
+ /*| dv32 */
dasm_put(Dst, 300, Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt2(->checkpoint));
if (1 == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 313);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 321);
}
-# 298 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| mov rcx, DELIMEND
- //| sub rcx, PTR
- //| sub rcx, rdx
- //| jb ->err // Len is greater than enclosing message.
- //| mov FRAME->end_ofs, rcx
- //| cmp FRAME, DECODER->limit
- //| je >3 // Stack overflow
- //| add FRAME, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame)
- //| mov DELIMEND, PTR
- //| add DELIMEND, rdx
- //| mov dword FRAME->groupnum, 0
- //| test rcx, rcx
- //| jz >2
- //| mov DATAEND, DECODER->end
- //| cmp PTR, DELIMEND
- //| ja >2
- //| cmp DELIMEND, DATAEND
- //| ja >2
- //| mov DATAEND, DELIMEND // If DELIMEND >= PTR && DELIMEND < DATAEND
+# 300 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| mov rcx, DELIMEND */
+ /*| sub rcx, PTR */
+ /*| sub rcx, rdx */
+ /*| jb ->err // Len is greater than enclosing message. */
+ /*| mov FRAME->end_ofs, rcx */
+ /*| cmp FRAME, DECODER->limit */
+ /*| je >3 // Stack overflow */
+ /*| add FRAME, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame) */
+ /*| mov DELIMEND, PTR */
+ /*| add DELIMEND, rdx */
+ /*| mov dword FRAME->groupnum, 0 */
+ /*| test rcx, rcx */
+ /*| jz >2 */
+ /*| mov DATAEND, DECODER->end */
+ /*| cmp PTR, DELIMEND */
+ /*| ja >2 */
+ /*| cmp DELIMEND, DATAEND */
+ /*| ja >2 */
+ /*| mov DATAEND, DELIMEND // If DELIMEND >= PTR && DELIMEND < DATAEND */
dasm_put(Dst, 337, Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->limit), sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame), Dt1(->groupnum), Dt2(->end));
-# 317 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|2:
- //| ret
- //|3:
- //| // Error -- call seterr.
- //| mov PTR, DECODER->checkpoint // Rollback to before the delim len.
- //| // Prepare seterr args.
- //| mov ARG1_64, DECODER
- //| ld64 kPbDecoderStackOverflow
+# 319 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|3: */
+ /*| // Error -- call seterr. */
+ /*| mov PTR, DECODER->checkpoint // Rollback to before the delim len. */
+ /*| // Prepare seterr args. */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, DECODER */
+ /*| ld64 kPbDecoderStackOverflow */
dasm_put(Dst, 428, Dt2(->checkpoint));
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)kPbDecoderStackOverflow;
@@ -535,248 +537,248 @@ static void emit_static_asm(jitcompiler *jc) {
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 325 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| callp upb_pbdecoder_seterr
- //| call ->suspend
- //| jmp <1
- //|
- //| // For getting a value that spans a buffer seam. Falls back to C.
- //|.macro getvalue_slow, func, bytes
- //| sub rsp, 8 // Need stack space for func to write value to.
- //|1:
- //| mov qword [rsp], 0 // For parsing routines that only parse 32 bits.
- //| mov ARG1_64, DECODER
- //| mov ARG2_64, rsp
- //| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR
- //| commit_regs
- //| callp func
- //| load_regs
- //| test eax, eax
- //| jns >2
- //| // Success; return parsed data (in rdx AND xmm0).
- //| mov rdx, [rsp]
- //| movsd xmm0, qword [rsp]
- //| add rsp, 8
- //| sub PTR, bytes // Bias our buffer pointer to rejoin the fast-path.
- //| mov DECODER->ptr, PTR
- //| ret
- //|2:
- //| call ->exitjit // Return eax from decode function.
- //| jmp <1
- //|.endmacro
- //|
+# 327 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| callp upb_pbdecoder_seterr */
+ /*| call ->suspend */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // For getting a value that spans a buffer seam. Falls back to C. */
+ /*|.macro getvalue_slow, func, bytes */
+ /*| sub rsp, 8 // Need stack space for func to write value to. */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| mov qword [rsp], 0 // For parsing routines that only parse 32 bits. */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, DECODER */
+ /*| mov ARG2_64, rsp */
+ /*| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR */
+ /*| commit_regs */
+ /*| callp func */
+ /*| load_regs */
+ /*| test eax, eax */
+ /*| jns >2 */
+ /*| // Success; return parsed data (in rdx AND xmm0). */
+ /*| mov rdx, [rsp] */
+ /*| movsd xmm0, qword [rsp] */
+ /*| add rsp, 8 */
+ /*| sub PTR, bytes // Bias our buffer pointer to rejoin the fast-path. */
+ /*| mov DECODER->ptr, PTR */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| call ->exitjit // Return eax from decode function. */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*|.endmacro */
+ /*| */
dasm_put(Dst, 458, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_seterr), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_seterr)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 354 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 356 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "parse_unknown");
- //| // Args: edx=fieldnum, cl=wire type
- //|->parse_unknown:
- //| // OPT: handle directly instead of kicking to C.
- //| // Check for ENDGROUP.
- //| mov ARG1_64, DECODER
- //| mov ARG2_32, edx
- //| movzx ARG3_32, cl
- //| commit_regs
- //| callp upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown
- //| load_regs
- //| cmp eax, DECODE_ENDGROUP
- //| jne >1
+ /*| // Args: edx=fieldnum, cl=wire type */
+ /*|->parse_unknown: */
+ /*| // OPT: handle directly instead of kicking to C. */
+ /*| // Check for ENDGROUP. */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, DECODER */
+ /*| mov ARG2_32, edx */
+ /*| movzx ARG3_32, cl */
+ /*| commit_regs */
+ /*| callp upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown */
+ /*| load_regs */
+ /*| cmp eax, DECODE_ENDGROUP */
+ /*| jne >1 */
dasm_put(Dst, 487, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt2(->buf), DECODE_ENDGROUP);
-# 367 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| ret // Return eax=DECODE_ENDGROUP, not zero
- //|1:
- //| cmp eax, DECODE_OK
- //| je >1
- //| call ->exitjit // Return eax from decode function.
- //|1:
- //| xor eax, eax
- //| ret
- //|
- //| // Fallback functions for parsing single values. These are used when the
- //| // buffer doesn't contain enough remaining data for the fast path. Each
- //| // primitive type (v32, v64, f32, f64) has two functions: decode & skip.
- //| // Decode functions return their value in rsi/esi.
- //| //
- //| // These functions leave PTR = value_end - fast_path_bytes, so that we can
- //| // re-join the fast path which will add fast_path_bytes after the callback
- //| // completes. We also set DECODER->ptr to this value which is a signal to
- //| // ->suspend that DECODER->checkpoint is up to date.
+# 369 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| ret // Return eax=DECODE_ENDGROUP, not zero */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| cmp eax, DECODE_OK */
+ /*| je >1 */
+ /*| call ->exitjit // Return eax from decode function. */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| xor eax, eax */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Fallback functions for parsing single values. These are used when the */
+ /*| // buffer doesn't contain enough remaining data for the fast path. Each */
+ /*| // primitive type (v32, v64, f32, f64) has two functions: decode & skip. */
+ /*| // Decode functions return their value in rsi/esi. */
+ /*| // */
+ /*| // These functions leave PTR = value_end - fast_path_bytes, so that we can */
+ /*| // re-join the fast path which will add fast_path_bytes after the callback */
+ /*| // completes. We also set DECODER->ptr to this value which is a signal to */
+ /*| // ->suspend that DECODER->checkpoint is up to date. */
dasm_put(Dst, 584, DECODE_OK);
-# 385 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 387 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "skip_decode_f32_fallback");
- //|->skipf32_fallback:
- //|->decodef32_fallback:
- //| getvalue_slow upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32, 4
+ /*|->skipf32_fallback: */
+ /*|->decodef32_fallback: */
+ /*| getvalue_slow upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32, 4 */
dasm_put(Dst, 608, Dt2(->checkpoint), Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs));
-# 389 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|
+# 391 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| */
dasm_put(Dst, 712, Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->ptr));
-# 390 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 392 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "skip_decode_f64_fallback");
- //|->skipf64_fallback:
- //|->decodef64_fallback:
- //| getvalue_slow upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64, 8
+ /*|->skipf64_fallback: */
+ /*|->decodef64_fallback: */
+ /*| getvalue_slow upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64, 8 */
dasm_put(Dst, 760, Dt2(->checkpoint), Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs));
-# 394 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|
- //| // Called for varint >= 1 byte.
- dasm_put(Dst, 864, Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->ptr));
# 396 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Called for varint >= 1 byte. */
+ dasm_put(Dst, 864, Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->ptr));
+# 398 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "skip_decode_v32_fallback");
- //|->skipv32_fallback:
- //|->skipv64_fallback:
- //| chkeob 16, >1
+ /*|->skipv32_fallback: */
+ /*|->skipv64_fallback: */
+ /*| chkeob 16, >1 */
dasm_put(Dst, 912);
if (16 == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 917);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 925);
}
-# 400 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| // With at least 16 bytes left, we can do a branch-less SSE version.
- //| movdqu xmm0, [PTR]
- //| pmovmskb eax, xmm0 // bits 0-15 are continuation bits, 16-31 are 0.
- //| not eax
- //| bsf eax, eax
- //| cmp al, 10
- //| jae ->decode_varint_slow // Error (>10 byte varint).
- //| add PTR, rax // bsf result is 0-based, so PTR=end-1, as desired.
- //| ret
- //|
- //|1:
- //| // With fewer than 16 bytes, we have to read byte by byte.
- //| lea rcx, [PTR + 10]
- //| mov rax, PTR // Preserve PTR in case of fallback to slow path.
- //| cmp rcx, DATAEND
- //| cmova rcx, DATAEND // rcx = MIN(DATAEND, PTR + 10)
- //|2:
- //| cmp rax, rcx
- //| je ->decode_varint_slow
- //| test byte [rax], 0x80
- //| jz >3
- //| add rax, 1
- //| jmp <2
- //|3:
- //| mov PTR, rax // PTR = varint_end - 1, as desired
- //| ret
- //|
- //| // Returns tag in edx
+# 402 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| // With at least 16 bytes left, we can do a branch-less SSE version. */
+ /*| movdqu xmm0, [PTR] */
+ /*| pmovmskb eax, xmm0 // bits 0-15 are continuation bits, 16-31 are 0. */
+ /*| not eax */
+ /*| bsf eax, eax */
+ /*| cmp al, 10 */
+ /*| jae ->decode_varint_slow // Error (>10 byte varint). */
+ /*| add PTR, rax // bsf result is 0-based, so PTR=end-1, as desired. */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| // With fewer than 16 bytes, we have to read byte by byte. */
+ /*| lea rcx, [PTR + 10] */
+ /*| mov rax, PTR // Preserve PTR in case of fallback to slow path. */
+ /*| cmp rcx, DATAEND */
+ /*| cmova rcx, DATAEND // rcx = MIN(DATAEND, PTR + 10) */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| cmp rax, rcx */
+ /*| je ->decode_varint_slow */
+ /*| test byte [rax], 0x80 */
+ /*| jz >3 */
+ /*| add rax, 1 */
+ /*| jmp <2 */
+ /*|3: */
+ /*| mov PTR, rax // PTR = varint_end - 1, as desired */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Returns tag in edx */
dasm_put(Dst, 941, 10);
-# 428 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 430 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "decode_unknown_tag_fallback");
- //|->decode_unknown_tag_fallback:
- //| sub rsp, 16
- //|1:
- //| cmp PTR, DELIMEND
- //| jne >2
- //| add rsp, 16
- //| xor eax, eax
- //| ret
- //|2:
- //| // OPT: Have a medium-fast path before falling back to _slow.
- //| mov ARG1_64, DECODER
- //| mov ARG2_64, rsp
- //| commit_regs
- //| callp upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow
- //| load_regs
+ /*|->decode_unknown_tag_fallback: */
+ /*| sub rsp, 16 */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| cmp PTR, DELIMEND */
+ /*| jne >2 */
+ /*| add rsp, 16 */
+ /*| xor eax, eax */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| // OPT: Have a medium-fast path before falling back to _slow. */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, DECODER */
+ /*| mov ARG2_64, rsp */
+ /*| commit_regs */
+ /*| callp upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow */
+ /*| load_regs */
dasm_put(Dst, 1014, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure));
-# 444 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| cmp eax, 0
- //| jge >3
- //| mov edx, [rsp] // Success; return parsed data.
- //| add rsp, 16
- //| ret
- //|3:
- //| call ->exitjit // Return eax from decode function.
- //| jmp <1
- //|
- //| // Called for varint >= 1 byte.
+# 446 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| cmp eax, 0 */
+ /*| jge >3 */
+ /*| mov edx, [rsp] // Success; return parsed data. */
+ /*| add rsp, 16 */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|3: */
+ /*| call ->exitjit // Return eax from decode function. */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Called for varint >= 1 byte. */
dasm_put(Dst, 1117, Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt2(->buf));
-# 454 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 456 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "decode_v32_v64_fallback");
- //|->decodev32_fallback:
- //|->decodev64_fallback:
- //| chkeob 10, ->decode_varint_slow
+ /*|->decodev32_fallback: */
+ /*|->decodev64_fallback: */
+ /*| chkeob 10, ->decode_varint_slow */
dasm_put(Dst, 1155);
if (10 == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 1160);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 1168);
}
-# 458 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| // OPT: do something faster than just calling the C version.
- //| mov rdi, PTR
- //| callp upb_vdecode_fast
- //| test rax, rax
- //| je ->decode_varint_slow // Unterminated varint.
- //| mov PTR, rax
- //| sub PTR, 1
- //| mov DECODER->ptr, PTR
- //| ret
- //|
+# 460 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| // OPT: do something faster than just calling the C version. */
+ /*| mov rdi, PTR */
+ /*| callp upb_vdecode_fast */
+ /*| test rax, rax */
+ /*| je ->decode_varint_slow // Unterminated varint. */
+ /*| mov PTR, rax */
+ /*| sub PTR, 1 */
+ /*| mov DECODER->ptr, PTR */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
dasm_put(Dst, 1184, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_vdecode_fast), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_vdecode_fast)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->ptr));
-# 468 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 470 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "decode_varint_slow");
- //|->decode_varint_slow:
- //| // Slow path: end of buffer or error (varint length >= 10).
- //| getvalue_slow upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow, 1
+ /*|->decode_varint_slow: */
+ /*| // Slow path: end of buffer or error (varint length >= 10). */
+ /*| getvalue_slow upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow, 1 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1229, Dt2(->checkpoint), Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs));
-# 472 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|
- //| // Args: rsi=expected tag, return=rax (DECODE_{OK,MISMATCH})
- dasm_put(Dst, 1335, Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->ptr));
# 474 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Args: rsi=expected tag, return=rax (DECODE_{OK,MISMATCH}) */
+ dasm_put(Dst, 1335, Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->ptr));
+# 476 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "checktag_fallback");
- //|->checktag_fallback:
- //| sub rsp, 8
- //| mov [rsp], rsi // Preserve expected tag.
- //|1:
- //| mov ARG1_64, DECODER
- //| commit_regs
- //| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR
- //| callp upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow
- //| load_regs
+ /*|->checktag_fallback: */
+ /*| sub rsp, 8 */
+ /*| mov [rsp], rsi // Preserve expected tag. */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, DECODER */
+ /*| commit_regs */
+ /*| mov DECODER->checkpoint, PTR */
+ /*| callp upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow */
+ /*| load_regs */
dasm_put(Dst, 1379, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt2(->delim_end), Dt2(->buf), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt2(->checkpoint), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL, Dt2(->top), Dt2(->ptr), Dt2(->data_end), Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->bufstart_ofs));
-# 484 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| cmp eax, 0
- //| jge >2
- //| add rsp, 8
- //| ret
- //|2:
- //| call ->exitjit
- //| mov rsi, [rsp]
- //| cmp PTR, DELIMEND
- //| jne <1
- //| mov eax, DECODE_EOF
- //| add rsp, 8
- //| ret
- //|
- //| // Args: rsi=upb_inttable, rdx=key, return=rax (-1 if not found).
- //| // Preserves: rcx, rdx
- //| // OPT: Could write this in assembly if it's a hotspot.
+# 486 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| cmp eax, 0 */
+ /*| jge >2 */
+ /*| add rsp, 8 */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| call ->exitjit */
+ /*| mov rsi, [rsp] */
+ /*| cmp PTR, DELIMEND */
+ /*| jne <1 */
+ /*| mov eax, DECODE_EOF */
+ /*| add rsp, 8 */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Args: rsi=upb_inttable, rdx=key, return=rax (-1 if not found). */
+ /*| // Preserves: rcx, rdx */
+ /*| // OPT: Could write this in assembly if it's a hotspot. */
dasm_put(Dst, 1478, Dt2(->buf), DECODE_EOF);
-# 500 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 502 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
asmlabel(jc, "hashlookup");
- //|->hashlookup:
- //| push rcx
- //| push rdx
- //| sub rsp, 16
- //| mov rdi, rsi
- //| mov rsi, rdx
- //| mov rdx, rsp
- //| callp upb_inttable_lookup
- //| add rsp, 16
- //| pop rdx
- //| pop rcx
- //| test al, al
- //| jz >2 // Unknown field.
- //| mov rax, [rsp-32] // Value from table.
- //| ret
- //|2:
- //| xor rax, rax
- //| not rax
- //| ret
+ /*|->hashlookup: */
+ /*| push rcx */
+ /*| push rdx */
+ /*| sub rsp, 16 */
+ /*| mov rdi, rsi */
+ /*| mov rsi, rdx */
+ /*| mov rdx, rsp */
+ /*| callp upb_inttable_lookup */
+ /*| add rsp, 16 */
+ /*| pop rdx */
+ /*| pop rcx */
+ /*| test al, al */
+ /*| jz >2 // Unknown field. */
+ /*| mov rax, [rsp-32] // Value from table. */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| xor rax, rax */
+ /*| not rax */
+ /*| ret */
dasm_put(Dst, 1520, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)upb_inttable_lookup), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)upb_inttable_lookup)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 520 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 522 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
@@ -786,168 +788,169 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
X, F64, F32, V64, V64, V32, F64, F32, V64, X, X, X, X, V32, V32, F32, F64,
V32, V64 };
static char fastpath_bytes[] = { 1, 1, 4, 8 };
- const valtype_t type = types[op];
- const int fastbytes = fastpath_bytes[type];
+ const valtype_t vtype = types[op];
+ const int fastbytes = fastpath_bytes[vtype];
upb_func *handler = gethandler(h, sel);
+ upb_fieldtype_t ftype;
+ const upb_shim_data *data;
if (handler) {
- //|1:
- //| chkneob fastbytes, >3
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| chkneob fastbytes, >3 */
dasm_put(Dst, 112);
if (fastbytes == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 1589);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 1597, fastbytes);
}
-# 536 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|2:
+# 540 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1613);
-# 537 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- switch (type) {
+# 541 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ switch (vtype) {
case V32:
- //| call ->decodev32_fallback
+ /*| call ->decodev32_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1616);
-# 540 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 544 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case V64:
- //| call ->decodev64_fallback
+ /*| call ->decodev64_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1620);
-# 543 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 547 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case F32:
- //| call ->decodef32_fallback
+ /*| call ->decodef32_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1624);
-# 546 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 550 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case F64:
- //| call ->decodef64_fallback
+ /*| call ->decodef64_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1628);
-# 549 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 553 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case X: break;
}
- //| jmp >4
+ /*| jmp >4 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1632);
-# 553 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 557 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- // Fast path decode; for when check_bytes bytes are available.
- //|3:
+ /* Fast path decode; for when check_bytes bytes are available. */
+ /*|3: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1637);
-# 556 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 560 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
switch (op) {
case OP_PARSE_SFIXED32:
case OP_PARSE_FIXED32:
- //| mov edx, dword [PTR]
+ /*| mov edx, dword [PTR] */
dasm_put(Dst, 1640);
-# 560 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 564 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_PARSE_SFIXED64:
case OP_PARSE_FIXED64:
- //| mov rdx, qword [PTR]
+ /*| mov rdx, qword [PTR] */
dasm_put(Dst, 1643);
-# 564 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 568 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_PARSE_FLOAT:
- //| movss xmm0, dword [PTR]
+ /*| movss xmm0, dword [PTR] */
dasm_put(Dst, 1647);
-# 567 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 571 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_PARSE_DOUBLE:
- //| movsd xmm0, qword [PTR]
+ /*| movsd xmm0, qword [PTR] */
dasm_put(Dst, 1653);
-# 570 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 574 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
default:
- // Inline one byte of varint decoding.
- //| movzx edx, byte [PTR]
- //| test dl, dl
- //| js <2 // Fallback to slow path for >1 byte varint.
+ /* Inline one byte of varint decoding. */
+ /*| movzx edx, byte [PTR] */
+ /*| test dl, dl */
+ /*| js <2 // Fallback to slow path for >1 byte varint. */
dasm_put(Dst, 1659);
-# 576 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 580 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
}
- // Second-stage decode; used for both fast and slow paths
- // (only needed for a few types).
- //|4:
+ /* Second-stage decode; used for both fast and slow paths */
+ /* (only needed for a few types). */
+ /*|4: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1669);
-# 582 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 586 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
switch (op) {
case OP_PARSE_SINT32:
- // 32-bit zig-zag decode.
- //| mov eax, edx
- //| shr edx, 1
- //| and eax, 1
- //| neg eax
- //| xor edx, eax
+ /* 32-bit zig-zag decode. */
+ /*| mov eax, edx */
+ /*| shr edx, 1 */
+ /*| and eax, 1 */
+ /*| neg eax */
+ /*| xor edx, eax */
dasm_put(Dst, 1672);
-# 590 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 594 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_PARSE_SINT64:
- // 64-bit zig-zag decode.
- //| mov rax, rdx
- //| shr rdx, 1
- //| and rax, 1
- //| neg rax
- //| xor rdx, rax
+ /* 64-bit zig-zag decode. */
+ /*| mov rax, rdx */
+ /*| shr rdx, 1 */
+ /*| and rax, 1 */
+ /*| neg rax */
+ /*| xor rdx, rax */
dasm_put(Dst, 1686);
-# 598 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 602 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_PARSE_BOOL:
- //| test rdx, rdx
- //| setne dl
+ /*| test rdx, rdx */
+ /*| setne dl */
dasm_put(Dst, 1705);
-# 602 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 606 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
default: break;
}
- // Call callback (or specialize if we can).
- upb_fieldtype_t type;
- const upb_shim_data *data = upb_shim_getdata(h, sel, &type);
+ /* Call callback (or specialize if we can). */
+ data = upb_shim_getdata(h, sel, &ftype);
if (data) {
- switch (type) {
+ switch (ftype) {
case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
- //| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], rdx
+ /*| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], rdx */
dasm_put(Dst, 1712, data->offset);
-# 614 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 617 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
- //| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], edx
+ /*| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], edx */
dasm_put(Dst, 1717, data->offset);
-# 619 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 622 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- //| movsd qword [CLOSURE + data->offset], XMMARG1
+ /*| movsd qword [CLOSURE + data->offset], XMMARG1 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1722, data->offset);
-# 622 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 625 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
- //| movss dword [CLOSURE + data->offset], XMMARG1
+ /*| movss dword [CLOSURE + data->offset], XMMARG1 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1730, data->offset);
-# 625 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 628 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
- //| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], dl
+ /*| mov [CLOSURE + data->offset], dl */
dasm_put(Dst, 1738, data->offset);
-# 628 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 631 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
assert(false); break;
}
- //| sethas CLOSURE, data->hasbit
+ /*| sethas CLOSURE, data->hasbit */
if (data->hasbit >= 0) {
dasm_put(Dst, 1743, ((uint32_t)data->hasbit / 8), (1 << ((uint32_t)data->hasbit % 8)));
}
-# 635 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 638 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else if (handler) {
- //| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
- //| load_handler_data h, sel
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE */
+ /*| load_handler_data h, sel */
dasm_put(Dst, 1749);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, sel);
@@ -959,211 +962,211 @@ static void jitprimitive(jitcompiler *jc, opcode op,
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 638 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| callp handler
+# 641 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| callp handler */
dasm_put(Dst, 1754, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)handler), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)handler)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 639 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 642 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (!alwaysok(h, sel)) {
- //| test al, al
- //| jnz >5
- //| call ->suspend
- //| jmp <1
- //|5:
+ /*| test al, al */
+ /*| jnz >5 */
+ /*| call ->suspend */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*|5: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1776);
-# 645 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 648 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
}
- // We do this last so that the checkpoint is not advanced past the user's
- // data until the callback has returned success.
- //| add PTR, fastbytes
+ /* We do this last so that the checkpoint is not advanced past the user's
+ * data until the callback has returned success. */
+ /*| add PTR, fastbytes */
dasm_put(Dst, 1792, fastbytes);
-# 651 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 654 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else {
- // No handler registered for this value, just skip it.
- //| chkneob fastbytes, >3
+ /* No handler registered for this value, just skip it. */
+ /*| chkneob fastbytes, >3 */
if (fastbytes == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 1589);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 1597, fastbytes);
}
-# 654 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|2:
+# 657 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1613);
-# 655 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- switch (type) {
+# 658 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ switch (vtype) {
case V32:
- //| call ->skipv32_fallback
+ /*| call ->skipv32_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1797);
-# 658 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 661 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case V64:
- //| call ->skipv64_fallback
+ /*| call ->skipv64_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1801);
-# 661 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 664 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case F32:
- //| call ->skipf32_fallback
+ /*| call ->skipf32_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1805);
-# 664 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 667 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case F64:
- //| call ->skipf64_fallback
+ /*| call ->skipf64_fallback */
dasm_put(Dst, 1809);
-# 667 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 670 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case X: break;
}
- // Fast-path skip.
- //|3:
+ /* Fast-path skip. */
+ /*|3: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1637);
-# 673 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- if (type == V32 || type == V64) {
- //| test byte [PTR], 0x80
- //| jnz <2
- dasm_put(Dst, 1813);
# 676 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ if (vtype == V32 || vtype == V64) {
+ /*| test byte [PTR], 0x80 */
+ /*| jnz <2 */
+ dasm_put(Dst, 1813);
+# 679 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| add PTR, fastbytes
+ /*| add PTR, fastbytes */
dasm_put(Dst, 1792, fastbytes);
-# 678 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 681 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
}
static void jitdispatch(jitcompiler *jc,
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
- // Lots of room for tweaking/optimization here.
+ /* Lots of room for tweaking/optimization here. */
const upb_inttable *dispatch = &method->dispatch;
bool has_hash_entries = (dispatch->t.count > 0);
- // Whether any of the fields for this message can have two wire types which
- // are both valid (packed & non-packed).
- //
- // OPT: populate this more precisely; not all messages with hash entries have
- // this characteristic.
+ /* Whether any of the fields for this message can have two wire types which
+ * are both valid (packed & non-packed).
+ *
+ * OPT: populate this more precisely; not all messages with hash entries have
+ * this characteristic. */
bool has_multi_wiretype = has_hash_entries;
- //|=>define_jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch):
- //|1:
+ /*|=>define_jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch): */
+ /*|1: */
dasm_put(Dst, 1822, define_jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch));
-# 697 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- // Decode the field tag.
- //| mov aword DECODER->checkpoint, PTR
- //| chkeob 2, >6
+# 700 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /* Decode the field tag. */
+ /*| mov aword DECODER->checkpoint, PTR */
+ /*| chkeob 2, >6 */
dasm_put(Dst, 308, Dt2(->checkpoint));
if (2 == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 1826);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 1834);
}
-# 700 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| movzx edx, byte [PTR]
- //| test dl, dl
- //| jns >7 // Jump if first byte has no continuation bit.
- //| movzx ecx, byte [PTR + 1]
- //| test cl, cl
- //| js >6 // Jump if second byte has continuation bit.
- //| // Confirmed two-byte varint.
- //| shl ecx, 7
- //| and edx, 0x7f
- //| or edx, ecx
- //| add PTR, 2
- //| jmp >8
- //|6:
- //| call ->decode_unknown_tag_fallback
- //| test eax, eax // Hit DELIMEND?
- //| jnz >8
- //| ret
- //|7:
- //| add PTR, 1
- //|8:
- //| mov ecx, edx
- //| shr edx, 3
- //| and cl, 7
+# 703 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| movzx edx, byte [PTR] */
+ /*| test dl, dl */
+ /*| jns >7 // Jump if first byte has no continuation bit. */
+ /*| movzx ecx, byte [PTR + 1] */
+ /*| test cl, cl */
+ /*| js >6 // Jump if second byte has continuation bit. */
+ /*| // Confirmed two-byte varint. */
+ /*| shl ecx, 7 */
+ /*| and edx, 0x7f */
+ /*| or edx, ecx */
+ /*| add PTR, 2 */
+ /*| jmp >8 */
+ /*|6: */
+ /*| call ->decode_unknown_tag_fallback */
+ /*| test eax, eax // Hit DELIMEND? */
+ /*| jnz >8 */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*|7: */
+ /*| add PTR, 1 */
+ /*|8: */
+ /*| mov ecx, edx */
+ /*| shr edx, 3 */
+ /*| and cl, 7 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1850, 1);
-# 723 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 726 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- // See comment attached to upb_pbdecodermethod.dispatch for layout of the
- // dispatch table.
- //|2:
- //| cmp edx, dispatch->array_size
+ /* See comment attached to upb_pbdecodermethod.dispatch for layout of the
+ * dispatch table. */
+ /*|2: */
+ /*| cmp edx, dispatch->array_size */
dasm_put(Dst, 1915, dispatch->array_size);
-# 728 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 731 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (has_hash_entries) {
- //| jae >7
+ /*| jae >7 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1922);
-# 730 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 733 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else {
- //| jae >5
+ /*| jae >5 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1927);
-# 732 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 735 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| // OPT: Compact the lookup arr into 32-bit entries.
+ /*| // OPT: Compact the lookup arr into 32-bit entries. */
if ((uintptr_t)dispatch->array > 0x7fffffff) {
- //| mov64 rax, (uintptr_t)dispatch->array
- //| mov rax, qword [rax + rdx * 8]
+ /*| mov64 rax, (uintptr_t)dispatch->array */
+ /*| mov rax, qword [rax + rdx * 8] */
dasm_put(Dst, 1932, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)dispatch->array), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)dispatch->array)>>32));
-# 737 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 740 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else {
- //| mov rax, qword [rdx * 8 + dispatch->array]
+ /*| mov rax, qword [rdx * 8 + dispatch->array] */
dasm_put(Dst, 1941, dispatch->array);
-# 739 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 742 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //|3:
- //| // We take advantage of the fact that non-present entries are stored
- //| // as -1, which will result in wire types that will never match.
- //| cmp al, cl
+ /*|3: */
+ /*| // We take advantage of the fact that non-present entries are stored */
+ /*| // as -1, which will result in wire types that will never match. */
+ /*| cmp al, cl */
dasm_put(Dst, 1947);
-# 744 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 747 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (has_multi_wiretype) {
- //| jne >6
+ /*| jne >6 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1952);
-# 746 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 749 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else {
- //| jne >5
+ /*| jne >5 */
dasm_put(Dst, 1957);
-# 748 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 751 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| shr rax, 16
- //|
- //| // Load the machine code address from the table entry.
- //| // The table entry is relative to the dispatch->array jmptarget
- //| // (patchdispatch() took care of this) which is the same as
- //| // local label "4". The "lea" is really just trying to do
- //| // lea rax, [>4 + rax]
- //| //
- //| // But we can't write that directly for some reason, so we use
- //| // rdx as a temporary.
- //| lea rdx, [>4]
- //|=>define_jmptarget(jc, dispatch->array):
- //|4:
- //| add rax, rdx
- //| ret
- //|
- //|5:
- //| // Field isn't in our table.
- //| call ->parse_unknown
- //| test eax, eax // ENDGROUP?
- //| jz <1
- //| lea rax, [>9] // ENDGROUP; Load address of OP_ENDMSG.
- //| ret
+ /*| shr rax, 16 */
+ /*| */
+ /*| // Load the machine code address from the table entry. */
+ /*| // The table entry is relative to the dispatch->array jmptarget */
+ /*| // (patchdispatch() took care of this) which is the same as */
+ /*| // local label "4". The "lea" is really just trying to do */
+ /*| // lea rax, [>4 + rax] */
+ /*| // */
+ /*| // But we can't write that directly for some reason, so we use */
+ /*| // rdx as a temporary. */
+ /*| lea rdx, [>4] */
+ /*|=>define_jmptarget(jc, dispatch->array): */
+ /*|4: */
+ /*| add rax, rdx */
+ /*| ret */
+ /*| */
+ /*|5: */
+ /*| // Field isn't in our table. */
+ /*| call ->parse_unknown */
+ /*| test eax, eax // ENDGROUP? */
+ /*| jz <1 */
+ /*| lea rax, [>9] // ENDGROUP; Load address of OP_ENDMSG. */
+ /*| ret */
dasm_put(Dst, 1962, define_jmptarget(jc, dispatch->array));
-# 772 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 775 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (has_multi_wiretype) {
- //|6:
- //| // Primary wire type didn't match, check secondary wire type.
- //| cmp ah, cl
- //| jne <5
- //| // Secondary wire type is a match, look up fn + UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER.
- //| add rdx, UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER
- //| // This key will never be in the array part, so do a hash lookup.
+ /*|6: */
+ /*| // Primary wire type didn't match, check secondary wire type. */
+ /*| cmp ah, cl */
+ /*| jne <5 */
+ /*| // Secondary wire type is a match, look up fn + UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER. */
+ /*| add rdx, UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER */
+ /*| // This key will never be in the array part, so do a hash lookup. */
dasm_put(Dst, 1996, UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER);
-# 781 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 784 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
assert(has_hash_entries);
- //| ld64 dispatch
+ /*| ld64 dispatch */
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)dispatch;
if (v > 0xffffffff) {
@@ -1174,16 +1177,16 @@ static void jitdispatch(jitcompiler *jc,
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 783 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| jmp ->hashlookup // Tail call.
+# 786 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| jmp ->hashlookup // Tail call. */
dasm_put(Dst, 2009);
-# 784 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 787 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
if (has_hash_entries) {
- //|7:
- //| // Hash table lookup.
- //| ld64 dispatch
+ /*|7: */
+ /*| // Hash table lookup. */
+ /*| ld64 dispatch */
dasm_put(Dst, 2014);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)dispatch;
@@ -1195,41 +1198,42 @@ static void jitdispatch(jitcompiler *jc,
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 790 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| call ->hashlookup
- //| jmp <3
+# 793 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| call ->hashlookup */
+ /*| jmp <3 */
dasm_put(Dst, 2017);
-# 792 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 795 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
}
static void jittag(jitcompiler *jc, uint64_t tag, int n, int ofs,
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
- // Internally we parse unknown fields; if this runs us into DELIMEND we jump
- // to the corresponding DELIMEND target (either msg end or repeated field
- // end), which we find from the OP_CHECKDELIM which must have necessarily
- // preceded us.
+ /* Internally we parse unknown fields; if this runs us into DELIMEND we jump
+ * to the corresponding DELIMEND target (either msg end or repeated field
+ * end), which we find from the OP_CHECKDELIM which must have necessarily
+ * preceded us. */
uint32_t last_instruction = *(jc->pc - 2);
int last_arg = (int32_t)last_instruction >> 8;
- assert((last_instruction & 0xff) == OP_CHECKDELIM);
uint32_t *delimend = (jc->pc - 1) + last_arg;
const size_t ptr_words = sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
+ assert((last_instruction & 0xff) == OP_CHECKDELIM);
+
if (getop(*(jc->pc - 1)) == OP_TAGN) {
jc->pc += ptr_words;
}
- //| chkneob n, >1
+ /*| chkneob n, >1 */
if (n == 1) {
dasm_put(Dst, 2025);
} else {
dasm_put(Dst, 2033, n);
}
-# 812 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 816 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| // OPT: this is way too much fallback code to put here.
- //| // Reduce and/or move to a separate section to make better icache usage.
- //| ld64 tag
+ /*| // OPT: this is way too much fallback code to put here. */
+ /*| // Reduce and/or move to a separate section to make better icache usage. */
+ /*| ld64 tag */
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)tag;
if (v > 0xffffffff) {
@@ -1240,78 +1244,78 @@ static void jittag(jitcompiler *jc, uint64_t tag, int n, int ofs,
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 816 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| call ->checktag_fallback
- //| cmp eax, DECODE_MISMATCH
- //| je >3
- //| cmp eax, DECODE_EOF
- //| je =>jmptarget(jc, delimend)
- //| jmp >5
+# 820 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| call ->checktag_fallback */
+ /*| cmp eax, DECODE_MISMATCH */
+ /*| je >3 */
+ /*| cmp eax, DECODE_EOF */
+ /*| je =>jmptarget(jc, delimend) */
+ /*| jmp >5 */
dasm_put(Dst, 2049, DECODE_MISMATCH, DECODE_EOF, jmptarget(jc, delimend));
-# 822 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 826 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //|1:
+ /*|1: */
dasm_put(Dst, 112);
-# 824 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 828 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
switch (n) {
case 1:
- //| cmp byte [PTR], tag
+ /*| cmp byte [PTR], tag */
dasm_put(Dst, 2072, tag);
-# 827 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 831 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case 2:
- //| cmp word [PTR], tag
+ /*| cmp word [PTR], tag */
dasm_put(Dst, 2076, tag);
-# 830 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 834 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case 3:
- //| // OPT: Slightly more efficient code, but depends on an extra byte.
- //| // mov eax, dword [PTR]
- //| // shl eax, 8
- //| // cmp eax, tag << 8
- //| cmp word [PTR], (tag & 0xffff)
- //| jne >2
- //| cmp byte [PTR + 2], (tag >> 16)
- //|2:
+ /*| // OPT: Slightly more efficient code, but depends on an extra byte. */
+ /*| // mov eax, dword [PTR] */
+ /*| // shl eax, 8 */
+ /*| // cmp eax, tag << 8 */
+ /*| cmp word [PTR], (tag & 0xffff) */
+ /*| jne >2 */
+ /*| cmp byte [PTR + 2], (tag >> 16) */
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2081, (tag & 0xffff), 2, (tag >> 16));
-# 840 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 844 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case 4:
- //| cmp dword [PTR], tag
+ /*| cmp dword [PTR], tag */
dasm_put(Dst, 2096, tag);
-# 843 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 847 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case 5:
- //| cmp dword [PTR], (tag & 0xffffffff)
- //| jne >3
- //| cmp byte [PTR + 4], (tag >> 32)
+ /*| cmp dword [PTR], (tag & 0xffffffff) */
+ /*| jne >3 */
+ /*| cmp byte [PTR + 4], (tag >> 32) */
dasm_put(Dst, 2100, (tag & 0xffffffff), 4, (tag >> 32));
-# 848 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 852 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| je >4
- //|3:
+ /*| je >4 */
+ /*|3: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2112);
-# 851 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 855 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (ofs == 0) {
- //| call =>jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch)
- //| test rax, rax
- //| jz =>jmptarget(jc, delimend)
- //| jmp rax
+ /*| call =>jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch) */
+ /*| test rax, rax */
+ /*| jz =>jmptarget(jc, delimend) */
+ /*| jmp rax */
dasm_put(Dst, 2119, jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch), jmptarget(jc, delimend));
-# 856 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 860 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else {
- //| jmp =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + ofs)
+ /*| jmp =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + ofs) */
dasm_put(Dst, 2131, jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + ofs));
-# 858 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 862 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //|4:
- //| add PTR, n
- //|5:
+ /*|4: */
+ /*| add PTR, n */
+ /*|5: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2135, n);
-# 862 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 866 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
-// Compile the bytecode to x64.
+/* Compile the bytecode to x64. */
static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
upb_pbdecodermethod *method = NULL;
const upb_handlers *h = NULL;
@@ -1322,16 +1326,16 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
int32_t longofs = arg;
if (op != OP_SETDISPATCH) {
- // Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it defines its own asmlabel for the
- // dispatch code it emits.
+ /* Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it defines its own asmlabel for the
+ * dispatch code it emits. */
asmlabel(jc, "0x%lx.%s", pcofs(jc), upb_pbdecoder_getopname(op));
- // Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it should point at the function
- // prologue, not the dispatch function that is emitted first.
- // TODO: optimize this to only define pclabels that are actually used.
- //|=>define_jmptarget(jc, jc->pc):
+ /* Skipped for SETDISPATCH because it should point at the function
+ * prologue, not the dispatch function that is emitted first.
+ * TODO: optimize this to only define pclabels that are actually used. */
+ /*|=>define_jmptarget(jc, jc->pc): */
dasm_put(Dst, 0, define_jmptarget(jc, jc->pc));
-# 883 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 887 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
jc->pc++;
@@ -1340,10 +1344,10 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
case OP_STARTMSG: {
upb_func *startmsg = gethandler(h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
if (startmsg) {
- // bool startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
- //|1:
- //| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
- //| load_handler_data h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR
+ /* bool startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE */
+ /*| load_handler_data h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR */
dasm_put(Dst, 2144);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
@@ -1355,35 +1359,35 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 895 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| callp startmsg
+# 899 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| callp startmsg */
dasm_put(Dst, 1754, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)startmsg), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)startmsg)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 896 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 900 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (!alwaysok(h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR)) {
- //| test al, al
- //| jnz >2
- //| call ->suspend
- //| jmp <1
- //|2:
+ /*| test al, al */
+ /*| jnz >2 */
+ /*| call ->suspend */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2151);
-# 902 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 906 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
} else {
- //| nop
+ /*| nop */
dasm_put(Dst, 2167);
-# 905 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 909 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
break;
}
case OP_ENDMSG: {
upb_func *endmsg = gethandler(h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
- //|9:
+ /*|9: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2169);
-# 911 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 915 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (endmsg) {
- // bool endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status)
- //| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
- //| load_handler_data h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR
+ /* bool endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE */
+ /*| load_handler_data h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR */
dasm_put(Dst, 1749);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
@@ -1395,43 +1399,44 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 915 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->status
- //| callp endmsg
+# 919 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| mov ARG3_64, DECODER->status */
+ /*| callp endmsg */
dasm_put(Dst, 2172, Dt2(->status), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)endmsg), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)endmsg)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 917 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 921 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
break;
}
case OP_SETDISPATCH: {
uint32_t *op_pc = jc->pc - 1;
-
- // Load info for new method.
+ const char *msgname;
upb_inttable *dispatch;
+
+ /* Load info for new method. */
memcpy(&dispatch, jc->pc, sizeof(void*));
jc->pc += sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
- // The OP_SETDISPATCH bytecode contains a pointer that is
- // &method->dispatch; we want to go backwards and recover method.
+ /* The OP_SETDISPATCH bytecode contains a pointer that is
+ * &method->dispatch; we want to go backwards and recover method. */
method =
(void*)((char*)dispatch - offsetof(upb_pbdecodermethod, dispatch));
- // May be NULL, in which case no handlers for this message will be found.
- // OPT: we should do better by completely skipping the message in this
- // case instead of parsing it field by field. We should also do the skip
- // in the containing message's code.
+ /* May be NULL, in which case no handlers for this message will be found.
+ * OPT: we should do better by completely skipping the message in this
+ * case instead of parsing it field by field. We should also do the skip
+ * in the containing message's code. */
h = method->dest_handlers_;
- const char *msgname = upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_handlers_msgdef(h));
+ msgname = upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_handlers_msgdef(h));
- // Emit dispatch code for new method.
+ /* Emit dispatch code for new method. */
asmlabel(jc, "0x%lx.dispatch.%s", pcofs(jc), msgname);
jitdispatch(jc, method);
- // Emit function prologue for new method.
+ /* Emit function prologue for new method. */
asmlabel(jc, "0x%lx.parse.%s", pcofs(jc), msgname);
- //|=>define_jmptarget(jc, op_pc):
- //|=>define_jmptarget(jc, method):
- //| sub rsp, 8
+ /*|=>define_jmptarget(jc, op_pc): */
+ /*|=>define_jmptarget(jc, method): */
+ /*| sub rsp, 8 */
dasm_put(Dst, 2198, define_jmptarget(jc, op_pc), define_jmptarget(jc, method));
-# 947 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 952 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
}
@@ -1455,12 +1460,12 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
case OP_STARTSTR: {
upb_func *start = gethandler(h, arg);
if (start) {
- // void *startseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // void *startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // void *startstr(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint)
- //|1:
- //| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
- //| load_handler_data h, arg
+ /* void *startseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * void *startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * void *startstr(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE */
+ /*| load_handler_data h, arg */
dasm_put(Dst, 2144);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, arg);
@@ -1472,33 +1477,33 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 976 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 981 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (op == OP_STARTSTR) {
- //| mov ARG3_64, DELIMEND
- //| sub ARG3_64, PTR
+ /*| mov ARG3_64, DELIMEND */
+ /*| sub ARG3_64, PTR */
dasm_put(Dst, 2206);
-# 979 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 984 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| callp start
+ /*| callp start */
dasm_put(Dst, 1754, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)start), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)start)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 981 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 986 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (!alwaysok(h, arg)) {
- //| test rax, rax
- //| jnz >2
- //| call ->suspend
- //| jmp <1
- //|2:
+ /*| test rax, rax */
+ /*| jnz >2 */
+ /*| call ->suspend */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2214);
-# 987 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 992 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| mov CLOSURE, rax
+ /*| mov CLOSURE, rax */
dasm_put(Dst, 2231);
-# 989 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 994 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
} else {
- // TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel().
- //| nop
+ /* TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel(). */
+ /*| nop */
dasm_put(Dst, 2167);
-# 992 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 997 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
break;
}
@@ -1507,12 +1512,12 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
case OP_ENDSTR: {
upb_func *end = gethandler(h, arg);
if (end) {
- // bool endseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // bool endsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
- // bool endstr(void *closure, const void *hd)
- //|1:
- //| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
- //| load_handler_data h, arg
+ /* bool endseq(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * bool endsubmsg(void *closure, const void *hd)
+ * bool endstr(void *closure, const void *hd) */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE */
+ /*| load_handler_data h, arg */
dasm_put(Dst, 2144);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, arg);
@@ -1524,43 +1529,44 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 1006 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| callp end
+# 1011 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| callp end */
dasm_put(Dst, 1754, (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)end), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)end)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
-# 1007 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1012 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (!alwaysok(h, arg)) {
- //| test al, al
- //| jnz >2
- //| call ->suspend
- //| jmp <1
- //|2:
+ /*| test al, al */
+ /*| jnz >2 */
+ /*| call ->suspend */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2151);
-# 1013 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1018 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
} else {
- // TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel().
- //| nop
+ /* TODO: nop is only required because of asmlabel(). */
+ /*| nop */
dasm_put(Dst, 2167);
-# 1017 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1022 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
break;
}
case OP_STRING: {
upb_func *str = gethandler(h, arg);
- //| cmp PTR, DELIMEND
- //| je >4
- //|1:
- //| cmp PTR, DATAEND
- //| jne >2
- //| call ->suspend
- //| jmp <1
- //|2:
+ /*| cmp PTR, DELIMEND */
+ /*| je >4 */
+ /*|1: */
+ /*| cmp PTR, DATAEND */
+ /*| jne >2 */
+ /*| call ->suspend */
+ /*| jmp <1 */
+ /*|2: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2235);
-# 1030 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1035 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (str) {
- // size_t str(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *str, size_t n)
- //| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE
- //| load_handler_data h, arg
+ /* size_t str(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *str,
+ * size_t n) */
+ /*| mov ARG1_64, CLOSURE */
+ /*| load_handler_data h, arg */
dasm_put(Dst, 1749);
{
uintptr_t v = (uintptr_t)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, arg);
@@ -1572,101 +1578,101 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
dasm_put(Dst, 454);
}
}
-# 1034 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
- //| mov ARG3_64, PTR
- //| mov ARG4_64, DATAEND
- //| sub ARG4_64, PTR
- //| mov ARG5_64, qword DECODER->handle
- //| callp str
- //| add PTR, rax
- dasm_put(Dst, 2262, Dt2(->handle), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)str), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)str)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
# 1040 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+ /*| mov ARG3_64, PTR */
+ /*| mov ARG4_64, DATAEND */
+ /*| sub ARG4_64, PTR */
+ /*| mov ARG5_64, qword DECODER->handle */
+ /*| callp str */
+ /*| add PTR, rax */
+ dasm_put(Dst, 2262, Dt2(->handle), (unsigned int)((uintptr_t)str), (unsigned int)(((uintptr_t)str)>>32), 0xfffffffffffffff0UL);
+# 1046 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
if (!alwaysok(h, arg)) {
- //| cmp PTR, DATAEND
- //| je >3
- //| call ->strret_fallback
- //|3:
+ /*| cmp PTR, DATAEND */
+ /*| je >3 */
+ /*| call ->strret_fallback */
+ /*|3: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2300);
-# 1045 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1051 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
} else {
- //| mov PTR, DATAEND
+ /*| mov PTR, DATAEND */
dasm_put(Dst, 2313);
-# 1048 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1054 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
- //| cmp PTR, DELIMEND
- //| jne <1
- //|4:
+ /*| cmp PTR, DELIMEND */
+ /*| jne <1 */
+ /*|4: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2317);
-# 1052 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1058 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
}
case OP_PUSHTAGDELIM:
- //| mov FRAME->sink.closure, CLOSURE
- //| // This shouldn't need to be read, because tag-delimited fields
- //| // shouldn't have an OP_SETDELIM after them. But for the moment
- //| // non-packed repeated fields do OP_SETDELIM so they can share more
- //| // code with the packed code-path. If this is changed later, this
- //| // store can be removed.
- //| mov qword FRAME->end_ofs, 0
- //| cmp FRAME, DECODER->limit
- //| je ->err
- //| add FRAME, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame)
- //| mov dword FRAME->groupnum, arg
+ /*| mov FRAME->sink.closure, CLOSURE */
+ /*| // This shouldn't need to be read, because tag-delimited fields */
+ /*| // shouldn't have an OP_SETDELIM after them. But for the moment */
+ /*| // non-packed repeated fields do OP_SETDELIM so they can share more */
+ /*| // code with the packed code-path. If this is changed later, this */
+ /*| // store can be removed. */
+ /*| mov qword FRAME->end_ofs, 0 */
+ /*| cmp FRAME, DECODER->limit */
+ /*| je ->err */
+ /*| add FRAME, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame) */
+ /*| mov dword FRAME->groupnum, arg */
dasm_put(Dst, 2328, Dt1(->sink.closure), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->limit), sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame), Dt1(->groupnum), arg);
-# 1066 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1072 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_PUSHLENDELIM:
- //| call ->pushlendelim
+ /*| call ->pushlendelim */
dasm_put(Dst, 2358);
-# 1069 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1075 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_POP:
- //| sub FRAME, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame)
- //| mov CLOSURE, FRAME->sink.closure
+ /*| sub FRAME, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame) */
+ /*| mov CLOSURE, FRAME->sink.closure */
dasm_put(Dst, 2362, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame), Dt1(->sink.closure));
-# 1073 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1079 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_SETDELIM:
- // OPT: experiment with testing vs old offset to optimize away.
- //| mov DATAEND, DECODER->end
- //| add DELIMEND, FRAME->end_ofs
- //| cmp DELIMEND, DECODER->buf
- //| jb >1
- //| cmp DELIMEND, DATAEND
- //| ja >1 // OPT: try cmov.
- //| mov DATAEND, DELIMEND
- //|1:
+ /* OPT: experiment with testing vs old offset to optimize away. */
+ /*| mov DATAEND, DECODER->end */
+ /*| add DELIMEND, FRAME->end_ofs */
+ /*| cmp DELIMEND, DECODER->buf */
+ /*| jb >1 */
+ /*| cmp DELIMEND, DATAEND */
+ /*| ja >1 // OPT: try cmov. */
+ /*| mov DATAEND, DELIMEND */
+ /*|1: */
dasm_put(Dst, 2372, Dt2(->end), Dt1(->end_ofs), Dt2(->buf));
-# 1084 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1090 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM:
- //| mov dword FRAME->groupnum, *jc->pc++
+ /*| mov dword FRAME->groupnum, *jc->pc++ */
dasm_put(Dst, 2352, Dt1(->groupnum), *jc->pc++);
-# 1087 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1093 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_CHECKDELIM:
- //| cmp DELIMEND, PTR
- //| je =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs)
+ /*| cmp DELIMEND, PTR */
+ /*| je =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs) */
dasm_put(Dst, 2402, jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs));
-# 1091 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1097 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_CALL:
- //| call =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs)
+ /*| call =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs) */
dasm_put(Dst, 2409, jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs));
-# 1094 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1100 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_BRANCH:
- //| jmp =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs);
+ /*| jmp =>jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs); */
dasm_put(Dst, 2131, jmptarget(jc, jc->pc + longofs));
-# 1097 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1103 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_RET:
- //|9:
- //| add rsp, 8
- //| ret
+ /*|9: */
+ /*| add rsp, 8 */
+ /*| ret */
dasm_put(Dst, 2412);
-# 1102 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1108 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_TAG1:
jittag(jc, (arg >> 8) & 0xff, 1, (int8_t)arg, method);
@@ -1681,9 +1687,9 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
break;
}
case OP_DISPATCH:
- //| call =>jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch)
+ /*| call =>jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch) */
dasm_put(Dst, 2409, jmptarget(jc, &method->dispatch));
-# 1117 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1123 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
break;
case OP_HALT:
assert(false);
@@ -1691,7 +1697,7 @@ static void jitbytecode(jitcompiler *jc) {
}
asmlabel(jc, "eof");
- //| nop
+ /*| nop */
dasm_put(Dst, 2167);
-# 1125 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
+# 1131 "upb/pb/compile_decoder_x64.dasc"
}
diff --git a/upb/pb/decoder.c b/upb/pb/decoder.c
index 0c3955a..a6240ce 100644
--- a/upb/pb/decoder.c
+++ b/upb/pb/decoder.c
@@ -29,17 +29,17 @@
#define CHECK_SUSPEND(x) if (!(x)) return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
-// Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders.
+/* Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders. */
const char *kPbDecoderStackOverflow = "Nesting too deep.";
-// Error messages shared within this file.
+/* Error messages shared within this file. */
static const char *kUnterminatedVarint = "Unterminated varint.";
/* upb_pbdecoder **************************************************************/
static opcode halt = OP_HALT;
-// Whether an op consumes any of the input buffer.
+/* Whether an op consumes any of the input buffer. */
static bool consumes_input(opcode op) {
switch (op) {
case OP_SETDISPATCH:
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ static bool consumes_input(opcode op) {
static bool in_residual_buf(const upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *p);
-// It's unfortunate that we have to micro-manage the compiler with
-// UPB_FORCEINLINE and UPB_NOINLINE, especially since this tuning is necessarily
-// specific to one hardware configuration. But empirically on a Core i7,
-// performance increases 30-50% with these annotations. Every instance where
-// these appear, gcc 4.2.1 made the wrong decision and degraded performance in
-// benchmarks.
+/* It's unfortunate that we have to micro-manage the compiler with
+ * UPB_FORCEINLINE and UPB_NOINLINE, especially since this tuning is necessarily
+ * specific to one hardware configuration. But empirically on a Core i7,
+ * performance increases 30-50% with these annotations. Every instance where
+ * these appear, gcc 4.2.1 made the wrong decision and degraded performance in
+ * benchmarks. */
static void seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg) {
upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
@@ -87,22 +87,22 @@ void upb_pbdecoder_seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg) {
/* Buffering ******************************************************************/
-// We operate on one buffer at a time, which is either the user's buffer passed
-// to our "decode" callback or some residual bytes from the previous buffer.
+/* We operate on one buffer at a time, which is either the user's buffer passed
+ * to our "decode" callback or some residual bytes from the previous buffer. */
-// How many bytes can be safely read from d->ptr without reading past end-of-buf
-// or past the current delimited end.
+/* How many bytes can be safely read from d->ptr without reading past end-of-buf
+ * or past the current delimited end. */
static size_t curbufleft(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
assert(d->data_end >= d->ptr);
return d->data_end - d->ptr;
}
-// Overall stream offset of d->ptr.
+/* Overall stream offset of d->ptr. */
uint64_t offset(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
return d->bufstart_ofs + (d->ptr - d->buf);
}
-// Advances d->ptr.
+/* Advances d->ptr. */
static void advance(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t len) {
assert(curbufleft(d) >= len);
d->ptr += len;
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ static bool in_residual_buf(const upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *p) {
return in_buf(p, d->residual, d->residual_end);
}
-// Calculates the delim_end value, which is affected by both the current buffer
-// and the parsing stack, so must be called whenever either is updated.
+/* Calculates the delim_end value, which is affected by both the current buffer
+ * and the parsing stack, so must be called whenever either is updated. */
static void set_delim_end(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
size_t delim_ofs = d->top->end_ofs - d->bufstart_ofs;
if (delim_ofs <= (size_t)(d->end - d->buf)) {
@@ -143,22 +143,22 @@ static void advancetobuf(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *buf, size_t len) {
}
static void checkpoint(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
- // The assertion here is in the interests of efficiency, not correctness.
- // We are trying to ensure that we don't checkpoint() more often than
- // necessary.
+ /* The assertion here is in the interests of efficiency, not correctness.
+ * We are trying to ensure that we don't checkpoint() more often than
+ * necessary. */
assert(d->checkpoint != d->ptr);
d->checkpoint = d->ptr;
}
-// Resumes the decoder from an initial state or from a previous suspend.
+/* Resumes the decoder from an initial state or from a previous suspend. */
int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf,
size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(p); // Useless; just for the benefit of the JIT.
+ UPB_UNUSED(p); /* Useless; just for the benefit of the JIT. */
d->buf_param = buf;
d->size_param = size;
d->handle = handle;
if (d->residual_end > d->residual) {
- // We have residual bytes from the last buffer.
+ /* We have residual bytes from the last buffer. */
assert(d->ptr == d->residual);
} else {
switchtobuf(d, buf, buf + size);
@@ -171,18 +171,20 @@ int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf,
return DECODE_OK;
}
-// Suspends the decoder at the last checkpoint, without saving any residual
-// bytes. If there are any unconsumed bytes, returns a short byte count.
+/* Suspends the decoder at the last checkpoint, without saving any residual
+ * bytes. If there are any unconsumed bytes, returns a short byte count. */
size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
d->pc = d->last;
if (d->checkpoint == d->residual) {
- // Checkpoint was in residual buf; no user bytes were consumed.
+ /* Checkpoint was in residual buf; no user bytes were consumed. */
d->ptr = d->residual;
return 0;
} else {
+ size_t consumed;
assert(!in_residual_buf(d, d->checkpoint));
assert(d->buf == d->buf_param);
- size_t consumed = d->checkpoint - d->buf;
+
+ consumed = d->checkpoint - d->buf;
d->bufstart_ofs += consumed;
d->residual_end = d->residual;
switchtobuf(d, d->residual, d->residual_end);
@@ -190,17 +192,17 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
}
}
-// Suspends the decoder at the last checkpoint, and saves any unconsumed
-// bytes in our residual buffer. This is necessary if we need more user
-// bytes to form a complete value, which might not be contiguous in the
-// user's buffers. Always consumes all user bytes.
+/* Suspends the decoder at the last checkpoint, and saves any unconsumed
+ * bytes in our residual buffer. This is necessary if we need more user
+ * bytes to form a complete value, which might not be contiguous in the
+ * user's buffers. Always consumes all user bytes. */
static size_t suspend_save(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
- // We hit end-of-buffer before we could parse a full value.
- // Save any unconsumed bytes (if any) to the residual buffer.
+ /* We hit end-of-buffer before we could parse a full value.
+ * Save any unconsumed bytes (if any) to the residual buffer. */
d->pc = d->last;
if (d->checkpoint == d->residual) {
- // Checkpoint was in residual buf; append user byte(s) to residual buf.
+ /* Checkpoint was in residual buf; append user byte(s) to residual buf. */
assert((d->residual_end - d->residual) + d->size_param <=
sizeof(d->residual));
if (!in_residual_buf(d, d->ptr)) {
@@ -209,10 +211,12 @@ static size_t suspend_save(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
memcpy(d->residual_end, d->buf_param, d->size_param);
d->residual_end += d->size_param;
} else {
- // Checkpoint was in user buf; old residual bytes not needed.
+ /* Checkpoint was in user buf; old residual bytes not needed. */
+ size_t save;
assert(!in_residual_buf(d, d->checkpoint));
+
d->ptr = d->checkpoint;
- size_t save = curbufleft(d);
+ save = curbufleft(d);
assert(save <= sizeof(d->residual));
memcpy(d->residual, d->ptr, save);
d->residual_end = d->residual + save;
@@ -223,19 +227,21 @@ static size_t suspend_save(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
return d->size_param;
}
-// Skips "bytes" bytes in the stream, which may be more than available. If we
-// skip more bytes than are available, we return a long read count to the caller
-// indicating how many bytes the caller should skip before passing a new buffer.
+/* Skips "bytes" bytes in the stream, which may be more than available. If we
+ * skip more bytes than are available, we return a long read count to the caller
+ * indicating how many bytes the caller should skip before passing a new buffer.
+ */
static int32_t skip(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t bytes) {
assert(!in_residual_buf(d, d->ptr) || d->size_param == 0);
if (curbufleft(d) >= bytes) {
- // Skipped data is all in current buffer.
+ /* Skipped data is all in current buffer. */
advance(d, bytes);
return DECODE_OK;
} else {
- // Skipped data extends beyond currently available buffers.
+ /* Skipped data extends beyond currently available buffers. */
+ size_t skip;
d->pc = d->last;
- size_t skip = bytes - curbufleft(d);
+ skip = bytes - curbufleft(d);
d->bufstart_ofs += (d->end - d->buf) + skip;
d->residual_end = d->residual;
switchtobuf(d, d->residual, d->residual_end);
@@ -243,8 +249,8 @@ static int32_t skip(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t bytes) {
}
}
-// Copies the next "bytes" bytes into "buf" and advances the stream.
-// Requires that this many bytes are available in the current buffer.
+/* Copies the next "bytes" bytes into "buf" and advances the stream.
+ * Requires that this many bytes are available in the current buffer. */
UPB_FORCEINLINE static void consumebytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
size_t bytes) {
assert(bytes <= curbufleft(d));
@@ -252,9 +258,9 @@ UPB_FORCEINLINE static void consumebytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
advance(d, bytes);
}
-// Slow path for getting the next "bytes" bytes, regardless of whether they are
-// available in the current buffer or not. Returns a status code as described
-// in decoder.int.h.
+/* Slow path for getting the next "bytes" bytes, regardless of whether they are
+ * available in the current buffer or not. Returns a status code as described
+ * in decoder.int.h. */
UPB_NOINLINE static int32_t getbytes_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
size_t bytes) {
const size_t avail = curbufleft(d);
@@ -275,12 +281,13 @@ UPB_NOINLINE static int32_t getbytes_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
}
}
-// Gets the next "bytes" bytes, regardless of whether they are available in the
-// current buffer or not. Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+/* Gets the next "bytes" bytes, regardless of whether they are available in the
+ * current buffer or not. Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+ */
UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t getbytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
size_t bytes) {
if (curbufleft(d) >= bytes) {
- // Buffer has enough data to satisfy.
+ /* Buffer has enough data to satisfy. */
consumebytes(d, buf, bytes);
return DECODE_OK;
} else {
@@ -313,13 +320,13 @@ UPB_FORCEINLINE static size_t peekbytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
/* Decoding of wire types *****************************************************/
-// Slow path for decoding a varint from the current buffer position.
-// Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+/* Slow path for decoding a varint from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h. */
UPB_NOINLINE int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d,
uint64_t *u64) {
- *u64 = 0;
uint8_t byte = 0x80;
int bitpos;
+ *u64 = 0;
for(bitpos = 0; bitpos < 70 && (byte & 0x80); bitpos += 7) {
int32_t ret = getbytes(d, &byte, 1);
if (ret >= 0) return ret;
@@ -332,15 +339,15 @@ UPB_NOINLINE int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d,
return DECODE_OK;
}
-// Decodes a varint from the current buffer position.
-// Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+/* Decodes a varint from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h. */
UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_varint(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
if (curbufleft(d) > 0 && !(*d->ptr & 0x80)) {
*u64 = *d->ptr;
advance(d, 1);
return DECODE_OK;
} else if (curbufleft(d) >= 10) {
- // Fast case.
+ /* Fast case. */
upb_decoderet r = upb_vdecode_fast(d->ptr);
if (r.p == NULL) {
seterr(d, kUnterminatedVarint);
@@ -350,22 +357,23 @@ UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_varint(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
*u64 = r.val;
return DECODE_OK;
} else {
- // Slow case -- varint spans buffer seam.
+ /* Slow case -- varint spans buffer seam. */
return upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(d, u64);
}
}
-// Decodes a 32-bit varint from the current buffer position.
-// Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+/* Decodes a 32-bit varint from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h. */
UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_v32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
uint64_t u64;
int32_t ret = decode_varint(d, &u64);
if (ret >= 0) return ret;
if (u64 > UINT32_MAX) {
seterr(d, "Unterminated 32-bit varint");
- // TODO(haberman) guarantee that this function return is >= 0 somehow,
- // so we know this path will always be treated as error by our caller.
- // Right now the size_t -> int32_t can overflow and produce negative values.
+ /* TODO(haberman) guarantee that this function return is >= 0 somehow,
+ * so we know this path will always be treated as error by our caller.
+ * Right now the size_t -> int32_t can overflow and produce negative values.
+ */
*u32 = 0;
return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
}
@@ -373,22 +381,22 @@ UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_v32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
return DECODE_OK;
}
-// Decodes a fixed32 from the current buffer position.
-// Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
-// TODO: proper byte swapping for big-endian machines.
+/* Decodes a fixed32 from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+ * TODO: proper byte swapping for big-endian machines. */
UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_fixed32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
return getbytes(d, u32, 4);
}
-// Decodes a fixed64 from the current buffer position.
-// Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
-// TODO: proper byte swapping for big-endian machines.
+/* Decodes a fixed64 from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+ * TODO: proper byte swapping for big-endian machines. */
UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_fixed64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
return getbytes(d, u64, 8);
}
-// Non-static versions of the above functions.
-// These are called by the JIT for fallback paths.
+/* Non-static versions of the above functions.
+ * These are called by the JIT for fallback paths. */
int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
return decode_fixed32(d, u32);
}
@@ -400,7 +408,7 @@ int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
static double as_double(uint64_t n) { double d; memcpy(&d, &n, 8); return d; }
static float as_float(uint32_t n) { float f; memcpy(&f, &n, 4); return f; }
-// Pushes a frame onto the decoder stack.
+/* Pushes a frame onto the decoder stack. */
static bool decoder_push(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t end) {
upb_pbdecoder_frame *fr = d->top;
@@ -421,17 +429,17 @@ static bool decoder_push(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t end) {
}
static bool pushtagdelim(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t arg) {
- // While we expect to see an "end" tag (either ENDGROUP or a non-sequence
- // field number) prior to hitting any enclosing submessage end, pushing our
- // existing delim end prevents us from continuing to parse values from a
- // corrupt proto that doesn't give us an END tag in time.
+ /* While we expect to see an "end" tag (either ENDGROUP or a non-sequence
+ * field number) prior to hitting any enclosing submessage end, pushing our
+ * existing delim end prevents us from continuing to parse values from a
+ * corrupt proto that doesn't give us an END tag in time. */
if (!decoder_push(d, d->top->end_ofs))
return false;
d->top->groupnum = arg;
return true;
}
-// Pops a frame from the decoder stack.
+/* Pops a frame from the decoder stack. */
static void decoder_pop(upb_pbdecoder *d) { d->top--; }
UPB_NOINLINE int32_t upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d,
@@ -440,7 +448,7 @@ UPB_NOINLINE int32_t upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d,
size_t bytes = upb_value_size(expected);
size_t read = peekbytes(d, &data, bytes);
if (read == bytes && data == expected) {
- // Advance past matched bytes.
+ /* Advance past matched bytes. */
int32_t ok = getbytes(d, &data, read);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok < 0);
return DECODE_OK;
@@ -468,7 +476,7 @@ have_tag:
return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
}
- // TODO: deliver to unknown field callback.
+ /* TODO: deliver to unknown field callback. */
switch (wire_type) {
case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT:
CHECK_RETURN(skip(d, 4));
@@ -511,29 +519,29 @@ have_tag:
if (d->ptr == d->delim_end) {
seterr(d, "Enclosing submessage ended in the middle of value or group");
- // Unlike most errors we notice during parsing, right now we have consumed
- // all of the user's input.
- //
- // There are three different options for how to handle this case:
- //
- // 1. decode() = short count, error = set
- // 2. decode() = full count, error = set
- // 3. decode() = full count, error NOT set, short count and error will
- // be reported on next call to decode() (or end())
- //
- // (1) and (3) have the advantage that they preserve the invariant that an
- // error occurs iff decode() returns a short count.
- //
- // (2) and (3) have the advantage of reflecting the fact that all of the
- // bytes were in fact parsed (and possibly delivered to the unknown field
- // handler, in the future when that is supported).
- //
- // (3) requires extra state in the decode (a place to store the "permanent
- // error" that we should return for all subsequent attempts to decode).
- // But we likely want this anyway.
- //
- // Right now we do (1), thanks to the fact that we checkpoint *after* this
- // check. (3) may be a better choice long term; unclear at the moment.
+ /* Unlike most errors we notice during parsing, right now we have consumed
+ * all of the user's input.
+ *
+ * There are three different options for how to handle this case:
+ *
+ * 1. decode() = short count, error = set
+ * 2. decode() = full count, error = set
+ * 3. decode() = full count, error NOT set, short count and error will
+ * be reported on next call to decode() (or end())
+ *
+ * (1) and (3) have the advantage that they preserve the invariant that an
+ * error occurs iff decode() returns a short count.
+ *
+ * (2) and (3) have the advantage of reflecting the fact that all of the
+ * bytes were in fact parsed (and possibly delivered to the unknown field
+ * handler, in the future when that is supported).
+ *
+ * (3) requires extra state in the decode (a place to store the "permanent
+ * error" that we should return for all subsequent attempts to decode).
+ * But we likely want this anyway.
+ *
+ * Right now we do (1), thanks to the fact that we checkpoint *after* this
+ * check. (3) may be a better choice long term; unclear at the moment. */
return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
}
@@ -548,24 +556,27 @@ static void goto_endmsg(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
d->pc = d->top->base + upb_value_getuint64(v);
}
-// Parses a tag and jumps to the corresponding bytecode instruction for this
-// field.
-//
-// If the tag is unknown (or the wire type doesn't match), parses the field as
-// unknown. If the tag is a valid ENDGROUP tag, jumps to the bytecode
-// instruction for the end of message.
+/* Parses a tag and jumps to the corresponding bytecode instruction for this
+ * field.
+ *
+ * If the tag is unknown (or the wire type doesn't match), parses the field as
+ * unknown. If the tag is a valid ENDGROUP tag, jumps to the bytecode
+ * instruction for the end of message. */
static int32_t dispatch(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
upb_inttable *dispatch = d->top->dispatch;
-
- // Decode tag.
uint32_t tag;
+ uint8_t wire_type;
+ uint32_t fieldnum;
+ upb_value val;
+ int32_t ret;
+
+ /* Decode tag. */
CHECK_RETURN(decode_v32(d, &tag));
- uint8_t wire_type = tag & 0x7;
- uint32_t fieldnum = tag >> 3;
+ wire_type = tag & 0x7;
+ fieldnum = tag >> 3;
- // Lookup tag. Because of packed/non-packed compatibility, we have to
- // check the wire type against two possibilities.
- upb_value val;
+ /* Lookup tag. Because of packed/non-packed compatibility, we have to
+ * check the wire type against two possibilities. */
if (fieldnum != DISPATCH_ENDMSG &&
upb_inttable_lookup32(dispatch, fieldnum, &val)) {
uint64_t v = upb_value_getuint64(val);
@@ -581,17 +592,17 @@ static int32_t dispatch(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
}
}
- // Unknown field or ENDGROUP.
- int32_t ret = upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(d, fieldnum, wire_type);
+ /* Unknown field or ENDGROUP. */
+ ret = upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(d, fieldnum, wire_type);
if (ret == DECODE_ENDGROUP) {
goto_endmsg(d);
return DECODE_OK;
} else if (ret == DECODE_OK) {
- // We just consumed some input, so we might now have consumed all the data
- // in the delmited region. Since every opcode that can trigger dispatch is
- // directly preceded by OP_CHECKDELIM, rewind to it now to re-check the
- // delimited end.
+ /* We just consumed some input, so we might now have consumed all the data
+ * in the delmited region. Since every opcode that can trigger dispatch is
+ * directly preceded by OP_CHECKDELIM, rewind to it now to re-check the
+ * delimited end. */
d->pc = d->last - 1;
assert(getop(*d->pc) == OP_CHECKDELIM);
return DECODE_OK;
@@ -600,8 +611,8 @@ static int32_t dispatch(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
return ret;
}
-// Callers know that the stack is more than one deep because the opcodes that
-// call this only occur after PUSH operations.
+/* Callers know that the stack is more than one deep because the opcodes that
+ * call this only occur after PUSH operations. */
upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer_frame(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
assert(d->top != d->stack);
return d->top - 1;
@@ -610,14 +621,15 @@ upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer_frame(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
/* The main decoding loop *****************************************************/
-// The main decoder VM function. Uses traditional bytecode dispatch loop with a
-// switch() statement.
+/* The main decoder VM function. Uses traditional bytecode dispatch loop with a
+ * switch() statement. */
size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
const mgroup *group = hd;
+ int32_t result;
assert(buf);
- int32_t result = upb_pbdecoder_resume(d, NULL, buf, size, handle);
+ result = upb_pbdecoder_resume(d, NULL, buf, size, handle);
if (result == DECODE_ENDGROUP) {
goto_endmsg(d);
}
@@ -634,11 +646,16 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
})
while(1) {
+ int32_t instruction;
+ opcode op;
+ uint32_t arg;
+ int32_t longofs;
+
d->last = d->pc;
- int32_t instruction = *d->pc++;
- opcode op = getop(instruction);
- uint32_t arg = instruction >> 8;
- int32_t longofs = arg;
+ instruction = *d->pc++;
+ op = getop(instruction);
+ arg = instruction >> 8;
+ longofs = arg;
assert(d->ptr != d->residual_end);
#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
fprintf(stderr, "s_ofs=%d buf_ofs=%d data_rem=%d buf_rem=%d delim_rem=%d "
@@ -653,9 +670,9 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
arg);
#endif
switch (op) {
- // Technically, we are losing data if we see a 32-bit varint that is not
- // properly sign-extended. We could detect this and error about the data
- // loss, but proto2 does not do this, so we pass.
+ /* Technically, we are losing data if we see a 32-bit varint that is not
+ * properly sign-extended. We could detect this and error about the data
+ * loss, but proto2 does not do this, so we pass. */
PRIMITIVE_OP(INT32, varint, int32, int32_t, uint64_t)
PRIMITIVE_OP(INT64, varint, int64, int64_t, uint64_t)
PRIMITIVE_OP(UINT32, varint, uint32, uint32_t, uint64_t)
@@ -700,7 +717,7 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer = outer_frame(d);
CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_startstr(&outer->sink, arg, len, &d->top->sink));
if (len == 0) {
- d->pc++; // Skip OP_STRING.
+ d->pc++; /* Skip OP_STRING. */
}
)
VMCASE(OP_STRING,
@@ -712,15 +729,15 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
} else {
int32_t ret = skip(d, n);
- // This shouldn't return DECODE_OK, because n > len.
+ /* This shouldn't return DECODE_OK, because n > len. */
assert(ret >= 0);
return ret;
}
}
advance(d, n);
if (n < len || d->delim_end == NULL) {
- // We aren't finished with this string yet.
- d->pc--; // Repeat OP_STRING.
+ /* We aren't finished with this string yet. */
+ d->pc--; /* Repeat OP_STRING. */
if (n > 0) checkpoint(d);
return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
}
@@ -748,8 +765,9 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
set_delim_end(d);
)
VMCASE(OP_CHECKDELIM,
- // We are guaranteed of this assert because we never allow ourselves to
- // consume bytes beyond data_end, which covers delim_end when non-NULL.
+ /* We are guaranteed of this assert because we never allow ourselves to
+ * consume bytes beyond data_end, which covers delim_end when non-NULL.
+ */
assert(!(d->delim_end && d->ptr > d->delim_end));
if (d->ptr == d->delim_end)
d->pc += longofs;
@@ -766,8 +784,9 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
d->pc += longofs;
)
VMCASE(OP_TAG1,
+ uint8_t expected;
CHECK_SUSPEND(curbufleft(d) > 0);
- uint8_t expected = (arg >> 8) & 0xff;
+ expected = (arg >> 8) & 0xff;
if (*d->ptr == expected) {
advance(d, 1);
} else {
@@ -778,13 +797,14 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
CHECK_RETURN(dispatch(d));
} else {
d->pc += shortofs;
- break; // Avoid checkpoint().
+ break; /* Avoid checkpoint(). */
}
}
)
VMCASE(OP_TAG2,
+ uint16_t expected;
CHECK_SUSPEND(curbufleft(d) > 0);
- uint16_t expected = (arg >> 8) & 0xffff;
+ expected = (arg >> 8) & 0xffff;
if (curbufleft(d) >= 2) {
uint16_t actual;
memcpy(&actual, d->ptr, 2);
@@ -801,9 +821,10 @@ size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
)
VMCASE(OP_TAGN, {
uint64_t expected;
+ int32_t result;
memcpy(&expected, d->pc, 8);
d->pc += 2;
- int32_t result = upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(d, expected);
+ result = upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(d, expected);
if (result == DECODE_MISMATCH) goto badtag;
if (result >= 0) return result;
})
@@ -829,9 +850,9 @@ void *upb_pbdecoder_startbc(void *closure, const void *pc, size_t size_hint) {
}
void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
- upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
d->top->end_ofs = UINT64_MAX;
d->bufstart_ofs = 0;
d->call_len = 0;
@@ -841,6 +862,11 @@ void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) {
bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method = handler_data;
+ uint64_t end;
+ char dummy;
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ const mgroup *group = (const mgroup*)method->group;
+#endif
if (d->residual_end > d->residual) {
seterr(d, "Unexpected EOF");
@@ -852,25 +878,24 @@ bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
return false;
}
- // Message ends here.
- uint64_t end = offset(d);
+ /* Message ends here. */
+ end = offset(d);
d->top->end_ofs = end;
- char dummy;
#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
- const mgroup *group = (const mgroup*)method->group;
if (group->jit_code) {
if (d->top != d->stack)
d->stack->end_ofs = 0;
group->jit_code(closure, method->code_base.ptr, &dummy, 0, NULL);
- } else {
+ } else
#endif
- d->stack->end_ofs = end;
+ {
const uint32_t *p = d->pc;
- // Check the previous bytecode, but guard against beginning.
+ d->stack->end_ofs = end;
+ /* Check the previous bytecode, but guard against beginning. */
if (p != method->code_base.ptr) p--;
if (getop(*p) == OP_CHECKDELIM) {
- // Rewind from OP_TAG* to OP_CHECKDELIM.
+ /* Rewind from OP_TAG* to OP_CHECKDELIM. */
assert(getop(*d->pc) == OP_TAG1 ||
getop(*d->pc) == OP_TAG2 ||
getop(*d->pc) == OP_TAGN ||
@@ -878,9 +903,7 @@ bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
d->pc = p;
}
upb_pbdecoder_decode(closure, handler_data, &dummy, 0, NULL);
-#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
}
-#endif
if (d->call_len != 0) {
seterr(d, "Unexpected EOF");
@@ -909,8 +932,8 @@ static size_t callstacksize(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t entries) {
#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
if (d->method_->is_native_) {
- // Each native stack frame needs two pointers, plus we need a few frames for
- // the enter/exit trampolines.
+ /* Each native stack frame needs two pointers, plus we need a few frames for
+ * the enter/exit trampolines. */
size_t ret = entries * sizeof(void*) * 2;
ret += sizeof(void*) * 10;
return ret;
@@ -951,7 +974,7 @@ upb_pbdecoder *upb_pbdecoder_create(upb_env *e, const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
}
upb_sink_reset(&d->top->sink, sink->handlers, sink->closure);
- // If this fails, increase the value in decoder.h.
+ /* If this fails, increase the value in decoder.h. */
assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(e) - size_before <= UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE);
return d;
}
@@ -976,12 +999,12 @@ bool upb_pbdecoder_setmaxnesting(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t max) {
assert(d->top >= d->stack);
if (max < (size_t)(d->top - d->stack)) {
- // Can't set a limit smaller than what we are currently at.
+ /* Can't set a limit smaller than what we are currently at. */
return false;
}
if (max > d->stack_size) {
- // Need to reallocate stack and callstack to accommodate.
+ /* Need to reallocate stack and callstack to accommodate. */
size_t old_size = stacksize(d, d->stack_size);
size_t new_size = stacksize(d, max);
void *p = upb_env_realloc(d->env, d->stack, old_size, new_size);
diff --git a/upb/pb/decoder.h b/upb/pb/decoder.h
index d37718c..6a9e1d4 100644
--- a/upb/pb/decoder.h
+++ b/upb/pb/decoder.h
@@ -28,134 +28,111 @@ class CodeCache;
class Decoder;
class DecoderMethod;
class DecoderMethodOptions;
-} // namespace pb
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::CodeCache, upb_pbcodecache);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Decoder, upb_pbdecoder);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb_pbdecodermethod);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions, upb_pbdecodermethodopts);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::CodeCache, upb_pbcodecache)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Decoder, upb_pbdecoder)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions, upb_pbdecodermethodopts)
-// The parameters one uses to construct a DecoderMethod.
-// TODO(haberman): move allowjit here? Seems more convenient for users.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions,
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_refcounted)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* The parameters one uses to construct a DecoderMethod.
+ * TODO(haberman): move allowjit here? Seems more convenient for users.
+ * TODO(haberman): move this to be heap allocated for ABI stability. */
+class upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions {
public:
- // Parameter represents the destination handlers that this method will push
- // to.
+ /* Parameter represents the destination handlers that this method will push
+ * to. */
explicit DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* dest_handlers);
- // Should the decoder push submessages to lazy handlers for fields that have
- // them? The caller should set this iff the lazy handlers expect data that is
- // in protobuf binary format and the caller wishes to lazy parse it.
+ /* Should the decoder push submessages to lazy handlers for fields that have
+ * them? The caller should set this iff the lazy handlers expect data that is
+ * in protobuf binary format and the caller wishes to lazy parse it. */
void set_lazy(bool lazy);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_pbdecodermethodopts,
+#else
+struct upb_pbdecodermethodopts {
+#endif
const upb_handlers *handlers;
bool lazy;
-));
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
-// Represents the code to parse a protobuf according to a destination Handlers.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb::RefCounted,
+/* Represents the code to parse a protobuf according to a destination
+ * Handlers. */
+class upb::pb::DecoderMethod {
public:
- // From upb::ReferenceCounted.
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void* from, const void* to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void* owner) const;
-
- // The destination handlers that are statically bound to this method.
- // This method is only capable of outputting to a sink that uses these
- // handlers.
+ /* Include base methods from upb::ReferenceCounted. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* The destination handlers that are statically bound to this method.
+ * This method is only capable of outputting to a sink that uses these
+ * handlers. */
const Handlers* dest_handlers() const;
- // The input handlers for this decoder method.
+ /* The input handlers for this decoder method. */
const BytesHandler* input_handler() const;
- // Whether this method is native.
+ /* Whether this method is native. */
bool is_native() const;
- // Convenience method for generating a DecoderMethod without explicitly
- // creating a CodeCache.
+ /* Convenience method for generating a DecoderMethod without explicitly
+ * creating a CodeCache. */
static reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> New(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts);
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(DecoderMethod, upb::pb::DecoderMethod);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_refcounted,
- // While compiling, the base is relative in "ofs", after compiling it is
- // absolute in "ptr".
- union {
- uint32_t ofs; // PC offset of method.
- void *ptr; // Pointer to bytecode or machine code for this method.
- } code_base;
-
- // The decoder method group to which this method belongs. We own a ref.
- // Owning a ref on the entire group is more coarse-grained than is strictly
- // necessary; all we truly require is that methods we directly reference
- // outlive us, while the group could contain many other messages we don't
- // require. But the group represents the messages that were
- // allocated+compiled together, so it makes the most sense to free them
- // together also.
- const upb_refcounted *group;
-
- // Whether this method is native code or bytecode.
- bool is_native_;
-
- // The handler one calls to invoke this method.
- upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
-
- // The destination handlers this method is bound to. We own a ref.
- const upb_handlers *dest_handlers_;
-
- // Dispatch table -- used by both bytecode decoder and JIT when encountering a
- // field number that wasn't the one we were expecting to see. See
- // decoder.int.h for the layout of this table.
- upb_inttable dispatch;
-));
-
-// Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first
-// constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
-// But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
-// it may be an underestimate.
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(DecoderMethod, upb::pb::DecoderMethod)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first
+ * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
+ * But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
+ * it may be an underestimate. */
#define UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE 4400
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// A Decoder receives binary protobuf data on its input sink and pushes the
-// decoded data to its output sink.
+/* A Decoder receives binary protobuf data on its input sink and pushes the
+ * decoded data to its output sink. */
class upb::pb::Decoder {
public:
- // Constructs a decoder instance for the given method, which must outlive this
- // decoder. Any errors during parsing will be set on the given status, which
- // must also outlive this decoder.
- //
- // The sink must match the given method.
+ /* Constructs a decoder instance for the given method, which must outlive this
+ * decoder. Any errors during parsing will be set on the given status, which
+ * must also outlive this decoder.
+ *
+ * The sink must match the given method. */
static Decoder* Create(Environment* env, const DecoderMethod* method,
Sink* output);
- // Returns the DecoderMethod this decoder is parsing from.
+ /* Returns the DecoderMethod this decoder is parsing from. */
const DecoderMethod* method() const;
- // The sink on which this decoder receives input.
+ /* The sink on which this decoder receives input. */
BytesSink* input();
- // Returns number of bytes successfully parsed.
- //
- // This can be useful for determining the stream position where an error
- // occurred.
- //
- // This value may not be up-to-date when called from inside a parsing
- // callback.
+ /* Returns number of bytes successfully parsed.
+ *
+ * This can be useful for determining the stream position where an error
+ * occurred.
+ *
+ * This value may not be up-to-date when called from inside a parsing
+ * callback. */
uint64_t BytesParsed() const;
- // Gets/sets the parsing nexting limit. If the total number of nested
- // submessages and repeated fields hits this limit, parsing will fail. This
- // is a resource limit that controls the amount of memory used by the parsing
- // stack.
- //
- // Setting the limit will fail if the parser is currently suspended at a depth
- // greater than this, or if memory allocation of the stack fails.
+ /* Gets/sets the parsing nexting limit. If the total number of nested
+ * submessages and repeated fields hits this limit, parsing will fail. This
+ * is a resource limit that controls the amount of memory used by the parsing
+ * stack.
+ *
+ * Setting the limit will fail if the parser is currently suspended at a depth
+ * greater than this, or if memory allocation of the stack fails. */
size_t max_nesting() const;
bool set_max_nesting(size_t max);
@@ -164,57 +141,62 @@ class upb::pb::Decoder {
static const size_t kSize = UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE;
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Decoder, upb::pb::Decoder);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Decoder, upb::pb::Decoder)
};
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
-// A class for caching protobuf processing code, whether bytecode for the
-// interpreted decoder or machine code for the JIT.
-//
-// This class is not thread-safe.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::pb::CodeCache,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A class for caching protobuf processing code, whether bytecode for the
+ * interpreted decoder or machine code for the JIT.
+ *
+ * This class is not thread-safe.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): move this to be heap allocated for ABI stability. */
+class upb::pb::CodeCache {
public:
CodeCache();
~CodeCache();
- // Whether the cache is allowed to generate machine code. Defaults to true.
- // There is no real reason to turn it off except for testing or if you are
- // having a specific problem with the JIT.
- //
- // Note that allow_jit = true does not *guarantee* that the code will be JIT
- // compiled. If this platform is not supported or the JIT was not compiled
- // in, the code may still be interpreted.
+ /* Whether the cache is allowed to generate machine code. Defaults to true.
+ * There is no real reason to turn it off except for testing or if you are
+ * having a specific problem with the JIT.
+ *
+ * Note that allow_jit = true does not *guarantee* that the code will be JIT
+ * compiled. If this platform is not supported or the JIT was not compiled
+ * in, the code may still be interpreted. */
bool allow_jit() const;
- // This may only be called when the object is first constructed, and prior to
- // any code generation, otherwise returns false and does nothing.
+ /* This may only be called when the object is first constructed, and prior to
+ * any code generation, otherwise returns false and does nothing. */
bool set_allow_jit(bool allow);
- // Returns a DecoderMethod that can push data to the given handlers.
- // If a suitable method already exists, it will be returned from the cache.
- //
- // Specifying the destination handlers here allows the DecoderMethod to be
- // statically bound to the destination handlers if possible, which can allow
- // more efficient decoding. However the returned method may or may not
- // actually be statically bound. But in all cases, the returned method can
- // push data to the given handlers.
+ /* Returns a DecoderMethod that can push data to the given handlers.
+ * If a suitable method already exists, it will be returned from the cache.
+ *
+ * Specifying the destination handlers here allows the DecoderMethod to be
+ * statically bound to the destination handlers if possible, which can allow
+ * more efficient decoding. However the returned method may or may not
+ * actually be statically bound. But in all cases, the returned method can
+ * push data to the given handlers. */
const DecoderMethod *GetDecoderMethod(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts);
- // If/when someone needs to explicitly create a dynamically-bound
- // DecoderMethod*, we can add a method to get it here.
+ /* If/when someone needs to explicitly create a dynamically-bound
+ * DecoderMethod*, we can add a method to get it here. */
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CodeCache);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_pbcodecache,
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CodeCache)
+#else
+struct upb_pbcodecache {
+#endif
bool allow_jit_;
- // Array of mgroups.
+ /* Array of mgroups. */
upb_inttable groups;
-));
+};
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
upb_pbdecoder *upb_pbdecoder_create(upb_env *e,
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
@@ -230,12 +212,10 @@ void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts,
const upb_handlers *h);
void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, bool lazy);
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m, const void *owner);
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m, const void *owner);
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_donateref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
- const void *from, const void *to);
-void upb_pbdecodermethod_checkref(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
- const void *owner);
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast)
+
const upb_handlers *upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(
const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
const upb_byteshandler *upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(
@@ -251,7 +231,7 @@ bool upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(upb_pbcodecache *c, bool allow);
const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(
upb_pbcodecache *c, const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -259,7 +239,7 @@ namespace upb {
namespace pb {
-// static
+/* static */
inline Decoder* Decoder::Create(Environment* env, const DecoderMethod* m,
Sink* sink) {
return upb_pbdecoder_create(env, m, sink);
@@ -288,18 +268,6 @@ inline void DecoderMethodOptions::set_lazy(bool lazy) {
upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(this, lazy);
}
-inline void DecoderMethod::Ref(const void *owner) const {
- upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void DecoderMethod::Unref(const void *owner) const {
- upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void DecoderMethod::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
- upb_pbdecodermethod_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void DecoderMethod::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
- upb_pbdecodermethod_checkref(this, owner);
-}
inline const Handlers* DecoderMethod::dest_handlers() const {
return upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(this);
}
@@ -309,7 +277,7 @@ inline const BytesHandler* DecoderMethod::input_handler() const {
inline bool DecoderMethod::is_native() const {
return upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(this);
}
-// static
+/* static */
inline reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> DecoderMethod::New(
const DecoderMethodOptions &opts) {
const upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &m);
@@ -333,9 +301,9 @@ inline const DecoderMethod *CodeCache::GetDecoderMethod(
return upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(this, &opts);
}
-} // namespace pb
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif /* UPB_DECODER_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/pb/decoder.int.h b/upb/pb/decoder.int.h
index 5522be7..ba18771 100644
--- a/upb/pb/decoder.int.h
+++ b/upb/pb/decoder.int.h
@@ -15,28 +15,40 @@
#include "upb/handlers.h"
#include "upb/pb/decoder.h"
#include "upb/sink.h"
+#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"
#include "upb/table.int.h"
-// Opcode definitions. The canonical meaning of each opcode is its
-// implementation in the interpreter (the JIT is written to match this).
-//
-// All instructions have the opcode in the low byte.
-// Instruction format for most instructions is:
-//
-// +-------------------+--------+
-// | arg (24) | op (8) |
-// +-------------------+--------+
-//
-// Exceptions are indicated below. A few opcodes are multi-word.
+/* C++ names are not actually used since this type isn't exposed to users. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class MessageGroup;
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::pb::MessageGroup, upb::RefCounted,
+ mgroup, upb_refcounted)
+
+/* Opcode definitions. The canonical meaning of each opcode is its
+ * implementation in the interpreter (the JIT is written to match this).
+ *
+ * All instructions have the opcode in the low byte.
+ * Instruction format for most instructions is:
+ *
+ * +-------------------+--------+
+ * | arg (24) | op (8) |
+ * +-------------------+--------+
+ *
+ * Exceptions are indicated below. A few opcodes are multi-word. */
typedef enum {
- // Opcodes 1-8, 13, 15-18 parse their respective descriptor types.
- // Arg for all of these is the upb selector for this field.
+ /* Opcodes 1-8, 13, 15-18 parse their respective descriptor types.
+ * Arg for all of these is the upb selector for this field. */
#define T(type) OP_PARSE_ ## type = UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ ## type
T(DOUBLE), T(FLOAT), T(INT64), T(UINT64), T(INT32), T(FIXED64), T(FIXED32),
T(BOOL), T(UINT32), T(SFIXED32), T(SFIXED64), T(SINT32), T(SINT64),
#undef T
- OP_STARTMSG = 9, // No arg.
- OP_ENDMSG = 10, // No arg.
+ OP_STARTMSG = 9, /* No arg. */
+ OP_ENDMSG = 10, /* No arg. */
OP_STARTSEQ = 11,
OP_ENDSEQ = 12,
OP_STARTSUBMSG = 14,
@@ -45,148 +57,185 @@ typedef enum {
OP_STRING = 21,
OP_ENDSTR = 22,
- OP_PUSHTAGDELIM = 23, // No arg.
- OP_PUSHLENDELIM = 24, // No arg.
- OP_POP = 25, // No arg.
- OP_SETDELIM = 26, // No arg.
- OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM = 27, // two words: | unused (24) | opc || groupnum (32) |
+ OP_PUSHTAGDELIM = 23, /* No arg. */
+ OP_PUSHLENDELIM = 24, /* No arg. */
+ OP_POP = 25, /* No arg. */
+ OP_SETDELIM = 26, /* No arg. */
+ OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM = 27, /* two words:
+ * | unused (24) | opc (8) |
+ * | groupnum (32) | */
OP_CHECKDELIM = 28,
OP_CALL = 29,
OP_RET = 30,
OP_BRANCH = 31,
- // Different opcodes depending on how many bytes expected.
- OP_TAG1 = 32, // | expected tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) |
- OP_TAG2 = 33, // | expected tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) |
- OP_TAGN = 34, // three words:
- // | unused (16) | jump target(8) | opc (8) |
- // | expected tag 1 (32) |
- // | expected tag 2 (32) |
+ /* Different opcodes depending on how many bytes expected. */
+ OP_TAG1 = 32, /* | match tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) | */
+ OP_TAG2 = 33, /* | match tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) | */
+ OP_TAGN = 34, /* three words: */
+ /* | unused (16) | jump target(8) | opc (8) | */
+ /* | match tag 1 (32) | */
+ /* | match tag 2 (32) | */
- OP_SETDISPATCH = 35, // N words:
- // | unused (24) | opc |
- // | upb_inttable* (32 or 64) |
+ OP_SETDISPATCH = 35, /* N words: */
+ /* | unused (24) | opc | */
+ /* | upb_inttable* (32 or 64) | */
- OP_DISPATCH = 36, // No arg.
+ OP_DISPATCH = 36, /* No arg. */
- OP_HALT = 37, // No arg.
+ OP_HALT = 37 /* No arg. */
} opcode;
#define OP_MAX OP_HALT
UPB_INLINE opcode getop(uint32_t instr) { return instr & 0xff; }
-// Method group; represents a set of decoder methods that had their code
-// emitted together, and must therefore be freed together. Immutable once
-// created. It is possible we may want to expose this to users at some point.
-//
-// Overall ownership of Decoder objects looks like this:
-//
-// +----------+
-// | | <---> DecoderMethod
-// | method |
-// CodeCache ---> | group | <---> DecoderMethod
-// | |
-// | (mgroup) | <---> DecoderMethod
-// +----------+
-typedef struct {
+/* Method group; represents a set of decoder methods that had their code
+ * emitted together, and must therefore be freed together. Immutable once
+ * created. It is possible we may want to expose this to users at some point.
+ *
+ * Overall ownership of Decoder objects looks like this:
+ *
+ * +----------+
+ * | | <---> DecoderMethod
+ * | method |
+ * CodeCache ---> | group | <---> DecoderMethod
+ * | |
+ * | (mgroup) | <---> DecoderMethod
+ * +----------+
+ */
+struct mgroup {
upb_refcounted base;
- // Maps upb_msgdef/upb_handlers -> upb_pbdecodermethod. We own refs on the
- // methods.
+ /* Maps upb_msgdef/upb_handlers -> upb_pbdecodermethod. We own refs on the
+ * methods. */
upb_inttable methods;
- // When we add the ability to link to previously existing mgroups, we'll
- // need an array of mgroups we reference here, and own refs on them.
+ /* When we add the ability to link to previously existing mgroups, we'll
+ * need an array of mgroups we reference here, and own refs on them. */
- // The bytecode for our methods, if any exists. Owned by us.
+ /* The bytecode for our methods, if any exists. Owned by us. */
uint32_t *bytecode;
uint32_t *bytecode_end;
#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
- // JIT-generated machine code, if any.
+ /* JIT-generated machine code, if any. */
upb_string_handlerfunc *jit_code;
- // The size of the jit_code (required to munmap()).
+ /* The size of the jit_code (required to munmap()). */
size_t jit_size;
char *debug_info;
void *dl;
#endif
-} mgroup;
-
-// The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit.
-// This specifies the size of the decoder's statically-sized array and therefore
-// setting it high will cause the upb::pb::Decoder object to be larger.
-//
-// If necessary we can add a runtime-settable property to Decoder that allow
-// this to be larger than the compile-time setting, but this would add
-// complexity, particularly since we would have to decide how/if to give users
-// the ability to set a custom memory allocation function.
+};
+
+/* The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit.
+ * This specifies the size of the decoder's statically-sized array and therefore
+ * setting it high will cause the upb::pb::Decoder object to be larger.
+ *
+ * If necessary we can add a runtime-settable property to Decoder that allow
+ * this to be larger than the compile-time setting, but this would add
+ * complexity, particularly since we would have to decide how/if to give users
+ * the ability to set a custom memory allocation function. */
#define UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING 64
-// Internal-only struct used by the decoder.
+/* Internal-only struct used by the decoder. */
typedef struct {
- // Space optimization note: we store two pointers here that the JIT
- // doesn't need at all; the upb_handlers* inside the sink and
- // the dispatch table pointer. We can optimze so that the JIT uses
- // smaller stack frames than the interpreter. The only thing we need
- // to guarantee is that the fallback routines can find end_ofs.
+ /* Space optimization note: we store two pointers here that the JIT
+ * doesn't need at all; the upb_handlers* inside the sink and
+ * the dispatch table pointer. We can optimze so that the JIT uses
+ * smaller stack frames than the interpreter. The only thing we need
+ * to guarantee is that the fallback routines can find end_ofs. */
upb_sink sink;
- // The absolute stream offset of the end-of-frame delimiter.
- // Non-delimited frames (groups and non-packed repeated fields) reuse the
- // delimiter of their parent, even though the frame may not end there.
- //
- // NOTE: the JIT stores a slightly different value here for non-top frames.
- // It stores the value relative to the end of the enclosed message. But the
- // top frame is still stored the same way, which is important for ensuring
- // that calls from the JIT into C work correctly.
+ /* The absolute stream offset of the end-of-frame delimiter.
+ * Non-delimited frames (groups and non-packed repeated fields) reuse the
+ * delimiter of their parent, even though the frame may not end there.
+ *
+ * NOTE: the JIT stores a slightly different value here for non-top frames.
+ * It stores the value relative to the end of the enclosed message. But the
+ * top frame is still stored the same way, which is important for ensuring
+ * that calls from the JIT into C work correctly. */
uint64_t end_ofs;
const uint32_t *base;
- // 0 indicates a length-delimited field.
- // A positive number indicates a known group.
- // A negative number indicates an unknown group.
+ /* 0 indicates a length-delimited field.
+ * A positive number indicates a known group.
+ * A negative number indicates an unknown group. */
int32_t groupnum;
- upb_inttable *dispatch; // Not used by the JIT.
+ upb_inttable *dispatch; /* Not used by the JIT. */
} upb_pbdecoder_frame;
+struct upb_pbdecodermethod {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ /* While compiling, the base is relative in "ofs", after compiling it is
+ * absolute in "ptr". */
+ union {
+ uint32_t ofs; /* PC offset of method. */
+ void *ptr; /* Pointer to bytecode or machine code for this method. */
+ } code_base;
+
+ /* The decoder method group to which this method belongs. We own a ref.
+ * Owning a ref on the entire group is more coarse-grained than is strictly
+ * necessary; all we truly require is that methods we directly reference
+ * outlive us, while the group could contain many other messages we don't
+ * require. But the group represents the messages that were
+ * allocated+compiled together, so it makes the most sense to free them
+ * together also. */
+ const upb_refcounted *group;
+
+ /* Whether this method is native code or bytecode. */
+ bool is_native_;
+
+ /* The handler one calls to invoke this method. */
+ upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
+
+ /* The destination handlers this method is bound to. We own a ref. */
+ const upb_handlers *dest_handlers_;
+
+ /* Dispatch table -- used by both bytecode decoder and JIT when encountering a
+ * field number that wasn't the one we were expecting to see. See
+ * decoder.int.h for the layout of this table. */
+ upb_inttable dispatch;
+};
+
struct upb_pbdecoder {
upb_env *env;
- // Our input sink.
+ /* Our input sink. */
upb_bytessink input_;
- // The decoder method we are parsing with (owned).
+ /* The decoder method we are parsing with (owned). */
const upb_pbdecodermethod *method_;
size_t call_len;
const uint32_t *pc, *last;
- // Current input buffer and its stream offset.
+ /* Current input buffer and its stream offset. */
const char *buf, *ptr, *end, *checkpoint;
- // End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, or NULL if not in this buf.
+ /* End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, NULL if not in this buf. */
const char *delim_end;
- // End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, or end if not in this buf.
+ /* End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, end if not in this buf. */
const char *data_end;
- // Overall stream offset of "buf."
+ /* Overall stream offset of "buf." */
uint64_t bufstart_ofs;
- // Buffer for residual bytes not parsed from the previous buffer.
- // The maximum number of residual bytes we require is 12; a five-byte
- // unknown tag plus an eight-byte value, less one because the value
- // is only a partial value.
+ /* Buffer for residual bytes not parsed from the previous buffer.
+ * The maximum number of residual bytes we require is 12; a five-byte
+ * unknown tag plus an eight-byte value, less one because the value
+ * is only a partial value. */
char residual[12];
char *residual_end;
- // Stores the user buffer passed to our decode function.
+ /* Stores the user buffer passed to our decode function. */
const char *buf_param;
size_t size_param;
const upb_bufhandle *handle;
- // Our internal stack.
+ /* Our internal stack. */
upb_pbdecoder_frame *stack, *top, *limit;
const uint32_t **callstack;
size_t stack_size;
@@ -194,22 +243,22 @@ struct upb_pbdecoder {
upb_status *status;
#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
- // Used momentarily by the generated code to store a value while a user
- // function is called.
+ /* Used momentarily by the generated code to store a value while a user
+ * function is called. */
uint32_t tmp_len;
const void *saved_rsp;
#endif
};
-// Decoder entry points; used as handlers.
+/* Decoder entry points; used as handlers. */
void *upb_pbdecoder_startbc(void *closure, const void *pc, size_t size_hint);
void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint);
size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle);
bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data);
-// Decoder-internal functions that the JIT calls to handle fallback paths.
+/* Decoder-internal functions that the JIT calls to handle fallback paths. */
int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf,
size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle);
size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d);
@@ -221,41 +270,42 @@ int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32);
int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64);
void upb_pbdecoder_seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg);
-// Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders.
+/* Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders. */
extern const char *kPbDecoderStackOverflow;
-// Access to decoderplan members needed by the decoder.
+/* Access to decoderplan members needed by the decoder. */
const char *upb_pbdecoder_getopname(unsigned int op);
-// JIT codegen entry point.
+/* JIT codegen entry point. */
void upb_pbdecoder_jit(mgroup *group);
void upb_pbdecoder_freejit(mgroup *group);
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(mgroup, mgroup_upcast)
-// A special label that means "do field dispatch for this message and branch to
-// wherever that takes you."
+/* A special label that means "do field dispatch for this message and branch to
+ * wherever that takes you." */
#define LABEL_DISPATCH 0
-// A special slot in the dispatch table that stores the epilogue (ENDMSG and/or
-// RET) for branching to when we find an appropriate ENDGROUP tag.
+/* A special slot in the dispatch table that stores the epilogue (ENDMSG and/or
+ * RET) for branching to when we find an appropriate ENDGROUP tag. */
#define DISPATCH_ENDMSG 0
-// It's important to use this invalid wire type instead of 0 (which is a valid
-// wire type).
+/* It's important to use this invalid wire type instead of 0 (which is a valid
+ * wire type). */
#define NO_WIRE_TYPE 0xff
-// The dispatch table layout is:
-// [field number] -> [ 48-bit offset ][ 8-bit wt2 ][ 8-bit wt1 ]
-//
-// If wt1 matches, jump to the 48-bit offset. If wt2 matches, lookup
-// (UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER + fieldnum) and jump there.
-//
-// We need two wire types because of packed/non-packed compatibility. A
-// primitive repeated field can use either wire type and be valid. While we
-// could key the table on fieldnum+wiretype, the table would be 8x sparser.
-//
-// Storing two wire types in the primary value allows us to quickly rule out
-// the second wire type without needing to do a separate lookup (this case is
-// less common than an unknown field).
+/* The dispatch table layout is:
+ * [field number] -> [ 48-bit offset ][ 8-bit wt2 ][ 8-bit wt1 ]
+ *
+ * If wt1 matches, jump to the 48-bit offset. If wt2 matches, lookup
+ * (UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER + fieldnum) and jump there.
+ *
+ * We need two wire types because of packed/non-packed compatibility. A
+ * primitive repeated field can use either wire type and be valid. While we
+ * could key the table on fieldnum+wiretype, the table would be 8x sparser.
+ *
+ * Storing two wire types in the primary value allows us to quickly rule out
+ * the second wire type without needing to do a separate lookup (this case is
+ * less common than an unknown field). */
UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(uint64_t ofs, uint8_t wt1,
uint8_t wt2) {
return (ofs << 16) | (wt2 << 8) | wt1;
@@ -268,17 +318,17 @@ UPB_INLINE void upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(uint64_t dispatch, uint64_t *ofs,
*ofs = dispatch >> 16;
}
-// All of the functions in decoder.c that return int32_t return values according
-// to the following scheme:
-// 1. negative values indicate a return code from the following list.
-// 2. positive values indicate that error or end of buffer was hit, and
-// that the decode function should immediately return the given value
-// (the decoder state has already been suspended and is ready to be
-// resumed).
+/* All of the functions in decoder.c that return int32_t return values according
+ * to the following scheme:
+ * 1. negative values indicate a return code from the following list.
+ * 2. positive values indicate that error or end of buffer was hit, and
+ * that the decode function should immediately return the given value
+ * (the decoder state has already been suspended and is ready to be
+ * resumed). */
#define DECODE_OK -1
-#define DECODE_MISMATCH -2 // Used only from checktag_slow().
-#define DECODE_ENDGROUP -3 // Used only from checkunknown().
+#define DECODE_MISMATCH -2 /* Used only from checktag_slow(). */
+#define DECODE_ENDGROUP -3 /* Used only from checkunknown(). */
#define CHECK_RETURN(x) { int32_t ret = x; if (ret >= 0) return ret; }
-#endif // UPB_DECODER_INT_H_
+#endif /* UPB_DECODER_INT_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/pb/encoder.c b/upb/pb/encoder.c
index ca5ebc1..e704bbd 100644
--- a/upb/pb/encoder.c
+++ b/upb/pb/encoder.c
@@ -62,73 +62,74 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
-// The output buffer is divided into segments; a segment is a string of data
-// that is "ready to go" -- it does not need any varint lengths inserted into
-// the middle. The seams between segments are where varints will be inserted
-// once they are known.
-//
-// We also use the concept of a "run", which is a range of encoded bytes that
-// occur at a single submessage level. Every segment contains one or more runs.
-//
-// A segment can span messages. Consider:
-//
-// .--Submessage lengths---------.
-// | | |
-// | V V
-// V | |--------------- | |-----------------
-// Submessages: | |-----------------------------------------------
-// Top-level msg: ------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Segments: ----- ------------------- -----------------
-// Runs: *---- *--------------*--- *----------------
-// (* marks the start)
-//
-// Note that the top-level menssage is not in any segment because it does not
-// have any length preceding it.
-//
-// A segment is only interrupted when another length needs to be inserted. So
-// observe how the second segment spans both the inner submessage and part of
-// the next enclosing message.
+/* The output buffer is divided into segments; a segment is a string of data
+ * that is "ready to go" -- it does not need any varint lengths inserted into
+ * the middle. The seams between segments are where varints will be inserted
+ * once they are known.
+ *
+ * We also use the concept of a "run", which is a range of encoded bytes that
+ * occur at a single submessage level. Every segment contains one or more runs.
+ *
+ * A segment can span messages. Consider:
+ *
+ * .--Submessage lengths---------.
+ * | | |
+ * | V V
+ * V | |--------------- | |-----------------
+ * Submessages: | |-----------------------------------------------
+ * Top-level msg: ------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Segments: ----- ------------------- -----------------
+ * Runs: *---- *--------------*--- *----------------
+ * (* marks the start)
+ *
+ * Note that the top-level menssage is not in any segment because it does not
+ * have any length preceding it.
+ *
+ * A segment is only interrupted when another length needs to be inserted. So
+ * observe how the second segment spans both the inner submessage and part of
+ * the next enclosing message. */
typedef struct {
- uint32_t msglen; // The length to varint-encode before this segment.
- uint32_t seglen; // Length of the segment.
+ uint32_t msglen; /* The length to varint-encode before this segment. */
+ uint32_t seglen; /* Length of the segment. */
} upb_pb_encoder_segment;
struct upb_pb_encoder {
upb_env *env;
- // Our input and output.
+ /* Our input and output. */
upb_sink input_;
upb_bytessink *output_;
- // The "subclosure" -- used as the inner closure as part of the bytessink
- // protocol.
+ /* The "subclosure" -- used as the inner closure as part of the bytessink
+ * protocol. */
void *subc;
- // The output buffer and limit, and our current write position. "buf"
- // initially points to "initbuf", but is dynamically allocated if we need to
- // grow beyond the initial size.
+ /* The output buffer and limit, and our current write position. "buf"
+ * initially points to "initbuf", but is dynamically allocated if we need to
+ * grow beyond the initial size. */
char *buf, *ptr, *limit;
- // The beginning of the current run, or undefined if we are at the top level.
+ /* The beginning of the current run, or undefined if we are at the top
+ * level. */
char *runbegin;
- // The list of segments we are accumulating.
+ /* The list of segments we are accumulating. */
upb_pb_encoder_segment *segbuf, *segptr, *seglimit;
- // The stack of enclosing submessages. Each entry in the stack points to the
- // segment where this submessage's length is being accumulated.
+ /* The stack of enclosing submessages. Each entry in the stack points to the
+ * segment where this submessage's length is being accumulated. */
int *stack, *top, *stacklimit;
- // Depth of startmsg/endmsg calls.
+ /* Depth of startmsg/endmsg calls. */
int depth;
};
/* low-level buffering ********************************************************/
-// Low-level functions for interacting with the output buffer.
+/* Low-level functions for interacting with the output buffer. */
-// TODO(haberman): handle pushback
+/* TODO(haberman): handle pushback */
static void putbuf(upb_pb_encoder *e, const char *buf, size_t len) {
size_t n = upb_bytessink_putbuf(e->output_, e->subc, buf, len, NULL);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(n, n == len);
@@ -138,11 +139,12 @@ static upb_pb_encoder_segment *top(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
return &e->segbuf[*e->top];
}
-// Call to ensure that at least "bytes" bytes are available for writing at
-// e->ptr. Returns false if the bytes could not be allocated.
+/* Call to ensure that at least "bytes" bytes are available for writing at
+ * e->ptr. Returns false if the bytes could not be allocated. */
static bool reserve(upb_pb_encoder *e, size_t bytes) {
if ((size_t)(e->limit - e->ptr) < bytes) {
- // Grow buffer.
+ /* Grow buffer. */
+ char *new_buf;
size_t needed = bytes + (e->ptr - e->buf);
size_t old_size = e->limit - e->buf;
@@ -152,7 +154,7 @@ static bool reserve(upb_pb_encoder *e, size_t bytes) {
new_size *= 2;
}
- char *new_buf = upb_env_realloc(e->env, e->buf, old_size, new_size);
+ new_buf = upb_env_realloc(e->env, e->buf, old_size, new_size);
if (new_buf == NULL) {
return false;
@@ -167,22 +169,22 @@ static bool reserve(upb_pb_encoder *e, size_t bytes) {
return true;
}
-// Call when "bytes" bytes have been writte at e->ptr. The caller *must* have
-// previously called reserve() with at least this many bytes.
+/* Call when "bytes" bytes have been writte at e->ptr. The caller *must* have
+ * previously called reserve() with at least this many bytes. */
static void encoder_advance(upb_pb_encoder *e, size_t bytes) {
assert((size_t)(e->limit - e->ptr) >= bytes);
e->ptr += bytes;
}
-// Call when all of the bytes for a handler have been written. Flushes the
-// bytes if possible and necessary, returning false if this failed.
+/* Call when all of the bytes for a handler have been written. Flushes the
+ * bytes if possible and necessary, returning false if this failed. */
static bool commit(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
if (!e->top) {
- // We aren't inside a delimited region. Flush our accumulated bytes to
- // the output.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): in the future we may want to delay flushing for
- // efficiency reasons.
+ /* We aren't inside a delimited region. Flush our accumulated bytes to
+ * the output.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): in the future we may want to delay flushing for
+ * efficiency reasons. */
putbuf(e, e->buf, e->ptr - e->buf);
e->ptr = e->buf;
}
@@ -190,7 +192,7 @@ static bool commit(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
return true;
}
-// Writes the given bytes to the buffer, handling reserve/advance.
+/* Writes the given bytes to the buffer, handling reserve/advance. */
static bool encode_bytes(upb_pb_encoder *e, const void *data, size_t len) {
if (!reserve(e, len)) {
return false;
@@ -201,32 +203,33 @@ static bool encode_bytes(upb_pb_encoder *e, const void *data, size_t len) {
return true;
}
-// Finish the current run by adding the run totals to the segment and message
-// length.
+/* Finish the current run by adding the run totals to the segment and message
+ * length. */
static void accumulate(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ size_t run_len;
assert(e->ptr >= e->runbegin);
- size_t run_len = e->ptr - e->runbegin;
+ run_len = e->ptr - e->runbegin;
e->segptr->seglen += run_len;
top(e)->msglen += run_len;
e->runbegin = e->ptr;
}
-// Call to indicate the start of delimited region for which the full length is
-// not yet known. All data will be buffered until the length is known.
-// Delimited regions may be nested; their lengths will all be tracked properly.
+/* Call to indicate the start of delimited region for which the full length is
+ * not yet known. All data will be buffered until the length is known.
+ * Delimited regions may be nested; their lengths will all be tracked properly. */
static bool start_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
if (e->top) {
- // We are already buffering, advance to the next segment and push it on the
- // stack.
+ /* We are already buffering, advance to the next segment and push it on the
+ * stack. */
accumulate(e);
if (++e->top == e->stacklimit) {
- // TODO(haberman): grow stack?
+ /* TODO(haberman): grow stack? */
return false;
}
if (++e->segptr == e->seglimit) {
- // Grow segment buffer.
+ /* Grow segment buffer. */
size_t old_size =
(e->seglimit - e->segbuf) * sizeof(upb_pb_encoder_segment);
size_t new_size = old_size * 2;
@@ -242,7 +245,7 @@ static bool start_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
e->segbuf = new_buf;
}
} else {
- // We were previously at the top level, start buffering.
+ /* We were previously at the top level, start buffering. */
e->segptr = e->segbuf;
e->top = e->stack;
e->runbegin = e->ptr;
@@ -255,15 +258,16 @@ static bool start_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
return true;
}
-// Call to indicate the end of a delimited region. We now know the length of
-// the delimited region. If we are not nested inside any other delimited
-// regions, we can now emit all of the buffered data we accumulated.
+/* Call to indicate the end of a delimited region. We now know the length of
+ * the delimited region. If we are not nested inside any other delimited
+ * regions, we can now emit all of the buffered data we accumulated. */
static bool end_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ size_t msglen;
accumulate(e);
- size_t msglen = top(e)->msglen;
+ msglen = top(e)->msglen;
if (e->top == e->stack) {
- // All lengths are now available, emit all buffered data.
+ /* All lengths are now available, emit all buffered data. */
char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
upb_pb_encoder_segment *s;
const char *ptr = e->buf;
@@ -277,7 +281,8 @@ static bool end_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
e->ptr = e->buf;
e->top = NULL;
} else {
- // Need to keep buffering; propagate length info into enclosing submessages.
+ /* Need to keep buffering; propagate length info into enclosing
+ * submessages. */
--e->top;
top(e)->msglen += msglen + upb_varint_size(msglen);
}
@@ -288,14 +293,14 @@ static bool end_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
/* tag_t **********************************************************************/
-// A precomputed (pre-encoded) tag and length.
+/* A precomputed (pre-encoded) tag and length. */
typedef struct {
uint8_t bytes;
char tag[7];
} tag_t;
-// Allocates a new tag for this field, and sets it in these handlerattr.
+/* Allocates a new tag for this field, and sets it in these handlerattr. */
static void new_tag(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_wiretype_t wt,
upb_handlerattr *attr) {
uint32_t n = upb_fielddef_number(f);
@@ -316,12 +321,12 @@ static bool encode_tag(upb_pb_encoder *e, const tag_t *tag) {
/* encoding of wire types *****************************************************/
static bool encode_fixed64(upb_pb_encoder *e, uint64_t val) {
- // TODO(haberman): byte-swap for big endian.
+ /* TODO(haberman): byte-swap for big endian. */
return encode_bytes(e, &val, sizeof(uint64_t));
}
static bool encode_fixed32(upb_pb_encoder *e, uint32_t val) {
- // TODO(haberman): byte-swap for big endian.
+ /* TODO(haberman): byte-swap for big endian. */
return encode_bytes(e, &val, sizeof(uint32_t));
}
@@ -408,19 +413,19 @@ static size_t encode_strbuf(void *c, const void *hd, const char *buf,
}
T(double, double, dbl2uint64, encode_fixed64)
-T(float, float, flt2uint32, encode_fixed32);
-T(int64, int64_t, uint64_t, encode_varint);
-T(int32, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint);
-T(fixed64, uint64_t, uint64_t, encode_fixed64);
-T(fixed32, uint32_t, uint32_t, encode_fixed32);
-T(bool, bool, bool, encode_varint);
-T(uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint);
-T(uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t, encode_varint);
-T(enum, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint);
-T(sfixed32, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_fixed32);
-T(sfixed64, int64_t, uint64_t, encode_fixed64);
-T(sint32, int32_t, upb_zzenc_32, encode_varint);
-T(sint64, int64_t, upb_zzenc_64, encode_varint);
+T(float, float, flt2uint32, encode_fixed32)
+T(int64, int64_t, uint64_t, encode_varint)
+T(int32, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint)
+T(fixed64, uint64_t, uint64_t, encode_fixed64)
+T(fixed32, uint32_t, uint32_t, encode_fixed32)
+T(bool, bool, bool, encode_varint)
+T(uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint)
+T(uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t, encode_varint)
+T(enum, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint)
+T(sfixed32, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_fixed32)
+T(sfixed64, int64_t, uint64_t, encode_fixed64)
+T(sint32, int32_t, upb_zzenc_32, encode_varint)
+T(sint64, int64_t, upb_zzenc_64, encode_varint)
#undef T
@@ -428,13 +433,15 @@ T(sint64, int64_t, upb_zzenc_64, encode_varint);
/* code to build the handlers *************************************************/
static void newhandlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+
UPB_UNUSED(closure);
upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, startmsg, NULL);
upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, endmsg, NULL);
- const upb_msgdef *m = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ m = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
@@ -446,7 +453,7 @@ static void newhandlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
packed ? UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED
: upb_pb_native_wire_types[upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f)];
- // Pre-encode the tag for this field.
+ /* Pre-encode the tag for this field. */
new_tag(h, f, wt, &attr);
if (packed) {
@@ -489,7 +496,7 @@ static void newhandlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(h, f, encode_enddelimfield, &attr);
break;
case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP: {
- // Endgroup takes a different tag (wire_type = END_GROUP).
+ /* Endgroup takes a different tag (wire_type = END_GROUP). */
upb_handlerattr attr2;
new_tag(h, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP, &attr2);
@@ -525,7 +532,7 @@ upb_pb_encoder *upb_pb_encoder_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h,
upb_bytessink *output) {
const size_t initial_bufsize = 256;
const size_t initial_segbufsize = 16;
- // TODO(haberman): make this configurable.
+ /* TODO(haberman): make this configurable. */
const size_t stack_size = 64;
#ifndef NDEBUG
const size_t size_before = upb_env_bytesallocated(env);
@@ -554,7 +561,7 @@ upb_pb_encoder *upb_pb_encoder_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h,
e->subc = output->closure;
e->ptr = e->buf;
- // If this fails, increase the value in encoder.h.
+ /* If this fails, increase the value in encoder.h. */
assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before <= UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE);
return e;
}
diff --git a/upb/pb/encoder.h b/upb/pb/encoder.h
index edff95b..167d33f 100644
--- a/upb/pb/encoder.h
+++ b/upb/pb/encoder.h
@@ -22,35 +22,35 @@
namespace upb {
namespace pb {
class Encoder;
-} // namespace pb
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Encoder, upb_pb_encoder);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Encoder, upb_pb_encoder)
#define UPB_PBENCODER_MAX_NESTING 100
/* upb::pb::Encoder ***********************************************************/
-// Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first
-// constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
-// But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
-// it may be an underestimate.
+/* Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first
+ * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
+ * But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
+ * it may be an underestimate. */
#define UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE 768
#ifdef __cplusplus
class upb::pb::Encoder {
public:
- // Creates a new encoder in the given environment. The Handlers must have
- // come from NewHandlers() below.
+ /* Creates a new encoder in the given environment. The Handlers must have
+ * come from NewHandlers() below. */
static Encoder* Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers,
BytesSink* output);
- // The input to the encoder.
+ /* The input to the encoder. */
Sink* input();
- // Creates a new set of handlers for this MessageDef.
+ /* Creates a new set of handlers for this MessageDef. */
static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* msg);
static const size_t kSize = UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE;
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Encoder::NewHandlers(
const Handlers* h = upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(md, &h);
return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
}
-} // namespace pb
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
diff --git a/upb/pb/glue.c b/upb/pb/glue.c
index 1259dac..76c8356 100644
--- a/upb/pb/glue.c
+++ b/upb/pb/glue.c
@@ -15,28 +15,31 @@
upb_def **upb_load_defs_from_descriptor(const char *str, size_t len, int *n,
void *owner, upb_status *status) {
- // Create handlers.
+ /* Create handlers. */
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *decoder_m;
const upb_handlers *reader_h = upb_descreader_newhandlers(&reader_h);
+ upb_env env;
upb_pbdecodermethodopts opts;
+ upb_pbdecoder *decoder;
+ upb_descreader *reader;
+ bool ok;
+ upb_def **ret = NULL;
+ upb_def **defs;
+
upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(&opts, reader_h);
- const upb_pbdecodermethod *decoder_m =
- upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &decoder_m);
+ decoder_m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &decoder_m);
- upb_env env;
upb_env_init(&env);
upb_env_reporterrorsto(&env, status);
- upb_descreader *reader = upb_descreader_create(&env, reader_h);
- upb_pbdecoder *decoder =
- upb_pbdecoder_create(&env, decoder_m, upb_descreader_input(reader));
-
- // Push input data.
- bool ok = upb_bufsrc_putbuf(str, len, upb_pbdecoder_input(decoder));
+ reader = upb_descreader_create(&env, reader_h);
+ decoder = upb_pbdecoder_create(&env, decoder_m, upb_descreader_input(reader));
- upb_def **ret = NULL;
+ /* Push input data. */
+ ok = upb_bufsrc_putbuf(str, len, upb_pbdecoder_input(decoder));
if (!ok) goto cleanup;
- upb_def **defs = upb_descreader_getdefs(reader, owner, n);
+ defs = upb_descreader_getdefs(reader, owner, n);
ret = malloc(sizeof(upb_def*) * (*n));
memcpy(ret, defs, sizeof(upb_def*) * (*n));
@@ -50,21 +53,24 @@ cleanup:
bool upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(upb_symtab *s, const char *str, size_t len,
upb_status *status) {
int n;
+ bool success;
upb_def **defs = upb_load_defs_from_descriptor(str, len, &n, &defs, status);
if (!defs) return false;
- bool success = upb_symtab_add(s, defs, n, &defs, status);
+ success = upb_symtab_add(s, defs, n, &defs, status);
free(defs);
return success;
}
char *upb_readfile(const char *filename, size_t *len) {
+ long size;
+ char *buf;
FILE *f = fopen(filename, "rb");
if(!f) return NULL;
if(fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) != 0) goto error;
- long size = ftell(f);
+ size = ftell(f);
if(size < 0) goto error;
if(fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) goto error;
- char *buf = malloc(size + 1);
+ buf = malloc(size + 1);
if(size && fread(buf, size, 1, f) != 1) goto error;
fclose(f);
if (len) *len = size;
@@ -78,12 +84,13 @@ error:
bool upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *fname,
upb_status *status) {
size_t len;
+ bool success;
char *data = upb_readfile(fname, &len);
if (!data) {
if (status) upb_status_seterrf(status, "Couldn't read file: %s", fname);
return false;
}
- bool success = upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(symtab, data, len, status);
+ success = upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(symtab, data, len, status);
free(data);
return success;
}
diff --git a/upb/pb/glue.h b/upb/pb/glue.h
index 4bbc975..5073968 100644
--- a/upb/pb/glue.h
+++ b/upb/pb/glue.h
@@ -33,23 +33,23 @@
extern "C" {
#endif
-// Loads all defs from the given protobuf binary descriptor, setting default
-// accessors and a default layout on all messages. The caller owns the
-// returned array of defs, which will be of length *n. On error NULL is
-// returned and status is set (if non-NULL).
+/* Loads all defs from the given protobuf binary descriptor, setting default
+ * accessors and a default layout on all messages. The caller owns the
+ * returned array of defs, which will be of length *n. On error NULL is
+ * returned and status is set (if non-NULL). */
upb_def **upb_load_defs_from_descriptor(const char *str, size_t len, int *n,
void *owner, upb_status *status);
-// Like the previous but also adds the loaded defs to the given symtab.
+/* Like the previous but also adds the loaded defs to the given symtab. */
bool upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *str,
size_t len, upb_status *status);
-// Like the previous but also reads the descriptor from the given filename.
+/* Like the previous but also reads the descriptor from the given filename. */
bool upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(upb_symtab *symtab, const char *fname,
upb_status *status);
-// Reads the given filename into a character string, returning NULL if there
-// was an error.
+/* Reads the given filename into a character string, returning NULL if there
+ * was an error. */
char *upb_readfile(const char *filename, size_t *len);
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ char *upb_readfile(const char *filename, size_t *len);
namespace upb {
-// All routines that load descriptors expect the descriptor to be a
-// FileDescriptorSet.
+/* All routines that load descriptors expect the descriptor to be a
+ * FileDescriptorSet. */
inline bool LoadDescriptorFileIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const char *fname,
Status* status) {
return upb_load_descriptor_file_into_symtab(s, fname, status);
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ inline bool LoadDescriptorIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const char* str,
return upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(s, str, len, status);
}
-// Templated so it can accept both string and std::string.
+/* Templated so it can accept both string and std::string. */
template <typename T>
bool LoadDescriptorIntoSymtab(SymbolTable* s, const T& desc, Status* status) {
return upb_load_descriptor_into_symtab(s, desc.c_str(), desc.size(), status);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#endif
+#endif /* UPB_GLUE_H */
diff --git a/upb/pb/textprinter.c b/upb/pb/textprinter.c
index 07f951d..b772af3 100644
--- a/upb/pb/textprinter.c
+++ b/upb/pb/textprinter.c
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
#include <ctype.h>
#include <float.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -50,22 +51,24 @@ static int endfield(upb_textprinter *p) {
static int putescaped(upb_textprinter *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
bool preserve_utf8) {
- // Based on CEscapeInternal() from Google's protobuf release.
+ /* Based on CEscapeInternal() from Google's protobuf release. */
char dstbuf[4096], *dst = dstbuf, *dstend = dstbuf + sizeof(dstbuf);
const char *end = buf + len;
- // I think hex is prettier and more useful, but proto2 uses octal; should
- // investigate whether it can parse hex also.
+ /* I think hex is prettier and more useful, but proto2 uses octal; should
+ * investigate whether it can parse hex also. */
const bool use_hex = false;
- bool last_hex_escape = false; // true if last output char was \xNN
+ bool last_hex_escape = false; /* true if last output char was \xNN */
for (; buf < end; buf++) {
+ bool is_hex_escape;
+
if (dstend - dst < 4) {
upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, dstbuf, dst - dstbuf, NULL);
dst = dstbuf;
}
- bool is_hex_escape = false;
+ is_hex_escape = false;
switch (*buf) {
case '\n': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = 'n'; break;
case '\r': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = 'r'; break;
@@ -74,9 +77,9 @@ static int putescaped(upb_textprinter *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
case '\'': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = '\''; break;
case '\\': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = '\\'; break;
default:
- // Note that if we emit \xNN and the buf character after that is a hex
- // digit then that digit must be escaped too to prevent it being
- // interpreted as part of the character code by C.
+ /* Note that if we emit \xNN and the buf character after that is a hex
+ * digit then that digit must be escaped too to prevent it being
+ * interpreted as part of the character code by C. */
if ((!preserve_utf8 || (uint8_t)*buf < 0x80) &&
(!isprint(*buf) || (last_hex_escape && isxdigit(*buf)))) {
sprintf(dst, (use_hex ? "\\x%02x" : "\\%03o"), (uint8_t)*buf);
@@ -88,29 +91,38 @@ static int putescaped(upb_textprinter *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
}
last_hex_escape = is_hex_escape;
}
- // Flush remaining data.
+ /* Flush remaining data. */
upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, dstbuf, dst - dstbuf, NULL);
return 0;
}
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define va_copy(a, b) __va_copy(a, b)
+#endif
+
bool putf(upb_textprinter *p, const char *fmt, ...) {
va_list args;
+ va_list args_copy;
+ char *str;
+ int written;
+ int len;
+ bool ok;
+
va_start(args, fmt);
- // Run once to get the length of the string.
- va_list args_copy;
+ /* Run once to get the length of the string. */
va_copy(args_copy, args);
- int len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args_copy);
+ len = vsprintf(NULL, fmt, args_copy);
va_end(args_copy);
- // + 1 for NULL terminator (vsnprintf() requires it even if we don't).
- char *str = malloc(len + 1);
+ /* + 1 for NULL terminator (vsprintf() requires it even if we don't). */
+ str = malloc(len + 1);
if (!str) return false;
- int written = vsnprintf(str, len + 1, fmt, args);
+ written = vsprintf(str, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(written, written == len);
- bool ok = upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, str, len, NULL);
+ ok = upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, str, len, NULL);
free(str);
return ok;
}
@@ -119,8 +131,8 @@ bool putf(upb_textprinter *p, const char *fmt, ...) {
/* handlers *******************************************************************/
static bool textprinter_startmsg(void *c, const void *hd) {
- UPB_UNUSED(hd);
upb_textprinter *p = c;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
if (p->indent_depth_ == 0) {
upb_bytessink_start(p->output_, 0, &p->subc);
}
@@ -128,9 +140,9 @@ static bool textprinter_startmsg(void *c, const void *hd) {
}
static bool textprinter_endmsg(void *c, const void *hd, upb_status *s) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = c;
UPB_UNUSED(hd);
UPB_UNUSED(s);
- upb_textprinter *p = c;
if (p->indent_depth_ == 0) {
upb_bytessink_end(p->output_);
}
@@ -167,14 +179,14 @@ err:
TYPE(int32, int32_t, "%" PRId32)
TYPE(int64, int64_t, "%" PRId64)
-TYPE(uint32, uint32_t, "%" PRIu32);
+TYPE(uint32, uint32_t, "%" PRIu32)
TYPE(uint64, uint64_t, "%" PRIu64)
TYPE(float, float, "%." STRINGIFY_MACROVAL(FLT_DIG) "g")
TYPE(double, double, "%." STRINGIFY_MACROVAL(DBL_DIG) "g")
#undef TYPE
-// Output a symbolic value from the enum if found, else just print as int32.
+/* Output a symbolic value from the enum if found, else just print as int32. */
static bool textprinter_putenum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
int32_t val) {
upb_textprinter *p = closure;
@@ -194,17 +206,17 @@ static bool textprinter_putenum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
static void *textprinter_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
const upb_fielddef *f = handler_data;
UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
- upb_textprinter *p = closure;
indent(p);
putf(p, "%s: \"", upb_fielddef_name(f));
return p;
}
static bool textprinter_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
putf(p, "\"");
endfield(p);
return true;
@@ -212,9 +224,9 @@ static bool textprinter_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
static size_t textprinter_putstr(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handle);
upb_textprinter *p = closure;
const upb_fielddef *f = hd;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
CHECK(putescaped(p, buf, len, upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING));
return len;
err:
@@ -233,8 +245,8 @@ err:
}
static bool textprinter_endsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
- UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
p->indent_depth_--;
CHECK(indent(p));
upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, "}", 1, NULL);
@@ -245,13 +257,13 @@ err:
}
static void onmreg(const void *c, upb_handlers *h) {
- UPB_UNUSED(c);
const upb_msgdef *m = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ UPB_UNUSED(c);
upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, textprinter_startmsg, NULL);
upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, textprinter_endmsg, NULL);
- upb_msg_field_iter i;
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&i);
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
diff --git a/upb/pb/textprinter.h b/upb/pb/textprinter.h
index 3ba3403..4b0050f 100644
--- a/upb/pb/textprinter.h
+++ b/upb/pb/textprinter.h
@@ -15,18 +15,18 @@
namespace upb {
namespace pb {
class TextPrinter;
-} // namespace pb
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::TextPrinter, upb_textprinter);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::TextPrinter, upb_textprinter)
#ifdef __cplusplus
class upb::pb::TextPrinter {
public:
- // The given handlers must have come from NewHandlers(). It must outlive the
- // TextPrinter.
+ /* The given handlers must have come from NewHandlers(). It must outlive the
+ * TextPrinter. */
static TextPrinter *Create(Environment *env, const upb::Handlers *handlers,
BytesSink *output);
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ class upb::pb::TextPrinter {
Sink* input();
- // If handler caching becomes a requirement we can add a code cache as in
- // decoder.h
+ /* If handler caching becomes a requirement we can add a code cache as in
+ * decoder.h */
static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* md);
};
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class upb::pb::TextPrinter {
UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// C API.
+/* C API. */
upb_textprinter *upb_textprinter_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h,
upb_bytessink *output);
void upb_textprinter_setsingleline(upb_textprinter *p, bool single_line);
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> TextPrinter::NewHandlers(
const Handlers* h = upb_textprinter_newhandlers(md, &h);
return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
}
-} // namespace pb
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
diff --git a/upb/pb/varint.c b/upb/pb/varint.c
index 365deb4..04767eb 100644
--- a/upb/pb/varint.c
+++ b/upb/pb/varint.c
@@ -7,32 +7,33 @@
#include "upb/pb/varint.int.h"
-// Index is descriptor type.
+/* Index is descriptor type. */
const uint8_t upb_pb_native_wire_types[] = {
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP, // ENDGROUP
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, // DOUBLE
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, // FLOAT
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // INT64
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // UINT64
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // INT32
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, // FIXED64
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, // FIXED32
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // BOOL
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, // STRING
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP, // GROUP
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, // MESSAGE
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, // BYTES
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // UINT32
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // ENUM
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, // SFIXED32
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, // SFIXED64
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // SINT32
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, // SINT64
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP, /* ENDGROUP */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, /* DOUBLE */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, /* FLOAT */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* INT64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* UINT64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* INT32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, /* FIXED64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, /* FIXED32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* BOOL */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, /* STRING */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP, /* GROUP */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, /* MESSAGE */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, /* BYTES */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* UINT32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* ENUM */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, /* SFIXED32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, /* SFIXED64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* SINT32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* SINT64 */
};
-// A basic branch-based decoder, uses 32-bit values to get good performance
-// on 32-bit architectures (but performs well on 64-bits also).
-// This scheme comes from the original Google Protobuf implementation (proto2).
+/* A basic branch-based decoder, uses 32-bit values to get good performance
+ * on 32-bit architectures (but performs well on 64-bits also).
+ * This scheme comes from the original Google Protobuf implementation
+ * (proto2). */
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch32(upb_decoderet r) {
upb_decoderet err = {NULL, 0};
const char *p = r.p;
@@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ done:
return r;
}
-// Like the previous, but uses 64-bit values.
+/* Like the previous, but uses 64-bit values. */
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch64(upb_decoderet r) {
const char *p = r.p;
uint64_t val = r.val;
@@ -78,49 +79,53 @@ done:
return r;
}
-// Given an encoded varint v, returns an integer with a single bit set that
-// indicates the end of the varint. Subtracting one from this value will
-// yield a mask that leaves only bits that are part of the varint. Returns
-// 0 if the varint is unterminated.
+/* Given an encoded varint v, returns an integer with a single bit set that
+ * indicates the end of the varint. Subtracting one from this value will
+ * yield a mask that leaves only bits that are part of the varint. Returns
+ * 0 if the varint is unterminated. */
static uint64_t upb_get_vstopbit(uint64_t v) {
uint64_t cbits = v | 0x7f7f7f7f7f7f7f7fULL;
return ~cbits & (cbits+1);
}
-// A branchless decoder. Credit to Pascal Massimino for the bit-twiddling.
+/* A branchless decoder. Credit to Pascal Massimino for the bit-twiddling. */
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(upb_decoderet r) {
uint64_t b;
+ uint64_t stop_bit;
+ upb_decoderet my_r;
memcpy(&b, r.p, sizeof(b));
- uint64_t stop_bit = upb_get_vstopbit(b);
+ stop_bit = upb_get_vstopbit(b);
b = (b & 0x7f7f7f7f7f7f7f7fULL) & (stop_bit - 1);
b += b & 0x007f007f007f007fULL;
b += 3 * (b & 0x0000ffff0000ffffULL);
b += 15 * (b & 0x00000000ffffffffULL);
if (stop_bit == 0) {
- // Error: unterminated varint.
+ /* Error: unterminated varint. */
upb_decoderet err_r = {(void*)0, 0};
return err_r;
}
- upb_decoderet my_r = {r.p + ((__builtin_ctzll(stop_bit) + 1) / 8),
- r.val | (b << 7)};
+ my_r = upb_decoderet_make(r.p + ((__builtin_ctzll(stop_bit) + 1) / 8),
+ r.val | (b << 7));
return my_r;
}
-// A branchless decoder. Credit to Daniel Wright for the bit-twiddling.
+/* A branchless decoder. Credit to Daniel Wright for the bit-twiddling. */
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_wright(upb_decoderet r) {
uint64_t b;
+ uint64_t stop_bit;
+ upb_decoderet my_r;
memcpy(&b, r.p, sizeof(b));
- uint64_t stop_bit = upb_get_vstopbit(b);
+ stop_bit = upb_get_vstopbit(b);
b &= (stop_bit - 1);
b = ((b & 0x7f007f007f007f00ULL) >> 1) | (b & 0x007f007f007f007fULL);
b = ((b & 0xffff0000ffff0000ULL) >> 2) | (b & 0x0000ffff0000ffffULL);
b = ((b & 0xffffffff00000000ULL) >> 4) | (b & 0x00000000ffffffffULL);
if (stop_bit == 0) {
- // Error: unterminated varint.
+ /* Error: unterminated varint. */
upb_decoderet err_r = {(void*)0, 0};
return err_r;
}
- upb_decoderet my_r = {r.p + ((__builtin_ctzll(stop_bit) + 1) / 8),
- r.val | (b << 14)};
+ my_r = upb_decoderet_make(r.p + ((__builtin_ctzll(stop_bit) + 1) / 8),
+ r.val | (b << 14));
return my_r;
}
diff --git a/upb/pb/varint.int.h b/upb/pb/varint.int.h
index 8498acd..a394a75 100644
--- a/upb/pb/varint.int.h
+++ b/upb/pb/varint.int.h
@@ -20,25 +20,25 @@
extern "C" {
#endif
-// A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire.
+/* A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire. */
typedef enum {
UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0,
UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1,
UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED = 2,
UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP = 3,
UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP = 4,
- UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5
} upb_wiretype_t;
#define UPB_MAX_WIRE_TYPE 5
-// The maximum number of bytes that it takes to encode a 64-bit varint.
-// Note that with a better encoding this could be 9 (TODO: write up a
-// wiki document about this).
+/* The maximum number of bytes that it takes to encode a 64-bit varint.
+ * Note that with a better encoding this could be 9 (TODO: write up a
+ * wiki document about this). */
#define UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN 10
-// Array of the "native" (ie. non-packed-repeated) wire type for the given a
-// descriptor type (upb_descriptortype_t).
+/* Array of the "native" (ie. non-packed-repeated) wire type for the given a
+ * descriptor type (upb_descriptortype_t). */
extern const uint8_t upb_pb_native_wire_types[];
/* Zig-zag encoding/decoding **************************************************/
@@ -54,44 +54,59 @@ UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_zzenc_64(int64_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 63); }
/* Decoding *******************************************************************/
-// All decoding functions return this struct by value.
+/* All decoding functions return this struct by value. */
typedef struct {
- const char *p; // NULL if the varint was unterminated.
+ const char *p; /* NULL if the varint was unterminated. */
uint64_t val;
} upb_decoderet;
-// Four functions for decoding a varint of at most eight bytes. They are all
-// functionally identical, but are implemented in different ways and likely have
-// different performance profiles. We keep them around for performance testing.
-//
-// Note that these functions may not read byte-by-byte, so they must not be used
-// unless there are at least eight bytes left in the buffer!
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_decoderet_make(const char *p, uint64_t val) {
+ upb_decoderet ret;
+ ret.p = p;
+ ret.val = val;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Four functions for decoding a varint of at most eight bytes. They are all
+ * functionally identical, but are implemented in different ways and likely have
+ * different performance profiles. We keep them around for performance testing.
+ *
+ * Note that these functions may not read byte-by-byte, so they must not be used
+ * unless there are at least eight bytes left in the buffer! */
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch32(upb_decoderet r);
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch64(upb_decoderet r);
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_wright(upb_decoderet r);
upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(upb_decoderet r);
-// Template for a function that checks the first two bytes with branching
-// and dispatches 2-10 bytes with a separate function. Note that this may read
-// up to 10 bytes, so it must not be used unless there are at least ten bytes
-// left in the buffer!
+/* Template for a function that checks the first two bytes with branching
+ * and dispatches 2-10 bytes with a separate function. Note that this may read
+ * up to 10 bytes, so it must not be used unless there are at least ten bytes
+ * left in the buffer! */
#define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(name, decode_max8_function) \
UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_check2_ ## name(const char *_p) { \
uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)_p; \
- if ((*p & 0x80) == 0) { upb_decoderet r = {_p + 1, *p & 0x7fU}; return r; } \
- upb_decoderet r = {_p + 2, (*p & 0x7fU) | ((*(p + 1) & 0x7fU) << 7)}; \
- if ((*(p + 1) & 0x80) == 0) return r; \
+ upb_decoderet r; \
+ if ((*p & 0x80) == 0) { \
+ /* Common case: one-byte varint. */ \
+ return upb_decoderet_make(_p + 1, *p & 0x7fU); \
+ } \
+ r = upb_decoderet_make(_p + 2, (*p & 0x7fU) | ((*(p + 1) & 0x7fU) << 7)); \
+ if ((*(p + 1) & 0x80) == 0) { \
+ /* Two-byte varint. */ \
+ return r; \
+ } \
+ /* Longer varint, fallback to out-of-line function. */ \
return decode_max8_function(r); \
}
-UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch32, upb_vdecode_max8_branch32);
-UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch64, upb_vdecode_max8_branch64);
-UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(wright, upb_vdecode_max8_wright);
-UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(massimino, upb_vdecode_max8_massimino);
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch32, upb_vdecode_max8_branch32)
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch64, upb_vdecode_max8_branch64)
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(wright, upb_vdecode_max8_wright)
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(massimino, upb_vdecode_max8_massimino)
#undef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2
-// Our canonical functions for decoding varints, based on the currently
-// favored best-performing implementations.
+/* Our canonical functions for decoding varints, based on the currently
+ * favored best-performing implementations. */
UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_fast(const char *p) {
if (sizeof(long) == 8)
return upb_vdecode_check2_branch64(p);
@@ -108,7 +123,7 @@ UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_fast(upb_decoderet r) {
UPB_INLINE int upb_value_size(uint64_t val) {
#ifdef __GNUC__
- int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); // 0-based, undef if val == 0.
+ int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); /* 0-based, undef if val == 0. */
#else
int high_bit = 0;
uint64_t tmp = val;
@@ -117,13 +132,14 @@ UPB_INLINE int upb_value_size(uint64_t val) {
return val == 0 ? 1 : high_bit / 8 + 1;
}
-// Encodes a 64-bit varint into buf (which must be >=UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN
-// bytes long), returning how many bytes were used.
-//
-// TODO: benchmark and optimize if necessary.
+/* Encodes a 64-bit varint into buf (which must be >=UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN
+ * bytes long), returning how many bytes were used.
+ *
+ * TODO: benchmark and optimize if necessary. */
UPB_INLINE size_t upb_vencode64(uint64_t val, char *buf) {
+ size_t i;
if (val == 0) { buf[0] = 0; return 1; }
- size_t i = 0;
+ i = 0;
while (val) {
uint8_t byte = val & 0x7fU;
val >>= 7;
@@ -138,7 +154,7 @@ UPB_INLINE size_t upb_varint_size(uint64_t val) {
return upb_vencode64(val, buf);
}
-// Encodes a 32-bit varint, *not* sign-extended.
+/* Encodes a 32-bit varint, *not* sign-extended. */
UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_vencode32(uint32_t val) {
char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
size_t bytes = upb_vencode64(val, buf);
diff --git a/upb/refcounted.c b/upb/refcounted.c
index fa775ab..85b378c 100644
--- a/upb/refcounted.c
+++ b/upb/refcounted.c
@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ const void *UPB_UNTRACKED_REF = &untracked_val;
/* arch-specific atomic primitives *******************************************/
-#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE //////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE /*---------------------------------------------------*/
static void atomic_inc(uint32_t *a) { (*a)++; }
static bool atomic_dec(uint32_t *a) { return --(*a) == 0; }
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) //////////////////////////////////
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) /*------------------------------*/
static void atomic_inc(uint32_t *a) { __sync_fetch_and_add(a, 1); }
static bool atomic_dec(uint32_t *a) { return __sync_sub_and_fetch(a, 1) == 0; }
-#elif defined(WIN32) ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#elif defined(WIN32) /*-------------------------------------------------------*/
#include <Windows.h>
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ static bool atomic_dec(upb_atomic_t *a) {
Implement them or compile with UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE.
#endif
-// All static objects point to this refcount.
-// It is special-cased in ref/unref below.
+/* All static objects point to this refcount.
+ * It is special-cased in ref/unref below. */
uint32_t static_refcount = -1;
-// We can avoid atomic ops for statically-declared objects.
-// This is a minor optimization but nice since we can avoid degrading under
-// contention in this case.
+/* We can avoid atomic ops for statically-declared objects.
+ * This is a minor optimization but nice since we can avoid degrading under
+ * contention in this case. */
static void refgroup(uint32_t *group) {
if (group != &static_refcount)
@@ -87,21 +87,21 @@ static void upb_unlock() {}
#else
-// User must define functions that lock/unlock a global mutex and link this
-// file against them.
+/* User must define functions that lock/unlock a global mutex and link this
+ * file against them. */
void upb_lock();
void upb_unlock();
#endif
-// UPB_DEBUG_REFS mode counts on being able to malloc() memory in some
-// code-paths that can normally never fail, like upb_refcounted_ref(). Since
-// we have no way to propagage out-of-memory errors back to the user, and since
-// these errors can only occur in UPB_DEBUG_REFS mode, we immediately fail.
+/* UPB_DEBUG_REFS mode counts on being able to malloc() memory in some
+ * code-paths that can normally never fail, like upb_refcounted_ref(). Since
+ * we have no way to propagage out-of-memory errors back to the user, and since
+ * these errors can only occur in UPB_DEBUG_REFS mode, we immediately fail. */
#define CHECK_OOM(predicate) if (!(predicate)) { assert(predicate); exit(1); }
typedef struct {
- int count; // How many refs there are (duplicates only allowed for ref2).
+ int count; /* How many refs there are (duplicates only allowed for ref2). */
bool is_ref2;
} trackedref;
@@ -114,18 +114,19 @@ static trackedref *trackedref_new(bool is_ref2) {
}
static void track(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ upb_value v;
+
assert(owner);
if (owner == UPB_UNTRACKED_REF) return;
upb_lock();
- upb_value v;
if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v)) {
trackedref *ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
- // Since we allow multiple ref2's for the same to/from pair without
- // allocating separate memory for each one, we lose the fine-grained
- // tracking behavior we get with regular refs. Since ref2s only happen
- // inside upb, we'll accept this limitation until/unless there is a really
- // difficult upb-internal bug that can't be figured out without it.
+ /* Since we allow multiple ref2's for the same to/from pair without
+ * allocating separate memory for each one, we lose the fine-grained
+ * tracking behavior we get with regular refs. Since ref2s only happen
+ * inside upb, we'll accept this limitation until/unless there is a really
+ * difficult upb-internal bug that can't be figured out without it. */
assert(ref2);
assert(ref->is_ref2);
ref->count++;
@@ -134,8 +135,8 @@ static void track(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
bool ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(r->refs, owner, upb_value_ptr(ref));
CHECK_OOM(ok);
if (ref2) {
- // We know this cast is safe when it is a ref2, because it's coming from
- // another refcounted object.
+ /* We know this cast is safe when it is a ref2, because it's coming from
+ * another refcounted object. */
const upb_refcounted *from = owner;
assert(!upb_inttable_lookupptr(from->ref2s, r, NULL));
ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(from->ref2s, r, upb_value_ptr(NULL));
@@ -146,22 +147,25 @@ static void track(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
}
static void untrack(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found;
+ trackedref *ref;
+
assert(owner);
if (owner == UPB_UNTRACKED_REF) return;
upb_lock();
- upb_value v;
- bool found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v);
- // This assert will fail if an owner attempts to release a ref it didn't have.
+ found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v);
+ /* This assert will fail if an owner attempts to release a ref it didn't have. */
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
- trackedref *ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
assert(ref->is_ref2 == ref2);
if (--ref->count == 0) {
free(ref);
upb_inttable_removeptr(r->refs, owner, NULL);
if (ref2) {
- // We know this cast is safe when it is a ref2, because it's coming from
- // another refcounted object.
+ /* We know this cast is safe when it is a ref2, because it's coming from
+ * another refcounted object. */
const upb_refcounted *from = owner;
bool removed = upb_inttable_removeptr(from->ref2s, r, NULL);
assert(removed);
@@ -171,32 +175,41 @@ static void untrack(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
}
static void checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
- upb_lock();
upb_value v;
- bool found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v);
+ bool found;
+ trackedref *ref;
+
+ upb_lock();
+ found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
- trackedref *ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
assert(ref->is_ref2 == ref2);
upb_unlock();
}
-// Populates the given UPB_CTYPE_INT32 inttable with counts of ref2's that
-// originate from the given owner.
+/* Populates the given UPB_CTYPE_INT32 inttable with counts of ref2's that
+ * originate from the given owner. */
static void getref2s(const upb_refcounted *owner, upb_inttable *tab) {
- upb_lock();
upb_inttable_iter i;
+
+ upb_lock();
upb_inttable_begin(&i, owner->ref2s);
for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_value count;
+ trackedref *ref;
+ bool ok;
+ bool found;
+
upb_refcounted *to = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
- // To get the count we need to look in the target's table.
- upb_value v;
- bool found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(to->refs, owner, &v);
+ /* To get the count we need to look in the target's table. */
+ found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(to->refs, owner, &v);
assert(found);
- trackedref *ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
- upb_value count = upb_value_int32(ref->count);
+ ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ count = upb_value_int32(ref->count);
- bool ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(tab, to, count);
+ ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(tab, to, count);
CHECK_OOM(ok);
}
upb_unlock();
@@ -210,15 +223,18 @@ typedef struct {
static void visit_check(const upb_refcounted *obj, const upb_refcounted *subobj,
void *closure) {
check_state *s = closure;
- assert(obj == s->obj);
- assert(subobj);
upb_inttable *ref2 = &s->ref2;
upb_value v;
- bool removed = upb_inttable_removeptr(ref2, subobj, &v);
- // The following assertion will fail if the visit() function visits a subobj
- // that it did not have a ref2 on, or visits the same subobj too many times.
+ bool removed;
+ int32_t newcount;
+
+ assert(obj == s->obj);
+ assert(subobj);
+ removed = upb_inttable_removeptr(ref2, subobj, &v);
+ /* The following assertion will fail if the visit() function visits a subobj
+ * that it did not have a ref2 on, or visits the same subobj too many times. */
assert(removed);
- int32_t newcount = upb_value_getint32(v) - 1;
+ newcount = upb_value_getint32(v) - 1;
if (newcount > 0) {
upb_inttable_insert(ref2, (uintptr_t)subobj, upb_value_int32(newcount));
}
@@ -226,19 +242,21 @@ static void visit_check(const upb_refcounted *obj, const upb_refcounted *subobj,
static void visit(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *v,
void *closure) {
- // In DEBUG_REFS mode we know what existing ref2 refs there are, so we know
- // exactly the set of nodes that visit() should visit. So we verify visit()'s
- // correctness here.
+ bool ok;
+
+ /* In DEBUG_REFS mode we know what existing ref2 refs there are, so we know
+ * exactly the set of nodes that visit() should visit. So we verify visit()'s
+ * correctness here. */
check_state state;
state.obj = r;
- bool ok = upb_inttable_init(&state.ref2, UPB_CTYPE_INT32);
+ ok = upb_inttable_init(&state.ref2, UPB_CTYPE_INT32);
CHECK_OOM(ok);
getref2s(r, &state.ref2);
- // This should visit any children in the ref2 table.
+ /* This should visit any children in the ref2 table. */
if (r->vtbl->visit) r->vtbl->visit(r, visit_check, &state);
- // This assertion will fail if the visit() function missed any children.
+ /* This assertion will fail if the visit() function missed any children. */
assert(upb_inttable_count(&state.ref2) == 0);
upb_inttable_uninit(&state.ref2);
if (r->vtbl->visit) r->vtbl->visit(r, v, closure);
@@ -302,27 +320,27 @@ static void visit(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *v,
if (r->vtbl->visit) r->vtbl->visit(r, v, closure);
}
-#endif // UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+#endif /* UPB_DEBUG_REFS */
/* freeze() *******************************************************************/
-// The freeze() operation is by far the most complicated part of this scheme.
-// We compute strongly-connected components and then mutate the graph such that
-// we preserve the invariants documented at the top of this file. And we must
-// handle out-of-memory errors gracefully (without leaving the graph
-// inconsistent), which adds to the fun.
+/* The freeze() operation is by far the most complicated part of this scheme.
+ * We compute strongly-connected components and then mutate the graph such that
+ * we preserve the invariants documented at the top of this file. And we must
+ * handle out-of-memory errors gracefully (without leaving the graph
+ * inconsistent), which adds to the fun. */
-// The state used by the freeze operation (shared across many functions).
+/* The state used by the freeze operation (shared across many functions). */
typedef struct {
int depth;
int maxdepth;
uint64_t index;
- // Maps upb_refcounted* -> attributes (color, etc). attr layout varies by
- // color.
+ /* Maps upb_refcounted* -> attributes (color, etc). attr layout varies by
+ * color. */
upb_inttable objattr;
- upb_inttable stack; // stack of upb_refcounted* for Tarjan's algorithm.
- upb_inttable groups; // array of uint32_t*, malloc'd refcounts for new groups
+ upb_inttable stack; /* stack of upb_refcounted* for Tarjan's algorithm. */
+ upb_inttable groups; /* array of uint32_t*, malloc'd refcounts for new groups */
upb_status *status;
jmp_buf err;
} tarjan;
@@ -331,15 +349,15 @@ static void release_ref2(const upb_refcounted *obj,
const upb_refcounted *subobj,
void *closure);
-// Node attributes /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* Node attributes -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-// After our analysis phase all nodes will be either GRAY or WHITE.
+/* After our analysis phase all nodes will be either GRAY or WHITE. */
typedef enum {
- BLACK = 0, // Object has not been seen.
- GRAY, // Object has been found via a refgroup but may not be reachable.
- GREEN, // Object is reachable and is currently on the Tarjan stack.
- WHITE, // Object is reachable and has been assigned a group (SCC).
+ BLACK = 0, /* Object has not been seen. */
+ GRAY, /* Object has been found via a refgroup but may not be reachable. */
+ GREEN, /* Object is reachable and is currently on the Tarjan stack. */
+ WHITE /* Object is reachable and has been assigned a group (SCC). */
} color_t;
UPB_NORETURN static void err(tarjan *t) { longjmp(t->err, 1); }
@@ -367,7 +385,7 @@ static void setattr(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r, uint64_t attr) {
}
static color_t color(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
- return trygetattr(t, r) & 0x3; // Color is always stored in the low 2 bits.
+ return trygetattr(t, r) & 0x3; /* Color is always stored in the low 2 bits. */
}
static void set_gray(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
@@ -375,11 +393,11 @@ static void set_gray(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
setattr(t, r, GRAY);
}
-// Pushes an obj onto the Tarjan stack and sets it to GREEN.
+/* Pushes an obj onto the Tarjan stack and sets it to GREEN. */
static void push(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
assert(color(t, r) == BLACK || color(t, r) == GRAY);
- // This defines the attr layout for the GREEN state. "index" and "lowlink"
- // get 31 bits, which is plenty (limit of 2B objects frozen at a time).
+ /* This defines the attr layout for the GREEN state. "index" and "lowlink"
+ * get 31 bits, which is plenty (limit of 2B objects frozen at a time). */
setattr(t, r, GREEN | (t->index << 2) | (t->index << 33));
if (++t->index == 0x80000000) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(t->status, "too many objects to freeze");
@@ -388,13 +406,13 @@ static void push(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_inttable_push(&t->stack, upb_value_ptr((void*)r));
}
-// Pops an obj from the Tarjan stack and sets it to WHITE, with a ptr to its
-// SCC group.
+/* Pops an obj from the Tarjan stack and sets it to WHITE, with a ptr to its
+ * SCC group. */
static upb_refcounted *pop(tarjan *t) {
upb_refcounted *r = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_pop(&t->stack));
assert(color(t, r) == GREEN);
- // This defines the attr layout for nodes in the WHITE state.
- // Top of group stack is [group, NULL]; we point at group.
+ /* This defines the attr layout for nodes in the WHITE state.
+ * Top of group stack is [group, NULL]; we point at group. */
setattr(t, r, WHITE | (upb_inttable_count(&t->groups) - 2) << 8);
return r;
}
@@ -402,7 +420,7 @@ static upb_refcounted *pop(tarjan *t) {
static void tarjan_newgroup(tarjan *t) {
uint32_t *group = malloc(sizeof(*group));
if (!group) oom(t);
- // Push group and empty group leader (we'll fill in leader later).
+ /* Push group and empty group leader (we'll fill in leader later). */
if (!upb_inttable_push(&t->groups, upb_value_ptr(group)) ||
!upb_inttable_push(&t->groups, upb_value_ptr(NULL))) {
free(group);
@@ -430,21 +448,27 @@ static void set_lowlink(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r, uint32_t lowlink) {
}
static uint32_t *group(tarjan *t, upb_refcounted *r) {
- assert(color(t, r) == WHITE);
- uint64_t groupnum = getattr(t, r) >> 8;
+ uint64_t groupnum;
upb_value v;
- bool found = upb_inttable_lookup(&t->groups, groupnum, &v);
+ bool found;
+
+ assert(color(t, r) == WHITE);
+ groupnum = getattr(t, r) >> 8;
+ found = upb_inttable_lookup(&t->groups, groupnum, &v);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
return upb_value_getptr(v);
}
-// If the group leader for this object's group has not previously been set,
-// the given object is assigned to be its leader.
+/* If the group leader for this object's group has not previously been set,
+ * the given object is assigned to be its leader. */
static upb_refcounted *groupleader(tarjan *t, upb_refcounted *r) {
- assert(color(t, r) == WHITE);
- uint64_t leader_slot = (getattr(t, r) >> 8) + 1;
+ uint64_t leader_slot;
upb_value v;
- bool found = upb_inttable_lookup(&t->groups, leader_slot, &v);
+ bool found;
+
+ assert(color(t, r) == WHITE);
+ leader_slot = (getattr(t, r) >> 8) + 1;
+ found = upb_inttable_lookup(&t->groups, leader_slot, &v);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
if (upb_value_getptr(v)) {
return upb_value_getptr(v);
@@ -456,10 +480,10 @@ static upb_refcounted *groupleader(tarjan *t, upb_refcounted *r) {
}
-// Tarjan's algorithm //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* Tarjan's algorithm --------------------------------------------------------*/
-// See:
-// http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarjan%27s_strongly_connected_components_algorithm
+/* See:
+ * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarjan%27s_strongly_connected_components_algorithm */
static void do_tarjan(const upb_refcounted *obj, tarjan *t);
static void tarjan_visit(const upb_refcounted *obj,
@@ -470,14 +494,14 @@ static void tarjan_visit(const upb_refcounted *obj,
upb_status_seterrf(t->status, "graph too deep to freeze (%d)", t->maxdepth);
err(t);
} else if (subobj->is_frozen || color(t, subobj) == WHITE) {
- // Do nothing: we don't want to visit or color already-frozen nodes,
- // and WHITE nodes have already been assigned a SCC.
+ /* Do nothing: we don't want to visit or color already-frozen nodes,
+ * and WHITE nodes have already been assigned a SCC. */
} else if (color(t, subobj) < GREEN) {
- // Subdef has not yet been visited; recurse on it.
+ /* Subdef has not yet been visited; recurse on it. */
do_tarjan(subobj, t);
set_lowlink(t, obj, UPB_MIN(lowlink(t, obj), lowlink(t, subobj)));
} else if (color(t, subobj) == GREEN) {
- // Subdef is in the stack and hence in the current SCC.
+ /* Subdef is in the stack and hence in the current SCC. */
set_lowlink(t, obj, UPB_MIN(lowlink(t, obj), idx(t, subobj)));
}
--t->depth;
@@ -485,7 +509,7 @@ static void tarjan_visit(const upb_refcounted *obj,
static void do_tarjan(const upb_refcounted *obj, tarjan *t) {
if (color(t, obj) == BLACK) {
- // We haven't seen this object's group; mark the whole group GRAY.
+ /* We haven't seen this object's group; mark the whole group GRAY. */
const upb_refcounted *o = obj;
do { set_gray(t, o); } while ((o = o->next) != obj);
}
@@ -500,15 +524,15 @@ static void do_tarjan(const upb_refcounted *obj, tarjan *t) {
}
-// freeze() ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/* freeze() ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static void crossref(const upb_refcounted *r, const upb_refcounted *subobj,
void *_t) {
tarjan *t = _t;
assert(color(t, r) > BLACK);
if (color(t, subobj) > BLACK && r->group != subobj->group) {
- // Previously this ref was not reflected in subobj->group because they
- // were in the same group; now that they are split a ref must be taken.
+ /* Previously this ref was not reflected in subobj->group because they
+ * were in the same group; now that they are split a ref must be taken. */
refgroup(subobj->group);
}
}
@@ -516,10 +540,12 @@ static void crossref(const upb_refcounted *r, const upb_refcounted *subobj,
static bool freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
int maxdepth) {
volatile bool ret = false;
+ int i;
+ upb_inttable_iter iter;
- // We run in two passes so that we can allocate all memory before performing
- // any mutation of the input -- this allows us to leave the input unchanged
- // in the case of memory allocation failure.
+ /* We run in two passes so that we can allocate all memory before performing
+ * any mutation of the input -- this allows us to leave the input unchanged
+ * in the case of memory allocation failure. */
tarjan t;
t.index = 0;
t.depth = 0;
@@ -531,64 +557,65 @@ static bool freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
if (setjmp(t.err) != 0) goto err4;
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
if (color(&t, roots[i]) < GREEN) {
do_tarjan(roots[i], &t);
}
}
- // If we've made it this far, no further errors are possible so it's safe to
- // mutate the objects without risk of leaving them in an inconsistent state.
+ /* If we've made it this far, no further errors are possible so it's safe to
+ * mutate the objects without risk of leaving them in an inconsistent state. */
ret = true;
- // The transformation that follows requires care. The preconditions are:
- // - all objects in attr map are WHITE or GRAY, and are in mutable groups
- // (groups of all mutable objs)
- // - no ref2(to, from) refs have incremented count(to) if both "to" and
- // "from" are in our attr map (this follows from invariants (2) and (3))
-
- // Pass 1: we remove WHITE objects from their mutable groups, and add them to
- // new groups according to the SCC's we computed. These new groups will
- // consist of only frozen objects. None will be immediately collectible,
- // because WHITE objects are by definition reachable from one of "roots",
- // which the caller must own refs on.
- upb_inttable_iter i;
- upb_inttable_begin(&i, &t.objattr);
- for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
- upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
- // Since removal from a singly-linked list requires access to the object's
- // predecessor, we consider obj->next instead of obj for moving. With the
- // while() loop we guarantee that we will visit every node's predecessor.
- // Proof:
- // 1. every node's predecessor is in our attr map.
- // 2. though the loop body may change a node's predecessor, it will only
- // change it to be the node we are currently operating on, so with a
- // while() loop we guarantee ourselves the chance to remove each node.
+ /* The transformation that follows requires care. The preconditions are:
+ * - all objects in attr map are WHITE or GRAY, and are in mutable groups
+ * (groups of all mutable objs)
+ * - no ref2(to, from) refs have incremented count(to) if both "to" and
+ * "from" are in our attr map (this follows from invariants (2) and (3)) */
+
+ /* Pass 1: we remove WHITE objects from their mutable groups, and add them to
+ * new groups according to the SCC's we computed. These new groups will
+ * consist of only frozen objects. None will be immediately collectible,
+ * because WHITE objects are by definition reachable from one of "roots",
+ * which the caller must own refs on. */
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.objattr);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&iter);
+ /* Since removal from a singly-linked list requires access to the object's
+ * predecessor, we consider obj->next instead of obj for moving. With the
+ * while() loop we guarantee that we will visit every node's predecessor.
+ * Proof:
+ * 1. every node's predecessor is in our attr map.
+ * 2. though the loop body may change a node's predecessor, it will only
+ * change it to be the node we are currently operating on, so with a
+ * while() loop we guarantee ourselves the chance to remove each node. */
while (color(&t, obj->next) == WHITE &&
group(&t, obj->next) != obj->next->group) {
- // Remove from old group.
+ upb_refcounted *leader;
+
+ /* Remove from old group. */
upb_refcounted *move = obj->next;
if (obj == move) {
- // Removing the last object from a group.
+ /* Removing the last object from a group. */
assert(*obj->group == obj->individual_count);
free(obj->group);
} else {
obj->next = move->next;
- // This may decrease to zero; we'll collect GRAY objects (if any) that
- // remain in the group in the third pass.
+ /* This may decrease to zero; we'll collect GRAY objects (if any) that
+ * remain in the group in the third pass. */
assert(*move->group >= move->individual_count);
*move->group -= move->individual_count;
}
- // Add to new group.
- upb_refcounted *leader = groupleader(&t, move);
+ /* Add to new group. */
+ leader = groupleader(&t, move);
if (move == leader) {
- // First object added to new group is its leader.
+ /* First object added to new group is its leader. */
move->group = group(&t, move);
move->next = move;
*move->group = move->individual_count;
} else {
- // Group already has at least one object in it.
+ /* Group already has at least one object in it. */
assert(leader->group == group(&t, move));
move->group = group(&t, move);
move->next = leader->next;
@@ -600,40 +627,42 @@ static bool freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
}
}
- // Pass 2: GRAY and WHITE objects "obj" with ref2(to, obj) references must
- // increment count(to) if group(obj) != group(to) (which could now be the
- // case if "to" was just frozen).
- upb_inttable_begin(&i, &t.objattr);
- for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
- upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ /* Pass 2: GRAY and WHITE objects "obj" with ref2(to, obj) references must
+ * increment count(to) if group(obj) != group(to) (which could now be the
+ * case if "to" was just frozen). */
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.objattr);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&iter);
visit(obj, crossref, &t);
}
- // Pass 3: GRAY objects are collected if their group's refcount dropped to
- // zero when we removed its white nodes. This can happen if they had only
- // been kept alive by virtue of sharing a group with an object that was just
- // frozen.
- //
- // It is important that we do this last, since the GRAY object's free()
- // function could call unref2() on just-frozen objects, which will decrement
- // refs that were added in pass 2.
- upb_inttable_begin(&i, &t.objattr);
- for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
- upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ /* Pass 3: GRAY objects are collected if their group's refcount dropped to
+ * zero when we removed its white nodes. This can happen if they had only
+ * been kept alive by virtue of sharing a group with an object that was just
+ * frozen.
+ *
+ * It is important that we do this last, since the GRAY object's free()
+ * function could call unref2() on just-frozen objects, which will decrement
+ * refs that were added in pass 2. */
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.objattr);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&iter);
if (obj->group == NULL || *obj->group == 0) {
if (obj->group) {
- // We eagerly free() the group's count (since we can't easily determine
- // the group's remaining size it's the easiest way to ensure it gets
- // done).
+ upb_refcounted *o;
+
+ /* We eagerly free() the group's count (since we can't easily determine
+ * the group's remaining size it's the easiest way to ensure it gets
+ * done). */
free(obj->group);
- // Visit to release ref2's (done in a separate pass since release_ref2
- // depends on o->group being unmodified so it can test merged()).
- upb_refcounted *o = obj;
+ /* Visit to release ref2's (done in a separate pass since release_ref2
+ * depends on o->group being unmodified so it can test merged()). */
+ o = obj;
do { visit(o, release_ref2, NULL); } while ((o = o->next) != obj);
- // Mark "group" fields as NULL so we know to free the objects later in
- // this loop, but also don't try to delete the group twice.
+ /* Mark "group" fields as NULL so we know to free the objects later in
+ * this loop, but also don't try to delete the group twice. */
o = obj;
do { o->group = NULL; } while ((o = o->next) != obj);
}
@@ -643,9 +672,9 @@ static bool freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
err4:
if (!ret) {
- upb_inttable_begin(&i, &t.groups);
- for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i))
- free(upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i)));
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.groups);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter))
+ free(upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&iter)));
}
upb_inttable_uninit(&t.groups);
err3:
@@ -664,21 +693,24 @@ static bool merged(const upb_refcounted *r, const upb_refcounted *r2) {
}
static void merge(upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
+ upb_refcounted *base;
+ upb_refcounted *tmp;
+
if (merged(r, from)) return;
*r->group += *from->group;
free(from->group);
- upb_refcounted *base = from;
-
- // Set all refcount pointers in the "from" chain to the merged refcount.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): this linear algorithm can result in an overall O(n^2) bound
- // if the user continuously extends a group by one object. Prevent this by
- // using one of the techniques in this paper:
- // ftp://www.ncedc.org/outgoing/geomorph/dino/orals/p245-tarjan.pdf
+ base = from;
+
+ /* Set all refcount pointers in the "from" chain to the merged refcount.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): this linear algorithm can result in an overall O(n^2) bound
+ * if the user continuously extends a group by one object. Prevent this by
+ * using one of the techniques in this paper:
+ * ftp://www.ncedc.org/outgoing/geomorph/dino/orals/p245-tarjan.pdf */
do { from->group = r->group; } while ((from = from->next) != base);
- // Merge the two circularly linked lists by swapping their next pointers.
- upb_refcounted *tmp = r->next;
+ /* Merge the two circularly linked lists by swapping their next pointers. */
+ tmp = r->next;
r->next = base->next;
base->next = tmp;
}
@@ -698,11 +730,13 @@ static void release_ref2(const upb_refcounted *obj,
static void unref(const upb_refcounted *r) {
if (unrefgroup(r->group)) {
+ const upb_refcounted *o;
+
free(r->group);
- // In two passes, since release_ref2 needs a guarantee that any subobjs
- // are alive.
- const upb_refcounted *o = r;
+ /* In two passes, since release_ref2 needs a guarantee that any subobjs
+ * are alive. */
+ o = r;
do { visit(o, release_ref2, NULL); } while((o = o->next) != r);
o = r;
@@ -727,9 +761,9 @@ bool upb_refcounted_init(upb_refcounted *r,
const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
const void *owner) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
- // Endianness check. This is unrelated to upb_refcounted, it's just a
- // convenient place to put the check that we can be assured will run for
- // basically every program using upb.
+ /* Endianness check. This is unrelated to upb_refcounted, it's just a
+ * convenient place to put the check that we can be assured will run for
+ * basically every program using upb. */
const int x = 1;
#ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
assert(*(char*)&x != 1);
@@ -772,7 +806,7 @@ void upb_refcounted_unref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner) {
}
void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
- assert(!from->is_frozen); // Non-const pointer implies this.
+ assert(!from->is_frozen); /* Non-const pointer implies this. */
track(r, from, true);
if (r->is_frozen) {
refgroup(r->group);
@@ -782,7 +816,7 @@ void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
}
void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
- assert(!from->is_frozen); // Non-const pointer implies this.
+ assert(!from->is_frozen); /* Non-const pointer implies this. */
untrack(r, from, true);
if (r->is_frozen) {
unref(r);
@@ -806,7 +840,8 @@ void upb_refcounted_checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner) {
bool upb_refcounted_freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
int maxdepth) {
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
assert(!roots[i]->is_frozen);
}
return freeze(roots, n, s, maxdepth);
diff --git a/upb/refcounted.h b/upb/refcounted.h
index fe77077..4013906 100644
--- a/upb/refcounted.h
+++ b/upb/refcounted.h
@@ -21,84 +21,102 @@
#include "upb/table.int.h"
-// Reference tracking will check ref()/unref() operations to make sure the
-// ref ownership is correct. Where possible it will also make tools like
-// Valgrind attribute ref leaks to the code that took the leaked ref, not
-// the code that originally created the object.
-//
-// Enabling this requires the application to define upb_lock()/upb_unlock()
-// functions that acquire/release a global mutex (or #define UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE).
-// For this reason we don't enable it by default, even in debug builds.
+/* Reference tracking will check ref()/unref() operations to make sure the
+ * ref ownership is correct. Where possible it will also make tools like
+ * Valgrind attribute ref leaks to the code that took the leaked ref, not
+ * the code that originally created the object.
+ *
+ * Enabling this requires the application to define upb_lock()/upb_unlock()
+ * functions that acquire/release a global mutex (or #define UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE).
+ * For this reason we don't enable it by default, even in debug builds.
+ */
-// #define UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+/* #define UPB_DEBUG_REFS */
#ifdef __cplusplus
namespace upb { class RefCounted; }
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::RefCounted, upb_refcounted);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::RefCounted, upb_refcounted)
struct upb_refcounted_vtbl;
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::RefCounted,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::RefCounted {
public:
- // Returns true if the given object is frozen.
+ /* Returns true if the given object is frozen. */
bool IsFrozen() const;
- // Increases the ref count, the new ref is owned by "owner" which must not
- // already own a ref (and should not itself be a refcounted object if the ref
- // could possibly be circular; see below).
- // Thread-safe iff "this" is frozen.
+ /* Increases the ref count, the new ref is owned by "owner" which must not
+ * already own a ref (and should not itself be a refcounted object if the ref
+ * could possibly be circular; see below).
+ * Thread-safe iff "this" is frozen. */
void Ref(const void *owner) const;
- // Release a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref() and collects any
- // objects it can.
+ /* Release a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref() and collects any
+ * objects it can. */
void Unref(const void *owner) const;
- // Moves an existing ref from "from" to "to", without changing the overall
- // ref count. DonateRef(foo, NULL, owner) is the same as Ref(foo, owner),
- // but "to" may not be NULL.
+ /* Moves an existing ref from "from" to "to", without changing the overall
+ * ref count. DonateRef(foo, NULL, owner) is the same as Ref(foo, owner),
+ * but "to" may not be NULL. */
void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
- // Verifies that a ref to the given object is currently held by the given
- // owner. Only effective in UPB_DEBUG_REFS builds.
+ /* Verifies that a ref to the given object is currently held by the given
+ * owner. Only effective in UPB_DEBUG_REFS builds. */
void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(RefCounted, upb::RefCounted);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_refcounted,
- // A single reference count shared by all objects in the group.
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(RefCounted, upb::RefCounted)
+#else
+struct upb_refcounted {
+#endif
+ /* TODO(haberman): move the actual structure definition to structdefs.int.h.
+ * The only reason they are here is because inline functions need to see the
+ * definition of upb_handlers, which needs to see this definition. But we
+ * can change the upb_handlers inline functions to deal in raw offsets
+ * instead.
+ */
+
+ /* A single reference count shared by all objects in the group. */
uint32_t *group;
- // A singly-linked list of all objects in the group.
+ /* A singly-linked list of all objects in the group. */
upb_refcounted *next;
- // Table of function pointers for this type.
+ /* Table of function pointers for this type. */
const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl;
- // Maintained only when mutable, this tracks the number of refs (but not
- // ref2's) to this object. *group should be the sum of all individual_count
- // in the group.
+ /* Maintained only when mutable, this tracks the number of refs (but not
+ * ref2's) to this object. *group should be the sum of all individual_count
+ * in the group. */
uint32_t individual_count;
bool is_frozen;
#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
- upb_inttable *refs; // Maps owner -> trackedref for incoming refs.
- upb_inttable *ref2s; // Set of targets for outgoing ref2s.
+ upb_inttable *refs; /* Maps owner -> trackedref for incoming refs. */
+ upb_inttable *ref2s; /* Set of targets for outgoing ref2s. */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) \
+ {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true, refs, ref2s}
+#else
+#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true}
#endif
-));
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// It is better to use tracked refs when possible, for the extra debugging
-// capability. But if this is not possible (because you don't have easy access
-// to a stable pointer value that is associated with the ref), you can pass
-// UPB_UNTRACKED_REF instead.
+/* It is better to use tracked refs when possible, for the extra debugging
+ * capability. But if this is not possible (because you don't have easy access
+ * to a stable pointer value that is associated with the ref), you can pass
+ * UPB_UNTRACKED_REF instead. */
extern const void *UPB_UNTRACKED_REF;
-// Native C API.
+/* Native C API. */
bool upb_refcounted_isfrozen(const upb_refcounted *r);
void upb_refcounted_ref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
void upb_refcounted_unref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
@@ -106,37 +124,70 @@ void upb_refcounted_donateref(
const upb_refcounted *r, const void *from, const void *to);
void upb_refcounted_checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
-
-// Internal-to-upb Interface ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(type, upcastfunc) \
+ UPB_INLINE bool type ## _isfrozen(const type *v) { \
+ return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(upcastfunc(v)); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _ref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \
+ upb_refcounted_ref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _unref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \
+ upb_refcounted_unref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _donateref(const type *v, const void *from, const void *to) { \
+ upb_refcounted_donateref(upcastfunc(v), from, to); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _checkref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \
+ upb_refcounted_checkref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \
+ }
+
+#define UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS \
+ bool IsFrozen() const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->IsFrozen(); \
+ } \
+ void Ref(const void *owner) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->Ref(owner); \
+ } \
+ void Unref(const void *owner) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->Unref(owner); \
+ } \
+ void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->DonateRef(from, to); \
+ } \
+ void CheckRef(const void *owner) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->CheckRef(owner); \
+ }
+
+/* Internal-to-upb Interface **************************************************/
typedef void upb_refcounted_visit(const upb_refcounted *r,
const upb_refcounted *subobj,
void *closure);
struct upb_refcounted_vtbl {
- // Must visit all subobjects that are currently ref'd via upb_refcounted_ref2.
- // Must be longjmp()-safe.
+ /* Must visit all subobjects that are currently ref'd via upb_refcounted_ref2.
+ * Must be longjmp()-safe. */
void (*visit)(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit, void *c);
- // Must free the object and release all references to other objects.
+ /* Must free the object and release all references to other objects. */
void (*free)(upb_refcounted *r);
};
-// Initializes the refcounted with a single ref for the given owner. Returns
-// false if memory could not be allocated.
+/* Initializes the refcounted with a single ref for the given owner. Returns
+ * false if memory could not be allocated. */
bool upb_refcounted_init(upb_refcounted *r,
const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
const void *owner);
-// Adds a ref from one refcounted object to another ("from" must not already
-// own a ref). These refs may be circular; cycles will be collected correctly
-// (if conservatively). These refs do not need to be freed in from's free()
-// function.
+/* Adds a ref from one refcounted object to another ("from" must not already
+ * own a ref). These refs may be circular; cycles will be collected correctly
+ * (if conservatively). These refs do not need to be freed in from's free()
+ * function. */
void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
-// Removes a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref2(), and collects any
-// object it can. This is only necessary when "from" no longer points to "r",
-// and not from from's "free" function.
+/* Removes a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref2(), and collects any
+ * object it can. This is only necessary when "from" no longer points to "r",
+ * and not from from's "free" function. */
void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
#define upb_ref2(r, from) \
@@ -144,37 +195,30 @@ void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
#define upb_unref2(r, from) \
upb_refcounted_unref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from)
-// Freezes all mutable object reachable by ref2() refs from the given roots.
-// This will split refcounting groups into precise SCC groups, so that
-// refcounting of frozen objects can be more aggressive. If memory allocation
-// fails, or if more than 2**31 mutable objects are reachable from "roots", or
-// if the maximum depth of the graph exceeds "maxdepth", false is returned and
-// the objects are unchanged.
-//
-// After this operation succeeds, the objects are frozen/const, and may not be
-// used through non-const pointers. In particular, they may not be passed as
-// the second parameter of upb_refcounted_{ref,unref}2(). On the upside, all
-// operations on frozen refcounteds are threadsafe, and objects will be freed
-// at the precise moment that they become unreachable.
-//
-// Caller must own refs on each object in the "roots" list.
+/* Freezes all mutable object reachable by ref2() refs from the given roots.
+ * This will split refcounting groups into precise SCC groups, so that
+ * refcounting of frozen objects can be more aggressive. If memory allocation
+ * fails, or if more than 2**31 mutable objects are reachable from "roots", or
+ * if the maximum depth of the graph exceeds "maxdepth", false is returned and
+ * the objects are unchanged.
+ *
+ * After this operation succeeds, the objects are frozen/const, and may not be
+ * used through non-const pointers. In particular, they may not be passed as
+ * the second parameter of upb_refcounted_{ref,unref}2(). On the upside, all
+ * operations on frozen refcounteds are threadsafe, and objects will be freed
+ * at the precise moment that they become unreachable.
+ *
+ * Caller must own refs on each object in the "roots" list. */
bool upb_refcounted_freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
int maxdepth);
-// Shared by all compiled-in refcounted objects.
+/* Shared by all compiled-in refcounted objects. */
extern uint32_t static_refcount;
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
-
-#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
-#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) \
- {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true, refs, ref2s}
-#else
-#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s) {&static_refcount, NULL, NULL, 0, true}
-#endif
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// C++ Wrappers.
+/* C++ Wrappers. */
namespace upb {
inline bool RefCounted::IsFrozen() const {
return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(this);
@@ -191,7 +235,7 @@ inline void RefCounted::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
inline void RefCounted::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
upb_refcounted_checkref(this, owner);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#endif // UPB_REFCOUNT_H_
+#endif /* UPB_REFCOUNT_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/shim/shim.c b/upb/shim/shim.c
index 02da85d..2f7f215 100644
--- a/upb/shim/shim.c
+++ b/upb/shim/shim.c
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
-// Fallback implementation if the shim is not specialized by the JIT.
+/* Fallback implementation if the shim is not specialized by the JIT. */
#define SHIM_WRITER(type, ctype) \
bool upb_shim_set ## type (void *c, const void *hd, ctype val) { \
uint8_t *m = c; \
@@ -31,12 +31,14 @@ SHIM_WRITER(bool, bool)
bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset,
int32_t hasbit) {
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ bool ok;
+
upb_shim_data *d = malloc(sizeof(*d));
if (!d) return false;
d->offset = offset;
d->hasbit = hasbit;
- upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, d);
upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(&attr, true);
upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, d, free);
@@ -45,7 +47,7 @@ bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset,
case UPB_TYPE_##u: \
ok = upb_handlers_set##l(h, f, upb_shim_set##l, &attr); break;
- bool ok = false;
+ ok = false;
switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
TYPE(INT64, int64);
diff --git a/upb/shim/shim.h b/upb/shim/shim.h
index 0d090db..0ccd6fb 100644
--- a/upb/shim/shim.h
+++ b/upb/shim/shim.h
@@ -32,33 +32,33 @@ namespace upb {
struct Shim {
typedef upb_shim_data Data;
- // Sets a handler for the given field that writes the value to the given
- // offset and, if hasbit >= 0, sets a bit at the given bit offset. Returns
- // true if the handler was set successfully.
+ /* Sets a handler for the given field that writes the value to the given
+ * offset and, if hasbit >= 0, sets a bit at the given bit offset. Returns
+ * true if the handler was set successfully. */
static bool Set(Handlers *h, const FieldDef *f, size_t ofs, int32_t hasbit);
- // If this handler is a shim, returns the corresponding upb::Shim::Data and
- // stores the type in "type". Otherwise returns NULL.
+ /* If this handler is a shim, returns the corresponding upb::Shim::Data and
+ * stores the type in "type". Otherwise returns NULL. */
static const Data* GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s,
FieldDef::Type* type);
};
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// C API.
+/* C API. */
bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset,
int32_t hasbit);
const upb_shim_data *upb_shim_getdata(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s,
upb_fieldtype_t *type);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// C++ Wrappers.
+/* C++ Wrappers. */
namespace upb {
inline bool Shim::Set(Handlers* h, const FieldDef* f, size_t ofs,
int32_t hasbit) {
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ inline const Shim::Data* Shim::GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s,
FieldDef::Type* type) {
return upb_shim_getdata(h, s, type);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
-#endif // UPB_SHIM_H
+#endif /* UPB_SHIM_H */
diff --git a/upb/sink.h b/upb/sink.h
index 1ada31a..f7d2611 100644
--- a/upb/sink.h
+++ b/upb/sink.h
@@ -30,88 +30,90 @@ class Sink;
}
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferSource, upb_bufsrc);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesSink, upb_bytessink);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Sink, upb_sink);
-
-// A upb::Sink is an object that binds a upb::Handlers object to some runtime
-// state. It represents an endpoint to which data can be sent.
-//
-// TODO(haberman): right now all of these functions take selectors. Should they
-// take selectorbase instead?
-//
-// ie. instead of calling:
-// sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD_START_STRING, ...)
-// a selector base would let you say:
-// sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD, ...)
-//
-// This would make call sites a little nicer and require emitting fewer selector
-// definitions in .h files.
-//
-// But the current scheme has the benefit that you can retrieve a function
-// pointer for any handler with handlers->GetHandler(selector), without having
-// to have a separate GetHandler() function for each handler type. The JIT
-// compiler uses this. To accommodate we'd have to expose a separate
-// GetHandler() for every handler type.
-//
-// Also to ponder: selectors right now are independent of a specific Handlers
-// instance. In other words, they allocate a number to every possible handler
-// that *could* be registered, without knowing anything about what handlers
-// *are* registered. That means that using selectors as table offsets prohibits
-// us from compacting the handler table at Freeze() time. If the table is very
-// sparse, this could be wasteful.
-//
-// Having another selector-like thing that is specific to a Handlers instance
-// would allow this compacting, but then it would be impossible to write code
-// ahead-of-time that can be bound to any Handlers instance at runtime. For
-// example, a .proto file parser written as straight C will not know what
-// Handlers it will be bound to, so when it calls sink->StartString() what
-// selector will it pass? It needs a selector like we have today, that is
-// independent of any particular upb::Handlers.
-//
-// Is there a way then to allow Handlers table compaction?
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Sink,
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferSource, upb_bufsrc)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesSink, upb_bytessink)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Sink, upb_sink)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A upb::Sink is an object that binds a upb::Handlers object to some runtime
+ * state. It represents an endpoint to which data can be sent.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): right now all of these functions take selectors. Should they
+ * take selectorbase instead?
+ *
+ * ie. instead of calling:
+ * sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD_START_STRING, ...)
+ * a selector base would let you say:
+ * sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD, ...)
+ *
+ * This would make call sites a little nicer and require emitting fewer selector
+ * definitions in .h files.
+ *
+ * But the current scheme has the benefit that you can retrieve a function
+ * pointer for any handler with handlers->GetHandler(selector), without having
+ * to have a separate GetHandler() function for each handler type. The JIT
+ * compiler uses this. To accommodate we'd have to expose a separate
+ * GetHandler() for every handler type.
+ *
+ * Also to ponder: selectors right now are independent of a specific Handlers
+ * instance. In other words, they allocate a number to every possible handler
+ * that *could* be registered, without knowing anything about what handlers
+ * *are* registered. That means that using selectors as table offsets prohibits
+ * us from compacting the handler table at Freeze() time. If the table is very
+ * sparse, this could be wasteful.
+ *
+ * Having another selector-like thing that is specific to a Handlers instance
+ * would allow this compacting, but then it would be impossible to write code
+ * ahead-of-time that can be bound to any Handlers instance at runtime. For
+ * example, a .proto file parser written as straight C will not know what
+ * Handlers it will be bound to, so when it calls sink->StartString() what
+ * selector will it pass? It needs a selector like we have today, that is
+ * independent of any particular upb::Handlers.
+ *
+ * Is there a way then to allow Handlers table compaction? */
+class upb::Sink {
public:
- // Constructor with no initialization; must be Reset() before use.
+ /* Constructor with no initialization; must be Reset() before use. */
Sink() {}
- // Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
- //
- // TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
- // matches it.
+ /* Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
+ *
+ * TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
+ * matches it. */
template <class T> Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure);
- // Resets the value of the sink.
+ /* Resets the value of the sink. */
template <class T> void Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure);
- // Returns the top-level object that is bound to this sink.
- //
- // TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
- // matches it.
+ /* Returns the top-level object that is bound to this sink.
+ *
+ * TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
+ * matches it. */
template <class T> T* GetObject() const;
- // Functions for pushing data into the sink.
- //
- // These return false if processing should stop (either due to error or just
- // to suspend).
- //
- // These may not be called from within one of the same sink's handlers (in
- // other words, handlers are not re-entrant).
-
- // Should be called at the start and end of every message; both the top-level
- // message and submessages. This means that submessages should use the
- // following sequence:
- // sink->StartSubMessage(startsubmsg_selector);
- // sink->StartMessage();
- // // ...
- // sink->EndMessage(&status);
- // sink->EndSubMessage(endsubmsg_selector);
+ /* Functions for pushing data into the sink.
+ *
+ * These return false if processing should stop (either due to error or just
+ * to suspend).
+ *
+ * These may not be called from within one of the same sink's handlers (in
+ * other words, handlers are not re-entrant). */
+
+ /* Should be called at the start and end of every message; both the top-level
+ * message and submessages. This means that submessages should use the
+ * following sequence:
+ * sink->StartSubMessage(startsubmsg_selector);
+ * sink->StartMessage();
+ * // ...
+ * sink->EndMessage(&status);
+ * sink->EndSubMessage(endsubmsg_selector); */
bool StartMessage();
bool EndMessage(Status* status);
- // Putting of individual values. These work for both repeated and
- // non-repeated fields, but for repeated fields you must wrap them in
- // calls to StartSequence()/EndSequence().
+ /* Putting of individual values. These work for both repeated and
+ * non-repeated fields, but for repeated fields you must wrap them in
+ * calls to StartSequence()/EndSequence(). */
bool PutInt32(Handlers::Selector s, int32_t val);
bool PutInt64(Handlers::Selector s, int64_t val);
bool PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector s, uint32_t val);
@@ -120,92 +122,101 @@ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Sink,
bool PutDouble(Handlers::Selector s, double val);
bool PutBool(Handlers::Selector s, bool val);
- // Putting of string/bytes values. Each string can consist of zero or more
- // non-contiguous buffers of data.
- //
- // For StartString(), the function will write a sink for the string to "sub."
- // The sub-sink must be used for any/all PutStringBuffer() calls.
+ /* Putting of string/bytes values. Each string can consist of zero or more
+ * non-contiguous buffers of data.
+ *
+ * For StartString(), the function will write a sink for the string to "sub."
+ * The sub-sink must be used for any/all PutStringBuffer() calls. */
bool StartString(Handlers::Selector s, size_t size_hint, Sink* sub);
size_t PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector s, const char *buf, size_t len,
const BufferHandle *handle);
bool EndString(Handlers::Selector s);
- // For submessage fields.
- //
- // For StartSubMessage(), the function will write a sink for the string to
- // "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
- // submessage.
+ /* For submessage fields.
+ *
+ * For StartSubMessage(), the function will write a sink for the string to
+ * "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
+ * submessage. */
bool StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub);
bool EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s);
- // For repeated fields of any type, the sequence of values must be wrapped in
- // these calls.
- //
- // For StartSequence(), the function will write a sink for the string to
- // "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
- // sequence.
+ /* For repeated fields of any type, the sequence of values must be wrapped in
+ * these calls.
+ *
+ * For StartSequence(), the function will write a sink for the string to
+ * "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
+ * sequence. */
bool StartSequence(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub);
bool EndSequence(Handlers::Selector s);
- // Copy and assign specifically allowed.
- // We don't even bother making these members private because so many
- // functions need them and this is mainly just a dumb data container anyway.
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_sink,
+ /* Copy and assign specifically allowed.
+ * We don't even bother making these members private because so many
+ * functions need them and this is mainly just a dumb data container anyway.
+ */
+#else
+struct upb_sink {
+#endif
const upb_handlers *handlers;
void *closure;
-));
+};
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BytesSink,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+class upb::BytesSink {
public:
BytesSink() {}
- // Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify
- // that T matches it.
+ /* Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify
+ * that T matches it. */
template <class T> BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure);
- // Resets the value of the sink.
+ /* Resets the value of the sink. */
template <class T> void Reset(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure);
bool Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc);
size_t PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len,
const BufferHandle *handle);
bool End();
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_bytessink,
+#else
+struct upb_bytessink {
+#endif
const upb_byteshandler *handler;
void *closure;
-));
+};
-// A class for pushing a flat buffer of data to a BytesSink.
-// You can construct an instance of this to get a resumable source,
-// or just call the static PutBuffer() to do a non-resumable push all in one go.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::BufferSource,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A class for pushing a flat buffer of data to a BytesSink.
+ * You can construct an instance of this to get a resumable source,
+ * or just call the static PutBuffer() to do a non-resumable push all in one
+ * go. */
+class upb::BufferSource {
public:
BufferSource();
BufferSource(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink);
- // Returns true if the entire buffer was pushed successfully. Otherwise the
- // next call to PutNext() will resume where the previous one left off.
- // TODO(haberman): implement this.
+ /* Returns true if the entire buffer was pushed successfully. Otherwise the
+ * next call to PutNext() will resume where the previous one left off.
+ * TODO(haberman): implement this. */
bool PutNext();
- // A static version; with this version is it not possible to resume in the
- // case of failure or a partially-consumed buffer.
+ /* A static version; with this version is it not possible to resume in the
+ * case of failure or a partially-consumed buffer. */
static bool PutBuffer(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink);
template <class T> static bool PutBuffer(const T& str, BytesSink* sink) {
return PutBuffer(str.c_str(), str.size(), sink);
}
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_bufsrc,
-));
+#else
+struct upb_bufsrc {
+ char dummy;
+#endif
+};
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-// Inline definitions.
+/* Inline definitions. */
UPB_INLINE void upb_bytessink_reset(upb_bytessink *s, const upb_byteshandler *h,
void *closure) {
@@ -215,10 +226,11 @@ UPB_INLINE void upb_bytessink_reset(upb_bytessink *s, const upb_byteshandler *h,
UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_start(upb_bytessink *s, size_t size_hint,
void **subc) {
+ typedef upb_startstr_handlerfunc func;
+ func *start;
*subc = s->closure;
if (!s->handler) return true;
- upb_startstr_handlerfunc *start =
- (upb_startstr_handlerfunc *)s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].func;
+ start = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].func;
if (!start) return true;
*subc = start(s->closure, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
@@ -230,9 +242,10 @@ UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_start(upb_bytessink *s, size_t size_hint,
UPB_INLINE size_t upb_bytessink_putbuf(upb_bytessink *s, void *subc,
const char *buf, size_t size,
const upb_bufhandle* handle) {
+ typedef upb_string_handlerfunc func;
+ func *putbuf;
if (!s->handler) return true;
- upb_string_handlerfunc *putbuf =
- (upb_string_handlerfunc *)s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].func;
+ putbuf = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].func;
if (!putbuf) return true;
return putbuf(subc, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
@@ -241,9 +254,10 @@ UPB_INLINE size_t upb_bytessink_putbuf(upb_bytessink *s, void *subc,
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_end(upb_bytessink *s) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *end;
if (!s->handler) return true;
- upb_endfield_handlerfunc *end =
- (upb_endfield_handlerfunc *)s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].func;
+ end = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].func;
if (!end) return true;
return end(s->closure,
@@ -254,10 +268,11 @@ UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_end(upb_bytessink *s) {
UPB_INLINE bool upb_bufsrc_putbuf(const char *buf, size_t len,
upb_bytessink *sink) {
void *subc;
+ bool ret;
upb_bufhandle handle;
upb_bufhandle_init(&handle);
upb_bufhandle_setbuf(&handle, buf, 0);
- bool ret = upb_bytessink_start(sink, len, &subc);
+ ret = upb_bytessink_start(sink, len, &subc);
if (ret && len != 0) {
ret = (upb_bytessink_putbuf(sink, subc, buf, len, &handle) == len);
}
@@ -271,21 +286,23 @@ UPB_INLINE bool upb_bufsrc_putbuf(const char *buf, size_t len,
#define PUTVAL(type, ctype) \
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_put##type(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, \
ctype val) { \
+ typedef upb_##type##_handlerfunc functype; \
+ functype *func; \
+ const void *hd; \
if (!s->handlers) return true; \
- upb_##type##_handlerfunc *func = \
- (upb_##type##_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); \
+ func = (functype *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); \
if (!func) return true; \
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); \
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); \
return func(s->closure, hd, val); \
}
-PUTVAL(int32, int32_t);
-PUTVAL(int64, int64_t);
-PUTVAL(uint32, uint32_t);
-PUTVAL(uint64, uint64_t);
-PUTVAL(float, float);
-PUTVAL(double, double);
-PUTVAL(bool, bool);
+PUTVAL(int32, int32_t)
+PUTVAL(int64, int64_t)
+PUTVAL(uint32, uint32_t)
+PUTVAL(uint64, uint64_t)
+PUTVAL(float, float)
+PUTVAL(double, double)
+PUTVAL(bool, bool)
#undef PUTVAL
UPB_INLINE void upb_sink_reset(upb_sink *s, const upb_handlers *h, void *c) {
@@ -296,114 +313,129 @@ UPB_INLINE void upb_sink_reset(upb_sink *s, const upb_handlers *h, void *c) {
UPB_INLINE size_t upb_sink_putstring(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
const char *buf, size_t n,
const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ typedef upb_string_handlerfunc func;
+ func *handler;
+ const void *hd;
if (!s->handlers) return n;
- upb_string_handlerfunc *handler =
- (upb_string_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ handler = (func *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!handler) return n;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
return handler(s->closure, hd, buf, n, handle);
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startmsg(upb_sink *s) {
+ typedef upb_startmsg_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startmsg;
+ const void *hd;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *startmsg =
- (upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers,
- UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+ startmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+
if (!startmsg) return true;
- const void *hd =
- upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
return startmsg(s->closure, hd);
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_status *status) {
+ typedef upb_endmsg_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endmsg;
+ const void *hd;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *endmsg =
- (upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers,
- UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
+ endmsg = (func *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
if (!endmsg) return true;
- const void *hd =
- upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
return endmsg(s->closure, hd, status);
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
upb_sink *sub) {
+ typedef upb_startfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startseq;
+ const void *hd;
sub->closure = s->closure;
sub->handlers = s->handlers;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_startfield_handlerfunc *startseq =
- (upb_startfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ startseq = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!startseq) return true;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
sub->closure = startseq(s->closure, hd);
return sub->closure ? true : false;
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endseq;
+ const void *hd;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_endfield_handlerfunc *endseq =
- (upb_endfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ endseq = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!endseq) return true;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
return endseq(s->closure, hd);
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
size_t size_hint, upb_sink *sub) {
+ typedef upb_startstr_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startstr;
+ const void *hd;
sub->closure = s->closure;
sub->handlers = s->handlers;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_startstr_handlerfunc *startstr =
- (upb_startstr_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ startstr = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!startstr) return true;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
sub->closure = startstr(s->closure, hd, size_hint);
return sub->closure ? true : false;
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endstr;
+ const void *hd;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_endfield_handlerfunc *endstr =
- (upb_endfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ endstr = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!endstr) return true;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
return endstr(s->closure, hd);
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
upb_sink *sub) {
+ typedef upb_startfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startsubmsg;
+ const void *hd;
sub->closure = s->closure;
if (!s->handlers) {
sub->handlers = NULL;
return true;
}
sub->handlers = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(s->handlers, sel);
- upb_startfield_handlerfunc *startsubmsg =
- (upb_startfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ startsubmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!startsubmsg) return true;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
sub->closure = startsubmsg(s->closure, hd);
return sub->closure ? true : false;
}
UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endsubmsg;
+ const void *hd;
if (!s->handlers) return true;
- upb_endfield_handlerfunc *endsubmsg =
- (upb_endfield_handlerfunc*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+ endsubmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
if (!endsubmsg) return s->closure;
- const void *hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
return endsubmsg(s->closure, hd);
}
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -492,7 +524,7 @@ inline bool BufferSource::PutBuffer(const char *buf, size_t len,
return upb_bufsrc_putbuf(buf, len, sink);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
#endif
diff --git a/upb/structdefs.int.h b/upb/structdefs.int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fa2972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/upb/structdefs.int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Google Inc. See LICENSE for details.
+ * Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions of structs that should be considered private
+ * and NOT stable across versions of upb.
+ *
+ * The only reason they are declared here and not in .c files is to allow upb
+ * and the application (if desired) to embed statically-initialized instances
+ * of structures like defs.
+ *
+ * If you include this file, all guarantees of ABI compatibility go out the
+ * window! Any code that includes this file needs to recompile against the
+ * exact same version of upb that they are linking against.
+ *
+ * You also need to recompile if you change the value of the UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+ * flag.
+ */
+
+#include <upb/def.h>
+
+#ifndef UPB_STATICINIT_H_
+#define UPB_STATICINIT_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* Because of how we do our typedefs, this header can't be included from C++. */
+#error This file cannot be included from C++
+#endif
+
+/* upb_refcounted *************************************************************/
+
+
+/* upb_def ********************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_def {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ const char *fullname;
+ char type; /* A upb_deftype_t (char to save space) */
+
+ /* Used as a flag during the def's mutable stage. Must be false unless
+ * it is currently being used by a function on the stack. This allows
+ * us to easily determine which defs were passed into the function's
+ * current invocation. */
+ bool came_from_user;
+};
+
+#define UPB_DEF_INIT(name, type, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), name, type, false }
+
+
+/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_fielddef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ union {
+ int64_t sint;
+ uint64_t uint;
+ double dbl;
+ float flt;
+ void *bytes;
+ } defaultval;
+ union {
+ const upb_msgdef *def; /* If !msg_is_symbolic. */
+ char *name; /* If msg_is_symbolic. */
+ } msg;
+ union {
+ const upb_def *def; /* If !subdef_is_symbolic. */
+ char *name; /* If subdef_is_symbolic. */
+ } sub; /* The msgdef or enumdef for this field, if upb_hassubdef(f). */
+ bool subdef_is_symbolic;
+ bool msg_is_symbolic;
+ const upb_oneofdef *oneof;
+ bool default_is_string;
+ bool type_is_set_; /* False until type is explicitly set. */
+ bool is_extension_;
+ bool lazy_;
+ bool packed_;
+ upb_intfmt_t intfmt;
+ bool tagdelim;
+ upb_fieldtype_t type_;
+ upb_label_t label_;
+ uint32_t number_;
+ uint32_t selector_base; /* Used to index into a upb::Handlers table. */
+ uint32_t index_;
+};
+
+#define UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(label, type, intfmt, tagdelim, is_extension, lazy, \
+ packed, name, num, msgdef, subdef, selector_base, \
+ index, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
+ { \
+ UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_FIELD, refs, ref2s), defaultval, {msgdef}, \
+ {subdef}, NULL, false, false, \
+ type == UPB_TYPE_STRING || type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES, true, is_extension, \
+ lazy, packed, intfmt, tagdelim, type, label, num, selector_base, index \
+ }
+
+
+/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_msgdef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ size_t selector_count;
+ uint32_t submsg_field_count;
+
+ /* Tables for looking up fields by number and name. */
+ upb_inttable itof; /* int to field */
+ upb_strtable ntof; /* name to field */
+
+ /* Tables for looking up oneofs by name. */
+ upb_strtable ntoo; /* name to oneof */
+
+ /* Is this a map-entry message?
+ * TODO: set this flag properly for static descriptors; regenerate
+ * descriptor.upb.c. */
+ bool map_entry;
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): proper extension ranges (there can be multiple). */
+};
+
+/* TODO: also support static initialization of the oneofs table. This will be
+ * needed if we compile in descriptors that contain oneofs. */
+#define UPB_MSGDEF_INIT(name, selector_count, submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \
+ refs, ref2s) \
+ { \
+ UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_MSG, refs, ref2s), selector_count, \
+ submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \
+ UPB_EMPTY_STRTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR), false \
+ }
+
+
+/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_enumdef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ upb_strtable ntoi;
+ upb_inttable iton;
+ int32_t defaultval;
+};
+
+#define UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT(name, ntoi, iton, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntoi, iton, defaultval }
+
+
+/* upb_oneofdef ***************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_oneofdef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ upb_strtable ntof;
+ upb_inttable itof;
+ const upb_msgdef *parent;
+};
+
+#define UPB_ONEOFDEF_INIT(name, ntof, itof, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, refs, ref2s), ntof, itof }
+
+
+/* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_symtab {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ upb_strtable symtab;
+};
+
+#define UPB_SYMTAB_INIT(symtab, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), symtab }
+
+
+#endif /* UPB_STATICINIT_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/symtab.c b/upb/symtab.c
index 817a581..6e6b6b8 100644
--- a/upb/symtab.c
+++ b/upb/symtab.c
@@ -5,32 +5,12 @@
* Author: Josh Haberman <jhaberman@gmail.com>
*/
+#include "upb/structdefs.int.h"
#include "upb/symtab.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
-bool upb_symtab_isfrozen(const upb_symtab *s) {
- return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(UPB_UPCAST(s));
-}
-
-void upb_symtab_ref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_ref(UPB_UPCAST(s), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_symtab_unref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_unref(UPB_UPCAST(s), owner);
-}
-
-void upb_symtab_donateref(
- const upb_symtab *s, const void *from, const void *to) {
- upb_refcounted_donateref(UPB_UPCAST(s), from, to);
-}
-
-void upb_symtab_checkref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner) {
- upb_refcounted_checkref(UPB_UPCAST(s), owner);
-}
-
static void upb_symtab_free(upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_symtab *s = (upb_symtab*)r;
upb_strtable_iter i;
@@ -47,18 +27,21 @@ static void upb_symtab_free(upb_refcounted *r) {
upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(const void *owner) {
static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {NULL, &upb_symtab_free};
upb_symtab *s = malloc(sizeof(*s));
- upb_refcounted_init(UPB_UPCAST(s), &vtbl, owner);
+ upb_refcounted_init(upb_symtab_upcast_mutable(s), &vtbl, owner);
upb_strtable_init(&s->symtab, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
return s;
}
void upb_symtab_freeze(upb_symtab *s) {
+ upb_refcounted *r;
+ bool ok;
+
assert(!upb_symtab_isfrozen(s));
- upb_refcounted *r = UPB_UPCAST(s);
- // The symtab does not take ref2's (see refcounted.h) on the defs, because
- // defs cannot refer back to the table and therefore cannot create cycles. So
- // 0 will suffice for maxdepth here.
- bool ok = upb_refcounted_freeze(&r, 1, NULL, 0);
+ r = upb_symtab_upcast_mutable(s);
+ /* The symtab does not take ref2's (see refcounted.h) on the defs, because
+ * defs cannot refer back to the table and therefore cannot create cycles. So
+ * 0 will suffice for maxdepth here. */
+ ok = upb_refcounted_freeze(&r, 1, NULL, 0);
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
}
@@ -83,19 +66,19 @@ const upb_enumdef *upb_symtab_lookupenum(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym) {
return def ? upb_dyncast_enumdef(def) : NULL;
}
-// Given a symbol and the base symbol inside which it is defined, find the
-// symbol's definition in t.
+/* Given a symbol and the base symbol inside which it is defined, find the
+ * symbol's definition in t. */
static upb_def *upb_resolvename(const upb_strtable *t,
const char *base, const char *sym) {
if(strlen(sym) == 0) return NULL;
if(sym[0] == '.') {
- // Symbols starting with '.' are absolute, so we do a single lookup.
- // Slice to omit the leading '.'
+ /* Symbols starting with '.' are absolute, so we do a single lookup.
+ * Slice to omit the leading '.' */
upb_value v;
return upb_strtable_lookup(t, sym + 1, &v) ? upb_value_getptr(v) : NULL;
} else {
- // Remove components from base until we find an entry or run out.
- // TODO: This branch is totally broken, but currently not used.
+ /* Remove components from base until we find an entry or run out.
+ * TODO: This branch is totally broken, but currently not used. */
(void)base;
assert(false);
return NULL;
@@ -108,36 +91,41 @@ const upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(const upb_symtab *s, const char *base,
return ret;
}
-// Searches def and its children to find defs that have the same name as any
-// def in "addtab." Returns true if any where found, and as a side-effect adds
-// duplicates of these defs into addtab.
-//
-// We use a modified depth-first traversal that traverses each SCC (which we
-// already computed) as if it were a single node. This allows us to traverse
-// the possibly-cyclic graph as if it were a DAG and to dup the correct set of
-// nodes with O(n) time.
+/* Searches def and its children to find defs that have the same name as any
+ * def in "addtab." Returns true if any where found, and as a side-effect adds
+ * duplicates of these defs into addtab.
+ *
+ * We use a modified depth-first traversal that traverses each SCC (which we
+ * already computed) as if it were a single node. This allows us to traverse
+ * the possibly-cyclic graph as if it were a DAG and to dup the correct set of
+ * nodes with O(n) time. */
static bool upb_resolve_dfs(const upb_def *def, upb_strtable *addtab,
const void *new_owner, upb_inttable *seen,
upb_status *s) {
- // Memoize results of this function for efficiency (since we're traversing a
- // DAG this is not needed to limit the depth of the search).
+ /* Memoize results of this function for efficiency (since we're traversing a
+ * DAG this is not needed to limit the depth of the search). */
upb_value v;
+ bool need_dup;
+ const upb_def *base;
+
if (upb_inttable_lookup(seen, (uintptr_t)def, &v))
return upb_value_getbool(v);
- // Visit submessages for all messages in the SCC.
- bool need_dup = false;
- const upb_def *base = def;
+ /* Visit submessages for all messages in the SCC. */
+ need_dup = false;
+ base = def;
do {
+ upb_value v;
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+
assert(upb_def_isfrozen(def));
if (def->type == UPB_DEF_FIELD) continue;
- upb_value v;
if (upb_strtable_lookup(addtab, upb_def_fullname(def), &v)) {
need_dup = true;
}
- // For messages, continue the recursion by visiting all subdefs.
- const upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(def);
+ /* For messages, continue the recursion by visiting all subdefs. */
+ m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(def);
if (m) {
upb_msg_field_iter i;
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
@@ -145,7 +133,7 @@ static bool upb_resolve_dfs(const upb_def *def, upb_strtable *addtab,
upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f)) continue;
- // |= to avoid short-circuit; we need its side-effects.
+ /* |= to avoid short-circuit; we need its side-effects. */
need_dup |= upb_resolve_dfs(
upb_fielddef_subdef(f), addtab, new_owner, seen, s);
if (!upb_ok(s)) return false;
@@ -154,11 +142,13 @@ static bool upb_resolve_dfs(const upb_def *def, upb_strtable *addtab,
} while ((def = (upb_def*)def->base.next) != base);
if (need_dup) {
- // Dup any defs that don't already have entries in addtab.
+ /* Dup any defs that don't already have entries in addtab. */
def = base;
do {
+ const char *name;
+
if (def->type == UPB_DEF_FIELD) continue;
- const char *name = upb_def_fullname(def);
+ name = upb_def_fullname(def);
if (!upb_strtable_lookup(addtab, name, NULL)) {
upb_def *newdef = upb_def_dup(def, new_owner);
if (!newdef) goto oom;
@@ -177,34 +167,41 @@ oom:
return false;
}
-// TODO(haberman): we need a lot more testing of error conditions.
-// The came_from_user stuff in particular is not tested.
+/* TODO(haberman): we need a lot more testing of error conditions.
+ * The came_from_user stuff in particular is not tested. */
bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
upb_status *status) {
- assert(!upb_symtab_isfrozen(s));
+ int i;
+ upb_strtable_iter iter;
upb_def **add_defs = NULL;
upb_strtable addtab;
+ upb_inttable seen;
+
+ assert(!upb_symtab_isfrozen(s));
if (!upb_strtable_init(&addtab, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "out of memory");
return false;
}
- // Add new defs to our "add" set.
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* Add new defs to our "add" set. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
upb_def *def = defs[i];
+ const char *fullname;
+ upb_fielddef *f;
+
if (upb_def_isfrozen(def)) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "added defs must be mutable");
goto err;
}
assert(!upb_def_isfrozen(def));
- const char *fullname = upb_def_fullname(def);
+ fullname = upb_def_fullname(def);
if (!fullname) {
upb_status_seterrmsg(
status, "Anonymous defs cannot be added to a symtab");
goto err;
}
- upb_fielddef *f = upb_dyncast_fielddef_mutable(def);
+ f = upb_dyncast_fielddef_mutable(def);
if (f) {
if (!upb_fielddef_containingtypename(f)) {
@@ -218,8 +215,8 @@ bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
upb_status_seterrf(status, "Conflicting defs named '%s'", fullname);
goto err;
}
- // We need this to back out properly, because if there is a failure we
- // need to donate the ref back to the caller.
+ /* We need this to back out properly, because if there is a failure we
+ * need to donate the ref back to the caller. */
def->came_from_user = true;
upb_def_donateref(def, ref_donor, s);
if (!upb_strtable_insert(&addtab, fullname, upb_value_ptr(def)))
@@ -227,31 +224,33 @@ bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
}
}
- // Add standalone fielddefs (ie. extensions) to the appropriate messages.
- // If the appropriate message only exists in the existing symtab, duplicate
- // it so we have a mutable copy we can add the fields to.
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* Add standalone fielddefs (ie. extensions) to the appropriate messages.
+ * If the appropriate message only exists in the existing symtab, duplicate
+ * it so we have a mutable copy we can add the fields to. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
upb_def *def = defs[i];
upb_fielddef *f = upb_dyncast_fielddef_mutable(def);
+ const char *msgname;
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_msgdef *m;
+
if (!f) continue;
- const char *msgname = upb_fielddef_containingtypename(f);
- // We validated this earlier in this function.
+ msgname = upb_fielddef_containingtypename(f);
+ /* We validated this earlier in this function. */
assert(msgname);
- // If the extendee name is absolutely qualified, move past the initial ".".
- // TODO(haberman): it is not obvious what it would mean if this was not
- // absolutely qualified.
+ /* If the extendee name is absolutely qualified, move past the initial ".".
+ * TODO(haberman): it is not obvious what it would mean if this was not
+ * absolutely qualified. */
if (msgname[0] == '.') {
msgname++;
}
- upb_value v;
- upb_msgdef *m;
if (upb_strtable_lookup(&addtab, msgname, &v)) {
- // Extendee is in the set of defs the user asked us to add.
+ /* Extendee is in the set of defs the user asked us to add. */
m = upb_value_getptr(v);
} else {
- // Need to find and dup the extendee from the existing symtab.
+ /* Need to find and dup the extendee from the existing symtab. */
const upb_msgdef *frozen_m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, msgname);
if (!frozen_m) {
upb_status_seterrf(status,
@@ -273,37 +272,37 @@ bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
}
}
- // Add dups of any existing def that can reach a def with the same name as
- // anything in our "add" set.
- upb_inttable seen;
+ /* Add dups of any existing def that can reach a def with the same name as
+ * anything in our "add" set. */
if (!upb_inttable_init(&seen, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL)) goto oom_err;
- upb_strtable_iter i;
- upb_strtable_begin(&i, &s->symtab);
- for (; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
- upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&i));
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &s->symtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
upb_resolve_dfs(def, &addtab, s, &seen, status);
if (!upb_ok(status)) goto err;
}
upb_inttable_uninit(&seen);
- // Now using the table, resolve symbolic references for subdefs.
- upb_strtable_begin(&i, &addtab);
- for (; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
- upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&i));
+ /* Now using the table, resolve symbolic references for subdefs. */
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &addtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ const char *base;
+ upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef_mutable(def);
+ upb_msg_field_iter j;
+
if (!m) continue;
- // Type names are resolved relative to the message in which they appear.
- const char *base = upb_msgdef_fullname(m);
+ /* Type names are resolved relative to the message in which they appear. */
+ base = upb_msgdef_fullname(m);
- upb_msg_field_iter j;
for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
!upb_msg_field_done(&j);
upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
const char *name = upb_fielddef_subdefname(f);
if (name && !upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
- // Try the lookup in the current set of to-be-added defs first. If not
- // there, try existing defs.
+ /* Try the lookup in the current set of to-be-added defs first. If not
+ * there, try existing defs. */
upb_def *subdef = upb_resolvename(&addtab, base, name);
if (subdef == NULL) {
subdef = upb_resolvename(&s->symtab, base, name);
@@ -319,31 +318,33 @@ bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
}
}
- // We need an array of the defs in addtab, for passing to upb_def_freeze.
+ /* We need an array of the defs in addtab, for passing to upb_def_freeze. */
add_defs = malloc(sizeof(void*) * upb_strtable_count(&addtab));
if (add_defs == NULL) goto oom_err;
- upb_strtable_begin(&i, &addtab);
- for (n = 0; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
- add_defs[n++] = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&i));
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &addtab);
+ for (n = 0; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ add_defs[n++] = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
}
if (!upb_def_freeze(add_defs, n, status)) goto err;
- // This must be delayed until all errors have been detected, since error
- // recovery code uses this table to cleanup defs.
+ /* This must be delayed until all errors have been detected, since error
+ * recovery code uses this table to cleanup defs. */
upb_strtable_uninit(&addtab);
- // TODO(haberman) we don't properly handle errors after this point (like
- // OOM in upb_strtable_insert() below).
- for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ /* TODO(haberman) we don't properly handle errors after this point (like
+ * OOM in upb_strtable_insert() below). */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
upb_def *def = add_defs[i];
const char *name = upb_def_fullname(def);
upb_value v;
+ bool success;
+
if (upb_strtable_remove(&s->symtab, name, &v)) {
const upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(v);
upb_def_unref(def, s);
}
- bool success = upb_strtable_insert(&s->symtab, name, upb_value_ptr(def));
+ success = upb_strtable_insert(&s->symtab, name, upb_value_ptr(def));
UPB_ASSERT_VAR(success, success == true);
}
free(add_defs);
@@ -352,12 +353,11 @@ bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
oom_err:
upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "out of memory");
err: {
- // For defs the user passed in, we need to donate the refs back. For defs
- // we dup'd, we need to just unref them.
- upb_strtable_iter i;
- upb_strtable_begin(&i, &addtab);
- for (; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
- upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&i));
+ /* For defs the user passed in, we need to donate the refs back. For defs
+ * we dup'd, we need to just unref them. */
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &addtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
bool came_from_user = def->came_from_user;
def->came_from_user = false;
if (came_from_user) {
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ err: {
return false;
}
-// Iteration.
+/* Iteration. */
static void advance_to_matching(upb_symtab_iter *iter) {
if (iter->type == UPB_DEF_ANY)
diff --git a/upb/symtab.h b/upb/symtab.h
index c0a1976..f9a0a95 100644
--- a/upb/symtab.h
+++ b/upb/symtab.h
@@ -23,7 +23,8 @@
namespace upb { class SymbolTable; }
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::SymbolTable, upb_symtab);
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::SymbolTable, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_symtab, upb_refcounted)
typedef struct {
UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
@@ -31,87 +32,85 @@ typedef struct {
upb_deftype_t type;
} upb_symtab_iter;
-// Non-const methods in upb::SymbolTable are NOT thread-safe.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::SymbolTable, upb::RefCounted,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Non-const methods in upb::SymbolTable are NOT thread-safe. */
+class upb::SymbolTable {
public:
- // Returns a new symbol table with a single ref owned by "owner."
- // Returns NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ /* Returns a new symbol table with a single ref owned by "owner."
+ * Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
static reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> New();
- // Functionality from upb::RefCounted.
- bool IsFrozen() const;
- void Ref(const void* owner) const;
- void Unref(const void* owner) const;
- void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
- void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
-
- // For all lookup functions, the returned pointer is not owned by the
- // caller; it may be invalidated by any non-const call or unref of the
- // SymbolTable! To protect against this, take a ref if desired.
-
- // Freezes the symbol table: prevents further modification of it.
- // After the Freeze() operation is successful, the SymbolTable must only be
- // accessed via a const pointer.
- //
- // Unlike with upb::MessageDef/upb::EnumDef/etc, freezing a SymbolTable is not
- // a necessary step in using a SymbolTable. If you have no need for it to be
- // immutable, there is no need to freeze it ever. However sometimes it is
- // useful, and SymbolTables that are statically compiled into the binary are
- // always frozen by nature.
+ /* Include RefCounted base methods. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* For all lookup functions, the returned pointer is not owned by the
+ * caller; it may be invalidated by any non-const call or unref of the
+ * SymbolTable! To protect against this, take a ref if desired. */
+
+ /* Freezes the symbol table: prevents further modification of it.
+ * After the Freeze() operation is successful, the SymbolTable must only be
+ * accessed via a const pointer.
+ *
+ * Unlike with upb::MessageDef/upb::EnumDef/etc, freezing a SymbolTable is not
+ * a necessary step in using a SymbolTable. If you have no need for it to be
+ * immutable, there is no need to freeze it ever. However sometimes it is
+ * useful, and SymbolTables that are statically compiled into the binary are
+ * always frozen by nature. */
void Freeze();
- // Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto,
- // namely:
- //
- // If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise,
- // C++-like scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested
- // types within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up
- // to the root namespace).
- //
- // If not found, returns NULL.
+ /* Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto,
+ * namely:
+ *
+ * If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise,
+ * C++-like scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested
+ * types within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up
+ * to the root namespace).
+ *
+ * If not found, returns NULL. */
const Def* Resolve(const char* base, const char* sym) const;
- // Finds an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If not found,
- // returns NULL.
+ /* Finds an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If not found,
+ * returns NULL. */
const Def* Lookup(const char *sym) const;
const MessageDef* LookupMessage(const char *sym) const;
const EnumDef* LookupEnum(const char *sym) const;
- // TODO: introduce a C++ iterator, but make it nice and templated so that if
- // you ask for an iterator of MessageDef the iterated elements are strongly
- // typed as MessageDef*.
-
- // Adds the given mutable defs to the symtab, resolving all symbols
- // (including enum default values) and finalizing the defs. Only one def per
- // name may be in the list, but defs can replace existing defs in the symtab.
- // All defs must have a name -- anonymous defs are not allowed. Anonymous
- // defs can still be frozen by calling upb_def_freeze() directly.
- //
- // Any existing defs that can reach defs that are being replaced will
- // themselves be replaced also, so that the resulting set of defs is fully
- // consistent.
- //
- // This logic implemented in this method is a convenience; ultimately it
- // calls some combination of upb_fielddef_setsubdef(), upb_def_dup(), and
- // upb_freeze(), any of which the client could call themself. However, since
- // the logic for doing so is nontrivial, we provide it here.
- //
- // The entire operation either succeeds or fails. If the operation fails,
- // the symtab is unchanged, false is returned, and status indicates the
- // error. The caller passes a ref on all defs to the symtab (even if the
- // operation fails).
- //
- // TODO(haberman): currently failure will leave the symtab unchanged, but may
- // leave the defs themselves partially resolved. Does this matter? If so we
- // could do a prepass that ensures that all symbols are resolvable and bail
- // if not, so we don't mutate anything until we know the operation will
- // succeed.
- //
- // TODO(haberman): since the defs must be mutable, refining a frozen def
- // requires making mutable copies of the entire tree. This is wasteful if
- // only a few messages are changing. We may want to add a way of adding a
- // tree of frozen defs to the symtab (perhaps an alternate constructor where
- // you pass the root of the tree?)
+ /* TODO: introduce a C++ iterator, but make it nice and templated so that if
+ * you ask for an iterator of MessageDef the iterated elements are strongly
+ * typed as MessageDef*. */
+
+ /* Adds the given mutable defs to the symtab, resolving all symbols
+ * (including enum default values) and finalizing the defs. Only one def per
+ * name may be in the list, but defs can replace existing defs in the symtab.
+ * All defs must have a name -- anonymous defs are not allowed. Anonymous
+ * defs can still be frozen by calling upb_def_freeze() directly.
+ *
+ * Any existing defs that can reach defs that are being replaced will
+ * themselves be replaced also, so that the resulting set of defs is fully
+ * consistent.
+ *
+ * This logic implemented in this method is a convenience; ultimately it
+ * calls some combination of upb_fielddef_setsubdef(), upb_def_dup(), and
+ * upb_freeze(), any of which the client could call themself. However, since
+ * the logic for doing so is nontrivial, we provide it here.
+ *
+ * The entire operation either succeeds or fails. If the operation fails,
+ * the symtab is unchanged, false is returned, and status indicates the
+ * error. The caller passes a ref on all defs to the symtab (even if the
+ * operation fails).
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): currently failure will leave the symtab unchanged, but may
+ * leave the defs themselves partially resolved. Does this matter? If so we
+ * could do a prepass that ensures that all symbols are resolvable and bail
+ * if not, so we don't mutate anything until we know the operation will
+ * succeed.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): since the defs must be mutable, refining a frozen def
+ * requires making mutable copies of the entire tree. This is wasteful if
+ * only a few messages are changing. We may want to add a way of adding a
+ * tree of frozen defs to the symtab (perhaps an alternate constructor where
+ * you pass the root of the tree?) */
bool Add(Def*const* defs, int n, void* ref_donor, upb_status* status);
bool Add(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, void *owner, Status* status) {
@@ -119,25 +118,17 @@ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(upb::SymbolTable, upb::RefCounted,
}
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(SymbolTable, upb::SymbolTable);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(upb_symtab, upb_refcounted,
- upb_strtable symtab;
-));
-
-#define UPB_SYMTAB_INIT(symtab, refs, ref2s) \
- { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(refs, ref2s), symtab }
-
-UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C // {
-
-// Native C API.
-// From upb_refcounted.
-bool upb_symtab_isfrozen(const upb_symtab *s);
-void upb_symtab_ref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner);
-void upb_symtab_unref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner);
-void upb_symtab_donateref(
- const upb_symtab *s, const void *from, const void *to);
-void upb_symtab_checkref(const upb_symtab *s, const void *owner);
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(SymbolTable, upb::SymbolTable)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_symtab_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_symtab, upb_symtab_upcast)
upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(const void *owner);
void upb_symtab_freeze(upb_symtab *s);
@@ -149,48 +140,32 @@ const upb_enumdef *upb_symtab_lookupenum(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, int n, void *ref_donor,
upb_status *status);
-// upb_symtab_iter i;
-// for(upb_symtab_begin(&i, s, type); !upb_symtab_done(&i);
-// upb_symtab_next(&i)) {
-// const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_iter_def(&i);
-// // ...
-// }
-//
-// For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
-// It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
-// const if the upb_msgdef* is const.
+/* upb_symtab_iter i;
+ * for(upb_symtab_begin(&i, s, type); !upb_symtab_done(&i);
+ * upb_symtab_next(&i)) {
+ * const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_iter_def(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
+ * It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
+ * const if the upb_msgdef* is const. */
void upb_symtab_begin(upb_symtab_iter *iter, const upb_symtab *s,
upb_deftype_t type);
void upb_symtab_next(upb_symtab_iter *iter);
bool upb_symtab_done(const upb_symtab_iter *iter);
const upb_def *upb_symtab_iter_def(const upb_symtab_iter *iter);
-UPB_END_EXTERN_C // }
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// C++ inline wrappers.
+/* C++ inline wrappers. */
namespace upb {
inline reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> SymbolTable::New() {
upb_symtab *s = upb_symtab_new(&s);
return reffed_ptr<SymbolTable>(s, &s);
}
-inline bool SymbolTable::IsFrozen() const {
- return upb_symtab_isfrozen(this);
-}
-inline void SymbolTable::Ref(const void *owner) const {
- upb_symtab_ref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void SymbolTable::Unref(const void *owner) const {
- upb_symtab_unref(this, owner);
-}
-inline void SymbolTable::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
- upb_symtab_donateref(this, from, to);
-}
-inline void SymbolTable::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
- upb_symtab_checkref(this, owner);
-}
-
inline void SymbolTable::Freeze() {
return upb_symtab_freeze(this);
}
@@ -208,7 +183,7 @@ inline bool SymbolTable::Add(
Def*const* defs, int n, void* ref_donor, upb_status* status) {
return upb_symtab_add(this, (upb_def*const*)defs, n, ref_donor, status);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
#endif /* UPB_SYMTAB_H_ */
diff --git a/upb/table.c b/upb/table.c
index 68c8e8f..cee2cf8 100644
--- a/upb/table.c
+++ b/upb/table.c
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
-#define UPB_MAXARRSIZE 16 // 64k.
+#define UPB_MAXARRSIZE 16 /* 64k. */
-// From Chromium.
+/* From Chromium. */
#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) \
((sizeof(x)/sizeof(0[x])) / ((size_t)(!(sizeof(x) % sizeof(0[x])))))
static const double MAX_LOAD = 0.85;
-// The minimum utilization of the array part of a mixed hash/array table. This
-// is a speed/memory-usage tradeoff (though it's not straightforward because of
-// cache effects). The lower this is, the more memory we'll use.
+/* The minimum utilization of the array part of a mixed hash/array table. This
+ * is a speed/memory-usage tradeoff (though it's not straightforward because of
+ * cache effects). The lower this is, the more memory we'll use. */
static const double MIN_DENSITY = 0.1;
bool is_pow2(uint64_t v) { return v == 0 || (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ int log2ceil(uint64_t v) {
int ret = 0;
bool pow2 = is_pow2(v);
while (v >>= 1) ret++;
- ret = pow2 ? ret : ret + 1; // Ceiling.
+ ret = pow2 ? ret : ret + 1; /* Ceiling. */
return UPB_MIN(UPB_MAXARRSIZE, ret);
}
@@ -40,12 +40,15 @@ char *upb_strdup(const char *s) {
}
char *upb_strdup2(const char *s, size_t len) {
- // Prevent overflow errors.
+ size_t n;
+ char *p;
+
+ /* Prevent overflow errors. */
if (len == SIZE_MAX) return NULL;
- // Always null-terminate, even if binary data; but don't rely on the input to
- // have a null-terminating byte since it may be a raw binary buffer.
- size_t n = len + 1;
- char *p = malloc(n);
+ /* Always null-terminate, even if binary data; but don't rely on the input to
+ * have a null-terminating byte since it may be a raw binary buffer. */
+ n = len + 1;
+ p = malloc(n);
if (p) {
memcpy(p, s, len);
p[len] = 0;
@@ -53,7 +56,7 @@ char *upb_strdup2(const char *s, size_t len) {
return p;
}
-// A type to represent the lookup key of either a strtable or an inttable.
+/* A type to represent the lookup key of either a strtable or an inttable. */
typedef union {
uintptr_t num;
struct {
@@ -80,7 +83,7 @@ typedef bool eqlfunc_t(upb_tabkey k1, lookupkey_t k2);
/* Base table (shared code) ***************************************************/
-// For when we need to cast away const.
+/* For when we need to cast away const. */
static upb_tabent *mutable_entries(upb_table *t) {
return (upb_tabent*)t->entries;
}
@@ -90,11 +93,13 @@ static bool isfull(upb_table *t) {
}
static bool init(upb_table *t, upb_ctype_t ctype, uint8_t size_lg2) {
+ size_t bytes;
+
t->count = 0;
t->ctype = ctype;
t->size_lg2 = size_lg2;
t->mask = upb_table_size(t) ? upb_table_size(t) - 1 : 0;
- size_t bytes = upb_table_size(t) * sizeof(upb_tabent);
+ bytes = upb_table_size(t) * sizeof(upb_tabent);
if (bytes > 0) {
t->entries = malloc(bytes);
if (!t->entries) return false;
@@ -118,8 +123,10 @@ static upb_tabent *getentry_mutable(upb_table *t, uint32_t hash) {
static const upb_tabent *findentry(const upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key,
uint32_t hash, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ const upb_tabent *e;
+
if (t->size_lg2 == 0) return NULL;
- const upb_tabent *e = upb_getentry(t, hash);
+ e = upb_getentry(t, hash);
if (upb_tabent_isempty(e)) return NULL;
while (1) {
if (eql(e->key, key)) return e;
@@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ static bool lookup(const upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_value *v,
const upb_tabent *e = findentry(t, key, hash, eql);
if (e) {
if (v) {
- _upb_value_setval(v, e->val, t->ctype);
+ _upb_value_setval(v, e->val.val, t->ctype);
}
return true;
} else {
@@ -145,36 +152,41 @@ static bool lookup(const upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_value *v,
}
}
-// The given key must not already exist in the table.
+/* The given key must not already exist in the table. */
static void insert(upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_tabkey tabkey,
upb_value val, uint32_t hash,
hashfunc_t *hashfunc, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ upb_tabent *mainpos_e;
+ upb_tabent *our_e;
+
UPB_UNUSED(eql);
UPB_UNUSED(key);
assert(findentry(t, key, hash, eql) == NULL);
assert(val.ctype == t->ctype);
+
t->count++;
- upb_tabent *mainpos_e = getentry_mutable(t, hash);
- upb_tabent *our_e = mainpos_e;
+ mainpos_e = getentry_mutable(t, hash);
+ our_e = mainpos_e;
+
if (upb_tabent_isempty(mainpos_e)) {
- // Our main position is empty; use it.
+ /* Our main position is empty; use it. */
our_e->next = NULL;
} else {
- // Collision.
+ /* Collision. */
upb_tabent *new_e = emptyent(t);
- // Head of collider's chain.
+ /* Head of collider's chain. */
upb_tabent *chain = getentry_mutable(t, hashfunc(mainpos_e->key));
if (chain == mainpos_e) {
- // Existing ent is in its main posisiton (it has the same hash as us, and
- // is the head of our chain). Insert to new ent and append to this chain.
+ /* Existing ent is in its main posisiton (it has the same hash as us, and
+ * is the head of our chain). Insert to new ent and append to this chain. */
new_e->next = mainpos_e->next;
mainpos_e->next = new_e;
our_e = new_e;
} else {
- // Existing ent is not in its main position (it is a node in some other
- // chain). This implies that no existing ent in the table has our hash.
- // Evict it (updating its chain) and use its ent for head of our chain.
- *new_e = *mainpos_e; // copies next.
+ /* Existing ent is not in its main position (it is a node in some other
+ * chain). This implies that no existing ent in the table has our hash.
+ * Evict it (updating its chain) and use its ent for head of our chain. */
+ *new_e = *mainpos_e; /* copies next. */
while (chain->next != mainpos_e) {
chain = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
assert(chain);
@@ -185,7 +197,7 @@ static void insert(upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_tabkey tabkey,
}
}
our_e->key = tabkey;
- our_e->val = val.val;
+ our_e->val.val = val.val;
assert(findentry(t, key, hash, eql) == our_e);
}
@@ -194,31 +206,34 @@ static bool rm(upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_value *val,
upb_tabent *chain = getentry_mutable(t, hash);
if (upb_tabent_isempty(chain)) return false;
if (eql(chain->key, key)) {
- // Element to remove is at the head of its chain.
+ /* Element to remove is at the head of its chain. */
t->count--;
if (val) {
- _upb_value_setval(val, chain->val, t->ctype);
+ _upb_value_setval(val, chain->val.val, t->ctype);
}
if (chain->next) {
upb_tabent *move = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
*chain = *move;
if (removed) *removed = move->key;
- move->key = 0; // Make the slot empty.
+ move->key = 0; /* Make the slot empty. */
} else {
if (removed) *removed = chain->key;
- chain->key = 0; // Make the slot empty.
+ chain->key = 0; /* Make the slot empty. */
}
return true;
} else {
- // Element to remove is either in a non-head position or not in the table.
+ /* Element to remove is either in a non-head position or not in the
+ * table. */
while (chain->next && !eql(chain->next->key, key))
chain = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
if (chain->next) {
- // Found element to remove.
+ /* Found element to remove. */
+ upb_tabent *rm;
+
if (val) {
- _upb_value_setval(val, chain->next->val, t->ctype);
+ _upb_value_setval(val, chain->next->val.val, t->ctype);
}
- upb_tabent *rm = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
+ rm = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
if (removed) *removed = rm->key;
rm->key = 0;
chain->next = rm->next;
@@ -246,7 +261,7 @@ static size_t begin(const upb_table *t) {
/* upb_strtable ***************************************************************/
-// A simple "subclass" of upb_table that only adds a hash function for strings.
+/* A simple "subclass" of upb_table that only adds a hash function for strings. */
static upb_tabkey strcopy(lookupkey_t k2) {
char *str = malloc(k2.str.len + sizeof(uint32_t) + 1);
@@ -273,16 +288,18 @@ bool upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *t, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
}
void upb_strtable_uninit(upb_strtable *t) {
- for (size_t i = 0; i < upb_table_size(&t->t); i++)
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < upb_table_size(&t->t); i++)
free((void*)t->t.entries[i].key);
uninit(&t->t);
}
bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2) {
upb_strtable new_table;
+ upb_strtable_iter i;
+
if (!init(&new_table.t, t->t.ctype, size_lg2))
return false;
- upb_strtable_iter i;
upb_strtable_begin(&i, t);
for ( ; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
upb_strtable_insert2(
@@ -298,17 +315,22 @@ bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2) {
bool upb_strtable_insert2(upb_strtable *t, const char *k, size_t len,
upb_value v) {
+ lookupkey_t key;
+ upb_tabkey tabkey;
+ uint32_t hash;
+
if (isfull(&t->t)) {
- // Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it.
+ /* Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it. */
if (!upb_strtable_resize(t, t->t.size_lg2 + 1)) {
return false;
}
}
- lookupkey_t key = strkey2(k, len);
- upb_tabkey tabkey = strcopy(key);
+
+ key = strkey2(k, len);
+ tabkey = strcopy(key);
if (tabkey == 0) return false;
- uint32_t hash = MurmurHash2(key.str.str, key.str.len, 0);
+ hash = MurmurHash2(key.str.str, key.str.len, 0);
insert(&t->t, key, tabkey, v, hash, &strhash, &streql);
return true;
}
@@ -331,7 +353,7 @@ bool upb_strtable_remove2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
}
}
-// Iteration
+/* Iteration */
static const upb_tabent *str_tabent(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
return &i->t->t.entries[i->index];
@@ -357,15 +379,15 @@ const char *upb_strtable_iter_key(upb_strtable_iter *i) {
}
size_t upb_strtable_iter_keylength(upb_strtable_iter *i) {
- assert(!upb_strtable_done(i));
uint32_t len;
+ assert(!upb_strtable_done(i));
upb_tabstr(str_tabent(i)->key, &len);
return len;
}
upb_value upb_strtable_iter_value(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
assert(!upb_strtable_done(i));
- return _upb_value_val(str_tabent(i)->val, i->t->t.ctype);
+ return _upb_value_val(str_tabent(i)->val.val, i->t->t.ctype);
}
void upb_strtable_iter_setdone(upb_strtable_iter *i) {
@@ -382,8 +404,8 @@ bool upb_strtable_iter_isequal(const upb_strtable_iter *i1,
/* upb_inttable ***************************************************************/
-// For inttables we use a hybrid structure where small keys are kept in an
-// array and large keys are put in the hash table.
+/* For inttables we use a hybrid structure where small keys are kept in an
+ * array and large keys are put in the hash table. */
static uint32_t inthash(upb_tabkey key) { return upb_inthash(key); }
@@ -391,11 +413,11 @@ static bool inteql(upb_tabkey k1, lookupkey_t k2) {
return k1 == k2.num;
}
-static _upb_value *mutable_array(upb_inttable *t) {
- return (_upb_value*)t->array;
+static upb_tabval *mutable_array(upb_inttable *t) {
+ return (upb_tabval*)t->array;
}
-static _upb_value *inttable_val(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key) {
+static upb_tabval *inttable_val(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key) {
if (key < t->array_size) {
return upb_arrhas(t->array[key]) ? &(mutable_array(t)[key]) : NULL;
} else {
@@ -405,7 +427,7 @@ static _upb_value *inttable_val(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key) {
}
}
-static const _upb_value *inttable_val_const(const upb_inttable *t,
+static const upb_tabval *inttable_val_const(const upb_inttable *t,
uintptr_t key) {
return inttable_val((upb_inttable*)t, key);
}
@@ -417,7 +439,7 @@ size_t upb_inttable_count(const upb_inttable *t) {
static void check(upb_inttable *t) {
UPB_UNUSED(t);
#if defined(UPB_DEBUG_TABLE) && !defined(NDEBUG)
- // This check is very expensive (makes inserts/deletes O(N)).
+ /* This check is very expensive (makes inserts/deletes O(N)). */
size_t count = 0;
upb_inttable_iter i;
upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
@@ -430,12 +452,14 @@ static void check(upb_inttable *t) {
bool upb_inttable_sizedinit(upb_inttable *t, upb_ctype_t ctype,
size_t asize, int hsize_lg2) {
+ size_t array_bytes;
+
if (!init(&t->t, ctype, hsize_lg2)) return false;
- // Always make the array part at least 1 long, so that we know key 0
- // won't be in the hash part, which simplifies things.
+ /* Always make the array part at least 1 long, so that we know key 0
+ * won't be in the hash part, which simplifies things. */
t->array_size = UPB_MAX(1, asize);
t->array_count = 0;
- size_t array_bytes = t->array_size * sizeof(upb_value);
+ array_bytes = t->array_size * sizeof(upb_value);
t->array = malloc(array_bytes);
if (!t->array) {
uninit(&t->t);
@@ -456,23 +480,31 @@ void upb_inttable_uninit(upb_inttable *t) {
}
bool upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val) {
- assert(upb_arrhas(val.val));
+ /* XXX: Table can't store value (uint64_t)-1. Need to somehow statically
+ * guarantee that this is not necessary, or fix the limitation. */
+ upb_tabval tabval;
+ tabval.val = val.val;
+ UPB_UNUSED(tabval);
+ assert(upb_arrhas(tabval));
+
if (key < t->array_size) {
assert(!upb_arrhas(t->array[key]));
t->array_count++;
- mutable_array(t)[key] = val.val;
+ mutable_array(t)[key].val = val.val;
} else {
if (isfull(&t->t)) {
- // Need to resize the hash part, but we re-use the array part.
+ /* Need to resize the hash part, but we re-use the array part. */
+ size_t i;
upb_table new_table;
if (!init(&new_table, t->t.ctype, t->t.size_lg2 + 1))
return false;
- size_t i;
for (i = begin(&t->t); i < upb_table_size(&t->t); i = next(&t->t, i)) {
const upb_tabent *e = &t->t.entries[i];
+ uint32_t hash;
upb_value v;
- _upb_value_setval(&v, e->val, t->t.ctype);
- uint32_t hash = upb_inthash(e->key);
+
+ _upb_value_setval(&v, e->val.val, t->t.ctype);
+ hash = upb_inthash(e->key);
insert(&new_table, intkey(e->key), e->key, v, hash, &inthash, &inteql);
}
@@ -488,16 +520,16 @@ bool upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val) {
}
bool upb_inttable_lookup(const upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *v) {
- const _upb_value *table_v = inttable_val_const(t, key);
+ const upb_tabval *table_v = inttable_val_const(t, key);
if (!table_v) return false;
- if (v) _upb_value_setval(v, *table_v, t->t.ctype);
+ if (v) _upb_value_setval(v, table_v->val, t->t.ctype);
return true;
}
bool upb_inttable_replace(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val) {
- _upb_value *table_v = inttable_val(t, key);
+ upb_tabval *table_v = inttable_val(t, key);
if (!table_v) return false;
- *table_v = val.val;
+ table_v->val = val.val;
return true;
}
@@ -505,11 +537,11 @@ bool upb_inttable_remove(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *val) {
bool success;
if (key < t->array_size) {
if (upb_arrhas(t->array[key])) {
+ upb_tabval empty = UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT;
t->array_count--;
if (val) {
- _upb_value_setval(val, t->array[key], t->t.ctype);
+ _upb_value_setval(val, t->array[key].val, t->t.ctype);
}
- _upb_value empty = UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT;
mutable_array(t)[key] = empty;
success = true;
} else {
@@ -549,10 +581,14 @@ bool upb_inttable_removeptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val) {
}
void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t) {
- // Create a power-of-two histogram of the table keys.
+ /* Create a power-of-two histogram of the table keys. */
int counts[UPB_MAXARRSIZE + 1] = {0};
uintptr_t max_key = 0;
upb_inttable_iter i;
+ size_t arr_size;
+ int arr_count;
+ upb_inttable new_t;
+
upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
@@ -562,15 +598,17 @@ void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t) {
counts[log2ceil(key)]++;
}
- size_t arr_size = 1;
- int arr_count = upb_inttable_count(t);
+ arr_size = 1;
+ arr_count = upb_inttable_count(t);
if (upb_inttable_count(t) >= max_key * MIN_DENSITY) {
- // We can put 100% of the entries in the array part.
+ /* We can put 100% of the entries in the array part. */
arr_size = max_key + 1;
} else {
- // Find the largest power of two that satisfies the MIN_DENSITY definition.
- for (int size_lg2 = ARRAY_SIZE(counts) - 1; size_lg2 > 1; size_lg2--) {
+ /* Find the largest power of two that satisfies the MIN_DENSITY
+ * definition. */
+ int size_lg2;
+ for (size_lg2 = ARRAY_SIZE(counts) - 1; size_lg2 > 1; size_lg2--) {
arr_size = 1 << size_lg2;
arr_count -= counts[size_lg2];
if (arr_count >= arr_size * MIN_DENSITY) {
@@ -579,38 +617,39 @@ void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t) {
}
}
- // Array part must always be at least 1 entry large to catch lookups of key
- // 0. Key 0 must always be in the array part because "0" in the hash part
- // denotes an empty entry.
+ /* Array part must always be at least 1 entry large to catch lookups of key
+ * 0. Key 0 must always be in the array part because "0" in the hash part
+ * denotes an empty entry. */
arr_size = UPB_MAX(arr_size, 1);
- // Insert all elements into new, perfectly-sized table.
- int hash_count = upb_inttable_count(t) - arr_count;
- int hash_size = hash_count ? (hash_count / MAX_LOAD) + 1 : 0;
- int hashsize_lg2 = log2ceil(hash_size);
- assert(hash_count >= 0);
-
- upb_inttable new_t;
- upb_inttable_sizedinit(&new_t, t->t.ctype, arr_size, hashsize_lg2);
- upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
- for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
- uintptr_t k = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
- upb_inttable_insert(&new_t, k, upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ {
+ /* Insert all elements into new, perfectly-sized table. */
+ int hash_count = upb_inttable_count(t) - arr_count;
+ int hash_size = hash_count ? (hash_count / MAX_LOAD) + 1 : 0;
+ int hashsize_lg2 = log2ceil(hash_size);
+
+ assert(hash_count >= 0);
+ upb_inttable_sizedinit(&new_t, t->t.ctype, arr_size, hashsize_lg2);
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+ for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ uintptr_t k = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&new_t, k, upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ }
+ assert(new_t.array_size == arr_size);
+ assert(new_t.t.size_lg2 == hashsize_lg2);
}
- assert(new_t.array_size == arr_size);
- assert(new_t.t.size_lg2 == hashsize_lg2);
upb_inttable_uninit(t);
*t = new_t;
}
-// Iteration.
+/* Iteration. */
static const upb_tabent *int_tabent(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
assert(!i->array_part);
return &i->t->t.entries[i->index];
}
-static _upb_value int_arrent(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+static upb_tabval int_arrent(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
assert(i->array_part);
return i->t->array[i->index];
}
@@ -655,7 +694,7 @@ uintptr_t upb_inttable_iter_key(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
upb_value upb_inttable_iter_value(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
assert(!upb_inttable_done(i));
return _upb_value_val(
- i->array_part ? i->t->array[i->index] : int_tabent(i)->val,
+ i->array_part ? i->t->array[i->index].val : int_tabent(i)->val.val,
i->t->t.ctype);
}
@@ -673,26 +712,26 @@ bool upb_inttable_iter_isequal(const upb_inttable_iter *i1,
}
#ifdef UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// MurmurHash2, by Austin Appleby (released as public domain).
-// Reformatted and C99-ified by Joshua Haberman.
-// Note - This code makes a few assumptions about how your machine behaves -
-// 1. We can read a 4-byte value from any address without crashing
-// 2. sizeof(int) == 4 (in upb this limitation is removed by using uint32_t
-// And it has a few limitations -
-// 1. It will not work incrementally.
-// 2. It will not produce the same results on little-endian and big-endian
-// machines.
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MurmurHash2, by Austin Appleby (released as public domain).
+ * Reformatted and C99-ified by Joshua Haberman.
+ * Note - This code makes a few assumptions about how your machine behaves -
+ * 1. We can read a 4-byte value from any address without crashing
+ * 2. sizeof(int) == 4 (in upb this limitation is removed by using uint32_t
+ * And it has a few limitations -
+ * 1. It will not work incrementally.
+ * 2. It will not produce the same results on little-endian and big-endian
+ * machines. */
uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
- // 'm' and 'r' are mixing constants generated offline.
- // They're not really 'magic', they just happen to work well.
+ /* 'm' and 'r' are mixing constants generated offline.
+ * They're not really 'magic', they just happen to work well. */
const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995;
const int32_t r = 24;
- // Initialize the hash to a 'random' value
+ /* Initialize the hash to a 'random' value */
uint32_t h = seed ^ len;
- // Mix 4 bytes at a time into the hash
+ /* Mix 4 bytes at a time into the hash */
const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key;
while(len >= 4) {
uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data;
@@ -708,15 +747,15 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
len -= 4;
}
- // Handle the last few bytes of the input array
+ /* Handle the last few bytes of the input array */
switch(len) {
case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16;
case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8;
case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m;
};
- // Do a few final mixes of the hash to ensure the last few
- // bytes are well-incorporated.
+ /* Do a few final mixes of the hash to ensure the last few
+ * bytes are well-incorporated. */
h ^= h >> 13;
h *= m;
h ^= h >> 15;
@@ -724,13 +763,13 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
return h;
}
-#else // !UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK
+#else /* !UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK */
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// MurmurHashAligned2, by Austin Appleby
-// Same algorithm as MurmurHash2, but only does aligned reads - should be safer
-// on certain platforms.
-// Performance will be lower than MurmurHash2
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MurmurHashAligned2, by Austin Appleby
+ * Same algorithm as MurmurHash2, but only does aligned reads - should be safer
+ * on certain platforms.
+ * Performance will be lower than MurmurHash2 */
#define MIX(h,k,m) { k *= m; k ^= k >> r; k *= m; h *= m; h ^= k; }
@@ -742,8 +781,10 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
uint8_t align = (uintptr_t)data & 3;
if(align && (len >= 4)) {
- // Pre-load the temp registers
+ /* Pre-load the temp registers */
uint32_t t = 0, d = 0;
+ int32_t sl;
+ int32_t sr;
switch(align) {
case 1: t |= data[2] << 16;
@@ -756,16 +797,18 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
data += 4-align;
len -= 4-align;
- int32_t sl = 8 * (4-align);
- int32_t sr = 8 * align;
+ sl = 8 * (4-align);
+ sr = 8 * align;
- // Mix
+ /* Mix */
while(len >= 4) {
+ uint32_t k;
+
d = *(uint32_t *)data;
t = (t >> sr) | (d << sl);
- uint32_t k = t;
+ k = t;
MIX(h,k,m);
@@ -775,25 +818,27 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
len -= 4;
}
- // Handle leftover data in temp registers
+ /* Handle leftover data in temp registers */
d = 0;
if(len >= align) {
+ uint32_t k;
+
switch(align) {
case 3: d |= data[2] << 16;
case 2: d |= data[1] << 8;
case 1: d |= data[0];
}
- uint32_t k = (t >> sr) | (d << sl);
+ k = (t >> sr) | (d << sl);
MIX(h,k,m);
data += align;
len -= align;
- //----------
- // Handle tail bytes
+ /* ----------
+ * Handle tail bytes */
switch(len) {
case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16;
@@ -824,8 +869,8 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
len -= 4;
}
- //----------
- // Handle tail bytes
+ /* ----------
+ * Handle tail bytes */
switch(len) {
case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16;
@@ -842,4 +887,4 @@ uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
}
#undef MIX
-#endif // UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK
+#endif /* UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK */
diff --git a/upb/table.int.h b/upb/table.int.h
index b6e8eb7..28e2cff 100644
--- a/upb/table.int.h
+++ b/upb/table.int.h
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ extern "C" {
/* upb_value ******************************************************************/
-// A tagged union (stored untagged inside the table) so that we can check that
-// clients calling table accessors are correctly typed without having to have
-// an explosion of accessors.
+/* A tagged union (stored untagged inside the table) so that we can check that
+ * clients calling table accessors are correctly typed without having to have
+ * an explosion of accessors. */
typedef enum {
UPB_CTYPE_INT32 = 1,
UPB_CTYPE_INT64 = 2,
@@ -47,85 +47,54 @@ typedef enum {
UPB_CTYPE_CSTR = 6,
UPB_CTYPE_PTR = 7,
UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR = 8,
- UPB_CTYPE_FPTR = 9,
+ UPB_CTYPE_FPTR = 9
} upb_ctype_t;
-typedef union {
- int32_t int32;
- int64_t int64;
- uint64_t uint64;
- uint32_t uint32;
- bool _bool;
- char *cstr;
- void *ptr;
- const void *constptr;
- upb_func *fptr;
-} _upb_value;
-
typedef struct {
- _upb_value val;
+ uint64_t val;
#ifndef NDEBUG
- // In debug mode we carry the value type around also so we can check accesses
- // to be sure the right member is being read.
+ /* In debug mode we carry the value type around also so we can check accesses
+ * to be sure the right member is being read. */
upb_ctype_t ctype;
#endif
} upb_value;
-#ifdef UPB_C99
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, member) {.member = v}
-#endif
-#define UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE UPB_VALUE_INIT(NULL, ptr)
-
#ifdef NDEBUG
#define SET_TYPE(dest, val) UPB_UNUSED(val)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_NONE {UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE}
#else
#define SET_TYPE(dest, val) dest = val
-// Non-existent type, all reads will fail.
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_NONE {UPB__VALUE_INIT_NONE, -1}
#endif
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT32(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, int32)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT64(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, int64)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_UINT32(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, uint32)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_UINT64(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, uint64)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_BOOL(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, _bool)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_CSTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, cstr)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_PTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, ptr)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_CONSTPTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, constptr)
-#define UPB_VALUE_INIT_FPTR(v) UPB_VALUE_INIT(v, fptr)
-
-// Like strdup(), which isn't always available since it's not ANSI C.
+/* Like strdup(), which isn't always available since it's not ANSI C. */
char *upb_strdup(const char *s);
-// Variant that works with a length-delimited rather than NULL-delimited string,
-// as supported by strtable.
+/* Variant that works with a length-delimited rather than NULL-delimited string,
+ * as supported by strtable. */
char *upb_strdup2(const char *s, size_t len);
-UPB_INLINE void _upb_value_setval(upb_value *v, _upb_value val,
+UPB_INLINE void _upb_value_setval(upb_value *v, uint64_t val,
upb_ctype_t ctype) {
v->val = val;
SET_TYPE(v->ctype, ctype);
}
-UPB_INLINE upb_value _upb_value_val(_upb_value val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+UPB_INLINE upb_value _upb_value_val(uint64_t val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
upb_value ret;
_upb_value_setval(&ret, val, ctype);
return ret;
}
-// For each value ctype, define the following set of functions:
-//
-// // Get/set an int32 from a upb_value.
-// int32_t upb_value_getint32(upb_value val);
-// void upb_value_setint32(upb_value *val, int32_t cval);
-//
-// // Construct a new upb_value from an int32.
-// upb_value upb_value_int32(int32_t val);
-#define FUNCS(name, membername, type_t, proto_type) \
+/* For each value ctype, define the following set of functions:
+ *
+ * // Get/set an int32 from a upb_value.
+ * int32_t upb_value_getint32(upb_value val);
+ * void upb_value_setint32(upb_value *val, int32_t cval);
+ *
+ * // Construct a new upb_value from an int32.
+ * upb_value upb_value_int32(int32_t val); */
+#define FUNCS(name, membername, type_t, converter, proto_type) \
UPB_INLINE void upb_value_set ## name(upb_value *val, type_t cval) { \
- val->val.uint64 = 0; \
+ val->val = (converter)cval; \
SET_TYPE(val->ctype, proto_type); \
- val->val.membername = cval; \
} \
UPB_INLINE upb_value upb_value_ ## name(type_t val) { \
upb_value ret; \
@@ -134,31 +103,41 @@ UPB_INLINE upb_value _upb_value_val(_upb_value val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
} \
UPB_INLINE type_t upb_value_get ## name(upb_value val) { \
assert(val.ctype == proto_type); \
- return val.val.membername; \
+ return (type_t)(converter)val.val; \
}
-FUNCS(int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT32);
-FUNCS(int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT64);
-FUNCS(uint32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT32);
-FUNCS(uint64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64);
-FUNCS(bool, _bool, bool, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL);
-FUNCS(cstr, cstr, char*, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR);
-FUNCS(ptr, ptr, void*, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
-FUNCS(constptr, constptr, const void*, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR);
-FUNCS(fptr, fptr, upb_func*, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR);
+FUNCS(int32, int32, int32_t, int32_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT32)
+FUNCS(int64, int64, int64_t, int64_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT64)
+FUNCS(uint32, uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT32)
+FUNCS(uint64, uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64)
+FUNCS(bool, _bool, bool, bool, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL)
+FUNCS(cstr, cstr, char*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR)
+FUNCS(ptr, ptr, void*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)
+FUNCS(constptr, constptr, const void*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR)
+FUNCS(fptr, fptr, upb_func*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR)
#undef FUNCS
+#undef SET_TYPE
-/* upb_table ******************************************************************/
+/* upb_tabkey *****************************************************************/
+
+/* Either:
+ * 1. an actual integer key, or
+ * 2. a pointer to a string prefixed by its uint32_t length, owned by us.
+ *
+ * ...depending on whether this is a string table or an int table. We would
+ * make this a union of those two types, but C89 doesn't support statically
+ * initializing a non-first union member. */
+typedef uintptr_t upb_tabkey;
#define UPB_TABKEY_NUM(n) n
#define UPB_TABKEY_NONE 0
-// The preprocessor isn't quite powerful enough to turn the compile-time string
-// length into a byte-wise string representation, so code generation needs to
-// help it along.
-//
-// "len1" is the low byte and len4 is the high byte.
+/* The preprocessor isn't quite powerful enough to turn the compile-time string
+ * length into a byte-wise string representation, so code generation needs to
+ * help it along.
+ *
+ * "len1" is the low byte and len4 is the high byte. */
#ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
#define UPB_TABKEY_STR(len1, len2, len3, len4, strval) \
(uintptr_t)(len4 len3 len2 len1 strval)
@@ -167,53 +146,105 @@ FUNCS(fptr, fptr, upb_func*, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR);
(uintptr_t)(len1 len2 len3 len4 strval)
#endif
-// Either:
-// 1. an actual integer key, or
-// 2. a pointer to a string prefixed by its uint32_t length, owned by us.
-//
-// ...depending on whether this is a string table or an int table. We would
-// make this a union of those two types, but C89 doesn't support statically
-// initializing a non-first union member.
-typedef uintptr_t upb_tabkey;
-
-// Ideally we could use a structure like this instead of the memcpy() calls:
-//
-// typedef struct {
-// uint32_t len;
-// char data[1]; // Allocate to correct length.
-// } upb_tabstr;
-//
-// But unfortuantely in C89 there is no way to statically initialize such a
-// thing. So instead of memcpy() the length in and out of the string.
-
UPB_INLINE char *upb_tabstr(upb_tabkey key, uint32_t *len) {
char* mem = (char*)key;
if (len) memcpy(len, mem, sizeof(*len));
return mem + sizeof(*len);
}
+
+/* upb_tabval *****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Status initialization not supported.
+ *
+ * This separate definition is necessary because in C++, UINTPTR_MAX isn't
+ * reliably available. */
+typedef struct {
+ uint64_t val;
+} upb_tabval;
+
+#else
+
+/* C -- supports static initialization, but to support static initialization of
+ * both integers and points for both 32 and 64 bit targets, it takes a little
+ * bit of doing. */
+
+#if UINTPTR_MAX == 0xffffffffffffffffULL
+#define UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+#elif UINTPTR_MAX != 0xffffffff
+#error Could not determine how many bits pointers are.
+#endif
+
+typedef union {
+ /* For static initialization.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately this ugliness is necessary -- it is the only way that we can,
+ * with -std=c89 -pedantic, statically initialize this to either a pointer or
+ * an integer on 32-bit platforms. */
+ struct {
+#ifdef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+ uintptr_t val;
+#else
+ uintptr_t val1;
+ uintptr_t val2;
+#endif
+ } staticinit;
+
+ /* The normal accessor that we use for everything at runtime. */
+ uint64_t val;
+} upb_tabval;
+
+#ifdef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{v}}
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1}}
+#else
+
+/* 32-bit pointers */
+
+#ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{0, v}}
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1, -1}}
+#else
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{v, 0}}
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1, -1}}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(v) UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT((uintptr_t)v)
+
+#undef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/* upb_table ******************************************************************/
+
typedef struct _upb_tabent {
upb_tabkey key;
- _upb_value val;
+ upb_tabval val;
- // Internal chaining. This is const so we can create static initializers for
- // tables. We cast away const sometimes, but *only* when the containing
- // upb_table is known to be non-const. This requires a bit of care, but
- // the subtlety is confined to table.c.
+ /* Internal chaining. This is const so we can create static initializers for
+ * tables. We cast away const sometimes, but *only* when the containing
+ * upb_table is known to be non-const. This requires a bit of care, but
+ * the subtlety is confined to table.c. */
const struct _upb_tabent *next;
} upb_tabent;
typedef struct {
- size_t count; // Number of entries in the hash part.
- size_t mask; // Mask to turn hash value -> bucket.
- upb_ctype_t ctype; // Type of all values.
- uint8_t size_lg2; // Size of the hash table part is 2^size_lg2 entries.
-
- // Hash table entries.
- // Making this const isn't entirely accurate; what we really want is for it to
- // have the same const-ness as the table it's inside. But there's no way to
- // declare that in C. So we have to make it const so that we can statically
- // initialize const hash tables. Then we cast away const when we have to.
+ size_t count; /* Number of entries in the hash part. */
+ size_t mask; /* Mask to turn hash value -> bucket. */
+ upb_ctype_t ctype; /* Type of all values. */
+ uint8_t size_lg2; /* Size of the hashtable part is 2^size_lg2 entries. */
+
+ /* Hash table entries.
+ * Making this const isn't entirely accurate; what we really want is for it to
+ * have the same const-ness as the table it's inside. But there's no way to
+ * declare that in C. So we have to make it const so that we can statically
+ * initialize const hash tables. Then we cast away const when we have to.
+ */
const upb_tabent *entries;
} upb_table;
@@ -228,10 +259,10 @@ typedef struct {
UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL)
typedef struct {
- upb_table t; // For entries that don't fit in the array part.
- const _upb_value *array; // Array part of the table. See const note above.
- size_t array_size; // Array part size.
- size_t array_count; // Array part number of elements.
+ upb_table t; /* For entries that don't fit in the array part. */
+ const upb_tabval *array; /* Array part of the table. See const note above. */
+ size_t array_size; /* Array part size. */
+ size_t array_count; /* Array part number of elements. */
} upb_inttable;
#define UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent, a, asize, acount) \
@@ -240,8 +271,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(ctype) \
UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL, NULL, 0, 0)
-#define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYVAL -1
-#define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT UPB_VALUE_INIT_INT64(UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYVAL)
+#define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT -1
UPB_INLINE size_t upb_table_size(const upb_table *t) {
if (t->size_lg2 == 0)
@@ -250,12 +280,12 @@ UPB_INLINE size_t upb_table_size(const upb_table *t) {
return 1 << t->size_lg2;
}
-// Internal-only functions, in .h file only out of necessity.
+/* Internal-only functions, in .h file only out of necessity. */
UPB_INLINE bool upb_tabent_isempty(const upb_tabent *e) {
return e->key == 0;
}
-// Used by some of the unit tests for generic hashing functionality.
+/* Used by some of the unit tests for generic hashing functionality. */
uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed);
UPB_INLINE uintptr_t upb_intkey(uintptr_t key) {
@@ -270,93 +300,94 @@ static const upb_tabent *upb_getentry(const upb_table *t, uint32_t hash) {
return t->entries + (hash & t->mask);
}
-UPB_INLINE bool upb_arrhas(_upb_value v) {
- return v.uint64 != (uint64_t)UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYVAL;
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_arrhas(upb_tabval key) {
+ return key.val != (uint64_t)-1;
}
-// Initialize and uninitialize a table, respectively. If memory allocation
-// failed, false is returned that the table is uninitialized.
+/* Initialize and uninitialize a table, respectively. If memory allocation
+ * failed, false is returned that the table is uninitialized. */
bool upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype);
bool upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype);
void upb_inttable_uninit(upb_inttable *table);
void upb_strtable_uninit(upb_strtable *table);
-// Returns the number of values in the table.
+/* Returns the number of values in the table. */
size_t upb_inttable_count(const upb_inttable *t);
UPB_INLINE size_t upb_strtable_count(const upb_strtable *t) {
return t->t.count;
}
-// Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must
-// not already exist in the hash table. For string tables, the key must be
-// NULL-terminated, and the table will make an internal copy of the key.
-// Inttables must not insert a value of UINTPTR_MAX.
-//
-// If a table resize was required but memory allocation failed, false is
-// returned and the table is unchanged.
+/* Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must
+ * not already exist in the hash table. For string tables, the key must be
+ * NULL-terminated, and the table will make an internal copy of the key.
+ * Inttables must not insert a value of UINTPTR_MAX.
+ *
+ * If a table resize was required but memory allocation failed, false is
+ * returned and the table is unchanged. */
bool upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val);
bool upb_strtable_insert2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
upb_value val);
-// For NULL-terminated strings.
+/* For NULL-terminated strings. */
UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
upb_value val) {
return upb_strtable_insert2(t, key, strlen(key), val);
}
-// Looks up key in this table, returning "true" if the key was found.
-// If v is non-NULL, copies the value for this key into *v.
+/* Looks up key in this table, returning "true" if the key was found.
+ * If v is non-NULL, copies the value for this key into *v. */
bool upb_inttable_lookup(const upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *v);
bool upb_strtable_lookup2(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
upb_value *v);
-// For NULL-terminated strings.
+/* For NULL-terminated strings. */
UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_lookup(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
upb_value *v) {
return upb_strtable_lookup2(t, key, strlen(key), v);
}
-// Removes an item from the table. Returns true if the remove was successful,
-// and stores the removed item in *val if non-NULL.
+/* Removes an item from the table. Returns true if the remove was successful,
+ * and stores the removed item in *val if non-NULL. */
bool upb_inttable_remove(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *val);
bool upb_strtable_remove2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
upb_value *val);
-// For NULL-terminated strings.
+/* For NULL-terminated strings. */
UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_remove(upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
upb_value *v) {
return upb_strtable_remove2(t, key, strlen(key), v);
}
-// Updates an existing entry in an inttable. If the entry does not exist,
-// returns false and does nothing. Unlike insert/remove, this does not
-// invalidate iterators.
+/* Updates an existing entry in an inttable. If the entry does not exist,
+ * returns false and does nothing. Unlike insert/remove, this does not
+ * invalidate iterators. */
bool upb_inttable_replace(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val);
-// Handy routines for treating an inttable like a stack. May not be mixed with
-// other insert/remove calls.
+/* Handy routines for treating an inttable like a stack. May not be mixed with
+ * other insert/remove calls. */
bool upb_inttable_push(upb_inttable *t, upb_value val);
upb_value upb_inttable_pop(upb_inttable *t);
-// Convenience routines for inttables with pointer keys.
+/* Convenience routines for inttables with pointer keys. */
bool upb_inttable_insertptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value val);
bool upb_inttable_removeptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val);
bool upb_inttable_lookupptr(
const upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val);
-// Optimizes the table for the current set of entries, for both memory use and
-// lookup time. Client should call this after all entries have been inserted;
-// inserting more entries is legal, but will likely require a table resize.
+/* Optimizes the table for the current set of entries, for both memory use and
+ * lookup time. Client should call this after all entries have been inserted;
+ * inserting more entries is legal, but will likely require a table resize. */
void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t);
-// A special-case inlinable version of the lookup routine for 32-bit integers.
+/* A special-case inlinable version of the lookup routine for 32-bit
+ * integers. */
UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_lookup32(const upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key,
upb_value *v) {
- *v = upb_value_int32(0); // Silence compiler warnings.
+ *v = upb_value_int32(0); /* Silence compiler warnings. */
if (key < t->array_size) {
- _upb_value arrval = t->array[key];
+ upb_tabval arrval = t->array[key];
if (upb_arrhas(arrval)) {
- _upb_value_setval(v, arrval, t->t.ctype);
+ _upb_value_setval(v, arrval.val, t->t.ctype);
return true;
} else {
return false;
@@ -366,7 +397,7 @@ UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_lookup32(const upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key,
if (t->t.entries == NULL) return false;
for (e = upb_getentry(&t->t, upb_inthash(key)); true; e = e->next) {
if ((uint32_t)e->key == key) {
- _upb_value_setval(v, e->val, t->t.ctype);
+ _upb_value_setval(v, e->val.val, t->t.ctype);
return true;
}
if (e->next == NULL) return false;
@@ -374,42 +405,43 @@ UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_lookup32(const upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key,
}
}
-// Exposed for testing only.
+/* Exposed for testing only. */
bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2);
/* Iterators ******************************************************************/
-// Iterators for int and string tables. We are subject to some kind of unusual
-// design constraints:
-//
-// For high-level languages:
-// - we must be able to guarantee that we don't crash or corrupt memory even if
-// the program accesses an invalidated iterator.
-//
-// For C++11 range-based for:
-// - iterators must be copyable
-// - iterators must be comparable
-// - it must be possible to construct an "end" value.
-//
-// Iteration order is undefined.
-//
-// Modifying the table invalidates iterators. upb_{str,int}table_done() is
-// guaranteed to work even on an invalidated iterator, as long as the table it
-// is iterating over has not been freed. Calling next() or accessing data from
-// an invalidated iterator yields unspecified elements from the table, but it is
-// guaranteed not to crash and to return real table elements (except when done()
-// is true).
+/* Iterators for int and string tables. We are subject to some kind of unusual
+ * design constraints:
+ *
+ * For high-level languages:
+ * - we must be able to guarantee that we don't crash or corrupt memory even if
+ * the program accesses an invalidated iterator.
+ *
+ * For C++11 range-based for:
+ * - iterators must be copyable
+ * - iterators must be comparable
+ * - it must be possible to construct an "end" value.
+ *
+ * Iteration order is undefined.
+ *
+ * Modifying the table invalidates iterators. upb_{str,int}table_done() is
+ * guaranteed to work even on an invalidated iterator, as long as the table it
+ * is iterating over has not been freed. Calling next() or accessing data from
+ * an invalidated iterator yields unspecified elements from the table, but it is
+ * guaranteed not to crash and to return real table elements (except when done()
+ * is true). */
/* upb_strtable_iter **********************************************************/
-// upb_strtable_iter i;
-// upb_strtable_begin(&i, t);
-// for(; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
-// const char *key = upb_strtable_iter_key(&i);
-// const upb_value val = upb_strtable_iter_value(&i);
-// // ...
-// }
+/* upb_strtable_iter i;
+ * upb_strtable_begin(&i, t);
+ * for(; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
+ * const char *key = upb_strtable_iter_key(&i);
+ * const upb_value val = upb_strtable_iter_value(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
typedef struct {
const upb_strtable *t;
@@ -429,13 +461,14 @@ bool upb_strtable_iter_isequal(const upb_strtable_iter *i1,
/* upb_inttable_iter **********************************************************/
-// upb_inttable_iter i;
-// upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
-// for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
-// uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
-// upb_value val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i);
-// // ...
-// }
+/* upb_inttable_iter i;
+ * upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+ * for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ * uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ * upb_value val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
typedef struct {
const upb_inttable *t;
diff --git a/upb/upb.c b/upb/upb.c
index c58d307..cee7f56 100644
--- a/upb/upb.c
+++ b/upb/upb.c
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ bool upb_dumptostderr(void *closure, const upb_status* status) {
return false;
}
-// Guarantee null-termination and provide ellipsis truncation.
-// It may be tempting to "optimize" this by initializing these final
-// four bytes up-front and then being careful never to overwrite them,
-// this is safer and simpler.
+/* Guarantee null-termination and provide ellipsis truncation.
+ * It may be tempting to "optimize" this by initializing these final
+ * four bytes up-front and then being careful never to overwrite them,
+ * this is safer and simpler. */
static void nullz(upb_status *status) {
const char *ellipsis = "...";
size_t len = strlen(ellipsis);
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ void upb_status_seterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, ...) {
void upb_status_vseterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, va_list args) {
if (!status) return;
status->ok_ = false;
- vsnprintf(status->msg, sizeof(status->msg), fmt, args);
+ _upb_vsnprintf(status->msg, sizeof(status->msg), fmt, args);
nullz(status);
}
diff --git a/upb/upb.h b/upb/upb.h
index b62ac36..ad094f4 100644
--- a/upb/upb.h
+++ b/upb/upb.h
@@ -18,37 +18,59 @@
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
-// inline if possible, emit standalone code if required.
+/* UPB_INLINE: inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define UPB_INLINE inline
+#elif defined (__GNUC__)
+#define UPB_INLINE static __inline__
#else
-#define UPB_INLINE static inline
+#define UPB_INLINE static
#endif
-// Define this manually if you're on big endian and your compiler doesn't
-// provide these preprocessor symbols.
+/* Define UPB_BIG_ENDIAN manually if you're on big endian and your compiler
+ * doesn't provide these preprocessor symbols. */
#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && (__BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__)
#define UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif
-// For use in C/C++ source files (not headers), forces inlining within the file.
+/* Macros for function attributes on compilers that support them. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define UPB_FORCEINLINE inline __attribute__((always_inline))
+#define UPB_FORCEINLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
#define UPB_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline))
-#else
+#define UPB_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#else /* !defined(__GNUC__) */
#define UPB_FORCEINLINE
#define UPB_NOINLINE
+#define UPB_NORETURN
#endif
-#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
-#define UPB_C99
+/* A few hacky workarounds for functions not in C89.
+ * For internal use only!
+ * TODO(haberman): fix these by including our own implementations, or finding
+ * another workaround.
+ */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define _upb_snprintf __builtin_snprintf
+#define _upb_vsnprintf __builtin_vsnprintf
+#elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+/* C99 versions. */
+#define _upb_snprintf snprintf
+#define _upb_vsnprintf vsnprintf
+#else
+#error Need implementations of [v]snprintf
#endif
+
#if ((defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || \
defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)) && !defined(UPB_NO_CXX11)
#define UPB_CXX11
#endif
+/* UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN()
+ * UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS()
+ *
+ * Declare these in the "private" section of a C++ class to forbid copy/assign
+ * or all POD ops (construct, destruct, copy, assign) on that class. */
#ifdef UPB_CXX11
#include <type_traits>
#define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \
@@ -57,51 +79,53 @@
#define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \
class_name() = delete; \
~class_name() = delete; \
- /* Friend Pointer<T> so it can access base class. */ \
- friend class Pointer<full_class_name>; \
- friend class Pointer<const full_class_name>; \
UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name)
#define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type) \
static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<type>::value, \
#type " must be standard layout");
-#else // !defined(UPB_CXX11)
+#else /* !defined(UPB_CXX11) */
#define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \
class_name(const class_name&); \
void operator=(const class_name&);
#define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \
class_name(); \
~class_name(); \
- /* Friend Pointer<T> so it can access base class. */ \
- friend class Pointer<full_class_name>; \
- friend class Pointer<const full_class_name>; \
UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name)
#define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type)
#endif
+/* UPB_DECLARE_TYPE()
+ * UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE()
+ * UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2()
+ *
+ * Macros for declaring C and C++ types both, including inheritance.
+ * The inheritance doesn't use real C++ inheritance, to stay compatible with C.
+ *
+ * These macros also provide upcasts:
+ * - in C: types-specific functions (ie. upb_foo_upcast(foo))
+ * - in C++: upb::upcast(foo) along with implicit conversions
+ *
+ * Downcasts are not provided, but upb/def.h defines downcasts for upb::Def. */
+
+#define UPB_C_UPCASTS(ty, base) \
+ UPB_INLINE base *ty ## _upcast_mutable(ty *p) { return (base*)p; } \
+ UPB_INLINE const base *ty ## _upcast(const ty *p) { return (const base*)p; }
+
+#define UPB_C_UPCASTS2(ty, base, base2) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS(ty, base) \
+ UPB_INLINE base2 *ty ## _upcast2_mutable(ty *p) { return (base2*)p; } \
+ UPB_INLINE const base2 *ty ## _upcast2(const ty *p) { return (const base2*)p; }
#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP private:
-#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) typedef cppname cname;
#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C extern "C" {
#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C }
-#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(cname, members) members;
-#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(cname, cbase, members) \
- public: \
- cbase* base() { return &base_; } \
- const cbase* base() const { return &base_; } \
- \
- private: \
- cbase base_; \
- members;
-#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, cppmethods, members) \
- class cppname { \
- cppmethods \
- members \
- }; \
- UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(cppname);
-#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(cppname, cppbase, cppmethods, members) \
- UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, cppmethods, members) \
+#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP private:
+#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) typedef cppname cname;
+
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(cppname, cppbase, cname, cbase) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS(cname, cbase) \
namespace upb { \
template <> \
class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase<cppname, cppbase> { \
@@ -115,8 +139,11 @@
explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) : PointerBase(ptr) {} \
}; \
}
-#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cppmethods, members) \
- UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, UPB_QUOTE(cppmethods), members) \
+
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cname, cbase, \
+ cbase2) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS2(cname, cbase, cbase2) \
namespace upb { \
template <> \
class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase2<cppname, cppbase, cppbase2> { \
@@ -131,96 +158,97 @@
}; \
}
-#else // !defined(__cplusplus)
+#else /* !defined(__cplusplus) */
+#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C
#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
struct cname; \
typedef struct cname cname;
-#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
-#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C
-#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(cname, members) \
- struct cname { \
- members; \
- };
-#define UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT(cname, cbase, members) \
- struct cname { \
- cbase base; \
- members; \
- };
-#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(cppname, cppmethods, members) members
-#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS1(cppname, cppbase, cppmethods, members) members
-#define UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cppmethods, members) \
- members
-
-#endif // defined(__cplusplus)
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(cppname, cppbase, cname, cbase) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS(cname, cbase)
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, \
+ cname, cbase, cbase2) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS2(cname, cbase, cbase2)
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define UPB_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
-#else
-#define UPB_NORETURN
-#endif
+#endif /* defined(__cplusplus) */
#define UPB_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
#define UPB_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
#define UPB_UNUSED(var) (void)var
-// Code with commas confuses the preprocessor when passed as arguments, whether
-// C++ type names with commas (eg. Foo<int, int>) or code blocks that declare
-// variables (ie. int foo, bar).
-#define UPB_QUOTE(...) __VA_ARGS__
-
-// For asserting something about a variable when the variable is not used for
-// anything else. This prevents "unused variable" warnings when compiling in
-// debug mode.
+/* For asserting something about a variable when the variable is not used for
+ * anything else. This prevents "unused variable" warnings when compiling in
+ * debug mode. */
#define UPB_ASSERT_VAR(var, predicate) UPB_UNUSED(var); assert(predicate)
-// Generic function type.
+/* Generic function type. */
typedef void upb_func();
-/* Casts **********************************************************************/
-
-// Upcasts for C. For downcasts see the definitions of the subtypes.
-#define UPB_UPCAST(obj) (&(obj)->base)
-#define UPB_UPCAST2(obj) UPB_UPCAST(UPB_UPCAST(obj))
+/* C++ Casts ******************************************************************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
-// Downcasts for C++. We can't use C++ inheritance directly and maintain
-// compatibility with C. So our inheritance is undeclared in C++.
-// Specializations of these casting functions are defined for appropriate type
-// pairs, and perform the necessary checks.
-//
-// Example:
-// upb::Def* def = <...>;
-// upb::MessageDef* = upb::dyn_cast<upb::MessageDef*>(def);
-
namespace upb {
-// Casts to a direct subclass. The caller must know that cast is correct; an
-// incorrect cast will throw an assertion failure in debug mode.
+template <class T> class Pointer;
+
+/* Casts to a subclass. The caller must know that cast is correct; an
+ * incorrect cast will throw an assertion failure in debug mode.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::Def* def = GetDef();
+ * // Assert-fails if this was not actually a MessageDef.
+ * upb::MessgeDef* md = upb::down_cast<upb::MessageDef>(def);
+ *
+ * Note that downcasts are only defined for some types (at the moment you can
+ * only downcast from a upb::Def to a specific Def type). */
template<class To, class From> To down_cast(From* f);
-// Casts to a direct subclass. If the class does not actually match the given
-// subtype, returns NULL.
+/* Casts to a subclass. If the class does not actually match the given To type,
+ * returns NULL.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::Def* def = GetDef();
+ * // md will be NULL if this was not actually a MessageDef.
+ * upb::MessgeDef* md = upb::down_cast<upb::MessageDef>(def);
+ *
+ * Note that dynamic casts are only defined for some types (at the moment you
+ * can only downcast from a upb::Def to a specific Def type).. */
template<class To, class From> To dyn_cast(From* f);
-// Pointer<T> is a simple wrapper around a T*. It is only constructed for
-// upcast() below, and its sole purpose is to be implicitly convertable to T* or
-// pointers to base classes, just as a pointer would be in regular C++ if the
-// inheritance were directly expressed as C++ inheritance.
-template <class T> class Pointer;
-
-// Casts to any base class, or the type itself (ie. can be a no-op).
+/* Casts to any base class, or the type itself (ie. can be a no-op).
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::MessageDef* md = GetDef();
+ * // This will fail to compile if this wasn't actually a base class.
+ * upb::Def* def = upb::upcast(md);
+ */
template <class T> inline Pointer<T> upcast(T *f) { return Pointer<T>(f); }
+/* Attempt upcast to specific base class.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::MessageDef* md = GetDef();
+ * upb::upcast_to<upb::Def>(md)->MethodOnDef();
+ */
+template <class T, class F> inline T* upcast_to(F *f) {
+ return static_cast<T*>(upcast(f));
+}
+
+/* PointerBase<T>: implementation detail of upb::upcast().
+ * It is implicitly convertable to pointers to the Base class(es).
+ */
template <class T, class Base>
class PointerBase {
public:
explicit PointerBase(T* ptr) : ptr_(ptr) {}
operator T*() { return ptr_; }
- operator Base*() { return ptr_->base(); }
+ operator Base*() { return (Base*)ptr_; }
private:
T* ptr_;
@@ -242,17 +270,17 @@ class PointerBase2 : public PointerBase<T, Base> {
#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include <algorithm> // For std::swap().
+#include <algorithm> /* For std::swap(). */
namespace upb {
-// Provides RAII semantics for upb refcounted objects. Each reffed_ptr owns a
-// ref on whatever object it points to (if any).
+/* Provides RAII semantics for upb refcounted objects. Each reffed_ptr owns a
+ * ref on whatever object it points to (if any). */
template <class T> class reffed_ptr {
public:
reffed_ptr() : ptr_(NULL) {}
- // If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor.
+ /* If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor. */
template <class U>
reffed_ptr(U* val, const void* ref_donor = NULL)
: ptr_(upb::upcast(val)) {
@@ -283,8 +311,8 @@ template <class T> class reffed_ptr {
return *this;
}
- // TODO(haberman): add C++11 move construction/assignment for greater
- // efficiency.
+ /* TODO(haberman): add C++11 move construction/assignment for greater
+ * efficiency. */
void swap(reffed_ptr& other) {
if (ptr_ == other.ptr_) {
@@ -308,7 +336,7 @@ template <class T> class reffed_ptr {
T* get() const { return ptr_; }
- // If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor.
+ /* If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor. */
template <class U>
void reset(U* ptr = NULL, const void* ref_donor = NULL) {
reffed_ptr(ptr, ref_donor).swap(*this);
@@ -324,8 +352,8 @@ template <class T> class reffed_ptr {
return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::dyn_cast<U*>(get()));
}
- // Plain release() is unsafe; if we were the only owner, it would leak the
- // object. Instead we provide this:
+ /* Plain release() is unsafe; if we were the only owner, it would leak the
+ * object. Instead we provide this: */
T* ReleaseTo(const void* new_owner) {
T* ret = NULL;
ptr_->DonateRef(this, new_owner);
@@ -337,9 +365,9 @@ template <class T> class reffed_ptr {
T* ptr_;
};
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
-#endif // __cplusplus
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
/* upb::Status ****************************************************************/
@@ -351,70 +379,76 @@ class Status;
}
#endif
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::ErrorSpace, upb_errorspace);
-UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Status, upb_status);
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::ErrorSpace, upb_errorspace)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Status, upb_status)
-// The maximum length of an error message before it will get truncated.
+/* The maximum length of an error message before it will get truncated. */
#define UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE 128
-// An error callback function is used to report errors from some component.
-// The function can return "true" to indicate that the component should try
-// to recover and proceed, but this is not always possible.
+/* An error callback function is used to report errors from some component.
+ * The function can return "true" to indicate that the component should try
+ * to recover and proceed, but this is not always possible. */
typedef bool upb_errcb_t(void *closure, const upb_status* status);
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::ErrorSpace,
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_errorspace,
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+class upb::ErrorSpace {
+#else
+struct upb_errorspace {
+#endif
const char *name;
- // Should the error message in the status object according to this code.
+ /* Should the error message in the status object according to this code. */
void (*set_message)(upb_status* status, int code);
-));
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Object representing a success or failure status.
+ * It owns no resources and allocates no memory, so it should work
+ * even in OOM situations. */
-// Object representing a success or failure status.
-// It owns no resources and allocates no memory, so it should work
-// even in OOM situations.
-UPB_DEFINE_CLASS0(upb::Status,
+class upb::Status {
public:
Status();
- // Returns true if there is no error.
+ /* Returns true if there is no error. */
bool ok() const;
- // Optional error space and code, useful if the caller wants to
- // programmatically check the specific kind of error.
+ /* Optional error space and code, useful if the caller wants to
+ * programmatically check the specific kind of error. */
ErrorSpace* error_space();
int code() const;
const char *error_message() const;
- // The error message will be truncated if it is longer than
- // UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE-4.
+ /* The error message will be truncated if it is longer than
+ * UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE-4. */
void SetErrorMessage(const char* msg);
void SetFormattedErrorMessage(const char* fmt, ...);
- // If there is no error message already, this will use the ErrorSpace to
- // populate the error message for this code. The caller can still call
- // SetErrorMessage() to give a more specific message.
+ /* If there is no error message already, this will use the ErrorSpace to
+ * populate the error message for this code. The caller can still call
+ * SetErrorMessage() to give a more specific message. */
void SetErrorCode(ErrorSpace* space, int code);
- // Resets the status to a successful state with no message.
+ /* Resets the status to a successful state with no message. */
void Clear();
void CopyFrom(const Status& other);
private:
- UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Status);
-,
-UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_status,
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Status)
+#else
+struct upb_status {
+#endif
bool ok_;
- // Specific status code defined by some error space (optional).
+ /* Specific status code defined by some error space (optional). */
int code_;
upb_errorspace *error_space_;
- // Error message; NULL-terminated.
+ /* Error message; NULL-terminated. */
char msg[UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE];
-));
+};
#define UPB_STATUS_INIT {true, 0, NULL, {0}}
@@ -422,15 +456,15 @@ UPB_DEFINE_STRUCT0(upb_status,
extern "C" {
#endif
-// The returned string is invalidated by any other call into the status.
+/* The returned string is invalidated by any other call into the status. */
const char *upb_status_errmsg(const upb_status *status);
bool upb_ok(const upb_status *status);
upb_errorspace *upb_status_errspace(const upb_status *status);
int upb_status_errcode(const upb_status *status);
-// Any of the functions that write to a status object allow status to be NULL,
-// to support use cases where the function's caller does not care about the
-// status message.
+/* Any of the functions that write to a status object allow status to be NULL,
+ * to support use cases where the function's caller does not care about the
+ * status message. */
void upb_status_clear(upb_status *status);
void upb_status_seterrmsg(upb_status *status, const char *msg);
void upb_status_seterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, ...);
@@ -439,11 +473,11 @@ void upb_status_seterrcode(upb_status *status, upb_errorspace *space, int code);
void upb_status_copy(upb_status *to, const upb_status *from);
#ifdef __cplusplus
-} // extern "C"
+} /* extern "C" */
namespace upb {
-// C++ Wrappers
+/* C++ Wrappers */
inline Status::Status() { Clear(); }
inline bool Status::ok() const { return upb_ok(this); }
inline const char* Status::error_message() const {
@@ -466,7 +500,7 @@ inline void Status::CopyFrom(const Status& other) {
upb_status_copy(this, &other);
}
-} // namespace upb
+} /* namespace upb */
#endif
generated by cgit on debian on lair
contact matthew@masot.net with questions or feedback